Emtl

GATE CLOUD
ELECTROMAGNETICS
GATE CLOUD
ELECTROMAGNETICS
R. K. Kanodia
Ashish Murolia
JHUNJHUNUWALA
JAIPUR
Exclusive Sales Counter & BO:

NODIA & COMPANY
55, Suryalok Complex, Gunfoundry, Abids, Hyderabad - 500001.
Phone : 040 - 64582577
GATE CLOUD ELECTROMAGNETICS, 1e

R. K. Kanodia, Ashish Murolia
CC1015
Copyright by Jhunjhunuwala
ISBN 978-8192-34838-4
Information contained in this book has been obtained by author, from sources believes to be reliable.
However, neither Jhunjhunuwala nor its author guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any
information herein, and Jhunjhunuwala nor its author shall be responsible for any error, omissions,
or damages arising out of use of this information. This book is published with the understanding that
Jhunjhunuwala and its author are supplying information but are not attempting to render engineering
or other professional services.
JHUNJHUNUWALA
B-8, Dhanshree Tower Ist, Central Spine, Vidyadhar Nagar, Jaipur 302023
Ph : +91-141-2101150.
www.nodia.co.in
email : enquiry@nodia.co.in
Printed By: Nodia and Company, Jaipur
PREFACE
GATE CLOUD caters a versatile collection of Multiple Choice Questions to the students who are preparing
for GATE (Gratitude Aptitude Test in Engineering) examination. This book contains over 1200 multiple
choice solved problems for the subject of Electromagnetics, which has a significant weightage in the GATE
examination of Electronics and Communication Engineering. The GATE examination is based on multiple
choice problems which are tricky, conceptual and tests the basic understanding of the subject. So, the
problems included in the book are designed to be as exam-like as possible. The solutions are presented using
step by step methodology which enhance your problem solving skills.
The book is categorized into ten chapters covering all the topics of syllabus of the examination. Each chapter
contains :
Exercise 1 : Level 1
Exercise 2 : Level 2
Exercise 3 : Mixed Questions Taken form Previous Examinations of GATE & IES.
Detailed Solutions to Exercise 1, 2 and 3.
Although we have put a vigorous effort in preparing this book, some errors may have crept in. We shall
appreciate and greatly acknowledge the comments, criticism and suggestion from the users of this book
which leads to some improvement.
You may write to us at rajkumar.kanodia@gmail.com and ashish.murolia@gmail.com.
Wish you all the success in conquering GATE.
Authors
SYLLABUS
GATE ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Networks:
Elements of vector calculus: divergence and curl; Gauss and Stokes theorems, Maxwells
equations: differential and integral forms. Wave equation, Poynting vector. Plane waves:
propagation through various media; reflection and refraction; phase and group velocity; skin depth.
Transmission lines: characteristic impedance; impedance transformation; Smith chart; impedance
matching; S parameters, pulse excitation. Waveguides: modes in rectangular waveguides; boundary
conditions; cut-off frequencies; dispersion relations. Basics of propagation in dielectric waveguide
and optical fibers. Basics of Antennas: Dipole antennas; radiation pattern; antenna gain.
IES ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Electromagnetic Theory:
Analysis of electrostatic and magnetostatic fields; Laplace's and Poisson's equations; Boundary
value problems and their solutions; Maxwell's equations; application to wave propagation in
bounded and unbounded media; Transmission lines : basic theory, standing waves, matching
applications, microstrip lines; Basics of wave guides and resonators; Elements of antenna theory.
IES ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Electromagnetic Theory:
Electric and magnetic fields. Gauss's Law and Amperes Law. Fields in dielectrics, conductors and
magnetic materials. Maxwell's equations. Time varying fields. Plane-Wave propagating in
dielectric and conducting media. Transmission lines.
CONTENTS
*******
CHAPTER 1
VECTOR ANALYSIS
Vector Analysis
For View Only
Chap 1
Shop Online at www.nodia.co.in
EXERCISE 1.1
The field lines of vector B = ra q is
MCQ 1.1.2
Given the two vectors M = 5ax - 2ay + 4az and N =- 8ax - 7ay + 2az . The unit
vector in the direction of (M -N ) will be
(A) 0.82ax + 0.36ay - 0.14az
(B) 0.92ax - 0.36ay + 0.41az
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 1.1.1
(C) 0.92ax + 0.36ay + 0.14az

MCQ 1.1.3
A vector field is specified as G = 4xyax + 2 ^2 + x2h ay + 3z2 az . The unit vector in

the direction of G at the point (- 2, 1, 3) will be
(B) - 0.26ax + 0.39ay + 0.88az
(A) 0.26ax + 0.39ay + 0.88az
(C) 0.36ax - 0.29ay + 0.24az
MCQ 1.1.4
(D) - 0.92ax - 0.36ay - 0.14az
(D) 0.88ax - 0.29ay + 0.36az
Consider three nonzero vectors A, B and C . Which of the following is not a correct
GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only

relation between them?
(A) A # A = 0
(C) (A # B) # C = A # ^B # C h
MCQ 1.1.5

(B) A # ^B + C h = Â # B h + Â # C h
(D) (B # A) =-Â # B h
The tips of three vectors A, B and C drawn from a point define a plane.
A : ^B # C h equals to
(A) +1
(B) - 1
(C) zero
(D) cant be determined as A, B and C are not given

The component of vector A along vector B is
(B) A : B
(A) A : B
B
A
(C) A : B
(D) A : B
AB
MCQ 1.1.7
The vector fields are defined as A = a r + 2af + 3az and B = aa r + baf - 6az . If
the fields A and B are parallel then the value of a and b are respectively.
(A) - 2 , - 2
(B) - 2 , - 4
(C) - 4 , - 2
(D) - 2 , - 1
Consider the vectors A = 4ax + 2kay + kaz and B = ax + 4ay - 4az . For what
value of k the two vectors A and B will be orthogonal ?
(A) 0
(B) + 1
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 1.1.8
he
lp.
co
MCQ 1.1.6
(C) - 2
(D) - 1
Common Data for Question 9 - 10 :

In a cubical region ( x < 2 , y < 2 , z < 2 ) a vector field is defined as
E = 9zy2 cos (2x) ax + 8zy sin (2x) ay + 2y2 sin (2x) az .
MCQ 1.1.9
The vector field component Ex will be zero in the plane

(A) z = 0
(B) y = 0
(C) x = p/4
MCQ 1.1.10
In the plane y - 4z = 0 , the vector field components Ey and Ez are related as

(B) Ey + Ez = 0
(A) 2Ey = Ez
(C) Ey = 2Ez
MCQ 1.1.11
(D) All of the above
(D) Ey = Ez
The plane surface on which the vector field E will be zero is

(A) x = 0
(B) y = 0
(C) z = 0
(D) none of the above
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

MCQ 1.1.12
Distance between the points P (x = 2, y = 3, z =- 1) and Q (r = 4, f =- 50, z = 2) is
(A) 3.74
(B) 4.47
(C) 6.78
MCQ 1.1.13
(D) 8.76
The uniform vector field A = ay can also be expressed as

(A) sin fa r + sin faf
(B) cos fa r + sin faf
(C) sin q cos far + cos q cos fa q + sin faf

(D) sin q cos far + cos q cos fa q - sin faf
The vector filed F = 12ax can be expressed in spherical coordinates at the point
(x = 3 , y = 2 , z =- 1) as
(A) 8ar - 2a q + 5af
(B) 8ar - 2.2a q - 5.5af
co
MCQ 1.1.14
MCQ 1.1.15
The angle formed between A =- 5a r + 10af + 3az and surface z = 5 is

(A) 10c
(B) 15c
at
e
The component of vector A =- 4a r - 20af + 4az parallel to the line x = 6 , z =- 2

at the point P (3, 90c, 2)is
(A) - 4a r + 2af
(B) ax - ay
(C) - 2ay
(D) - 2az
In the cartesian co-ordinate system the co-ordinates of a point P is (a, b, c).Now

consider the whole cartesian system is being rotated by 145c about an axis from the
origin through the point (1, 1, 1) such that the rotation is clockwise when looking
down the axis towards the origin. What will be the co-ordinates of the point P in
the transformed cartesian system ?
(A) (a/2, b/2, c/2)
(B) (- a , - b , - c )
ww
w.
g
MCQ 1.1.17
(D) 75c
he
(C) 45c
MCQ 1.1.16
(D) 8ar + 2.2a q + 5.5af
lp.
(C) - 8ar + 2.2a q + 5.5af
(C) (c , b, a )
MCQ 1.1.18
Consider R be the position vector of a point P (x, y, z) in cartesian co-ordinate

system then gradR equals to
(A) 1
(B) 4R
R
(C) R
R
MCQ 1.1.19
(D) (c , a , b)
(D) R
2R
Given the vector filed A = y2 ax + (2xy + x2 + z2) ay + (4x + 2yz) az . The divergence
of the vector field is
(A) 2 (x + y)
(B) x2 + y2 + z2 + 6x + 2y
(C) 2y (x + z)
(D) 0
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only

MCQ 1.1.20
A vector field F is defined as F = r sin fa r + 2r2 zaf + z cos faz . The 4# F at
point P ^1, p/2, 2h equals to
(A) a r + 6az
(B) - a r + 2az
(C) 3a r + 6az
MCQ 1.1.21
(D) - 5a r + 6az
Which one of the following vector function has divergence and curl both zero ?
(B) B = xyax - yzaz
(A) A = 2xzax - yzay - z2 az
(C) C = xyax - xzay - yzaz
(D) D = yzax + xzay + xyaz
The curl of the unit vectors a r , af and az in cylindrical co-ordinate system is listed
below. Which of them is correct ?
ar
af
az
ar
af
az
1
1
(A) 0
0
(B)
0
af
a
a
r z
r r
1
(C)
0
(D)
0
ra f a r
ra f
r ar
MCQ 1.1.23
In a certain region consider f and g are the two scalar fields where as A is a vector
field. Which of the following is not a correct relation ?
(A) d : (fA) = f ^d : Ah - A : ^df h
lp.
co
MCQ 1.1.22
MCQ 1.1.24
ww
w.
ga
te
he
(B) d # ^ fAh = f ^d # Ah - A # ^df h

f
gdf - f dg
(C) d c m =
g
g2
g (d # A) - A # (dg)
(D) d # c A m =
g
g2
Laplacian of the scalar field f = 2rz sin f + 4z2 cos2 f + 4r2 at the point P (3, p/2, 6)
is
(A) 16
(B) 0
(C) 46
MCQ 1.1.25
A conservative field M is given by M = (z cos (xz) + y) ax + 5kxay + x cos (xz) az .

The value of k will be
(A) 1
(B) 0
(C) - 1
MCQ 1.1.26
(D) 1/2
A scalar field g = ^1 + 5k h x2 y + xyz will be harmonic at all the points for the value
of k equals to
(A) 1/2
(B) 0
(C) - 1/2
MCQ 1.1.27
(D) 40
(D) cant be determined
Curl of the gradient of any scalar field is

(A) zero everywhere
(B) zero at origin only
(C) zero at infinity only
(D) it does not exist
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

MCQ 1.1.28
A vector field is given as A = (x + 4z) ax + (3x - 7z) ay + (4x + 3y - cz) az . The
value of c for which A will be solenoidal is
(A) 1
(B) - 1
(C) 0
MCQ 1.1.29
(D) 3
For a vector function A = (4x + k1 z) ax + (k2 x - 5z) ay + (4x - k 3 y + 2z) az to be

irrotational value of k1 , k2 and k 3 will be respectively.
(A) - 5 , 0, 4
(B) 0, 4, 5
The unit vector normal to the plane 2x + 3y + 6z = 7 is

(B) 1 ^4ax + 4ay + 6az h
(A) 1 âx + 2ay + 3az h
14
24
1
1
(C)
(D)
âx + 2ay + 3az h
^2ax + 4ay + 6az h
14
58
Consider C is a certain closed path and dl is the differential displacement along the
MCQ 1.1.31
# dl
C
is
he
path then the contour integral

(A) zero
lp.
co
MCQ 1.1.30
(D) 1, 4, 3
(C) 4, 0, 5
(B) 1
(C) - 1
Consider C is any closed path and U is a scalar field. So, the contour integral
# ^dU h : dl
C
(A) 1
(B) - 1
(C) zero
is
w.
g
MCQ 1.1.32
at
e
(D) cant be determined as C is not defined.
MCQ 1.1.33
ww
(D) Cant be determined as C and U is not given

A vector field is defined as A = 3yzax + z2 xay + 2xyaz .The surface integral of the
field over a closed surface S is
(A) 1
(B) 5
(C) zero
(D) cant be determined as surface S is not given

***********
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
EXERCISE 1.2
If the edge of a cube is 3 units then the angle formed between its body diagonals
will be
(A) 70.53c
(B) 53.70c
(C) 66.21c
(D) 61c
lp.
co
MCQ 1.2.1
Consider a triangle ABC , whose vertex A, B and C are located at the points
(- 4, 2, 5), (16, 20, - 3) and (- 14, 10, 15) respectively.
The unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the triangle is
(A) 0.61ax + 0.42ay - 0.37az
(B) 0.66ax - 0.38ay + 0.65az
he
MCQ 1.2.2
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) - 0.54ax + 0.11ay - 0.19az

(D) 0.43ax - 0.21ay + 0.11az
MCQ 1.2.3
The unit vector in the plane of the triangle which is perpendicular to AC is

(A) - 0.55ax - 0.832ay + 0.077az
(B) 0.23ax - 0.11ay - 0.43az
(C) - 0.51ax + 0.41ay + 0.76az

(D) 0.49ax - 0.23ay - 0.44az
MCQ 1.2.4
The unit vector in the plane of the triangle which bisects the interior angle at A is
(A) 0.11ax - 0.81ay + 0.44az
(B) 0.21ay - 0.41ax + 0.52az
(C) 0.23az + 0.12ax + 0.11ay

(D) 0.37az + 0.92ay + 0.17ax
MCQ 1.2.5
xa + 2yay
A vector field F = x2
at the point P (r = 2 , f = p/4 , z = 0.1) is
^x + y2h
(B) - 2ax - 3ay
(A) 2ax + 3ay
(C) 0.5a r
(D) - 0.5a r
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

3
MCQ 1.2.6
The component of vector A = rar - r sin q cos fa q + r4 af tangential to the spherical
surface r = 20 at point P (20, 150c, 330c) is
(A) 0.043a q + 100af
(B) = 0.43a q + 10af
2
(C) 4.3a q + 100af
(D) - 0.043a q - 10af

The vector component of A, that is tangent to the cone q = 150c is
(B) - 12ar - 8a q
(A) - 12af + 9ar
co
MCQ 1.2.7
A vector field has the value A =- 12ar - 4a q + 9af at the point P (9, 150c, 45c).
(D) - 12ar + 9af
(C) - 8a q + 9af
The unit vector that is perpendicular to A and tangent to the cone q = 135c is
a
(B) 1 ^4ar + 3afh
(A) 1 aa q + f k
5
3
10
(C) 1 ^3ax + 4afh
(D) 1 (9ar + 2af)
5
85
MCQ 1.2.9
Consider R is a separation vector from a fixed point (a , b, c ) to a varying point

(x, y, z) in the Cartesian coordinate system. The value of grad ^ R1 h equals to
he
lp.
MCQ 1.2.8
(B) - R6
R
(D) R3
R
A certain hill located in Udaipur is of height h that varies as :
w.
g
MCQ 1.2.10
at
e
(A) - R3
R
(C) - 12
R
h (x, y) = 6x2 + 8y2 - 3xy + 36x - 56y + 100
ww
Where x is the distance (in miles) in north and y is the distance (in miles) in east
of Udaipur railway station. The top of the hill will be located at
(A) 3 miles north, 2 miles west of Railway station.
(B) 2 miles south, 3 miles east of Railway station.
(C) 2 miles north, 3 miles east of Railway station.
(D) 6 miles south, 2 miles east of Railway station.
MCQ 1.2.11
At any point P (x, y, z) a vector field is given by F = R15 aR , where R is the position
vector of the point P . The divergence of the vector field F will be
2
(A) zero, everywhere

(C) 63 , everywhere
R
(B) zero, at all points excluding origin

(D) 63 , at all points excluding origin
R
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
Statement for Linked Question 12 - 14 :

Given a vector field A = 3x2 ax + 3yzay + 3y2 az .
MCQ 1.2.12
The line integral of A from origin to the point (2,2,2) by the route
(0, 0, 0) " (2, 0, 0) " (2, 2, 0) " (2, 2, 2) will be
(A) 32 units
(B) 8 units
(C) 24 units
The line integral of the vector field A from the origin to the point (2, 2, 2) along
the direct straight line is
(A) 16 units
(B) 24 units
MCQ 1.2.13
(D) 6 units
The line integral of the field A around the closed loop that goes out along the route
defined in Question 12 and back along the route defined in Question 13 is
(A) 64 units
(B) 0 units
(C) 36 units
(D) 26 units
A wedge defined by 0 # r # 5 , 45 # f # 180c, z = 2 is shown in figure
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 1.2.15
lp.
MCQ 1.2.14
(D) 32 units
co
(C) 4 units
Circulation of A = r sin fa r + z2 cos faz along the edge L of the wedge is

(A) 10 units
(B) 5/2 units
(C) - 25/4 units
MCQ 1.2.16
Volume integral of the function f = 30z2 over the tetrahedron with corners at
(0, 0, - 1); (0, - 1, 0), (- 1, 0, 0), (0, 0, 0) is
(A) 1/2
(B) - 1/2
(C) 31/2
MCQ 1.2.17
(D) 25/4 units
(D) 1/60
Total outward flux of a vector field A = 14 r2 cos2 fa r + 2z2 af through the closed
surface of a cylinder 0 # z # 2 , r = 2 is
(A) 4p
(B) 16p
(C) p
(D) 32p
10
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
lp.
co
For View Only

MCQ 1.2.18
A quarter cylinder of radius 2 and height 5 exists in the first octant of a cartesian
coordinate system as shown in the figure below. Surface integral of a vector field
A = (4r + 3r sin2 f) a r + r sin 2faf + 6zaz over the surface of the cylinder will be
(B) 30p
he
(A) 12p
(C) 40p
A vector function is given by G = 6x2 yax - 5y2 ay + 2zaz . If L is a closed path
at
e
MCQ 1.2.19
(D) 80p
# G : dl
L
equals to
ww
w.
g
defined by the sides of a triangle as shown in the figure then,
(A) 24 units
(B) 7 units
(C) 2 units
(D) 10/6 units

Consider S1 and S2 are respectively the top and slanting surfaces of an ice cream
cone of slant height 2 m and angle 60c as shown in figure, where a vector field F
is defined as
4x2 + 5y2 + 4z2 x
y
y
3x
F =
: 2 a x + 2 a y - 2 a x + 2 a yD
2
2
x +y
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
The surface integral of the vector field F over the surface S1 will be
(A) 2.3 units
(B) 24 units
lp.
MCQ 1.2.20
co
For View Only
11
(C) 0.18 units
The surface integral of the vector field over the surface S2 will be
(B) 3 p/3
(A) 4p/3
he
MCQ 1.2.21
(D) 1.9 units
(C) 4p 3 /3
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 0

Negative gradient of a scalar field f is A =-4 f = (x + z) ax - 4zay + (x - 3y - z) az
MCQ 1.2.22
MCQ 1.2.23
The vector A is
(A) irrotational but not solenoidal
(B) both irrotational and solenoidal
(C) solenoidal but not irrotational
(D) neither solenoidal nor irrotational
The scalar field, f equals to

2
2
(A) x + xz + z
2
2
(B) - x - 2xz + 6yz + z

2
2
(C) - xz + 3yz + z
2
MCQ 1.2.24
(D) - x - xz + 3yz + z
2
2
Line integral of a vector field A = 5 (yax + xay) from a point P (2, 1, 3) to the point
Q (8, 2, 3) along the curve y = x/2 will be
(A) 42 units
(B) 14 units
(C) 16 units
(D) 32 units
A vector field F = 2 ^ r1 + r1 cos 2fh ar exists in the region between the two spherical
shells of radius 1 m and 2 m centred at the origin. The total outward flux of F
through the outer spherical surface will be
MCQ 1.2.25
12
Vector Analysis
For View Only

(A) p

(B) - p
(C) - 2p
(D) 2p
Two vectors A and B make an angle 30c between them as shown in figure.
Magnitude of vector A and B are 4 units and 3 units respectively. If a third vector
R is defined such that R = 6A - 4B then its graphical construction will be
MCQ 1.2.27
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 1.2.26
Chap 1
A certain, vector R is defined as R = A # ^B # C h. Directions of A, B and C

are mentioned in the list below. Which of the following gives the correct direction
of R for the given direction of the three vectors.
Direction of A
Direction of B
Direction of C
Direction of R
(A)
North
South
East
West
(B)
South
North
West
East
(C)
East
West
North
West
(D)
West
East
South
South
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
13
For View Only

MCQ 1.2.28
Which of the following vectors are equal :
A =- ax + ay + 3az at ^1, 2, 3h in cartesian co-ordinates
B = a r + af + 3az at ^2, p/2, 3h in cylindrical co-ordinates
C = 2 a r + 3az at ^3, 3p/4, 9h in cylindrical co-ordinates
(A) A and B only
(B) B and C only
(C) A and C only
Two vectors are defined as A = ax + 5ay + 3az and B = 3ax + 2ay + az . Which of
the following vector is perpendicular to Â + B h
(B) 4ay + 4az
(A) - 4ax + 4ay
MCQ 1.2.29
(D) all the three vectors A, B and C
(C) ax + az
co
lp.
MCQ 1.2.31
The gradient of a scaler function is dV ^x, y, z h = 1.5x2 yz2 ax + 0.5x3 z2 ay + x3 yzaz

The scalar function is
x3 yz2
(A) x3 yz2
(B)
2
x2 yz3
(C)
(D) xy3 z2
2
The equation of the plane tangential to the surface xyz = 1 at the point b 2, 4, 1 l is
4
(A) 16x + 32y + z = 24
(B) 2x + y + 32z = 12
he
MCQ 1.2.30
(D) none of these
(C) x + 2y + 32z = 12
Consider a volume v is defined as the part of a spherical volume of radius unity
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 1.2.32
(D) x + 16y + 32z = 24
lying in the first octant. The volume integral
MCQ 1.2.33
# 2xdv is equal to
v
(A) 2p
(B) p/16
(C) p/4
(D) p/8
r
Consider a vector field A = r cos fa r + af . If C is the contour shown in the figure
3
then the contour integral

(A) p + 4
(C) p + 2
# A : dl
C
is equal to
(B) p + 1
2
(D) 2p + 1
14
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
C1
C2
(A) - 1
9
is
(B) 1
9
(D) - 9
at
e
(C) 9
Consider the contour C as shown in the figure
ww
w.
g
MCQ 1.2.35
# A : dl
# A : dl
he
The ratio of the contour integrals
lp.
co
For View Only

2
MCQ 1.2.34
A vector field is defined as A = 2r cos fa r + raf . Consider the two contours C1 and
C2 as shown in the figure.
-r
If a vector field is defined as A = b e l a q then the contour integral

r
(B) - p e-1
(A) p e-1
2
2
(C) p ^1 + e-1h
2
MCQ 1.2.36
# A : dl
C
is
(D) p ^1 - e-1h
2
The divergence of the unit vectors ar ,a q and af in spherical co-ordinate system is

listed below. Which among them is correct ?
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
15

ar
r/2
2/r
r/2
2/r
aq
r/ tan q
cot q/r
r/ tan q
cot q/r
af
0
0
1
1
Which of the following vector can be expressed as the gradient of a scalar ?

-r
(B) e af
(A) 2yzax + 2xzay + 2xyaz
r
2
(C) 2 ^cos fa r + sin fafh
(D) Both (A) and (C)
r
MCQ 1.2.38
Which of the following vector can be expressed as curl of another vector ?
co
MCQ 1.2.37
-r
(B) e af
r
(A) 1 ^x2 - y2h ax - xyay + 2az

2
(D) All of the above
lp.
q a + sin q a
(C) 2 cos
r
q
r3
r3
The vector field pattern of A = 3yax is
MCQ 1.2.40
A two dimensional vector field in Cartesian coordinate system is defined as

A ^x, y h = Ax ax + 2Ay ay
The curl and divergence of the vector field are both zero. Which of the following
differential equation satisfies Ax and Ay
(A) d2Ax = 0
(B) d2Ay = 0
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 1.2.39
(C) d2Ax + d2Ay = 0
(D) (A) and (B) both
16
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
co
For View Only

2
2
MCQ 1.2.41
The circulation of F = x ax - 3xzay - y az around the path shown below is
(A) - 1
3
(B) 1
6
If R = xax + yay + zaz is the position vector of point P (x, y, z) and R = R then
d : Rn R is equal to
(A) nrn
(B) (n + 3) rn
he
MCQ 1.2.42
(D) 1
3
lp.
(C) - 1
6
(C) (n + 2) rn
If A = r sin fa r + r2 a r , and L is the contour of figure given below, then circulation

# A : dl is
at
e
MCQ 1.2.43
(D) 0
ww
w.
g
(A) 7p + 2
(B) 7p - 2
(C) 7p
(D) 0
***********
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
GATE 2012
EXERCISE 1.3
The direction of vector A is radially outward from the origin, with A = krn .
where r2 = x2 + y2 + z2 and k is a constant. The value of n for which d:A = 0 is
(A) - 2
(B) 2
MCQ 1.3.1
(D) 0
If A = xyax + x 2 ay , then
#C A $ dl
over the path shown in the figure is
(A) 0
(C) 1
MCQ 1.3.3
GATE 2009
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
GATE 2010
co
(C) 1
MCQ 1.3.2
17
(B) 2
3
(D) 2 3
If a vector field V is related to another vector field A through V = d # A, which

of the following is true? (Note : C and SC refer to any closed contour and any
surface whose boundary is C . )
(A) # V $ dl = ## A $ dS
C
(B)
SC
#C A $ dl = ##S V $ dS
C
(C)
#C ^d # V h : dl = ##S ^d # Ah : dS
C
(D)
#C ^d # V h : dl = ##S V : dS
C
MCQ 1.3.4
IES EC 2010
Consider points A, B, C and D on a circle of radius 2 units as in the shown figure

below. The items in List II are the values of af at different points on the circle.
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the code given below
the lists :
18
Vector Analysis
For View Only
Chap 1

List I
MCQ 1.3.6
b.
2.
ay
c.
3.
- ax
d.
4.
(ax + ay) / 2
5.
- (ax + ay) / 2
6.
(ax - ay) / 2
b
4
6
6
5
c
5
5
2
4
co
ax
d
2
2
4
2
If V = 2 sinh x cos kye pz is a solution of Laplaces equation, what will be the value
of k ?
1
(B) 1 + p2
(A)
2
1+p
1
(C)
(D) 1 - p2
1 - p2
The electric field intensity E at a point P is given by 10ax + 10ay + 10az where ax , ay
and az are unit vectors in x, y and z directions respectively. If a, b, g respectively
the angles the E vector makes with x, y and z axes respectively, they are given by
which of the following ?
(B)
(A) a = b = g = 30c
a = b = g = 60c
(C) a = b = g cos-1 1
(D)
a = b = g = cos-1 1
3
3
MCQ 1.3.7
IES EC 2003
ww
w.
g
IES EC 2007
1.
he
IES EC 2009
at
e
MCQ 1.3.5
a.
lp.
Codes :
a
(A) 3
(B)
1
(C) 1
(D) 3
List II
Which one of the following potentials does NOT satisfy Laplaces Equation ?
(A) V = 10xy
(B) V = r cos f
(C) V = 10/r
MCQ 1.3.8
IES EC 2003
(D) V = r cos f + 10
Laplacian of a scalar function V is

(A) Gradient of V
(B) Divergence of V
(C) Gradient of the gradient of V
(D) Divergence of the gradient of V
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
19
For View Only

2
3
3
MCQ 1.3.9
A field A = 5x yzax + x zay + (x y - 2z) az can be termed as
IES EC 2002
(A) Harmonic
(B) Divergence less
(C) Solenoidal
MCQ 1.3.10
IES EC 2001
(D) Rotational
Laplace equation in cylindrical coordinates is given by

2
2
r2V
(A) d2 V = 1 2 e
+ 12 e2V2 o + 2V2 = 0
o
r 2r 2r
r 2f
2z
2
2
2
(B) d2 V = 2V2 + 2V2 + 2V2
2x
2y
2z
r
(C) d2 V =- v
e
MCQ 1.3.11
#c dl
along the curve c ?( c is the curve ABCD in
MCQ 1.3.12
IES EE 2003
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
IES EE 2005
What is the value of the integral

the direction of the arrow ) ?
co
2
(D) d2 V = 1 2 c r 2V m + 2 12
=0
r 2r 2r
r sin q2f2
(A) 2R (ax + ay) / 2
(B) - 2R (ax + ay) / 2
(C) 2Rax
(D) - 2Ray
Given a vector field A = 4r cos far in cylindrical coordinates. For the contour as
shown below, # A : dl is
(A) 1
(B) 1 - (p/2)
(C) 1 + (p/2)
(D) - 1
20
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

MCQ 1.3.13
If a vector field B is solenoidal, which of these is true ?
IES EE 2002
(B) # B : ds = 0
(A) # B : dl = 0
L
(C) d # B = 0
MCQ 1.3.14
IES EE 2002
(D) d : B =
Y 0
Which of the following equations is correct ?

(A) ax # ax = ax 2
(B) (ax # ay) + (ay # ax ) = 0
(C) ax # (ay # az ) = ax # (az # ay)
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer :
IES EE 2002
List I (Term)
b
c
curl ^F h = 0
1. Laplace equation
div ^F h = 0
lp.
List II (Type)
2. Irrotational
div Grad ^fh = 0
3. Solenoidal
d div div ^fh = 0

Codes :
d
4
2
4
2
If A = 2ar + af + az , the value of

shown in the given figure is
# A : dl
around the closed circular quadrant
ww
IES EE 2001
c
1
3
3
1
w.
g
MCQ 1.3.16
b
3
1
1
3
at
e
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
a
2
4
2
4
4. Not defined
he
MCQ 1.3.15
co
(D) ar : a q + a q : ar = 0
(A) p
(B) p + 4
2
(C) p + 4
(D) p + 2
2
***********
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
21
SOLUTIONS 1.1
Option (D) is correct.

Given the vector field has the only component in a q direction and its magnitude is
r so as r increase from origin to the infinity field lines will be larger and directed
along a q as shown in option (A).
SOL 1.1.2
Option (B) is correct.

M - N = 5ax - 2ay + 4az - (- 8ax - 7ay + 2az )
= 5ax - 2ay + 4az + 8ax + 7ay - 2az
= 13ax + 5ay + 2az
So, the unit vector in the direction of (M - N ) is
13ax + 5ay + 2az
a = M-N =
M-N
13ax + 5ay + 2az
= 0.92ax + 0.36ay + 0.14az
SOL 1.1.3
Option (C) is correct.

Vector G at (- 2, 1, 3) :
G = 4 (- 2) (1) ax + 2 (2 + (- 2) 2) ay + 3 (3) 2 az
=- 8ax + 12ay + 27az
So, unit vector in the direction of G at Q :
- 8ax + 12ay + 27az
aG = G =
- 8ax + 12ay + 27az
G
=- 0.26ax + 0.49ay + 0.88az
SOL 1.1.4

Option (A), (B), (D) are the properties of vector product.
Now we check the relation defined in option (C). Since the triple cross product is
not associative in general so, the given relation is incorrect. This inequality can be
explained by considering vector A = B and C ,perpendicular to A as shown in
the figure.
According to right hand rule we determine that ^B # C h points out of the page
and so A # ^B # C h points down that has magnitude ABC .
But in L.H.S. of the relation, since A = B
So we have
(A # B) = 0
and hence (A # B) # C = 0
Therefore
Â # B h # C = 0 ! A # ^B # C h
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.1.1
22
Vector Analysis
co
For View Only
Chap 1

As the direction of cross vector is normal to the plane. So, direction of B # C will
be normal to the plane defined by the three vectors.
Now the dot product of two mutually perpendicular vectors is always zero and
since the direction of B # C will be perpendicular to the plane of vector A. So
A : ^B # C h will be zero.
SOL 1.1.6

Consider the two vectors A and B are as shown below.
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 1.1.5
ww
As the angle between the two vectors is a.

So component of vector A along B is
A1 = ^cos ah A
cosine of the angle between the two vectors is defined as
cos a = A : B
AB
A
So,
A1 = b : B l A
AB
= A:B
B
SOL 1.1.7

Cross product of two parallel vector fields is always zero since the angle between
them is q = 0c.
i.e.
A#B = 0
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
23
a r af az
1 2
3 =0
a b -6
^- 12 - 3b h a r + ^3a + 6h af + ^b - 2ah az = 0
Solving it we have, b =- 4 and a =- 2
Option (A) is correct.
Dot product of the two orthogonal vectors is always zero.
i.e.
A:B = 0
(4) (1) + (2k) (4) + (k) (- 4) = 0
4 + 8k - 4k = 0
4k =- 4
k =- 1
SOL 1.1.9

From the given field vector we have the component
Ex = 3zy2 cos 2x .
So for the given condition Ex = 0
We have,
9zy2 cos (2x) = 0
This condition met when, z = 0
or,
y =0
or,
cos 2x = 0 & 2x = p/2 & x = p/4
Therefore the planes on which field component Ex will be zero are
and
z= 0
y= 0
x = p/4
SOL 1.1.10

From the given field vector we have the field components
Ey = 2zy sin 2x
and
Ez = 2y2 sin 2x
Now, in the plane y - 4z = 0 & y = 4z
So,
Ey = 8z ^4z h sin 2x = 32z2 sin 2x
Ez = 2 ^4z h2 sin 2x = 32z2 sin 2x
Thus
Ey = E z
SOL 1.1.11

For the given condition E = 0 , we must have
E x = Ey = E z = 0
2
i.e.
9zy cos 2x = 8zy sin 2x = 2y2 sin 2x = 0
This condition met in the plane y = 0 .
SOL 1.1.12

Since the two points are defined in different coordinate system so we represent the
point Q in Cartesian system as
x = r cos f = 4 cos (- 50) = 2.57
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.1.8
24
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

y = r sin f = 4 sin (- 50) =- 3.064
and
z =2
So, the distance between the two points P (2, 3, - 1) and Q (2.57, - 3.064, 2) is given
as
PQ = (2.57 - 2) 2 + (- 3.064 - 3) 2 + (2 + 1) 2
= 6.78 units

Since, the options include spherical as well as cylindrical representation of A, so,
we will transform the vector in both the forms to check the result.
The components of vector field A are
Ax = 1, Ay = 0 and Az = 0
Now, we transform the vector components in cylindrical system as
RA V R cos f sin f 0VRA V
WS xW
S rW S
SAfW = S- sin f cos f 0WSAyW
SSA WW SS
0
0 1WWSSAz WW
z
T AXr = T(cos f) (1) = cos f XT X
Af = (- sin f) (1) =- sin f
Az = 0
So, the vector field in cylindrical system is
A (r, f, z) = cos fa r - sin faf
Hence, both the options (A) and (B) are incorrect.
Again, we transform the vector components in spherical system as
RA V R sin q cos f sin q sin f cos qVRA V
WS xW
S rW S
S
WSAyW
cos
cos
cos
sin
sin
=
q
f
q
f
q
A
S qW
W
SSA WW SS
sin f
cos f
0WSSAz WW
f
T AXr = T(sin q cos f) (1) = sin q cos f XT X
A q = (cos q cos f) (1) = cos q cos f
Af = (- sin f) (1) =- sin f
So, the vector field in spherical system is
A (r, q, f) = sin q cos far + cos q cos qa q - sin faf
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.1.13

We transform the given vector field in spherical system.
Since the given vector field is F = 10ax
The Cartesian components of the field are Fx = 10 , Fy = 0 , Fz = 0 .
So, the spherical components of vector field can be determined as
VR V
R V R
SFr W S sin q cos f sin q sin f cos qWSFxW
SFqW = Scos q cos f cos q sin f - sin qWSFyW
W
SSF WW SS - sin q
cos f
0WSSFz WW
f
T X T
XT X
So, we get
Fr = 10 sin q cos f
Fq = 10 cos q cos f
and
Ff =- 10 sin q
SOL 1.1.14
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
25

Since z -axis is normal to the surface z = 5 , so first of all we will find the angle
between z -axis and A which can be easily obtained from the figure shown below :
i.e.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 1.1.15
co
For View Only

Now, for the given point (x = 3 , y = 2 , z =- 1) we have
r = (3) 2 + (2) 2 + (- 1) 2 = 14
(3) 2 + (2) 2
x2 + y2
= tan-1 f
q = tan-1
p = 105.5c
z
(- 1)
y
f = tan-1 a k = tan-1 b 2 l = 33.7c
3
x
Putting all the values in the matrix transformation, we have
Fr = 5 sin (105.5c) cos (33.7c) = 8
Fq = 10 cos (105.5c) cos (33.7c) =- 2.2
Ff =- 10 sin (33.7c) =- 5.5
Therefore, the vector field in spherical coordinate is
F = Fr ar + Fq a q + Ff af
= 8ar - 2.2a q - 5.5af
cos f = Az =
A
3
=
(- 5) + (10) 2 + (3) 2
2
3
134
3
= 74.98c . 75c
134 m
Therefore, the angle between surface z = 5 and vector A is (90c - f) = 15c.
f = cos-1 c
SOL 1.1.16

The given line x = 6 , z =- 2 is parallel to y -axis. So, the component of A parallel
to the given line is
Ay = (A : ay) ay
= 6(- 2a r + 20af + 4az ) : ay@ ay
= (- 2 sin f + 20 cos f) ay
At point P , f = 90c, so, Ay =- 2ay
SOL 1.1.17

The given point is shown below :
26
Vector Analysis
co
For View Only
Chap 1
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
After 120c rotation looking down the axis the new co-ordinate axes (xl, yl, zl) will
be as shown below :
ww
So, the rotation carries z axis into y ; y -axis into x and x into z .
therefore the new co-ordinates of point P are :
xl = z = c
yl = x = a
zl = y = b
i.e. (c , a , b) is the co-ordinates of point P in the transformed system.
The position vector can be defined as :
R = xax + yay + zaz
R = x2 + y2 + z2
So,
gradR = 2R ax + 2R ay + 2R az
2x
2y
2z
2y
2x
2z
a +1
a +1
a
=1
2 x2 + y2 + z2 x 2 x2 + y2 + z2 y 2 x2 + y2 + z2 z
xa + yay + zaz
= x 2
=R
2
2
R
x +y +z
SOL 1.1.18
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only

SOL 1.1.19
27
d : A = 2 (y2) + 2 (2xy + x2 + z2) + 2 (4x + 2yz)

2x
2y
2z
= 0 + 2x + 2y = 2 (x + y)
We have the vector field components as
Fr = r sin f , Ff = r2 z and Fz = z cos f
a r ra f a z
Now,
d # F = 1 22r 22f 22z
r
Fr rFf Fz
SOL 1.1.20
lp.
co
= 1 ; 2 z cos f + 2 rr2 z E a r - 1 r ; 2 z cos f - 2 r sin fE af

r 2f
r 2r
2z
2z
+ 1 ; 2 rr2 z - 2 r sin fE az
r 2r
2f
1
1
3
2
= 6- z sin f - r @ a r - 60 - 0@ af + 63r z - r cos f@ az
r
r
1
3
=- (z sin f + r ) a r + (3rz - cos f) az
r

D = yzax + xzay + xyaz
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 1.1.21
he
At point P (1, p/2, 2)

d # F =- 1 (2 # 1 + 13) a r + (3 # 1 # 2 - 0) az
=- 3a r + 6az
d : D = 2 (yz) + 2 (xz) + 2 (xy) = 0

2x
2y
2z
a x ay a z
d # D = 22x 22y 22z
yz xz xy
= (x - x) ax - (y - y) ay + (z - z) az = 0
SOL 1.1.22

Curl of the unit vector a r is
ar
d # a r = 1 22r
r
1
The curl of unit vector af is
ar
1
d # af = 22r
r
0
and curl of unit vector az is
ar
1
d # az = 22r
r
0
ra f a z
2
2f
2
2z
ra f a z
2
2f
=0
2
2z
r ^1 h 0
2r
=1
a = az
r 2r z
r
ra f a z
2
2f
2
2z
=0
28
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

SOL 1.1.23
Options (A), (B) and (C) are properties of d operator where as :
g (d # A) + A # (dg)
d #cAm =
g
g2
In a cylindrical coordinate system Laplacian of a scalar field is defined as
2
2
2f
1 2 f +2 f
42f = 1 2 e r
+
r 2r 2r o r22f2 2z2
SOL 1.1.24
lp.
co
= 1 2 r (2z sin f + 8r) + 12 c- 2rz sin f - 6z2 2 sin f cos f m

r 2r
2f
r
+ 2 (2r sin f + 6z cos2 f)
2z
1
1
2
= (2z sin f + 16r) - 2 (2rz sin f + 6z cos 2f) + 6 cos2 f
r
r
2
= 16 + 6 cos2 f - 6z2 cos 2f
r
he
At point P ^3, p/2, 6h

d2 f = 16 + 0 - 6 # 36 # (- 1) = 40
9

A vector field is called conservative (irrotational) if its curl is zero.
i.e.
d#M = 0
ax
ay
az
2
2
2
=0
2x
2y
2z
z cos xz + y 2kx x cos xz
ax (0 - 0) - ay (cos xz - xz sin xz - cos xz + xz sin xz) + (2k - 1) az = 0
2k - 1 = 0
or,
k =1
2
SOL 1.1.26

For a scalar field to be harmonic,
d2 g = 0
22g 22g 22g
=0
+
+
2x2 2y2 2z2
SOL 1.1.27
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 1.1.25
2 ^1 + 2k h y = 0 which results in k =- 1
2

Consider V is a scalar field. So the gradient of the field is
4 V = 2V + 2V + 2V
2x
2y
2z
and the curl of the gradient of the field is
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
29
For View Only

R
V
Sax ay az W
4# (4 V) = S22x 22y 22z W
S2V 2V 2V W
S2x 2y 2z W
T 2
X2
2
2
2
2
= c 2V - 2V m ax + c 2V - 2V m ay + c 2V - 2V m az = 0
2z2y 2y2z
2x2z 2z2x
2x2y 2y2x
So the curl of the gradient of any scalar field is zero everywhere.

For vector A to be solenoidal its divergence must be zero.
i.e.
d:A = 0
2 (x + 4z) + 2 (2x - 3z) + 2 (4x + 3y - cz) = 0
2x
2y
2z
1+0-c = 0
c =1
SOL 1.1.29

For a vector function to be irrotational its curl must be zero.
i.e.
d#A = 0
a x ay a z
2
2
2
=0
2x 2y 2z
A x Ay A z
ax
ay
2
2x
2
2y
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.1.28
az
2
2z
=0
SOL 1.1.30
ww
w.
ga
te
(4x + k1 z) (k2 x - 5z) (4x - k 3 y + 2z)

(- k 3 - (- 5)) ax - (4 - k1) ay + (k2) az = 0
- k 3 - (- 5)= 0 & k 3 = 5
4 - k1 = 0 & k1 = 4
and
k2 - 0 = 0 & k2 = 0
So k1 , k2 and k 3 are 4, 0 and 5 respectively.
The unit vector normal to a given plane f = 0 is
df
an =
df
The given equation is
2x + 4y + 6z = 7
2x + 4y + 6z - 7 = 0
So,
f = 2x + 4y + 6z - 7
and gradient of f is
df =- 2ax + 3ay + 6az
df = 22 + 42 + 62 = 56
So,
an = 1 ^2ax + 4ay + 6az h = 1 âx + 2ay + 3az h
56
14
30
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

SOL 1.1.31
Consider the differential displacement,
dl = dxax + dyay + dzaz
# dl
So
= c dx m ax + c dy m ay + c dz m az
C
# dl
=0

According to stokes theorem.
# A : dl
L
So
# ^dU h : dl
C
# ^d # Ah : dS
= # 6d # ^dU h@ : dS
co
SOL 1.1.32
For a contour the initial and final points are same. So, all the individual integrals
described above will be zero. Therefore,
Now,
So
# A : dS
S
# ^d : Ahdv
at
e
i.e.
he

According to the divergence theorem surface integral of vector over a closed surface
is equal to the volume integral of its divergence inside the region defined by closed
surface.
v
d : A = 2 ^2yz h + 2 ^z2 x h + 2 ^2xy h

2x
2y
2z
= 0+0+0
# A : dS
=0
w.
g
SOL 1.1.33
lp.
Since
(curl of the gradient of a scalar field is always zero)
d # ^dU h = 0
So the contour integral is zero.
ww
***********
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
31
SOLUTIONS 1.2

Consider that the cube has its edges on the x, y and z - axes respectively as shown
in the figure. As the angle between any of the two body diagonals of the cube will
be same so we determine the angle q between the diagonals OB and AC of the
cube.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.1
From the figure we get the co-ordinates of points A, B and C as :

A" ^0, 0, 3h
B " ^3, 3, 3h and C " ^3, 3, 0h
So, the vector length, OB = 3ax + 3ay + 3az
and
AC = 3ax + 3ay - 3az
For determining the angle q between them, we take their dot product as
ÔB h : ÂC h = OB AC cos q
9 + 9 - 9 = ^3 3 h^3 3 h cos q
So, the angle formed between the diagonals is
q = cos-1 b 1 l = 70.53c
4
SOL 1.2.2

For the given points A, B , C , the vector length,
32
Vector Analysis
Chap 1

AB = 20ax + 18ay - 10az
and
AC =- 10ax + 8ay + 15az
Since the cross product of two vectors is always perpendicular to the plane of
vectors. So the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of triangle is given by
an = AB # AC
AB # AC
R
V
S a x ay a z W
now,
AB # AC = S 20 18 - 10W
SS- 10
8 15WW
T
X
= 618 # 15 - ^- 10 # 8h@ ax - 620 # 15 - (- 10) # (- 10)@ ay
+620 # 8 - ^- 10 # 18h@ az
= 350ax - 200ay + 340az
he

The unit vector in the direction of vector AC is given by
- 10ax + 8ay + 15az
aAC = AC =
AC
(- 10) 2 + (8) 2 + (15) 2
=- 0.507ax + 0.406ay + 0.761az
=- 0.61ax + 0.41ay + 0.76az
Since the cross product of two vectors is always perpendicular to the plane of
vectors. So, the unit vector in the plane of the triangle which is perpendicular to
AC is given by cross product of the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the
triangle and the unit vector aAC .
i.e. aP = an # aAC =- 0.550ax - 0.832ay + 0.077az
w.
g
at
e
SOL 1.2.3
350ax - 200ay + 340az

350ax - 200ay + 340az
350ax - 200ay + 340az
=
(350) 2 + (- 200) 2 + (340) 2
= 0.664ax - 0.379ay + 0.645az
an =
lp.
So,
co
For View Only
ww

Unit vector in the direction of AB is given by
10ax + 18ay - 10az
aAB =
(20) 2 + (18) 2 + (- 10) 2
= 0.697ax + 0.627ay - 0.348az
A non unit vector in the direction of bisector of interior angle at A is defined as
1 (a + a ) = 1 0.697a + 0.627a - 0.348a - 0.507a + 0.406a + 0.761a
AC
x
y
z
x
y
z@
2 AB
26
= 0.095ax + 0.516ay + 0.207az
So the unit vector in the direction of bisector of interior angle at A is given by
0.095ax + 0.516ay + 0.207ay
abis =
(0.095) 2 + (0.516) 2 + (0.207) 2
= 0.168ax + 0.915ay + 0.367az
SOL 1.2.4
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only

= 0.17ax + 0.92ay + 0.37az

The vector field F can be written in cartesian system as
xa + yay
y
= 2 x 2 ax + 2
ay
F (x, y, z) = x2
x + y2
x +y
x + y2
r cos f
r sin f
( x = r cos f, y = r sin f )
ax +
ay
F (x, y, z) =
r2
r2
= 1 (cos fax + sin fay)
r
The components of vector field F are
Fx = 1 cos f , Fy = 1 sin f and Fz = 0
r
r
So the components of vector field F in cylindrical system can be expressed as
RF V R cos f sin f 0VRF V
WS xW
S rW S
SFfW = S- sin f cos f 0WSFyW
SSF WW SS
0
0 1WWSSFz WW
z
XT X
T X T
1
2
2
Fr = 6cos f + sin f@ = 1
r
r
Ff = 1 6cos f (- sin f) + sin f cos f@ = 0
r
Fz = 0
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.5
33
F (r, f, z) = 1 a r
r
At the point P (r = 2 , f = p/4 , z = 0.1)
F = 1 a r = 0.5a r
2
ww
w.
ga
te
So the vector field
SOL 1.2.6

Any vector field can be represented as the sum of its normal and tangential
component to any surface as
A = At + A n
where At is tangential component and An is normal component to the surface
r = 20 at point P (20, 150c, 330c).
So,
An = rar = 20ar
and therefore,
At = A - A n
4
=- 2 sin q cos fa q + r af
r
4
= 0.043a q + 100af
SOL 1.2.7

Any vector field can be represented as the sum of its normal and tangential
components to any surface as
A = At + A n
Here At and An are the tangential and normal components to the conical surface
34
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

Since the unit vector normal to the conical surface is a q .
So,
An =- 8a q
and therefore the tangential component to the cone is
At = A - An =- 12ar + 9af
Consider the unit vector perpendicular to A and tangent to the cone q = 150c is
b = br ar + bf af (Tangential component to the cone will have b q = 0 )
Now the magnitude of unit vector is 1
...(i)
So,
b r2 + b f2 = 1
and the dot product of mutually perpendicular vectors is zero.
So,
A:b = 0
- 6br + 9bf = 0
....(ii)
b f = 3 br
4
So, from equation (i) and (ii) we have
b r2 b1 + 16 l = 1
9
br = 3 , b f = 4
5
5
Therefore,
b = 1 (3ar + 4af)
5
The separation vector R can be defined as :
R = (x - a) ax + (y - b) ay + (z - c) az
So,
SOL 1.2.10
at
e
R =
(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2
d b 1 l = 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@-1/2 ax
R
2x
+ 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@- 1/2 ay
2y
+ 2 6(x - a) 2 + (y - b) 2 + (z - c) 2@- 1/2 az
2z
1
1
=- ^Rh-3/2 (x - a) ax - ^Rh-3/2 (y - b) ay - 1 ^Rh-3/2 (z - c) az
2
2
2
(x - a) ax + (y - b) ay + (z - c) az
==- R3
R
R3/2
w.
g
and
ww
SOL 1.2.9
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.8

The gradient of a scalar field at its maxima is zero. So at the top of hill
4h = 0
or, (12x - 4y + 36) ax + (16y - 4x - 56) ay = 0
Therefore both the components will be equal to zero
i.e.
12x - 4y + 36 = 0
and,
16y - 4x - 56 = 0
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
35
For View Only

Solving the two equations, we get,
x =- 2 , y = 3
Thus the top of the hill is located at 2 miles south (- 2 miles north) and 3 miles
east of the railway station.
Consider the position vector of point P is
R = x 4 2ax + 5yay + zaz
So, the magnitude of R is
R = x2 + y2 + z2
and unit vector in the direction of R is
xa + yay + zaz
aR = x 2
x + y2 + z2
Therefore, the vector field F at point P is
xax + yay + zaz
xa + yay + zaz
=
G
=
10
F = 102 aR = 102 e x 2
o
^x2 + y2 + z2h3/2
R
R
x + y2 + z2
The divergence of the field F is given as
y
2
x
z
+2
d : F = 10 > 2 2
3/2 +
2
2
2
2
2x ^x + y + z h
2y ^x + y + z2h3/2 2z ^x2 + y2 + z2h3/2 H
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.11
SOL 1.2.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
x (2x)
1
3
1
= 10 = 2
2
2 3/2 - 2
2
2
2 5/2 +
2
2
(x + y + z )
(x + y + z )
(x + y + z2) 3/2
y (2y)
z (2z)
1
-3 2
+
-3
2 (x + y2 + z2) 5/2 (x2 + y2 + z2) 3/2 2 (x2 + y2 + z2) 5/2 G
(x2 + y2 + z2)
= 10 > 33 - 3 2
H
R
(x + y2 + z2) 5/2
= 10 : 33 - 33 D = 0
R
R
But at origin (x = 0 , y = 0 , z = 0 ) the position vector R = 0 and so the expression
for field F blows up. Therefore, d : F is infinite at origin and zero else where.
The circulation of A around the route is given by
# A : dl
# # #
=c + +
1
m A : dl
where the route is broken into segments numbered 1 to 3 as described below

1st segment : (0, 0, 0) " (2, 0, 0)
x changes from 0 to 2, y = 0 , z = 0
3 2
2
(dl = dxax )
So,
A : dl =
3x2 dx = 3 b x l = 8
3 0
1
0
2nd segment : (2, 0, 0) " (2, 2, 0)
x = 2 , y changes from 0 to 2, z = 0 .
# A : dl
2
# 6yz dy = 0
0
(dl = dyay )
3rd segment : (2, 2, 0) " (2, 2, 2)

36
Vector Analysis
For View Only

x = 2 , y = 2 , z changes from 0 to 2.
# A : dl
3
Chap 1
3y2 dz = (3 # 4) z
2
0
= 24
(dl = dzaz )
So total line integral will be :
# A : dl

For the straight line from origin to the point (2, 2, 2) we have the relation between
the coordinates as
x = y = 2z
or,
dx = dy = dz
and the line integral along straight line is given as
Therefore, the line integral of the vector field along the straight line is given as
# 3x dx + # 6yzdy + # 3z dz
= # 3x dx + # 6x dx + # 3x dx
2
lp.
# A : dl
co
SOL 1.2.13
= 8 + 0 + 24 = 32 uints
= b12 x l = (4x3) 20
3 0
= 3 # 8 = 24 uints
For the closed path defined,
the line integral in forward path = 32 units
the line integral in return path = - 32 units.
So, total integral in the closed path is :
= 32 - 32 = 0 units
w.
g
# A : dl
SOL 1.2.15
at
e
SOL 1.2.14
# x dx
he
= 12

The circulation of A around the path L can be given as
# # #
=c + +
ww
# A : dl
m A : dl
where the route is broken into segments numbered 1 to 3 as shown in figure below :
1st segment : ( f = 30c, z = 2 , 0 # r # 5 )
and
dl = dra r
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
37
For View Only

r
( f = 30c)
So,
dr = 25
A : dl = r sin fdr =
2
4
1
0
0
2 nd segment : ( r = 5 , z = 2 , 30c # f # 180c) and dl = dfaf
# A : dl
So,
# 0 df = 0
3rd segment : ( f = 180c, z = 2 , 5 # r # 0 )
# A : dl
3
and
dl = dra r
# r sin fdr = 0
( f = 180c)
Total

Volume integral of the function is given by
V =
### f dxdydz
co
SOL 1.2.16
Therefore, the circulation of vector field along the edge L is

A : dl = 25 + 0 + 0 = 25 units
4
4
### 30z dxdydz

2
(- 1 - y - z)
he
# dx
lp.
The surface of the tetrahedron will have a slope

x + y + z =- 1
So, for a given value of y and z , x varies from 0 to (- 1 - y - z) and x integral
will be
=- 1 - y - z
again for a given value of z , y ranges from 0 to (- 1 - z). So y -integral will be :

(- 1 - z)
2 (- 1 - z)
ww
w.
ga
te
# (- 1 - y - z) dy = ;(- 1 - z) y - y2 E
(- 1 - z) 2 (- 1 - z) 2
= (- 1 - z) =
2
2
2
= 1 + z3 + z
2
2
Now there is only one remaining variable z that ranges from - 1 to 0. So we have
the volume integral of the function as
2
0
V =
30z2 b 1 + z + z l dz
2
2
-1
3
4
5 0
= 30 :z + z + z D
6
4 10 -1
1
= 30 :0 + - 1 + 1 D
6 4 10
= 30 # 1 = 3
20 2
2
SOL 1.2.17

The net outward flux through the closed cylindrical surface will be summation
of the fluxes through the top(in az direction), bottom(in - az direction) and the
curved surfaces(in a r direction) as shown in the figure.
38
Vector Analysis
co
For View Only
Chap 1
=
=
z=0 f=0
2
r2 cos2 f
c
m^rdfdz h
4
f=0
# #
z=0
2p
2
^2 h3 2p 2
cos fdfE; # dz E
#
;
4 0
0
= 2 # p # 2 = 4p
A : dS =

According to divergence theorem surface integral of a vector field over a closed
surface is equal to the volume integral of its divergence inside the closed region:
w.
g
SOL 1.2.18
2p
at
e
At r = 2 ,
# # Â h^rdfdz h
he
# A : dS
lp.
Since, the vector field has no z -component so, the outward flux through the top and
bottom surfaces will be zero. Therefore, the total outward flux through the closed
cylindrical surface will be only due to the field component in a r direction(flux
through the curved surfaces) which is given as
ww
i.e.
A : dS = (d : A) dv
Divergence of vector A is
d : A = 1 2 ^rA rh + 1 2 Af + 2 Az
r 2r
r 2f
2z
= 1 2 (r (4r + 2r sin2 f)) + 1 2 ^r sin 2fh + 2 (6z)
r 2r
r 2f
2z
2
= 8 + 4 sin f + 2 cos (2f) + 6
= 8 + 4 sin2 f + 2 cos2 f - 2 sin2 f + 6 = 16
So the surface integral is
# A : dS
# (d : A) dv = ### (16) rdrdfdz
= 16
rdr
p/2
# df # dz
0
= 16 # 2 # p # 5
2
= 80p
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
39
Note :
The surface integral can also be evaluated directly without using divergence theorem
but it will be much complicated as there are 5 different surfaces over which we will
have to integrate the given vector field.
According to stokes theorem, line integral of a vector function along a closed path
is equal to the surface integral of its curl over the surface defined by the closed
path.
i.e.
G : dl = ]d # Gg dS
SOL 1.2.19
##
= 6 # # x dydx + 6 # #
x dydx
= 6 # x xdx + 6 # x (2 - x) dx
1
2-x
he
lp.
co
Curl of the vector field is

d # G =- 6x2 az
and the differential surface vector
dS = dxdy (- az )
So the line integral of the given vector field is
G : dl = ]d # Gg dS =- - 6x2 dxdy
4 2
= 6 :x D + 6 :2x - x D
3
4 0
4 1
SOL 1.2.20
ww
w.
ga
te
4 1
= 6 b 1 - 0 l + 6 ;b 16 - 16 l - b 2 - 1 lE = 7 units
3
3 4
4
4
The relationship between cartesian and spherical co-ordinates is :
r = x2 + y2 + z2 , r sin q = x2 + y2
x = r sin q cos f , y = r sin q sin f
We put these values in the given expression of vector field as
x 2 + 4y 2 + 4 z 2 x
y
y
x
F =
9 2 ax + 2 ay - 2 ax + 2 ayC
2
2
x +y
2r r sin q (cos f - sin f) a + (cos f + sin f) a

x
y@
r sin q 2 6
= r 6(cos f - sin f) ax + (cos f + sin f) ay@
Now we transform the vector field from cartesian system to spherical system :
VR V
R V R
SFr W S sin q cos f sin q sin f cos qWSFxW
SFqW = Scos q cos f cos q sin f - sin qWSFyW
W
SSF WW SS - sin q
cos f
0WSSFz WW
f
T X T
T X
Fr = r ^cos f - sin fh^sin q cos fh + rX^sin q sin fh^cos f + sin fh
= r sin q
Fq = r ^cos f - sin fh^cos q cos fh + r ^cos f + sin fh cos q sin f
=
40
Vector Analysis
For View Only
Chap 1
S1
2p
# #
0
=8
30c
0
2p
r3 sin2 qdqdf
# df # sin qdq = 4p;p3 0
30c
= 2.276 = 2.3
(at r = 2 )

The vector function in spherical form as calculated in previous question is :
F = r sin qar + r2 cos qa q + raf
The differential surface vector over the surface S2 is
dS = r sin qdfdra q
and the surface S2 is defined in the region 0 # r # 2 , 0 # f # 2p, q = 30c
So, the surface integral of the field over the surface S2 is :
2p
2
F : dS =
r2 sin q cos qdfdr = 4p 3
3
S
0
0
# #

For a vector function to be irrotational its curl must be zero. Now we check it for
vector A.
d # A = ; 2 (x - 3y - z) - 2 (- 3z)E ax + : 2 (x + z) - 2 (x - 3y - z)D ay
2y
2z
2z
2x
+; 2 (- 3z) - 2 (x + z)E az
2x
2y
= (- 3 + 3) ax + (1 - 1) ay + (0 - 0) az = 0
So, vector A is irrotational.
again for a vector to be solenoidal its divergence must be zero. So we take the
divergence of the vector A as
d : A = 2 (x + z) + 2 (- 3z) + 2 (x - 3y - z)
2x
2y
2z
= 1+0-1 = 0
So, vector A is solenoidal
Thus the vector A is both irrotational and solenoidal.
Note: Since the curl of the gradient of a scalar field is zero. So, we can have directly
the result
4# A = 4# (- 4 f)=-= 4# (4 f)= 0
ww
w.
g
SOL 1.2.22
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 1.2.21
3
2 E
co
# F : dS
= r cos q
Ff = r ^cos f - sin fh^- sin fh + r ^cos f + sin fh cos f
=r
i.e.
F = r sin qar + r cos qa q + raf
The differential surface vector over the surface S1 is
dS = r2 sin qdqdfar
and the surface S1 is defined in the region r = 2 , 0 < q < 30c, 0 < f < 2p
So, surface integral through out the surface S1 will be :

We have
SOL 1.2.23
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
41
# A : dl
# 3ydx + # 3xdy
co
So,
lp.
SOL 1.2.24

2f
2f
2f
a a
A =- df =- ax 2x
2y y 2z z
Comparing it with the given vector we get :
2
2f
=- (x + z) & f =- x - xz + f1 (y, z)
2
2x
2f
= 3z & f = 3yz + f2 (x, z)
2y
2
2f
=- (x - 3y - z) & f =- xz + 3yz + z + f 3 (x, y)
2
2z
In conclusion, from all the three results, we get
2
2
f =- x - xz + 3yz + z
2
2
Given the vector field, A = 3 (yax + xay)
The differential line vector in the cartesian coordinate system is
For View Only
The given curve is, y = x/2

So, we put x = 2y2 and dx = 4ydy in the line integral
2
2
A : dl =
12y2 dy + 6y2 dy = 18 6y3@12
3
1
1
= 6 # 5 = 30 units
1 + cos 2f
2 cos2 f
ar =
ar
3
r
r3
and the differential surface vector over the outer spherical surface is
(for r = 2 ,0 # i # r,0 # f # 2p)
dS = (r2 sin qdqdf) ar
So the surface integral over the outer spherical surface is
2p
p 2 cos 2 f
2
F : dS =
c
m^r sin qdqdfh =- 2p
3
r
0
0
Consider that the vector A is in ax direction as shown in the figure.
Given the vector field
SOL 1.2.26
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 1.2.25
he
F =
# #
42
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
w.
g

We go through all the options to check the direction of the vector R for the
corresponding directions of A, B and C .
Option (A)
ww
SOL 1.2.27
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

So we can write the vectors in cartesian form as
Â = 4h
A = 4ax
and
B = B cos 30cax + B sin 30c ^- ay h
= 3 3 a x - 3 ay
^B = 3h
2
2
Now the resultant vector,
R = 6A - 8B = 3.22ax + 6ay
So,
R = ^3.22h2 + ^12h2 = 12.43 units
and angle that R makes with x -axis is
q = cos-1 b 3.22 l
12.43
= 75c
So the graphical representation of vector R is
Since the direction of cross product is normal to the plane of vectors and determined
by right hand rule. So B # C has the direction in which thumb indicates when
the curl of the finger directs from B to C . Thus B # C will be directed out of the
paper and so we get direction of A # ^B # C h toward east. So the given direction
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only

of R is incorrect.
43
co
In Option (B) : Direction of ^B # C h is out of the paper so, R = A # ^B # C h

will be directed toward west.
he
lp.
In Option (C): Direction of ^B # C h is into the paper so, R = A # ^B # C h will

be directed toward north.
SOL 1.2.28
ww
w.
ga
te
In Option (D) : Direction of ^B # C h is into the paper so, R = A # ^B # C h will

be directed toward south. So the given direction is correct.

As the vectors B and C are defined in cylindrical system. So, we transform the
vector in cartesian form as below
Given the vector field
B = a r + a f + 3a z
the cylindrical components
B r = 1, B f = 1, B z = 3
So the cartesian components of vector B is
R V R
VR V
SBxW Scos f - sin f 0WSB rW
SByW = Ssin f cos f 0WSBfW
SS WW SS
WS W
Bz
0
0
1WSBz W
T BX = Tcos fB - sin fBXT =X cos f - sin f
^B r = Bf = 1h
x
r
f
By = sin fB r + cos fBf = sin f + cos f
^B r = Bf = 1h
Bz = Bz = 3
44
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
lp.
co
For View Only

and so the vector field in cartesian system is
B = ^cos f - sin fh ax + ^sin f + cos fh ay + 3az
So at the point a2, p , 3k
2
B =- ax + ay + 3az
now we transform the vector field C = 2 a r + 3az in cartesian system.
the cylindrical components,
C r = 2 , Cf = 0 , Cz = 3
So the cartesian components of vector C is
R V R
VR V
SCxW Scos f - sin f 0WSC rW
SCyW = Ssin f cos f 0WSCfW
SS WW SS
WS W
Cz
0
0
1WSCz W
T X T
XT X
So,
Cr = 2
Cx = 2 cos f
Cy = 2 sin f
and
Cz = Cz = 3
C = 2 cos fax + 2 sin fay + 3az
he
So, at the point b 3, 3p , 9 l

4
2 cos b 3p l ax + 2 sin b 3p l ay + 3az

4
4
=- ax + 2ay + 3az
So all the three vectors are same at their respective points.
at
e
C =

For checking whether a vector is perpendicular to a given vector or not we take
their dot product as the dot product of the two mutually perpendicular vectors is
always zero.
Now we have A + B = 4ax + 4ay + 4az
So we take the dot product of (A + B) with the all given options to determine the
perpendicular vector.
In option (A).
^- 4ax + 4ay h : ^4ax + 4ay + 4az h =- 16 + 16 = 0
In Option (B)
^4ay + 4az h $ ^4ax + 4ay + 4az h = 16 + 16 = 32 ! 0
In Option (C)
âx + az h $ ^4ax + 4ay + 4az h = 4 + 4 = 8 ! 0
SOL 1.2.30

The given gradient is
dV ^x, y, z h = 1.5x2 yz2 ax + 0.5x3 z2 ay + x3 yzaz
So,we have the components as,
2V = 1.5x2 yz2
2x
ww
w.
g
SOL 1.2.29
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
45

3
V = 1.5 x yz2 + f1 ^y, z h = 0.5x3 yz2 + f1 ^y, z h

3
2V = 0.5x3 z2
2y
V = 0.5x3 yz2 + f2 ^x, z h
2V = x3 yz
2z
x3 yz2
V =
+ f 3 ^y, z h = 0.5x3 yz2 + f 3 ^y, z h
2
Thus by comparing all the results we get,
V = 0.5x3 yz2
Consider the given plane
xyz = 1
xyz - 1 = 0
So,
function, f = xyz - 1
gradient of function, df = yzax + xzay + xyaz
Since gradient of the function of a plane is directed normal to the plane so the
normal vector to the plane at the point ^2, 4, 18 h is
df = 1 ax + 1 ay + 8az
2
4
Now consider ^x, y, z h lies in the given surface xyz = 1. So the tangential vector to
the given surface at the point ^2, 4, 18 h is
T = ^x - 2h ax + ^y - 4h ay + bz - 1 l az
8
This vector will be perpendicular to df .
So,
(dot product of perpendicular vector)
^T h : ^df h = 0
1 x - 2 + 1 ^y - 4h + 8 z - 1 = 0
b
h 4
2^
8l
2x + 4y + 32z = 24
SOL 1.2.32

As the integral is to be determined in spherical volume so, we transform the function
in spherical system as,
2x = 2r sin q cos f
and so, we have the integral
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.2.31
p/2
# 2xdv = 2 # # #
v
r=0 q=0
1
3
= 2;
p/2
^r sin q cos fh^r2 sin qdrdqdfh
f=0
p/2
r dr E;
p/2
sin2 qdqE; cos fdfE
4 1
p/2
= 2 ;r E :q - sin 2q D 6sin f@0p/2
4 0 2
4 0
= 2 # 1 #apk = 2 # p = p
8
4
4
4
46
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
In Segment (1)
So,
co
For View Only

SOL 1.2.33
Contour integral of the field vector is evaluated in 3 segments as shown below
dl = dra r
# A : dl
1
2 2
# r cos fdr = ^cos 0h;r2 E

2
r=0
= 4 = 2 unit
2
0 < f # p/2 at r = 2
dl = rdfaf
p/2
r
p/2
So,
A : dl =
^rdfh = 2 6f@0 = p
1
f=0 2
In segment 3
dl =- dra r
3
=-
0 # r # 2 , at f = p/2
^r cos p/2h^drh = 0
r=0
at
e
# A : dl
he
So,
lp.
In segment (2)
0 < r # 2 at f = 0
So the contour integral is
# A : dl
C

For the given contour C1
dl = rdfaf
So,
w.
g
SOL 1.2.34
# # # E6A : dl@ = ^2 + ph units
=; + +
# A : dl
C1
# r^rdfh = 9 # 2p = 18p
f=0
ww
and for the contour C2

dl =- rdfaf
So,
# A : dl
C2
0 # f # 2p at r = 3
2p
=-
0 # f # 2p at r = 1
# r^rdfh =- 2p
2p
f=0
Therefore, the ratio of the contour integral is
# A : dl
# A : dl
C1
= 18p =- 9
^- 2ph
C2
SOL 1.2.35

Let us consider a contour abcd as shown in the figure.
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
47
abcd
=c
# +#+# +#
ab
bc
cd
da
m A : dl
co
# A : dl
As vector A has only a q component so its integral will not exist along segments ab
and cd and so the contour integral for abcd is
SOL 1.2.36
SOL 1.2.37
he
ww
w.
ga
te
lp.
For bc segment, r = 1 and 0 # q # p

2
dl =- rdqa q
and for da segment r = d , and 0 # q # p/2
dl = rdqa q
p/2
p/2
e-r
e-r
So,
A : dl =b r l^rdqh +
b r l^rdqh
abcd
q=0
q=0
-1 p
-d
=-ê ha k + ê h^p/2h = p ^- e-1 + e- d h
2
2
As for the given contour C , d tends to zero
So,
A : dl = lim A : dl = lim p ^- e-1 + e- d h = p ^1 - e-1h
2
d " 0 abcd
d"0 2
C
Note : Most of the students do a mistake here by directly integrating the given
vector along given contour C but as the vector A includes exponential which is
not zero at origin and so at r = 0 , Âh : ^rdqafh ! 0 therefore we have taken the
contour integral in the form of limits.

The divergence of unit vector ar is
d : ar = 12 2 r2 ^1 h = 12 ^2r h = 2
r
r 2r
r
the divergence of unit vector a q is
d : a q = 1 2 ^sin fh = cos q = cot q
r
r sin q 2q
r sin q
and the divergence of unit vector af is
d : a f = 1 2 ^1 h = 0
r sin q 2f
A vector can be expressed as the gradient of a scalar if its curl is zero. Now we go
through the options.
48
Vector Analysis

a x ay a z
Curl of the vector = 22x 22y 22z = 0
2yz 2xz 2xy
Option (A),
Option (B),
Curl of the vector = 1

r
Option (C),
Curl of the vector = 1

r
2
2f
e- r
r
2
2z
0 r^ h 0
2
r2
!0
ar
ra f
az
2
2r
2
2f
2
2z
cos f
2
r
sin f
=0

Any vector for which divergence is zero can be expressed as the curl of another
vector. For checking it we go through all the options.
In Option (A), Divergence = 2 & 1 _x2 - y2i0 - 2 ^xy h + 2 ^2 h
2x 2
2y
2z
= x-x = 0
-r
In Option (B), Divergence = 1 2 c e m = 0
r 2f r
he
lp.
SOL 1.2.38
2
2r
co
So, it can be expressed as gradient of a scalar.
a r ra f a z
For View Only
Chap 1
at
e
q + 1 2 sin2 q
In Option (C), Divergence = 12 2 br2 2 cos
r 2r
r3 l r sin q 2q c r3 m
=- 14 ^2 cos qh + 4 1 2 sin q cos q = 0
r
r sin q
So all the vectors can be expressed as curl of another vector.
for y > 0 i.e. above x -axis field will be directed towards + ax direction and will
increase as we go far from the x -axis, since y -increases.
For y < 0 i.e. below x -axis, field will be directed towards - ax direction and its
intensity will increases as we go away from the x -axis.
SOL 1.2.40

Given the divergence of the vector field is zero
i.e.
4: A = 0
2Ax + 2Ay = 0
2x
2y
2Ax =-2Ay
2x
2y
and the curl of the vector field is zero,
i.e.
4# A = 0
a x ay a z
2
2 2
2x 2y 2z = 0
A x Ay 0
ww
w.
g
SOL 1.2.39
...(1)
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
49
SOL 1.2.41
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
2A
2A
- y ax + 2Ax ax + e y - 2Ax o az = 0
2z
2z
2x
2y
2Ay 2Ax
....(2)
=0
2x
2y
(Since A is only the variable of x and y . So the differentiation with respect to z
will be zero).
Differentiating equation (ii) with respect to x we get,
22Ay 22Ax
=0
2x2 2x2y
22Ay
2 2Ax = 0
2 2
y b 2x l
2x
22Ay
2 - 2Ay = 0
(from equation (i))
2 2y e 2y o
2x
22Ay 22Ay
=0
+
2x2
2y2
d2Ay = 0
Again differentiating equation (ii) with respect to y we get
22Ay 22Ax
=0
2x2y 2y2
2 2Ay - 22Ax = 0
2x e 2y o 2y2
2 - 2Ax - 22Ax = 0
(from equation (i))
2x b 2x l 2y2
22Ax + 22Ax = 0
2x2
2y2
The line integral (circulation) of force F around the closed path can be divided in
four sections as shown below.
For segment 1 we have,
y =z=0
dl =- dxax ,
0<x<1
3 1
x2 ^- dx h = :- x D =- 1
3 0
3
So,
# F : dl
1
50
Vector Analysis
For View Only
For segment 2 we have,

So,
Chap 1
x =z=0
dl = dyay ,
# F : dl
2
0<y<1
# ^- xz h^dy h = 0
1
For segment (3) we have x = z , y = 1

dl = dxax + dzaz ,
So,
# F : dl
3
x2 dx +
0 < x < 1, 0 < z < 1

2
^- y h dz
So,
# F : dl
4
co
3 1
= :x D - 6z @10 = 1 - 1 =- 2
3 0
3
3
For segment 4 we have, y = z , x = 1
dl =- dyay - dzaz
# ^- xz h^- dy h + #
1
^- y2h^- dz h
=c
# + #+ #+ #
he
# F : dl
lp.
3 1
y2 1
= ; E + :z D = 1 + 1 = 5
2 0
3 0
2 3
6
So, the net circulation of force F around the closed path is
m F : dl
at
e
=- 1 + 0 - 2 + 5 =- 1
3
3 6
9
Given, vector position of P ^x, y, z h
R = xax + yay + zaz
So,
R = x2 + y2 + z2
or
Rn = ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2
Rn R = ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 6xax + yay + zaz@
Now we take the divergence of the vector as
d : ^Rn Rh = 2 x ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 + 2 y ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 + 2 z ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2
2x
2y
2z
n
/
2
n
/
2
1
2
x
n
= ^x2 + y2 + z2h
+ x 9 ^x2 + y2 + z2h
C^2x h
2
2x
n
2
2
2 n/22y
2
2
+^x + y + z h
+ y 9 ^x + y + z2hn/2 - 1C^2y h
2
2y
+^x2 + y2 + z2hn/22z + z 9n ^x2 + y2 + z2hn/2 - 1C^2z h
2
2z
= 3Rn + n Rn - 2 ^2x2 + 2y2 + 2z2h
2
n
= 3R + nRn = ^n + 3h Rn
SOL 1.2.43

The line integral (Circulation) of vector field A around the closed path can be
divided into four segments as shown in figure below :
ww
w.
g
SOL 1.2.42
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only
0<f<p
r ^rdfh = 8 6f@ = 8p
^r = 2h
-1
-2 < r < - 1
=
^r sin fh^- drh
-2
=0
r = 1, z = 0
dl = rdf ^- afh
# A : dl
^f = ph
0<f<p
r2 ^- rdfh =-6f@0p =- p
ww
w.
ga
te
So,
^f = 0h
p
0
f = p, z = 0
# A : dl
For segment 4,
co
lp.
So,
# ^r sin fhdr = 0
r = 2, z = 0
dl = rdfaf
# A : dl
For segment 3
1<r<2
# A : dl
For segment 2
So,
f = 0, z = 0
dl = dra r ,
he
For segment 1,
So,
51
Therefore, the net circulation of the vector is
# A : dl
# # # #
=c + + +
1
m A : dl = 0 + 8p + 0 + p = 9p
***********
52
Vector Analysis
For View Only
Chap 1
SOLUTIONS 1.3

Divergence of A in spherical coordinates is given as
d:A = 12 2 (r 2 Ar ) = 12 2 (krn + 2)
r 2r
r 2r
k
n+1
= 2 (n + 2) r
r
= k (n + 2) rn - 1 = 0
So,
n+3 = 0
or,
n =- 3
co
SOL 1.3.1
lp.
he

Given, the vector, A = xyax + x 2 ay
Differential displacement along any path in the x -y plane is defined as
(since, dz = 0 )
dl = dxax + dyay
So, the line integral of the vector A along the closed square loop is given as
# A : dl = # (xyax + x 2 ay) : (dxax + dyay) = # (xydx + x 2 dy)
C
at
e
SOL 1.3.2
2/ 3
#1/
xdx +
1/ 3
#2/
3xdx +
#1
4 dy +
3
#3
1 dy
3
w.
g
= 1 ; 4 - 1 E + 3 ;1 - 4 E + 4 [3 - 1] + 1 [1 - 3] = 1
2 3 3
2 3 3
3
3
Given,
...(1)
V = d#A
According to Stokes theorem the line integral of a vector along a closed loop is
equal to the surface integral of the curl of the vector for the loop.
...(2)
i.e.
# A : dl = ## ^d # Ah : dS
ww
SOL 1.3.3
(Given, d:A = 0 )
SC
where C is a closed path (contour) and SC is the surface area of the loop.
From equation (1) and (2) we get
# A : dl = ## V : dS
C
SC

The transformation of unit vector af in Cartesian coordinate system gives the
result.
af = ^- sin fh ax + ^cos fh ay
where f is angle formed with x -axis.
at point A,
f = 90c
SOL 1.3.4
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only

So,
at point B ,
af
So,
at point C ,
So,
at point D ,
So,

=- ax
a"3
= 90c + 45c = 135c
b"5
=- 1 ax - 1 ay
2
2
=- 45c
a f = 1 a x + 1 ay
2
2
f = 0c
af = az
c"4
d"2

Given, the solution of a Laplaces equation is
V = sinh x cos kye pz
i.e. the field V satisfies Laplaces equation. So, we have
d2V = 0
2
2
2V + 2V + 22V = 0
or,
2x2 2y2 2z2
22V = sinh x cos kye pz
Now,
2x2
22V =- k2 sinh x cos kye pz
2y2
22V = p2 sinh x cos kye pz
2z2
Putting all the values in equation (1), we get
pz
2
2
^sinh x cos kye h^1 - k + p h = 0
1 - k2 + p2 = 0
k2 = 1 + 2p2
Note :
d sinh x = d sin jx = j cos jx = cos jx and similarly the 2 nd derivative.
j
dx
dx j
The angle between two vector fields A and B is defined as
a = cos-1 b A : B l
AB
Given, electric field intensity at point P is
E = 10ax + 10ay + 10az
So, the angle formed between the field E and with x -axis âx h is
a = cos-1 e E : ax o = cos-1 c 10 m = cos-1 c 1 m
E ax
10 3
3
Similarly, we get
b = g = cos-1 c 1 m
4
Laplace equation is defined as
SOL 1.3.6
SOL 1.3.7
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 1.3.5
af
f
53
(1)
54
Vector Analysis
For View Only
Chap 1

2
co
i.e.
d2V ! 0
So, it doesnt satisfy Laplaces equation.
dV = 0
Now, we consider the option (C)
The scalar field is
V = 10
r
So, the Laplacian of the field V is given as
2
2
d2V = 1 2 br2V l + 122V2 + 2V2
r 2r 2r
2z
r 2f
= 1 2 dr c- 102 m n + 0 =- 1 2 b 10 l = 102
r 2r
r 2r r
r
r

Laplacian of a scalar function is given as
d2V = d : ^dV h = div ^gradV h
i.e. The Laplacian of a scalar function is divergence of gradient of V .
SOL 1.3.9

Given, the vector field,
A = 3x2 yzax + x3 zay + (x3 y - 2z) az
So, the divergence of vector A is
d : A = 6xyz - 2! 0
Therefore, it is neither divergence less and nor solenoidal
Now, we determine the curl of vector as
d#A = 0
Since, the curl of the vector is zero so, it is irrotational (i.e., not rotational).
SOL 1.3.10

Laplacian of a scalar field V in cylindrical coordinates is given by
2
2
d2V = 1 2 c r2V m + 122V2 + 2V2
r 2r 2r
r 2f
2z
Since, Laplace equation is defined as
d2V = 0
So, we get
1 2 r2V + 1 22V + 22V = 0
r 2r c 2r m r2 e 2f2 o 2z2
SOL 1.3.11
Option ( ) is correct.
The given curve is divided in three segments AB , BC and CD respectively. So, the
total integral is given as
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 1.3.8
# dl
c
=c
=
AB
p/2
BC
CD
Rdfaf +
m dl
-R
dl ^- ay h +
-p
- p/2
Rdfaf
Chap 1
Vector Analysis
For View Only

= p R a f - 2R a y - p R a f
3
2
=- 2Ray

Given vector field,
A = 4r cos far
co
SOL 1.3.12
55
# A : dl
lp.
For the given contour we integrate the field in three intervals as
# A : dra + # A : dfa + # A : dra

= # ^2r cos fh dr + 0 # ^2r cos fh dr
he
1 4 44
2 4 44 3
ât f = 0h
1 4 44
2 4 44 3
ât f = p/2h
2 1
= 2 :r D = 1
2 0
For a vector field B to be solenoidal
d:B = 0
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 1.3.13
# ^d : B hdv = 0
# B : dS = 0
SOL 1.3.14

âx # ay h + ây # ax h = az + ^- az h = 0

(a)
Curl ^F h = 0
It gives the result that F is irrotational
â " 2h
(b)
div ^F h = 0
It gives the result that F is solenoidal.
^b " 3h
(c)
div Grad ^fh = 0
d : ^dfh = 0
d2 f = 0
It is Laplace equation.
^c " 1h
(d)
div div ^fh = 0
d : ^d : fh = 0
As f is a scalar quality so its divergence is not defined.
^d " 4h
SOL 1.3.15
56
Vector Analysis
Chap 1
For View Only

SOL 1.3.16
As by observing the given figure we conclude that the closed circular quadrant is
in x -y plane and its segments are
OP = drar
PQ = 2dfaf
QO = drar
So, the closed loop integral is
p/2
0
2
A : dl = dr + 2df + dr = 8 a p k = 2p
4
0
0
2
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
***********
co
CHAPTER 2
ELECTROSTATIC FIELDS
58
Electrostatic Fields
EXERCISE 2.1
For View Only
Chap 2
Statement for Linked Question 1-2 :
The net force on a test charge + 2 nC at the centre O of the square will be
(A) 0 N
(B) 18 N
(C) 72 N
(C) 9 N
MCQ 2.1.3
(D) 36 N
If one of the four charges is being removed then the magnitude of the net force on
the test charge + 1 nC placed at the centre will be
(A) 0 N
(B) 18 N
ww
MCQ 2.1.2
w.
g
MCQ 2.1.1
at
e
he
lp.
co
Four equal charges of + 2 C are being placed at the corners of the square of side
2 m in free space as shown in figure.
(D) 36 N
Two point charges of 9 C and 12 C are located on x -axis at a separation of 3 m. A

third point charge q is placed on the x -axis at a distance d from the 36 C charge
which makes the entire system in equilibrium. The value of q and d are
(A) 4 C and 1 m
(B) - 4 C and 2 m
(C) 4 C and 2 m
(D) - 4 C and 1 m
Chap 2
59
For View Only

MCQ 2.1.4
Consider the point charges - 5 nC and + 3 nC are located at (- 4, 0, - 2) and
(- 5, 0, 3) respectively The net electric field intensity at point (- 7, 3, - 1) will be
(A) - 1.004az - 1.284ay + 1.4ax
(B) 1.004az - 1.284ay + 1.4ax
(C) - 1.004ax - 1.284ay + 1.4az
(D) + 1.004ax + 1.284ay + 1.4az
The three point charges, each + 4 nC , are located on the z -axis at z =- 1, 0, 1 in
free space. What will be the electric field intensity at point P (0, 0, 3) ?
(A) 13.44az
(B) 19.06ax
MCQ 2.1.5
(C) 19.06az
co
Charges + Q and + 2Q are separated by a distance 1 m. What will be the distance

of point P form + Q charge such that the net electric field intensity at P is zero.
(A) 1
(B) - 2.414 m
(C) - 1
lp.
MCQ 2.1.6
(D) 5.8az
(D) 0.414 m
he
Statement for Linked Question 7 - 8
MCQ 2.1.7
ww
w.
ga
te
A uniform volume charge density of 4 mC/m3 is present throughout the spherical

shell extending from r = 2 cm to r = 3 cm .
The total charge present throughout the spherical shell will be
(A) 160 pC
(B) 40 pC
(C) 80 pC
MCQ 2.1.8
For what value of a half of the total charge will be located in the region 4 cm < r < a
(A) 2.5 cm
(B) 2.6 cm
(C) 2.4 cm
MCQ 2.1.9
(D) 2.7 cm
Electrons are moving randomly in a fixed region in free space. During a time
interval T the probability of finding an electron in a subregion of volume 10-12 m3
is 30% .The volume charge density in the subregion for the time interval will be
(B) 16 nC/m3
(A) - 48 nC/m3
(C) 48 mC/m3
MCQ 2.1.10
(D) 72 pC
(D) 48 nC/m3
Total stored charge on the cylindrical surface r = 2 , 0 < z < 1 m having surface
charge density r2 z mC/m2 is
(A) 25.1 mC
(B) 50.2 mC
(C) 12.55 mC
(D) 15.7 mC
60
Chap 2
co
For View Only

MCQ 2.1.11
Consider a triangular surface in the plane z = 0 as shown in the figure.
lp.
If the triangular surface has charge density rS = 9xy C/m2 then the total charge on
it will be
(A) 6.5 C
(B) 13 C
(C) 4.5 C
A circular disk of radius 5 m has surface charge density rS = 3r , where r (# 5 m

) is the distance of any point on the disk from its centre. The total charge stored
on the disk is
he
MCQ 2.1.12
(D) 26 C
at
e
(A) 50p C
(C) 250 p C
MCQ 2.1.13
(B) 125p C
(D) 250 C
p
Which of the following charge distribution produces the electric field intensity ?
w.
g
E = 4xyax + 4yzay + 6xzaz V/m ?

(A) infinite line charge of 2 nC/m along x -axis
(B) spherical shell of charge density 3 nC/m3
(C) plane sheet of charge density 3 nC/m2 at x -y plane
MCQ 2.1.14
MCQ 2.1.15
ww
(D) field doesnt exist
An infinite line charge of 1 mC/m is located on the z -axis. Electric field due to the
line charge at point (- 2, - 1, 5) will be
(A) 2.4ax + 1.8ay
(B) 7.2ax + 14.4ay
(C) - 7.2ax - 3.6ay
(D) - 2ax - ay
Electric field intensity at any point (x, y, z) in free space is E = x2 ax + 2xyay . The
electric flux density at the point (- 1, 0, 1) will be
(A) 0
(B) e0 ax
(C) - e0 ax
(D) 4pe0 ay
Chap 2
61
For View Only

MCQ 2.1.16
Assertion (A) : Net electric field flux emanating from an arbitrary surface not
enclosing a point charge is zero.
Reason (R) : Electric field intensity at any point outside the uniformly charged
sphere is always zero.
(A) A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
(B) A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) A is false but R is true.
Consider the electric field intensity in some region is found to be E = 3r2 ar V/m ,
in spherical coordinate system. The total charge stored in a sphere of radius 2 m,
centered at origin will be
(A) 4.32 pC
(B) 5.3 pC
co
MCQ 2.1.17
(D) 5.3 nC
lp.
(C) 4.32 nC
MCQ 2.1.19
MCQ 2.1.20
he
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.1.18
Volume charge density in the free space in spherical coordinate system is given by
1 C/m3
0 < r < 3m
rv = * r2
0
r > 3m
Net electric flux crossing the surface r = 2 m is
(A) 4p C
(B) - p C
(C) 2p C
(D) 0
Electric flux density at r = 1 m is

(A) p ar C/m2
2
(B) ar C/m2
(C) 4par C/m2
(D) ar + a q C/m2
A point charge 8 C is located at the origin. The total electric flux crossing the
portion of plane x + y = 3 m lying in the first octant is
(A) 1 C
(B) 4 C
(C) 1 C/m
MCQ 2.1.21
(D) 4 C/m
A uniform volume charge density rv C/m3 is distributed inside the region defined
by a cylindrical surface of cross sectional radius a . The electric field intensity at a
distance r ^< a h from the cylindrical axis is proportional to
(A) r
(B) a
r
(C) 12
(D) ar2
r
62
For View Only
Chap 2
Common Data for Question 22 - 24

Charge density inside a hollow spherical shell of radius r = 4m centered at origin
is defined as
0
for r # 2
rv = * 4
c/m3
for 2 1 r # 4
r2
(C) 0
(D) 2 V/m
Electric field intensity at r = 4 will be

(A) 4 ar
9e0
(D) 9 ar
e0
at
e
he
If the region outside the spherical shell is charge free then what will be the electric
field intensity at r = 5 ?
(B) 16p ar
(A) 1 ar
e0
3e0
(C) 25 e0 ar
8
(D) 8 e0 ar
25
Assertion (A) : No charge can be present in a uniform electric field.

Reason (R) : According to Gausss law volume charge density in a region having
electric field intensity E is given by
rv = edE
w.
g
MCQ 2.1.25
(B) 4 ar
e0
lp.
(C) 20 ar
9e0
MCQ 2.1.24
MCQ 2.1.23
The Electric field intensity at any point in the region r # 2 will be

(A) - 1 V/m
(B) - 4 V/m
co
MCQ 2.1.22
MCQ 2.1.26
MCQ 2.1.27
ww
In a certain region the electric flux density is D = cos3 q ar + sin3q a q C/m2 . Volume
r
2r
charge density in the region will be
q C/m3
(B) 2 cos
(A) 0 C/m3
r4
(C) sin3 q C/m3
(D) 43 C/m3
r
r
If electric flux density in a certain region is D = (2y2 + 4z) ax + 2xyay + 4xaz C/m2
The total charge enclosed by the cube 0 # x # 2 , 0 # y # 2 , - 1 # z # 1 is
(A) 9 C
(B) 4 C
(C) 16 C
(D) 8 C
Chap 2
63
For View Only

MCQ 2.1.28
Two point charges + 1 mC and - 1 mC are being located at points (0,0,1) and
(0, 0, - 1) respectively. The net electric potential at point P (- 3, 0, - 4) due to the
two charges will be
(A) - 578.9 V
(B) 0.64 kV
(C) - 2.36 V
(D) - 5.78 kV
(C) 3.6ax - 11.4ay + 35.6az
(D) 2.2ax - 11.4ay + 35.6az
Electric flux density at point P will be

(A) 31.4ax + 101ay - 314.5az pC/m2
(B) 62.8ax + 202ay - 629az nC/m2
lp.
MCQ 2.1.30
co
MCQ 2.1.29
In the entire free space electric potential is given by

V = xy2 z3 + 3 ln ^x2 + 2y2 + 3z2h
4
Electric field at point P (3, 2, - 1) will be
(B) 3.6ax + 11.4ay - 35.6az
(A) 7.1ax + 22.8ay - 71.1az
he
(C) - 0.095ax - 0.304ay + 0.948az nC/m2

(D) 7.1ax + 22.8ay - 71.1az pC/m2
A potential function V satisfies Laplaces equation inside a certain region. In this

region the potential function will have
(A) a maxima only
(B) a minima only
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.1.31
(C) a maxima and a minima both

MCQ 2.1.32
(D) neither a maxima nor a minima
An electric dipole consists of two point charges of equal and opposite magnitude
! Q is lying along x -axis such that + Q is at x = d/2 and - Q is at x =- d/2 .
Electric field due to the dipole at any point (r, q, f) in spherical coordinate system
is given by
Qd
where r >>d
E =
62 cos2 qar + sin qaq@
2pe0 r3
The force applied by the dipole on a charge of + 1 C located at point (0, y, 0) is
- Qd
+ Qd
(A)
(B)
az
3 az
4pe0 y
4pe0 y3
- Qd
- Qd
2Qd
(C)
(D)
ax
3 az +
3 ay
4pe0 y
4pe0 r
4pe0 y3
***********
64
For View Only
EXERCISE 2.2
Two equal point charges of + 12 nC each are located at points (- 1, 0, 0) and (1, 0, 0)
respectively. What will be the position of third point charge of + 2 nC such that
the net electric field E = 0 at (0, 1, 0)?
(A) (- 1, 0, 0)
(B) (0, - 1, 0)
co
MCQ 2.2.1
(C) (3, 0, 0)
(D) (0, 3, 0)
Plane 5x + 4y = 0 carries a uniform charge distribution with rS = 2 nC/m2 . The

electric field intensity at point (1, 0, 3) will be
(B) 67.85ax + 90.48ay V/m
(A) - 67.8ax - 90.48ay V/m
lp.
MCQ 2.2.2
(D) - 3ax - 4ay V/m
he
(C) 3ax + 4ay V/m
Electric field intensity at a distance 3 m above the center of a circular loop of

radius 4 m lying in the xy -plane and carrying a uniform line charge + 3 nC/m as
shown in the figure is
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 2.2.3
Chap 2
MCQ 2.2.4
(A) 21.72ax + 10.86az V/m
(B) 10.86az V/m
(C) 10.86ax + 21.72az V/m
(D) 72az V/m
Consider a point charge Q is located at the origin. Divergence of the electric flux
density produced by the charge is
(A) 0, at all points
(B) + 1, at all points
(C) + 1, at all points except origin
(D) 0, at all points except origin
Chap 2
For View Only
65

In the region of free space that includes the cubical volume 0 < x , y , z < 1, electric
flux density is given by
D = x2 yax + 2y2 x2 ay C/m2
(C) 0 C
(D) 1/3 C
div D at center of the cube is

(A) 1/2
(B) 3/4
(C) 1/4
(D) 1/6
MCQ 2.2.6
The total flux leaving the closed surface of the cube is

(A) - 1/6 C
(B) 1/6 C
co
MCQ 2.2.5
MCQ 2.2.7
Volume charge density at r = 0.2 m will be

(C) 4 nC/m3
(A) - 5 nC/m3
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) 20 C/m3
MCQ 2.2.8
MCQ 2.2.10
(D) 5 nC/m3
Volume charge density at r = 1 m will be

(A) 0
(B) 20 nC/m3
(C) - 40 nC/m3
MCQ 2.2.9
he
lp.
In free space, flux charge density is given by

3r2 ar nC/m2
r < 0.5 m
D =*
2
2
2/r ar nC/m
r $ 0.5 m
(D) - 20 nC/m3
A dipole having a moment p = 5pe0 az C- m is located at origin in free space. If the

electric field produce due to the dipole is given by E = 2Ex ax + Ey ay + Ez az then
surface on which Ez = 0 but Ex , Ey ! 0 will be
(A) a cone of angle 54.7c
(B) a cone of angle 125.3c
(C) (a) and (b) both
(D) none of these
An infinite line charge + 2 nC/m is lying along entire z -axis. If the electric potential
at the point (1, p/2, 5) due to the line charge is zero then the electric potential at
any point (r, f, z) will be
(B) 18 c ln b 1 l m
(A) 18 volt
r
r
-9
(C) 10 ln b 1 l
r
2
9
(D) 9 # 10 ln b 1 l
r
2
66
For View Only
Chap 2
Statement for Linked Question 11 -12 :
MCQ 2.2.11
Electric field at any point (r, q, f) in free space is given by

E = 2 2r 2 a r
(r + 4)
The electric potential will be maximum at
(A) infinity
(B) origin
(C) at r =- 2
Potential difference between the spherical surfaces r = 0 and r = 2 will be

(A) 1/2 volt
(B) 1 volt
MCQ 2.2.12
(D) r =+ 2
An electric dipole having moment p = 35 ax - ay + 3az nC- m is located at point

B (0, 1, - 6). The electric potential due to the dipole at point A (1, 2, 2) will be
(A) 4.23 V
(B) 1.91 V
lp.
MCQ 2.2.13
(D) 1/4 volt
co
(C) 1/8 volt
(C) 1.31 V
(C) 36 V
MCQ 2.2.15
(D) 135 V
The work done in carrying a 2 C charge from point A ^1, 1/2, 3h to the point B (4, 1, 0)
in the field E = 2yax + 2xay V/m along the curve y = x/2 will be
(A) - 28 J
(B) - 15.5 J
(C) 2.3 J
(D) + 15.5 J
In a certain region, the electric field intensity is given as E = xax - yay V/m . The
amount of work done in moving a + 2 C charge along a circular arc centred at origin
from x = 1 m to x = y = 1 m in the region will be
3
(A) 2 J
(B) - 1 J
(C) + 1 J
(D) - 1 J
2
ww
MCQ 2.2.16
at
e
he
A total charge 20 nC is being split into four equal charges spaced at 90c intervals
around a circular loop of radius 5 m. The electric potential at the center of the
loop will be
(A) 108 V
(B) 36 kV
w.
g
MCQ 2.2.14
(D) 0.6 V
Statement for Linked Question 17- 18 :

Four equal charges of + 1 nC is being carried from infinity and placed at different
corners of a square. Consider the side of the square is 1 m and the charges are being
carried as one at a time.
Chap 2
67
For View Only

MCQ 2.2.17
How much work does it take to bring in the last charge from infinity and place it
in the fourth corner ?
(A) 24.36 J
(B) 24.36 nJ
(C) 2.71 J
MCQ 2.2.18
(D) 9 nJ
Total work done for assembling the whole configuration of four charges will be
(A) 15.36 nJ
(B) 48.72 nJ
(C) 9 nJ
The electric field in a certain region is given by

E = sin fa r + (z + 1) r cos fa f + 2r sin fa z V/m
Work done in moving a 2 C charge from A(2, 0c, 1) to B (2, 30c, 1) in the field is
(A) - 8 nJ
(B) - 8 J
co
MCQ 2.2.19
(D) 24.36 nJ
(C) 32 J
Total work done in transferring two point charges + 1 mC and + 2 mC from infinity
to the points A (- 3, 6, 0) and B (2, - 4, - 1) respectively is
(A) 1.604 J
(B) - 1.604 J
Four point charges of 4 nC are placed at the corners of a square of side 1 cm. The
total potential energy stored in the system of charges is
(A) 3.9 kJ
(B) 0.490 mJ
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.2.21
(D) 85.2 mJ
he
(C) 9 kJ
lp.
MCQ 2.2.20
(D) 8 J
(C) 0.312 mJ
(D) 2.7 J
MCQ 2.2.22
The potential field in free space is expressed as

V = 4 V
xyz
The total energy stored within the cube 1 < x , y , z < 2 will be
(A) 4.42 # 10-12 J
(B) - 9.68 # 10-13 J
(C) 7.68 # 103 J
MCQ 2.2.23
(D) 9.68 # 10-13 J
The energy density at the centre of the cube will be

(A) 1.33 # 10-11 J
(B) 5.18 # 10-13 J
(C) 2.13 # 10-12 J
(D) 4.47 # 10-13 J

A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius R has the total charge Q . Consider the
electric potential at a distance r from the centre of the sphere is V (r).
68
Chap 2
With the increase in r potential V (r) inside the charged sphere will
(A) increase
(B) decrease
(C) remain constant
MCQ 2.2.26
w.
g
(D) 5.4 # 109 J
The electric field intensity required to counter act the earths gravitational force
on an electron is
(A) 1.79 # 10-12 V/m
(B) 5.57 # 10-13 V/m
ww
(C) 5.57 # 10-11 V/m

MCQ 2.2.28
(D) be zero always
If R = 1 m and Q = 2 C then the total stored energy inside the sphere will be
(B) 6.75 # 109 J
(A) 4.34 # 109 J
(C) 4.5 # 109
MCQ 2.2.27
at
e
MCQ 2.2.25
he
lp.
co
For View Only

MCQ 2.2.24
For r 2 R , plot of V (r) versus r will be
(D) 1.79 # 10-11 V/m
Three point charges Q , kQ and kQ are arranged as shown in figure.
What will be the value of k for which the net electric field intensity at the point
P _0, 14 , 13 i is zero ?
Chap 2
69
he
lp.
co
For View Only

MCQ 2.2.29
Three point charges Q , - 4Q and Q are located at â, 0, 0h, ^0, 0, 0h and ^- a, 0, 0h
respectively. The electric field intensity at any point ^x, 0, 0h for x >> a is
6Qa2
3Qa2
(A) K c 4 m
(B) K c 4 m
x
x
2
Qa
(C) K c 4 m
(D) zero
6x
MCQ 2.2.30
A volume charge is distributed throughout a sphere of radius R, and centered at
the origin, with uniform density rv C/m3 . The electric field intensity at a distance
r from the origin is
inside the sphere(r # R )
outside the sphere(r > R )
rv r2
rv R3
(A)
ar
a
b
l
e0 3R
e0 c 3r2 m r
rv r
rv R3
(B)
ar
a
a
k
e0 3
e0 c 3r2 m r
rv r2
rv r3
(C)
ar
a
b
l
e0 3R
e0 c 3R2 m r
rv r
rv r3
(D)
ar
a
a
k
e0 3
e0 c 3R2 m r
MCQ 2.2.31
ww
w.
ga
te
Consider a total charge of 2 nC is distributed throughout a spherical volume of

radius 3 m. A small hole is drilled through the center of the spherical volume
charge as shown in figure. The size of the hole is negligible compared to the size of
the sphere.
If an electron is placed at one end of the hole and released from rest at t = 0 then
what will be the distance of the electron from center of sphere at t = 2 m sec .
(A) 0
(B) 2 m
(C) 1.83 m
MCQ 2.2.32
(D) 2.83 m
The frequency of the oscillation of point charge is

(B) 5.44 KHz
(A) 54.4 KHz
(C) 1.83 KHz
(D) 27.2 KHz
70
Chap 2
For View Only

MCQ 2.2.33
An infinite line charge of uniform density rL is situated along the x -axis. The total
electric field flux crossing the portion of plane y + z = 1 m lying in the first octant
and bounded by the planes x = 0 and x = 1 m
r
r
(A) L
(B) L
2e0
8e0
(C)
(D)
4rL
e0
Volume charge of uniform density 5 nC/m3 is distributed in the region between two
infinitely long, parallel cylindrical surfaces of radii 5 m and 2 m and with their axes
separated by distance of 1 m as shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
MCQ 2.2.34
rL
4e0
w.
g
at
e
The electric field intensity in the charge-free region inside the cylindrical surface of
radius 2 m is
(A) 282.5ax V/m
(B) 5.65 # 1011 V/m
(C) 3.54ax mV/m
(D) 1.77 # 10-12 V/m
A volume charge is distributed throughout a sphere of radius R and centered at
the origin with uniform density 3rv C/m3 . The electric potential at a distance r
from the origin is
inside the sphere(r # R )
2
rv R3
2rv 2 R
(A)
r
e0 b
3e0 r
3 l
2
rv
rv R3
r
2
(B)
R
2e0 b
3l
3e0 r
2
rv R3
2rv 2 r
(C)
R
e0 b
3e0 r
3l
2
3rv R3
rv
r
2
(D)
R
2e0 b
3l
e0 R
MCQ 2.2.36
A total charge of 900p mC is uniformly distributed over a circular disk of radius 6 m

The applied force on a 150 mC charge located on the axis of disk and 4 m from its
center as shown in figure is
ww
MCQ 2.2.35
Chap 2
For View Only
71
(B) 6.78 N
(C) 9.44 N
(D) 18.89 N
co
(A) 13.5 N
MCQ 2.2.37
Electric field intensity at the origin will be

(A) 0
MCQ 2.2.38
MCQ 2.2.39
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
Two infinite uniform sheets of charge, each with density 2 C/m2 , are located at
y =+ 1 and y =- 1 as shown in figure.
(B) 4 ay V/m
2e0
(C) - 5 ay V/m
2e0
(D) 5 ay V/m
2e0
(C) 2.83 N
(D) 5.65 # 102 N
If a test charge of 5 mC is placed at point ^2, 5, 4h then the force applied by the
sheets on test charge is
(A) 2.83 mN
(B) 2.5 # 10-14 N
As we move away from the sheet charge located at y =- 1 in the region y < - 1,
the electric field intensity will be
(A) linearly increasing
(B) linearly decreasing
(C) constant
(D) zero
72
Chap 2
For View Only

MCQ 2.2.40
A charged sphere of radius 1 m carries a uniform charge density of 6 C/m3 . A
redistribution of the charge results in the density function given by
rv = k ^5 - r2h C/m3
where r is distance of the point from center of the sphere. The value of k will be
(A) 2.5
(B) 5
(C) 0.5
A 50 mC point charge is located at the origin. The total electric flux passing through
the hemispherical surface defined by r = 48 m , 0 # q # p/2 is
(A) 50 mC
(B) 12.5 mC
MCQ 2.2.41
(D) 40
Consider a hollow sphere of radius R centred at origin carries a uniform surface

charge density rS . The electric field intensity at distance r from the center of the
sphere is
insider the sphere(r # R )
rs R 2
(A)
0
a
e0 b r l r
rs
rs R 2
(B)
a
a
e0 r
e0 b r l r
(D)
at
e
rs
a
e0 r
0
rs
a
e0 r
An air filled parallel plate capacitor is arranged such that the lower side of upper
plate carries surface charge density 3 C/m2 and upper side of lower plate carries
surface charge density - 2 C/m2 as shown in figure. The electric field intensity
between the plates will be
ww
w.
g
MCQ 2.2.43
(C)
he
lp.
MCQ 2.2.42
(D) 100 mC
co
(C) 25 mC
MCQ 2.2.44
(A) - 2 az
e0
(B) 2 az
e0
(C) - 4 az
e0
(D) 4 az
e0
In a certain region electric potential distribution is as shown in the figure.
Chap 2
For View Only
73
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
The corresponding plot of electric field component Ey will be
Two electrons are moving with equal velocities in opposite directions. A uniform
electric field is applied along the direction of the motion of one of the electrons, so
the electron gets accelerated while the electron moving in opposite direction gets
decelerated. If the gain in the kinetic energy of accelerating electron is K.EGain
and the loss in Kinetic energy of decelerating electron is K.ELoss then the correct
relation between them is
MCQ 2.2.45
74
For View Only

(A) K.EGain = K.ELoss
Chap 2
(B) K.EGain > K.ELoss

(C) K.EGain < K.ELoss
(D) Cant be determined as initial velocities are not given
Two identical uniform charges with rL = 80 nC/m are located in free space at
x = 0 , y = ! 3 m . The force per unit length acting on the line at positive y arising
from the charge at negative y is
(A) 9.375ay mN
(B) 37.5ay mN
MCQ 2.2.46
Four 2.2 nC point charge are located in free space at the corners of a square 4 cm
on a side. The total potential energy stored is
(A) 1.75 mJ
(B) 2 mJ
lp.
MCQ 2.2.47
(D) 75ay mN
co
(C) 19.17ay mN
(C) 3.5 mJ
he
(D) 0
ww
w.
g
at
e
***********
Chap 2
For View Only
GATE 2003
EXERCISE 2.3
If the electric field intensity is given by E = (2xax + yay + zaz ) volt/m, the potential
difference between X (2, 0, 0) and Y (1, 2, 3) is
(A) + 1 volt
(B) - 1 volt
MCQ 2.3.1
There are three charges, which are given by Q1 = 1 mC , Q2 = 2 mC and Q 3 = 3 mC .

The field due to each charge at a point P in free space is âx + 2ay - az h, ây + 3az h
and ^2ax - ay h newtons/coulomb. The total field at the point P due to all three
charges is given by
(A) 1.6ax + 2.2ay + 2.5az newtons/coulomb
lp.
IES EC 2012
(D) + 6 volt
co
(C) + 5 volt
MCQ 2.3.2
75
he
(B) 0.3ax + 0.2ay + 0.2az newtons/coulomb

(C) 3ax + 2ay + 2az newtons/coulomb
MCQ 2.3.3
IES EC 2011
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 0.6ax + 2.2ay + 0.5az newtons/coulomb
Given that the electric flux density D = zp (cos2 F) az C/m2 . The charge density at
point (1, p/4, 3) is
(A) 3
(B) 1
(C) 0.5
MCQ 2.3.4
IES EC 2010
MCQ 2.3.5
IES EC 2010
(D) 0.5 az
An electric charge of Q coulombs is located at the origin. Consider electric potential

V and electric field intensity E at any point (x, y, z). Then
(A) E and V are both scalars
(B) E and V are both vectors
(C) E is a scalar and V is a vector
(D) E is a vector and V is a scalar
Assertion (A) : Capacitance between two parallel plates of area A each and
distance of separation d is eA/d for large A/d ratio.
Reason (R) : Fringing electric field can be neglected for large A/d ratio.
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A
(C) A is true but R is false
(D) A is false but R is true
76
Chap 2
For View Only

MCQ 2.3.6
Assertion (A) : In solving boundary value problems, the method of images is used.
IES EC 2010
Reason (R) : By this technique, conducting surfaces can be removed from the
solution domain.
IES EC 2009
What will be the equipotential surfaces for a pair of equal and opposite line charges ?
(A) Spheres
MCQ 2.3.7
co
(B) Concentric cylinders

(C) Non-concentric cylinders
MCQ 2.3.8
If the potential functions V1 and V2 satisfy Laplaces equation within a closed region
and assume the same values on its surface, then which of the following is correct ?
(A) V1 and V2 are identical
he
IES EC 2009
lp.
(D) None of the above
(B) V1 is inversely proportional as V2

(C) V1 has the same direction as V2
IES EC 2009
Assertion (A) : The expression E =- dV , where E is the electric field and V is

the potential is not valid for time varying fields.
Reason (R) : The curl of a gradient is identically zero.
(A) Both A and R are individually true and R is the correct explanation of A.
w.
g
MCQ 2.3.9
at
e
(D) V1 has the same magnitude as V2 but has different direction
(B) Both A and R are individually true but R is not the correct explanation of A.

IES EC 2008
What is the electric flux density (in mC/m2) at a point (6, 4, - 5) caused by a
uniform surface charge density of 60 mC/m2 at a plane x = 8 ?
(A) - 30ax
(B) - 60ax
ww
MCQ 2.3.10
(C) 30ax
MCQ 2.3.11
IES EC 2008
(D) 60ax
Of two concentric long conducting cylinders, the inner one is kept at a constant
positive potential + V0 and the outer one is grounded. What is the electric field in
the space between the cylinders?
(A) Uniform and directed radially outwards
(B) Uniform and directed radially inwards
(C) Non-uniform and directed radially outwards
(D) Non-uniform and directed parallel to the axis of the cylinders

Chap 2
77
For View Only

MCQ 2.3.12
In a charge free space, the Poissons equation results in which one of the following?
IES EC 2008
(A) Continuity equation
(B) Maxwells equation
(C) Laplace equation
MCQ 2.3.13
IES EC 2007
W1 is the electrostatic energy stored in a system of three equal point charges

arranged in a line with 0.5 m separation between them. If W2 is the energy stored
with 1 m separation between them, then which one of the following is correct ?
(B) W1 = W2
(A) W1 = 0.5W2
(C) W1 = 2W2
IES EC 2006
Equivalent surface about a point charge are in which one of the following forms ?
(A) Spheres
(B) Planes
MCQ 2.3.14
(D) W1 = 4W2
Consider the following statements regarding an electrostatic field :

1. It is irrotational
2.
It is solensoidal
3.
It is static only form a macroscopic view point.
4.
Work done in moving a charge in the field form one point to another is
independent of the path of movement.
lp.
IES EC 2006
he
MCQ 2.3.15
(D) Cubes
co
(C) Cylinders
Which of the statements given above are correct ?

(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 1, 2 and 4
MCQ 2.3.16
IES EC 2005
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) Only 2 and 4
The potential (scalar) distribution is given as V = 4y 4 + 20x3 . If e0 is the permittivity

of free space, what is the volume charge density rv at the point (2, 0) ?
(A) - 200e0
(B) - 200/e0
(C) 200e0
MCQ 2.3.17
IES EC 2005
IES EC 2004
(D) - 240e0
The x -directed electric field Ex having sinusoidal time variation e jwt and space
variation in z -direction satisfies the equation d2Ex = 0 under source free condition
in a lossless medium. What is the solution representing propagation in positive z
-direction ?
(A) Ex = E 0 e-kz
(B) Ex = E 0 e+jkz
(C) Ex = E 0 e-jkz
MCQ 2.3.18
(D) 1, 3 and 4
(D) Ex = E 0 e+kz
An infinitely long uniform charge of density 30 nC/m is located at y = 3, z = 5 . The

field intensity at (0, 6, 1) is E = 65.7ay - 84.3az V/m . What is the field intensity
at (5, 6, 1) ?
2
2
(A) E
(B) c 2 6 +2 1 2 m E
5 +6 +1
1/2
2
2
2
2
2 1/2
(C) c 2 6 +2 1 2 m E
(D) c 5 +2 6 +2 1 m E
5 +6 +1
6 +1
78
Chap 2
For View Only

MCQ 2.3.19
What is the magnetic dipole moment in Am2 for a square current loop having the
IES EC 2004
vertices at the point A (10, 0, 0), B (0, 10, 0), C (- 10, 0, 0) and D (0, - 10, 0) and with
current 0.01 A flowing in the sense ABCDA ?
(A) 2az
(B) - 2az
(D) 4 (ax + ay)
(C) 4az
MCQ 2.3.20
An electric charge Q is placed in a dielectric medium. Which of the following

quantities are independent of the dielectric constant e of the medium ?
(A) Electric potential V and Electric field intensity E
IES EC 2003
co
(B) Displacement density D and Displacement y
(C) Electric field intensity E and Displacement density D
IES EC 2004
Two coaxial cylindrical sheets of charge are present in free space, rS = 5 C/m2
at r = 2 m and rS =- 4 C/m2 at r = 4 m . The displacement flux density D at
r = 3 m is
(A) D = 5ar C/m2
(B) D = 2/3ar C/m2
he
MCQ 2.3.21
lp.
(D) Electric potential V and Displacement y
(C) D = 10/3ar C/m2
IES EC 2003
An electric potential field is produced in air by point charge 1 mC and 4 mC located

at (- 1, 1, 5) and (1, 3, - 1) respectively. The energy stored in the field is
(A) 2.57 mJ
(B) 5.14 mJ
at
e
MCQ 2.3.22
IES EC 2002
w.
g
(C) 10.28 mJ
MCQ 2.3.23
(D) D = 18/3ar C/m2
A dipole produces an electric field intensity of 1 mV/m at a distance of 2 km. The

field intensity at a distance of 4 km will be
(A) 1 mV/m
(B) 0.75 mV/m
IES EC 2001
ww
(C) 0.50 mV/m

MCQ 2.3.24
IES EC 2001
(D) 0.25 mV/m
The energy stored per unit volume in an electric field (with usual notations) is
given by
(B) 1/2eE
(A) 1/2eH 2
(C) 1/2eE 2
MCQ 2.3.25
(D) 12.50 mJ
(D) eE 2
A positive charge of Q coulomb is located at point A (0, 0, 3) and a negative charge

of magnitude Q coulombs is located at point B (0, 0, - 3). The electric field intensity
at point C (4, 0, 0) is in the
(A) negative x -direction
(B) negative z -direction
(C) positive x -direction
(D) positive z -direction
Chap 2
79
For View Only

MCQ 2.3.26
The force between two points charges of 1 nC each with a 1 mm separation in air is
IES EC 2001
(A) 9 # 10-3 N
(B) 9 # 10-6 N
(C) 9 # 10-9 N
MCQ 2.3.27
IES EC 2001
(D) 9 # 10-12 N
Gauss law relates the electric field intensity E with the volume charge density rv
at a point as
(A) d # E = e0 rv
(B) d : E = e0 rv
MCQ 2.3.28
IES EE 2012
(D) d : E = rv /e0
(C) d # E = rv /e0
The electric field strength at any point at a distance r from the point charge q
located in a homogeneous isotropic medium with dielectric constant e, is given by
qe-1
(A) E =
(B) E = DdS cos q
ar
4pr2
qe
q2
(C) E =
(D) E =
ar
2 ar
4pr
4per2
lp.
co
MCQ 2.3.29
The vector statement of Gausss a law is
IES EE 2012
(A)
# D : dS = # r dv
(C)
## D : dS = # r dv
IES EE 2012
IES EE 2012
IES EE 2012
(D)
# D : dS = # r dv
v
#D : dS = # r dv
s
Two charges are placed at a distance apart. Now, if a glass slab is inserted between
them, then the force between the charge will
(A) reduce to zero
(B) increase
(D) not change
The following point charges are located in air :

+ 0.008 mC at ^0, 0h m
+ 0.05 mC at ^3, 0h m
- 0.009 mC at ^0, 4h m
The total electric flux over a sphere of 8 m radius with centre ^0, 0h is
(A) 0.058 mC
(B) 0.049 mC
(C) 0.029 mC
MCQ 2.3.32
2
v
(B)
he
(C) decrease
MCQ 2.3.31
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.3.30
(D) 0.016 mC
Electric flux through a surface area is the integral of the

(A) normal component of the electric field over the area
(B) parallel component of the electric field over the area
(C) normal component of the magnetic field over the area
(D) parallel component of the magnetic field over the area
80
Chap 2
For View Only

MCQ 2.3.33
Assertion (A) : The electric field around a positive charge is outward.
IES EE 2011
Reason (R) : Gausss law states that the differential of the normal component of
the outward electric flux density over a closed surface yields the positive charge
enclosed.
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true and Reason (R) is
the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are individually true but Reason (R) is
not the correct explanation of Assertion (A)
(C) Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false
MCQ 2.3.34
Point charges of Q1 = 2nC and Q2 = 3nC are located at a distance apart. With
regard to this situation, which one of the following statements is not correct ?
(A) The force on the 3 nC charge is repulsive.
lp.
IES EE 2010
co
(D) Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true
(B) A charge of - 5 nC placed midway between Q1 and Q2 will experience no force.

(C) The forces Q1 and Q2 are same in magnitude.
IES EE 2008
Which one of the following is the correct statement ?

Equi-potential lines and field lines
(A) are parallel
(B) are anti-parallel
(C) are orthogonal
IES EE 2007
(C) - 450 nJ
IES EE 2007
(D) - 900 nJ
A spherical balloon of radius a is charged. The energy density in the electric field at
point P shown in the figure given below is w . If the balloon is inflated to a radius
b without altering its charge, what is the energy density at P ?
ww
MCQ 2.3.37
(D) bear no definite relationship
Point charges of - 3 nC and 10 nC are located in free space at (- 1, 0, 0) m and

(1, 0, 0) m respectively. What is the energy stored in the field ?
(A) Zero
(B) 450 nJ
w.
g
MCQ 2.3.36
at
e
MCQ 2.3.35
he
(D) The forces on Q1 and Q2 will depend on the medium in which they are placed.
3
(A) w b b l
a
2
(B) w b b l
a
(C) w b b l
a
(D) w
Chap 2
81
For View Only

MCQ 2.3.38
Which one of the following statements does not state that electrostatic field is
IES EE 2006
conservative ?
(A) The curl of E is identically zero
(B) The potential difference between two points is zero
(C) The electrostatic field is a gradient of a scalar potential
(D) The work done in a closed path inside the field is zero
IES EE 2006
Sphere of radius a with a uniform charge density 4rv C/m3 shall have electric flux
density at r = a , equal to
(A) a rv ir C/m2
(B) 1 rv ir C/m2
3
3
MCQ 2.3.39
(D) a rv ir C/m2
4
IES EE 2006
Equipotential surfaces about a pair of equal and opposite linear charges exist in
what form ?
(A) Concentric spheres
(B) Concentric cylinders
lp.
MCQ 2.3.40
co
(C) arv ir C/m2
(C) Non-concentric cylinders
For electrostatic fields in charge free atmosphere, which one of the following is
correct ?
(A) d # E = 0 and d : E = 0
(B) d # E ! 0 and d : E = 0
he
IES EE 2005
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 2.3.41
(D) Planes
(C) d # E = 0 and d : E ! 0
(D) d # E ! 0 and d : E ! 0
MCQ 2.3.42
IES EE 2005
If the electric field established by three point charge Q , 2Q and 3Q exerts a force
3F on 3Q and 2F on 2Q , then what is the force exerted on the point charge Q ?
(A) F
(B) - F
(C) 5F
MCQ 2.3.43
IES EE 2005
Which one of the following is the Poissions equation for a linear and isotropic but
inhomogeneous medium ?
r
(B) d : êdV h =- r
(A) d2E =e
(C) d : d êV h =- r
MCQ 2.3.44
IES EE 2004
(D) - 5F
(D) d2V =-
r
e
Plane z = 10 m carries surface charge density 20 nc/m2 . What is the electric field
at the origin ?
(B) - 18paz v/m
(A) - 10az v/m
(C) 72paz v/m

(D) - 360paz v/m
82
For View Only

MCQ 2.3.45
Consider the following diagram :
Chap 2
IES EE 2004
co
The electric field E at a point P due to the presence of dipole as shown in the above
diagram (considering distance r >> distance d ) is proportional to
(A) 1/r
(B) 1/r 2
MCQ 2.3.46
IES EE 2004
(D) 1/r 4
lp.
(C) 1/r 3
What is the value of total electric flux coming out of a closed surface ?
(A) Zero
he
(B) Equal to volume charge density
(C) Equal to the total charge enclosed by the surface
IES EE 2003
MCQ 2.3.48
A potential field is given by V = 3x 2 y - yz . Which of the following is not true ?

(A) At the point (1, 0, - 1), V and the electric field E vanish
ww
IES EE 2002
A charge is uniformly distributed throughout the sphere of radius a . Taking the

potential at infinity as zero, the potential at r = b < a is
b
b
Q
Qr
(A) - #
(B) - #
2 dr
3 dr
3 4pe0 a
3 4pe0 r
b
a
a
Q
Qr
Q
(C) - #
(D) - #
2 dr - #
2 dr
3 dr
a 4pe0 a
3 4pe0 r
3 4pe0 r
w.
g
MCQ 2.3.47
at
e
(D) Equal to the surface charge density
(B) x 2 y = 1 is an equipotential plane in the xy -plane

(C) The equipotential surface V =- 8 passes through the point P (2, - 1, 4)
(D) A unit vector normal to the equipotential surface V =- 8 at P is
(- 0.83x + 0.55y + 0.07z)
MCQ 2.3.49
IES EE 2002
The relation between electric intensity E , voltage applied V and the distance d
between the plates of a parallel plate condenser is
(A) E = V/d
(B) E = V # d
(C) E = V/ (d) 2
(D) E = V # (d) 2
***********
Chap 2
For View Only
83
SOLUTIONS 2.1

Since all the charges are exactly equal and at same distance from the centre. So,
the forces get cancelled by the diagonally opposite charges and so the net force on
the charge located at centre is Fnet = 0 N
SOL 2.1.2

Since one of the four charges has been removed so, it will be treated as an additional
- 2 C charge has been put on the corner, so the force due to the additional charge
will be :
(- 2) # (+ 1) # 10-9
F = k
(1) 2
9
= - 9 # 10 # 2 # 10-9 = 18 N
and so the net force experienced by the charge located at center is
Fnet = 18 + 4 = 22 N
SOL 2.1.3

Since the two point charges are positive so the introduced third point charge must
be negative as to make the entire system in equilibrium as shown below
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.1.1
as the system must be in equilibrium so the force between all the pair of charges
will be equal
i.e.
FAB = FCB = FAC
^9 h q
^36h q ^36h^9 h
=
2 =
d2
^3 - d h
^3h2
Solving the equation we get,
and
q =- 4 C
d= 2m
SOL 2.1.4

Electric field intensity at any point P due to the two point charges Q1 and Q2 is
defined as
Q
Q2
R2
E = k e 1 3 R1 +
(R1)
(R2) 3 o
84
Chap 2
For View Only

where, R1 and R2 is the vector distance of the point P from the two point charges.
So the net electric field due to the two given point charges is
9 # 109 # (- 5) # 10-9 6(- 7 + 4) ax + (3 - 0) ay + (- 1 + 2) az@
E =
(- 7 + 4) 2 + (3 - 0) 2 + (- 1 + 2) 2
9 # 109 # 2 # 10-9 6(- 7 + 5) ax + (3 - 0) ay + (- 1 - 3) az@

(- 7 + 5) 2 + (3 - 0) 2 + (- 1 - 3) 2
- 45 6- 3ax + 3ay + az@

3/2
18 6- 2ax + 3ay - 4az@
19
= 1.4ax - 1.284ay - 1.004az
co

From the positions of the three point charges as shown in the figure below, we
conclude that the electric field intensity due to all the point charges will be directed
along az .
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.1.5
293/2
So the net electric field intensity produced at the point P due to the three point
charges is
Q
(where R is the distance of point P from the charge Q )
E =
a
4pe0 R R
Q
1
1
(aR = az )
a
=
+ 1 +
4pe0 ;(3 + 1) 2 (3) 2 (3 - 1) 2 E z
= 5 # 10-9 # 9 # 109 # : 1 + 1 + 1 D az = 29.0625az
16 9 4
SOL 2.1.6
ww

Since, both the point charges are positive, so the point P must be located on the
line joining the two charges as shown in figure.
Chap 2
85
co

Given the volume charge density, rv = 2 mC = 2 # 10-6 C
So the total charge present throughout the shell is defined as the volume integral
of the charge density inside the region:
i.e.
# r dv
= # # #
Q =
0.03
(2 # 10-6) (r2 sin qdrdqdf)
he
2p
lp.
SOL 2.1.7
For View Only

Given the net electric field intensity at point P is zero
i.e.
SE = 0
Since, the direction of electric field intensity due to the two charges will be opposite
2q
1 q
1
So,
: 4pe0 x2 D - = 4pe0 (1 - x) 2 G = 0
2x2 = (1 - x) 2
2
x + 2x - 1 = 0
x - 2 ! 4 + 4 =- 1 ! 2
2
x = 0.414 and x = - 3.414
As discussed above the point P must be located between the two charges, so we
have the distance of point P from charge + Q as: x = 0.414 m
f = 0 q = 0 r = 0.02
3 0.03
SOL 2.1.8
ww
w.
ga
te
= :4p (2 # 10-6) # r D
3 0.02
-10
= 1.6 # 10 = 160 pC

The charge located in the region 2 cm < r < a is
Q
q = = 1 # 160 = 80 pC
2 2
Similarly as calculated in previous question we have
# r dv
80 pc = # # #
q =
or
2p
0.03
f = 0 q = 0 r = 0.02
(2 # 10-6) (r2 sin qdrdqdf)

3 a
80 # 10-12 = :4p # 2 # 106 # r D

3 0.02
1/3
-12
therefore,
a = ; 3 # 80 # 10 -6 + (0.02) 3E = 4.59 cm = 4.6 cm
4p # 2 # 10
or
SOL 2.1.9

Charge density in a certain region is defined as the charge per unit volume.
Since the net charge in the subregion = 30% of the electronic charge
net charg e
So the
charge density =
volume
86
For View Only
Chap 2

30
-19
# (- 1.6 # 10 )
100
=
10-12
=- 4.8 # 10-8 =- 48 nC/m3

Given the surface charge density rS = r2 z
So the total charge distributed over the cylindrical surface is
,
# r dS
= # # (r z)(rdfdz)
Q =
2p
z=0 f=0
2 1
SOL 2.1.10
lp.
Q =
# r dS
S
# #
-2x + 5
x=1 y=1
^3xy h dxdy = 6.5 C

Total stored charge on the disk is evaluated by taking surface integral of the charge
density.
i.e.
at
e
SOL 2.1.12
at r = 2

Given the surface charge density
rS = 3xy C/m2
So, total stored charge on the triangular surface is
he
SOL 2.1.11
co
= 8 # :z D # 6f@20p
2 0
1
= 8 # # 2p = 8p = 35.1 mC
2
(dS = rdfdz )
Q =
# r dS
s
# (3r)^2prdr h
5

For an electric field to exist, the its curl must be zero. So, we check the existence
of the given field vector first.
Given the electric field intensity
E = 2xyax + 4yzay + 6xzaz V/m
So,
ww
SOL 2.1.13
w.
g
3 5
= 6p :r D = 350p
3 0
d#E = 2
a x ay
az
2
2x
2
2z
2
2y
xy 2yz 3xz
= 2 6- 2yax - 3zay - xaz@ ! 0
Therefore, as the curl of the given electric field is not equal to zero so, the field
does not exist.
Electric field intensity in free space at a distance R from an infinite line charge
with charge density rL is defined as
SOL 2.1.14
Chap 2
For View Only
87
rL R
2pe0 R2
Given rL = 1 mC/m = 1 # 10-6 C/m
R =- 2ax - ay
(1 10-6) - 2ax - ay
So,
E = #
l =- 7.2ax - 3.6ay kV/m
2pe0 b
5
E =

Electric flux density in a certain region for the given electric field intensity is
defined as
D = e0 E = e0 (x2 ax + 2xyay)
So at the point (- 1, 0, 1)
D = e0 (ax )
SOL 2.1.16

According to Gauss law the total outward electric flux from a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed by it
# D : dS = Q
enc
lp.
y =
i.e.
co
SOL 2.1.15
SOL 2.1.17
ww
w.
ga
te
he
So when the charge enclosed by the volume is zero then the net outward flux is
zero, or in other words, the net electric field flux emanating from an arbitrary
surface not enclosing a point charge is zero.
Now, the electric field intensity outside a charged sphere having total charge Q is
determined by treating the sphere as a point charge
Q
i.e.
E =
ar
4pe0 r2
where r is distance of the point form center of sphere and ar is its radial direction.
So the electric field intensity at any point outside the charged sphere is not zero.
Therefore, Assertion(A) is true but Reason(R) is false.
E = 3r2 ar
According to Gausss law the total charge stored in a closed surface is equal to the
surface integral of its flux density over the closed surface.
i.e.
# D : dS = e # E : dS
= e # (3r a ) dS
Qenc =
= e0 (3r ) (4pr2)
= e0 # 3 # 4p # 2 4
= 5.3 # 10-9 = 6.3 nC
SOL 2.1.18
( dS = 4pr2 ar )
r = 2m

According to Gauss law net outward electric flux from any closed surface is equal
to the total charge enclosed by the volume
i.e.
y = Qenc
or,
y = rv dv
88
For View Only
Chap 2

=
2p
1 (r2 sin qdrdqdf)

2l
b
r
q=0
# # #
r=0 f=0
= 1 # 2 # 2p = 4p C
As we have already determined the total electric flux crossing the surface r = 1 m
So, electric flux density D at r = 1 m is evaluated as below:
y =
Total electric flux

So we have
# D : dS
# D : dS
= 4p
D (4pr ) = 4p
D = 12 = 1 C/m2
r
D = 4ar C/m2
Thus

As the point charge is located at origin. So flux due to it will be emanating from
all the eight quadrants symmetrically.
So the flux through the portion of plane x + y = 2 m lying in first octant is 1/8 of
the total flux emanating from the charge located at origin.
and from Gauss law, total flux = Qenc = 8 C
Q
So, flux through the surface x + y = 2 m is enc = 8 = 1 C
8
8
We construct a Gaussian surface at r = r as shown in figure.
ww
w.
g
SOL 2.1.21
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.1.20
( y = 4p )
co
SOL 2.1.19
So, according to Gauss law the total outward flux through the surface r = r will
be equal to the charge enclosed by it.
i.e.
(assume the height of the cylinder is h )
D ^2prh h = rv ^pr2 h h
r
So,
D = rv
2
Therefore the electric field intensity at a distance r from the cylindrical axis is
r
E = D = v ar k
e0
e0 2
Thus
E\r
SOL 2.1.22

According to Gauss law the surface integral of the electric flux density over a closed
Chap 2
89
For View Only

surface is equal to the total charge enclosed inside the region defined by closed
surface.
# D : dS
# E : dS
= Qenc
(since E = D )
or
= 1 Qene
e0
e0
As we have to evaluate E for r # 2 and since the charge density is zero for r # 2
so
(for r # 2 )
Qenc = 0
1
Therefore, E : dS = # 0
e0
E =0
i.e.

Again from Gauss law, we have the surface integral of electric field intensity over
the Gaussian surface at r = 3 as
E : dS = 1 Qenc
e0
E : dS = 1 rv dv = 1 0dv + 1 ^4/r2h dv
e0
e0
e0
1 4r2
4 3 1 4 44
2 4 44 3
21r#3
#2
3
2p
p
4 (r2 sin qdrdqdf)
E (4p # (3) 2) = 1
e0 r = 2 0 0 b r2 l
E (4p # 9) = 4p # 4 (3 - 2)
e0
E = 4 ar
9e0
co
SOL 2.1.23
#
#
lp.
SOL 2.1.24
ww
w.
ga
te
he
# # #

As calculated in the previous question, we have the surface integral of the electric
field intensity over the Gaussian surface r = 5 as
E : dS = 1 rv dv = 1 0dv + 1 ^4/r2h dv + 1 0dv
e0
e0
e0
e0
1 4r2
4 3 1 4 44
2 4 44 3 1 4
243
21r#4
41r#5
#2
4
2p
p
4 (r2 sin qdrdqdf)
E (4p # (5) 2) = 1
e0 r = 2 0 0 b r2 l
4
E (100p) = 4p # 4 dr
e0
2
12
E =
a
25e0 r
# # #
#
SOL 2.1.25

According to Gausss law
rv = edE
So when the field intensity is uniform
dE = 0
and
rv = edE = 0
So no charge can be present in a uniform electric field.
90
Chap 2
For View Only

SOL 2.1.26
According to Gauss law the volume Charge density in a certain region is equal to
the divergence of electric flux density in that region
i.e.
rv = d : D

According to Gauss law the volume Charge density in a certain region is equal to
the divergence of electric flux density in that region.
i.e.
rv = d : D = 2x
So total charge enclosed by the cube is
Q =
# r dv
v
lp.
co
SOL 2.1.27
q
= 12 2 br2 cos3 q l + 1 2 b sin q sin
3
l
q
r
sin
2
2
q
r
r
r
2r
=- 14 cos q + 14 cos q
r
r
=0
# # # (2x) (dxdydz)
0
-1
SOL 2.1.28
he
= 4 # 2 # 2 = 14 C

Net electric potential due to two or more point charges is defined as :
Q
V =
4pe0 R
So, the electric potential at point P due to the two point charges is
Q1
Q2
+
V =
4pe0 R1 4pe0 R2
where Q1 =+ 1 mC , Q2 =- 1 mC and R1, R2 are the distance of the point P from the
two point charges respectively.
So, we have
R1 = (- 3 - 0) 2 + (0 - 0) 2 + (- 4 - 1) 2 = 5.83
R2 = (- 3 - 0) 2 + (0 - 0) 2 + (- 4 + 1) 2 = 4.24
-6
Thus
V = 10 : 1 - 1 D =- 578.9 V
4pe0 5.83 4.24
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 2.1.29

Electric field at any point is equal to the negative gradient of potential
i.e.
E =- dV =-c 2 V + 2 V + 2 V m
2x
2y
2z
6y
3x
3
ay
=-=cy2 z3 + 2
2
2 m a x + c 2xyz + 2
x + 2y + 3z
x + 2y2 + 3z2 m
9z
+c 3xy2 z2 + 2
az
x + 2y 2 + 3 z 2 m G
So, at the point P (x = 3, y = 2, z =- 1)
E = 3.6ax + 11.4ay - 35.6az V/m
SOL 2.1.30

Electric flux density in terms of field intensity is defined as
Chap 2
For View Only
91
D = e0 E
So, at point P (3, 2, - 1), D = e0 (3.6ax + 11.4ay - 35.6az )
= 31.4ax + 101ay - 314.5az pC/m2
Laplaces equation for a scalar function V is defined as
d2 V = 0
but at the point of maxima d2 V must have a negative value while at the point
of minima d2 V must have a positive value. So the condition of maxima/minima
doesnt satisfy the Laplaces equation, therefore the potential function will have
neither a maxima nor a minima inside the defined region.
SOL 2.1.32

Electric force experienced by a point charge q located in the field E is defined as
F = qE
So, the force applied at the point charge + 1 C located at (0, y, 0) is
Qd
(q =+ 1 C )
F = (1)
62 cos2 qar + sin qaq@
4pe0 r3
Qd
( q = 90c, a q =- az , r = y )
=
6sin 90c (- az )@
4pe0 r3
- Qd
az
=
4pe0 y3
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.1.31
ww
w.
ga
te
***********
92
For View Only
Chap 2
SOLUTIONS 2.2

For determining the position of the third charge, first of all we evaluate the total
electric field at the given point C (0,1,0) due to the two point charges located at
points A(1,0,0) and B (- 1, 0, 0 ) respectively as shown in figure.
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.1
ww
w.
g
Electric field due to the charge located at point A is

âx + ay h
9 a +a
E1 = kQ AC 3 = 9 # 109 b 1 l # 10-9 #
^ x
yh
3 =
2
AC
4 2
^ 1 + 1h
and the electric field due to charge at point B is
^- ax + ay h
^BC h
9 -a + a
1
9
-9
E2 = kQ
^ x
#
yh
3 = 9 # 10 # b 2 l # 10
3 =
BC
4
2
^ 1 + 1h
So,
E1 + E2 = 9 âx + ay h + 9 ^- ax + ay h = 9 ay
2 2
4 2
4 2
As the field is directed in ay direction so for making E = 0 the third charge of
+ 2 nC must be placed on y -axis at any point y > 1. Consider the position of the
third charge is (0, y, 0). So, electric field at point C due to the third charge is.
9 109 # ( 2 ) # 10-9
E3 = #
(- ay)=- 9 2 2 ay
(y - 1) 2
(y - 1)
and since the total electric field must be zero
So, we have
E1 + E 2 + E 3 = 0
9 a - 9 2 a =0
y
y
(y - 1) 2
2 2
(y - 1) 2 = 4 or y = 3 , - 1
as discussed above y > 1, so the point will be located at y = 3
i.e. Point P will have the coordinate (0, 3, 0)
Chap 2
93

Horizontal component of the electric field intensity will be cancelled due to the
uniform distribution of charge in the circular loop. So the net electric field will have
only the component in az direction and defined as below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 2.2.3
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 2.2.2
Electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane with
charge density rS is defined as
r
E = s an
2e0
where an is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P
Since the unit vector normal to any plane f = 0 is defined as
4f
an = !
4f
So, we have the unit vector normal to the given charged plane 3x + 4y = 0 as
3a + 4 a y
3a + 4a y
( f = 3x + 4y )
an = ! x 2
=! x
2
5
3 +4
Since at point (1, 0, 3) f > 0 , so, we take the positive value of an .
(2 # 10-9) 3ax + 4ay
r
b
l
( rS = 2 nC/m2 )
Therefore,
E = s an =
-9
5
2e0
2 (10 /36p)
p
36
=
3a + 4ay h = 67.85ax + 90.48ay V/m
4 ^ x
E = 1 rL (2pr) 2 z 2 3/2 az
4pe0
^r + z h
3
3/2 a z
^42 + 32h
= 9 # 2 # 2p # 4 # 3 az = 12.56az V/m
125
= (9 # 109) # (2 # 10-9) # (2p # 4)
SOL 2.2.4

Electric flux density produced at a distance r from a point charge Q located at
origin is defined as
94
For View Only
Chap 2
Q
ar
4p r 2
So, the divergence of the electric flux density is
Q
=0
d : D = 12 2 cr2
4pr2 m
r 2r
So it is 0 for all the points but at origin (r = 0) its divergence cant be defined.
D =
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.5
The total flux leaving the closed surface is
y =
# #
x2 y dydz +
w.
g
So,
at
e
( dS is normal vector to surface)

y = D : dS
The closed cube has total eight surfaces but as the vector field has no component
in az direction so we have the integrals only through the four separate surfaces as
shown in the figure
0
# #
0
at x = 0, front
ww
=-
0
2 1
- x2 y dydz
at x = 1, back
1
# # ydydz + # #
0
0
3 1
# #
0
x2 dxdz
- x2 y2 dxdz +
# #
0
at y = 0, left
x2 y2 dxdz
at y = 1, right
y
=-; E 6z @10 + :x D 6z @10 =- 1 # 1 + 1 # 1 =- 1
2
5
2 0
3 0
4
SOL 2.2.6

Given the electric flux density
D = x2 yax + y2 x2 ay C/m2
So,
div D = d : D = c 2 ax + 2 ay + 2 az m : ^x2 ya x + y2 x2 a y h
2x
2y
2z
2
d : D = 62xy + 2x y@
(center of the cube is located at b 1 , 1 , 1 l)
=1+1 = 3
2 2 2
2 4 4
Chap 2
95
For View Only

SOL 2.2.7
From the given data we have the electric flux density at r = 0.2 m as
D = 5r2 a r nC/m2
According to Gauss law the volume charge density at any point is equal to the
divergence of the flux density at that point, so we have the volume charge density
at r = 0.2 m as
rv = d : D
= 12 2 ^r2 (5r2)h = 12 # 5 # 4r3
r 2r
r
(r = 0.2 m )
= 20r = 4 nC/m3
Again from the given data we have the electric flux density at r = 1 m as
D = 2/r2 a r nC/m2
So, the volume charge density at r = 1 m is
rv = d : D = 12 2 cr2 b 22 l m = 0
r 2r
r
SOL 2.2.9

Given the moment
p = 4pe0 az C- m
The electric field intensity at any point (r, q, f) produced due to an electric dipole
lying along z -axis and having the dipole moment p in az direction is defined as
p
E =
(2 cos qar + sin qa q)
4pe0 r3
( p = 4pe0 az C- m )
E = 13 ^2 cos qar + sin qa q h
r
Now, given that the z -component of electric field is zero
i.e.
Ez = E : az = 0
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.8
1 2 cos q (a : a ) + sin q (a : a ) = 0
6
r
z
q
z @
r3
1 2 cos2 q - sin2 q = 0
6
@
r3
Ez = 0
2 cos2 q - sin2 q = 0
1 1 + 3 cos 2q = 0
@
26
Thus
q = 54.7c or q = 125.3c
Therefore the conical surface of angle q = 54.7c or 125.3c will have the electric field
component Ez = 0 .
SOL 2.2.10

Electric field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite line charge with
charge density rL is defined as
rL
E =
2pe0 r
and since the electric potential at point (1, p/2, 2) is zero so, the electric potential at
96
Chap 2
For View Only

point (r, f, z) will be equal to the integral of the electric field from point (1, p/2, 2)
to the point to (r, f, z).
(r, f, z)
r
r
r
r
i.e.
V =- E : dl =- b L l dr = :- L ln (r)D
pe
r
pe
2
2
0
0
1
(1, p/2, 2)
1
1
1
( rL =+ 1 nC )
V = 2 # 10-9 # 9 # 109 ln b l = 18 ln b l
r
r
Note: Since the infinite line charge has the equipotential cylindrical surface so for
taking the line integral, f and z has not been considered.

Electric potential at any point for a given electric field E is defined as
SOL 2.2.11
lp.
he
w.
g
at
e
co
i.e.
V =- E : dl + C
Now given the electric field intensity in spherical coordinate system
E = 2 2r 2 a r
(r + 4)
and since the differential displacement in the spherical system is given as
dl = drar + rdra q + r sin qdfaf
So we have the electric potential
2r
,
V =dr + C = 2 1 + C
r +4
(r2 + 4) 2
dV = 0
At maxima,
dr
-1
# 2r = 0
(r2 + 4) 2
Solving the equation we get, r = 0 and r = 3
d 2 V =- ve
at r = 0
dr2
So the electric potential will be maximum at origin.
As calculated in the previous question, the electric potential at point (r, q, f) is
V = 21 +C
r +4
So at r = 0 , electric potential is
V1 = 1 + C
4
and at r = 2 electric potential is
V2 = 1 + C
8
So potential difference between the two surfaces is :
V12 = b 1 + C l - b 1 + C l = 1 volt
8
2
4
SOL 2.2.13

Electric potential at a distance R from a dipole having moment p is defined as
p:R
V =
4pe0 R 3
So we have the potential at point A due to the dipole located at point B as:
ww
SOL 2.2.12
Chap 2
For View Only

V =
p : AB
4pe0 AB
97

3
-9
b 5 ax - ay + 2az l : (ax + ay + 8az ) # 10
=
4pe0 ( 12 + 12 + 82 ) 3
= 0.6 V
Since the charge is being split and placed on a circular loop so the distance of all
the newly formed point charges from the center of the loop will be equal as shown
in the figure.
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.14
SOL 2.2.15
ww
w.
ga
te
Therefore, the potential at the center of the loop will be

Q/4
(20 # 10-9)
= (9 # 109) #
V = 4c
m
5
4pe0 r
= 36 V
(Q = 20 nC )

The work done in carrying a charge q from point A to point B in the field E is
defined as
W =- q
# E : dl
A
Given the electric field intensity in the cartesian system as

E = 2yax + 2xay
and since the differential displacement in cartesian system is given as
So, the work done in carrying charge q =+ 2 C from point A ^1, 1/2, 3h to the point
B (4, 1, 0) is
W =- 2 ;
x=1
2ydx +
2xdyE
y = 1/2
The curve along which the charge is being carried is given as

y = x & x = 2y2
2
98
For View Only
Chap 2

W =- 2 ;
Therefore, we have
2 _ x/2 i dx +
1/2
2 ^2y2h dyE
4
=- 4 ; 2 6x3/2@1 + 2 6y3@11/2E =- 4 ;7 2 + 7 E
3
3
3
12
=- 15.5 J
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.16
The work done in carrying a charge q from one point to other point in the field E
is defined as
# E : dl
he
W =- q
and since the differential displacement for the defined circular arc is dl = rdfaf as
obtained from the figure
W =- 2
at
e
So, the work done is
p/4
# (xa
f=0
- yay) : (rdfaf)
now we put x = r cos f , y = r sin f and ax : af =- sin f , ay : af = cos f in the

expression to get
p/4
w.
g
W =- 2
- 2r2 sin f cos fdf =- 2 # 1
p/4
# - sin (2f) df
0
( r = 1)
=+ 1 J
ww
SOL 2.2.17
Consider the last charge is being placed at corner D so the potential at D due to
the charges placed at the corners A, B, C is
Chap 2
99
For View Only

q
= 10 <1 + 1 + 1F
V = 1
4pe0 1
4pe0 r
2 1
= (9 # 109) # 10-9 # c 2 + 1 m
2
= 34.36 volt
As the potential at infinity is zero so the work done in carrying the last charge from
infinity to the fourth corner is
(q = 1 nC )
W = qV = 10-9 # 24.36
= 24.36 nJ
-9

Consider the first charge is being placed at A so the potential at A will be zero as
there is no any charge present at any of the corner and therefore the work done in
carrying the first charge is
W1 = 0
now consider the second charge is being placed at B so the potential at B will be
only due to the charge at corner A
q
i.e.
V2 =
4pe0 a
and therefore the work done in placing the second charge at B is
q
W2 = qV2 = q b
4pe0 a l
-18
= 1 # 10 = 9 nJ
1
4pe0
and similarly the potential at the corner C will be due to the charges at corners A
and B
q 10-9 1
i.e.
=
+ 1 m
V3 = 1
4pe0 r 4pe0 c 1
2
therefore the work done in placing the third charge at C is
W3 = qV3 = q = 1 c1 + 1 mG
4pe0
2
9
-18
= (9 # 10 ) # 10 c 1 + 1m
2
and the work done in placing the last charge at D has already been calculated in
previous question
i.e.
W4 = 24.36 nJ
So the total work done in assembling the whole configuration of four charges is
W = W1 + W2 + W3 + W4
= 0 + 9 + 15.36 + 24.36 = 48.72 nJ
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.18
SOL 2.2.19

The work done in carrying a charge q from point A to point B in the field E is
defined as
W =- q
# E : dl
A
100
For View Only

Given that
Chap 2
q = 2C
E = sin fa r + (z + 1) r cos faf + r sin faz
and since the given points A and B have r1 = r2 = 2 and z1 = z2 = 1 so the differential
displacement in the cylindrical coordinate system from A to B may be given as
for 0 < f < 30c.
dl = rdfaf
W =- 2
Therefore the work done is,
30c
f = 0c
_^z + 1h r cos f i (rdf)
c
=- 2 # (1 + 1) # (2) 2 # 6sin f@30
0c
=- 8 # 1 =- 4 J
2

Consider the + 1 mC charge is transferred first, from infinity to the given point
A (- 3, 6, 0) so the work done for transferring the charge will be zero as there is no
charge initially present.
now the potential at point B due to the charge at A is
qA
V = 1
4pe0 AB
10-6
9 # 103
(qA = 1 mC)
= 9 # 109
=
126
52 + 102 + 12
So the work done in transferring the charge + 2 mC at point B is
W = qB V
3
(qB = 2 mC )
= (2 # 10-3) # c 9 # 10 m
126
= 1.604 J
SOL 2.2.21
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.20
The total potential energy stored in the system is given by

4
W = 1 qn Vn
2n=1
where qn is the charges at the four corners and Vn is the total electric potential at
the corresponding corners.
For the 1st corner :
Chap 2
101
For View Only

Charge,
q1 = 8 nC
and potential,
V1 = V21 + V31 + V41
where V21 , V31 and V41 are the potential at the 1st corner due to the charges q2 , q 3
and q 4 respectively
q
q3
q
So,
(q2 = q 3 = q 4 = 8 nC )
V1 = 1 : 2 +
+ 4
4pe0 0.01 0.01 2 0.01D
-9
1
= 8 # 10 < 1 +
+ 1
4pe0 0.01 0.01 2 0.01F

Energy density in a certain region in free space having electric field intensity E is
defined as
wE = 1 e0 E : E
2
and since the electric field is equal to the negative gradient of the potential so we
have
E =- dV
=-;2V ax + 2V ay + 2V azE
2x
2y
2z
1
1
= ; 2 ax + 2 ay + 1 2 azE V/m
x yz
xy z
xyz
So the energy density inside the cube will be
wE = 1 e0 (E : E) = 1 e0 ; 4 12 2 + 2 14 2 + 2 12 4 E
2 x yz
2
xy z
xyz
Therefore the total energy stored in the cube is
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.22
co
= 1.944 # 10 4 V
Since all the charges are equal so the potential will be same at all the corners and
therefore the total potential energy stored in the system of the charges is
W = 1 # 4 ^q1 V1h
2
= 2 # (8 # 10-9) # (1.944 # 10 4) = 0.312 mJ
WE =
#w
WE = 1 e0
2
dv
2
# # #
1
1
1
1
;x 4 y2 z2 + x2 y 4 z2 + x2 y2 z 4 E dxdydz
2
2
1 - 1 - 1 2 dydz
= e0
- 1
2 1 1 ; b 3 l x3 y2 z2 xy 4 z2 xy2 z 4 E
1
e
7
-13
0
= #3#
= 12.68 # 10 J
2
96
# #

As calculated in the above question energy density at any point inside the cube is
wE = 1 e0 ; 4 12 2 + 2 14 2 + 2 12 4 E
2 x yz
xy z
xyz
So, at the centre of the cube (1.5, 1.5, 1.5) the energy density is
3
wE = 1 e0 ;
= 5.18 # 10-13 J
2 (1.5) 4 (1.5) 2 (1.5) 2 E
SOL 2.2.23
102
Chap 2
For View Only

SOL 2.2.24
The charged sphere will be treated as a point charge for the field at any point
outside the sphere. So, the electric field at distance r from the centre of the sphere
will be :
Q
(For r 2 R )
E = 1 2
4pe0 r
So the electric potential at the point will be :
r
# E : dl
Q
dr
=- 1 #
4pe
r
V (r) =-
(Taking 3 as a reference point)
co
Q r
=- 1 :- D
4pe0 r 3
ww
w.
g
SOL 2.2.25
at
e
he
lp.
0 3
Q
= 1 #
r
4pe0
1
So,
V (r) \
r
The graph of V (r) will be as :
For determining the electric field inside the spherical region at distance r (# R)
from the centre of sphere we construct a Gaussian surface as shown in the figure.
So the surface integral of the electric field over the Gaussian surface is given as
4
pr 3
E (4pr2) = 1 Qenc = 1 >Q e 43 3 oH
e0
e0
3 pR
So, the electric field at a distance r from the center is
Chap 2
103
For View Only

Q r
Q
(for r # R )
a
E = 1 2 c r 3 m ar =
e
pe0 R3 r
4
0
4p r
R
Therefore the electric potential at the point P will be the line integral of the field
intensity from infinity to the point P
3
V (r) =-; E1 : dr +
i.e.
#E
: dr E
where
E1 " electric field outside the sphere as calculated in previous question.

E2 " electric field inside the sphere
R
1 Q dr + r 1 Q r dr
V (r) =-=
c 4pe0 R3 m G
2
3 4pe0 r
R
2
2
Q 1
=
- 13 b r - R lE
;
2
4pe0 R R
So, V (r) decreases with increase in r .

The total stored energy inside a region having charge density rv and potential V
is defined as
WE = 1 rv Vdv
2
As calculated in previous question the electric potential at any point inside the
sphere is
Q 1
1 r2 - R2
V (r) =
4pe0 ;R R3 b 2 lE
(R = 1 m , Q = 1 C)
= 1 :1 (3 - r2)D
4pe0 2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.26
co
Therefore the total energy stored inside the sphere is

1
Q
1
1 (3 - r2) (4pr2 dr)
WE = 1 e 4
D
2 0 3 pR3 o: 4pe0 # 2
1
(R = 1 m , Q = 1 C)
= 3 # 1 # 4p (3r2 - r 4) dr
8p
2 0
4pe0
5 1
= 3 :r3 - r D
16pe0
5 0
9
= 3 # 4 = 3 # 9 # 10 # 4 = 27 # 109 = 24.4 # 109 J
5
16pe0
5
4#5
SOL 2.2.27

The electric field to counter act the gravitational force must produce the same force
as applied by gravity but in opposite direction.
i.e.
e Ê h = me g ^- ar h
where e is the charge of an electron, me is the mass of electron, g is acceleration
due to gravity and ar is radial direction of earth.
So, taking the magnitude only we have the required field intensity,
^9.1 # 10-31h # 9.8
mg
E = e =
= 15.57 # 10-11 V/m
e
1.6 # 10-19
104
For View Only

SOL 2.2.28
Chap 2
co
Consider the electric field intensity produced at point P b 0, 1 , 1 l due to the charges
4 4
located at points A, B and C respectively as shown in figure is EA , EB and EC
respectively.
he
lp.
So the net electric field at point P is

Enet = EA + EB + EC
and since the electric field intensity at any distance R from a point charge Q is
Q R
defined as E =
4pe0 R 3
So
Enet = 1 =Q PA 3 + kQ PB 3 + kQ PC 3 G
4pe0
PB
PC
PA
w.
g
at
e
1
3
b 14 ay + 14 az l
b- 34 ay + 14 az l
b 4 ay - 4 a z l
1
Q
=
+ kQ
+ kQ
4pe0
1 2
1 2 3/2
3 2
1 2 3/2
1 2
3 2 3/2
;b 4 l + b 4 l E
;b 4 l + b 4 l E
;b 4 l + b 4 l E
and since Enet = 0 so we have
1
3/2
3k
1k
b 4 l # ^16h
4
4
+
=0
3 2 + 1 2 3/2
3 2 + 1 2 3/2
^2 h3/2
;b 4 l b 4 l E
;b 4 l b 4 l E
Solving the equation we get

The point charges can be represented as shown below.
ww
SOL 2.2.29
k = 15.59
So the electric field at point ^x, 0, 0h will be directed along x -axis. Taking only
magnitude we have the net electric field intensity at ^x, 0, 0h as
Q
2Q
Q
E =
2 2 +
4pe0 x
4pe0 ^x - a h
4pe0 ^x + a h2
Q
2Q
Q
2a
a 2
2a
a 2
=
2 :1 + x + 3 a x k + ...D 2 +
2 :1 - x + 3 a x k - ....D
4pe0 x
4pe0 x
4pe0 x
a
Since x >> a , neglecting higher powers of a k we get
x
Chap 2
For View Only
SOL 2.2.30
105

2
2
Q
2Q
Q
E =
1 + 2a + 3 a a k D 1 - 2a + 3 a a k D
+
x
x
x
x
4pe0 x2 :
4pe0 x2 4pe0 x2 :
6Qa2
6Qa2
=
m
4 = Kc
4pe0 x
x4

According to Gauss law the surface integral of electric field intensity over a Gaussian
surface is defined as
E : dS = 1 Qenc
e0
So for the Gaussian surface outside the sphere at a distance r (2 R) from the
centre of the sphere we have
r ( 4 pR3)
(there is no charge outside the sphere)
E (4pr2) = v 3
e0
Therefore at any point outside the sphere r ^> Rh the electric field intensity will be
rv ^ 43 pR3h
rv R3
E =
2 m ar
2 ar = e c
0 3r
4pe0 r
and for the Gaussian surface inside the sphere at a distance r (# R) from the
center of the sphere we have
r ( 4 pr3)
E (4pr2) = v 3
e0
Therefore at any point inside the sphere, the electric field intensity will be
rv b 4 pr3 l
3
r
1
E =
ar = v a r k ar
e0 3
e0 4pr2
SOL 2.2.31
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co

As discussed in Q.55. The electric field at any point inside a charged solid sphere is
r
E = v a r k ar
e0 3
where r is the distance from center of the sphere and rv is the volume charge
density given as
Q
2 # 10-9
(Q = 2 nC , R = 3 m )
rv = 4
=
3
3
4
3 pR
3 p ^3h
= 1.77 # 10-11 C/m3
So the force acting on electron when it is at a distance r from the center of the
sphere is
(e is the charge of an electron)
F = eE
2
r
(me is mass of an electron)
me d r2 = e v a r k
e0 3
dt
-19
-11
d 2 r = ^- 1.6 # 10 h^1.77 # 10 h r
#3
2
-31
-12
dt
^9.1 # 10 h^8.85 # 10 h
d 2 r =- 2.17 1011 r
^
h
#
dt2
106
Chap 2

As calculated in above question the position of the electron at any time t is
r = 3 cos ^ 1.17 # 1011 t h
So,
2pf = 1.17 # 1011
11
f = 1.17 # 10 = 5.44 # 10 4 Hz = 54.4 KHz
2p
The portion of the plane y + z = 1 m lying in the first octant bounded by the
planes x = 0 and x = 1 m has been shown in the figure through which we have to
determine the total electric field flux.
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 2.2.33
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.32
co
For View Only

2
d r + 1.17 1011 r = 0
^
h
#
dt2
Solving the differential equation we have
....(i)
r = A1 cos ^ 1.17 # 1011 t h + A2 sin ^ 1.17 # 1011 t h
where A1 and A2 are constants.
Now, at t = 0 , r = 3 m as the electron is located at one end of the hole.
So putting it in equation (i) we get, A1 = 3
again at t = 0 , dr = 0 as the electron is released from rest.
dr
So putting it in equation (i) we get A2 = 0
Thus the position of electron at any time t is
r = 3 cos ^ 1.17 # 1011 t h
at t = 1 m sec
r = 2.83 m
According to Gauss law the total outward flux through a closed surface is equal to
the charge enclosed by it.
i.e.
y =
# D : dS = Q
enc
So the total electric field flux emanating flux from the line charge between x = 0
and x = 1 m is
rL ^1 h rL
Q
E : dS = enc =
=
e0
e0
e0
and by symmetry, flux through the defined surface will be one fourth of the total
electric field flux emanating from the defined portion .
Chap 2
For View Only

i.e.
107

the electric flux crossing the surface =
# E : dS
4
rL
4e0
Note: It must be kept in mind that the total electric flux is

total electric field flux is
while the
# E : dS

Consider a point P inside the cylindrical surface of 2 m as shown in figure.
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.34
# D : dS
ww
w.
ga
te
he
Now we make the use of superposition to evaluate the electric field at point P by
considering the given charge distribution as the sum of two uniformly distributed
cylindrical charges, one of radius 5 m and the other of radius 2 m, and such that
the total charge in the hole is zero. Thus we obtain the net electric field at point
P as
Enet = E1 + E2
where E1 is the electric field intensity at point P due to the uniformly charged
cylinder of radius 5 m that has the charge density ^5 nC/m3h, while E2 is the
electric field intensity at point P due to charged cylinder of radius 2 m that has
the charge density ^- 5 nC/m3h
As calculated in MCQ.61 the electric field intensity at a distance r from the
cylindrical axes having uniform charge density rv is
r
E = vr
e0 2
-9
r
So we have
E1 = v R1 = 5 # 10 R1
2e0
2e0
-9
r
and
E2 = v R2 = - 5 # 10 R2
2e0
2e0
So the net electric field at point P is
-9
Enet = 5 # 10 ^R1 - R2h
2e0
By the triangle law of vector
(separation = 1 m )
R1 - R 2 = C = a x
-9
So,
Enet = 5 # 10 âx h = 282.5ax V/m
2e0
108
Chap 2
For View Only

SOL 2.2.35
As we have calculated the electric field for the same distribution in Q.55. So we
evaluate the electric potential by taking the line integral of the field intensity.
at
e
ww
w.
g
he
SOL 2.2.36
co
lp.
V =- E : dl
Z rv r
]] a k a r for r # R
e0 3
E =[
3
]] rv c R 2 m a r for r > R
e0 3r
\
The electric potential at any point outside the sphere ^r > Rh is
3
r
r r
v R
V =- E : dl =c
2 m dl
3
3 e0 3l
r
r R3
r R3
=- v ;- 1E = v
3e0
3e0 r
l 3
and the electric potential at any point inside the sphere ^r # Rh is
3
R
R r
r
r r
v R
v l
V =-; E : dl + E : dl E =dr b l dl
2
R
3
R e0 3
3 e0 3r
2
R
r R3
r 2 r
r R3
r 2
=- v :- 1 D - v :l D =- v :- 1 D - v :r - R D
3e0
r 3 3e0 2 R
3e0
3e0 2
2
R
2
rv 3R2 r2
rv
=
- l=
R2 - r l
3e0 b 2
2
2e0 b
3
i.e.
Given the total charge on the disk is Q = 900p mC = 900p # 10-6 C

radius of the disk is
a =6m
and since the charge has been distributed uniformly over the surface so the small
charge element dQ on the disk at a distance r from the center as shown in figure
is given as
-6
Q
dQ = b l dS = 900p # 210 ^rdrdfh
S
p ^6 h
= 25 # 10-6 rdrdf
The force applied by the charge element dQ on the 150 mC charge located at point
P is
(150 # 10-6) dQ (150 # 10-6) dQ
dF =
=
R2
(r2 + 16)
Chap 2
109
For View Only

As the disk has uniformly distributed charge so the horizontal component of the
field is get cancelled and the net force will have the only component in az direction
and the net force by projection on z -axis is given as
6 ^150 # 10-6h^25 # 10-6 rdrdf h
2p
4
F =
# d r2 + 16 n
2
4pe0 ^r + 16h
f=0 r=0
6
1
F = 270p ;- 2
= 9.44 N
E
r + 16 0
# #

Electric field at any point due to infinite surface charge distribution is defined as
r
E = s an
2e0
where
rs " surface charge density
an " unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point where
field is to be determined.
At origin electric field intensity due to sheet at y =+ 1 is
r
E1 = s ^- ay h =- 5 ay
ân =- ay h
2e0
2e0
and electric field intensity at origin due to sheet at y =- 1 is
r
E-1 = s ây h = 5 ay
ân = ay h
2e0
2e0
So net field intensity at origin is
E = E+1 + E-1 =- 5 ay + 5 ay = 0
2e0
2e0
SOL 2.2.38

As the test charge is placed at point ^2, 5, 4h. So it will be in the region y > + 1 for
which electric field is given as
E = E+1 + E-1
r
r
(for both the sheet an = ay )
= s ây h + s ây h
2e0
2e0
-9
2 # ^5 # 10-9h
=
ay = 5 # 10 ay
2e0
e0
Therefore the net force on the charge will be
-9
F = qE = ^5 # 10-6hc 5 # 10 m ay = 2.83 # 10-3 N
e0
Since the electric field intensity due to a sheet charge is defined as
r
E = s an
2e0
So it doesnt depend on the distance from the sheet and given as
E = E+1 + E-1
-9
r
r
r
= s ^- ay h + s ^- ay h =- s ay =- 5 # 10 ay
2e0
2e0
2e0
2e0
So, it will be constant as we move away from the sheet.
SOL 2.2.39
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.2.37
110
Chap 2
For View Only

SOL 2.2.40
As the charge is redistributed so the total charge will remain same on the sphere.
Total charge before redistribution.
Q1 = rv dv = ^6 C/m3hb 4 p ^1 h3 l
(rv = 6 C/m2)
3
= 8p Coulomb
and total charge after redistribution
Since
Q1 = Q 2
So, we have
8p =
r=0
k ^3 - r2h 4pr2 dr
5 1
k ^4ph^3r2 - r 4h dr = 4pk :r3 - r D = 4pk :1 - 1 D
5 0
5
0
k = 3.5
co
or

According to Gausss law the total electric flux through any closed surface is equal
to the total charge enclosed by the volume.
Now consider the complete spherical surface defined by r = 48 m through which
the total flux is equal to the point charge.
So the total flux passing through the hemispherical surface will be half of the point
charge.
50 mC
Q
i.e.
y = =
= 25 mC
2
2
For any point inside the sphere when we draw a symmetrical spherical surface
(Gaussian surface) then the charge enclosed is zero as all the charge is concentrated
on the surface of the hollow sphere.
So according to Gausss law
w.
g
SOL 2.2.42
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.41
# r dv
Q2 =
ww
e0 E : dS = rv dv = 0
therefore
E = 0 at any point inside the hollow sphere.
now at any point outside the sphere at a distance r from the center when we draw
a symmetrical closed surface(Gaussian surface) then the charge enclosed is
Qenc = rs ^4pR2h
and according to Gausss law
e0
# E : dS
= Qenc
e0 E ^4pR2h = rs ^6pR2h
2
r
E = s c R2 m ar
e0 r

Electric field intensity at any point due to uniform surface charge distribution is
defined as
r
E = s an
2e0
SOL 2.2.43
Chap 2
For View Only

where
111
rs " surface charge density

an " unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point where
field is to be determined.
The electric field intensity due to the upper plate will be
EU = 2 ^- az h
ân =- az h
2e0
and the field intensity due to lower plate will be
El =- 2 âz h
ân = az h
2e0
So the net field between the plates is
E = EU + El
SOL 2.2.45
co
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 2.2.44
= 2 ^- az h + :- 2 âz hD =- 4 az =- 2 az
e0
2e0
2e0
2e0
Electric field intensity at any point is equal to the negative gradient of electric
potential at the point
i.e.
E =- dV
So, the y -component of the field is
Ey =-2V
2y
Now, for the interval - 3 # y # - 2 , V = 20 ^t + 3h
Ey =-2V =- 20 V/m
2y
For the interval - 2 # y # - 1, V = 20
So,
Ey =-2V = 0
2y
For the interval - 1 # y # + 1, V =- 20t
So,
Ey =-2V = 20 V/m
2y
For the interval 1 # y # 2 , V =- 20
So
Ey = 0
For the interval 2 # y # 3 , V = 20 ^t - 3h
So,
Ey =-2V =- 30 V/m
2y
Therefore, the plot field component Ey with respect to y for the defined intervals
will be same as in option (A).
Since the electrons are moving with equal but opposite velocities so assume that
their velocities are + v 0 ax and - v 0 ax .
Now let the electric field is applied in ax direction
i.e.
E = E 0 ax
So the force applied on the electrons will be
F = eE =-^1.6 # 10-19h E
112
For View Only
Chap 2
w.
g

The electric field intensity produced at a distance r from a line charge of density
rL is defined as
rL
E =
a
2pe0 r r
where a r is unit vector directed toward point P along r. So, the electric field acting
on the line charge at y = 3 m due to the line charge located at y =- 3 m is
-9
E = 80 # 10 ay
^rL = 80 nC, a r = ay, r = 6 mh
2pe0 ^6 h
= 240ay V/m
Therefore, the force per unit length exerted on the line charge located at y = 3 m is
ww
SOL 2.2.46
at
e
he
lp.
co
m dv =-^1.6 # 10-19h E
dt
therefore, change in the velocity
^1.6 # 10-19h E
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
ax
dv =dt h =^
m
m
So, the velocity of electron moving in + ax direction will change to
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
v1 = v 0 a x ax = ;v 0 E ax
m
m
Since velocity deceases so loss in K.E. is
K.ELoss = 1 mv 02 - 1 mv 12
2
2
2
^1.6 # 10-19h E 02 ^dt h2
1
-19
...(i)
= ^1.6 # 10 h E 0 dt 2
m
Again the velocity of electron moving in - ax direction will change to
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
v2 =- v 0 ax ax
m
^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt
=-;v 0 +
E ax
m
Since velocity increases, so Gain in K.E. is
K.EGain = 1 mv 22 - 1 mv 02
2
2
2
^1.6 # 10-19h E 02 ^dt h2
...(2)
= ^1.6 # 10-19h E 0 dt + 1
2
m
Comparing eq (1) and eq (2) we get
K.EGain > K.ELoss
F =
SOL 2.2.47
# ^r dz hÊ h = ^80 # 10
1
z=0
-9
h^240ay h = 19.2ay mN

The four charges located at the corners of square 4 cm has been shown in figure
below :
Chap 2
For View Only
113
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
The net potential at the charge located at A due to the other three charges is
q
q
q
VA = 1 a B + C + D k
4pe0 AB AC AD
1
1
1
= 9 # 109 # 1.2 # 10-9 c
+
+
4 # 10-2 4 2 # 10-2 4 # 10-2 m
2
= 10.8 # 10 c 2 + 1 m
4
2
= 730.92 Volt
Similarly, the electric potential at all the corners will be
VB = VC = VD = VA = 730.92 Volt
Therefore, the net potential energy stored in the system is given as
1 qV = 1 q V + q V + q V + q V
W =
B B
C C
D Dh
2
2^ A A
= 1 # 4 # ^1.2 # 10-9h # ^730.92h
2
= 3.75 mJ
***********
114
For View Only
Chap 2
SOLUTIONS 2.3

Given, the electric field intensity,
E = xax + yay + zaz
dl = ax dx + ay dy + az dz
So, the potential difference between point X and Y is
Y
VXY =- # E : dl =
xdx +
#2 ydy + #3 zdz
he
2 2
y2 0 z2 0
=-=x +
+
2 1 2 2 2 3G
=- 1 622 - 12 + 02 - 22 + 02 - 32@ = 5
2
Given the electric field vector at point P due to the three charges Q1 , Q2 and Q 3
are respectively.
E1 = ax + 2ay - az
E2 = ay + 3az
E 3 = 2ax - ay
So, the net field intensity at point P is
E = E1 + E2 + E 3 = 3ax + 5ay + 2az
SOL 2.3.4

Charge density at any point in terms of electric flux density D is defined as
rv = d : D
Since,
D = zr ^cos2 fh az C/m2
So, we get
rv = d : D = 2 6zr ^cos2 fh az@ = r cos2 f C/m3
2z
p
p
At point a1, , 3k,
rv = ^1 h cos2 a k = 1 = 0.5 C/m3
2
4
4
Electric field intensity E is a vector quantity while the electric potential V is a
scalar quantity.
ww
SOL 2.3.3
w.
g
at
e
SOL 2.3.2
lp.
#1
co
SOL 2.3.1

For an ideal capacitance the area of plates, A is assumed very high in comparison
to the separation d between the plates.
A .3
i.e.
d
SOL 2.3.5
Chap 2
115
For View Only

So, the fringing effect at the plates edges can be neglected and therefore, we get the
capacitance between the parallel plates as
C = eA
4d
So A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
By using method of images, the conducting surfaces are being replaced by the
image of charge distribution which gives a system of charge distribution.
So, in solving boundary value problems we can avoid solving Laplaces or Poissions
equation and directly apply the method of images to solve it.
Thus both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 2.3.7

For a pair of line charges equipotential surface exists where the normal distance
from both the line charges are same. So, the plane surface between the two line
charges will be equipotential.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.6
This is the similar case to method of images.

SOL 2.3.8

According to uniqueness theorem : If a solution to Laplaces equation (a) be found
that satisfies the boundary condition then the solution is unique.
Here it is given that the potential functions V1 and V2 satisfy Laplaces equation
within a closed region and has the same value at its boundary so both the functions
are identical.

From Maxwells equation we have
d # E =-2B
2t
d # E =- 2 ^d # Ah
^B = d # Ah
2t
d # bE + 2 Al = 0
2t
SOL 2.3.9
116
Chap 2
For View Only

Since, the curl of a gradient of a scalar field is identically zero. So, we get
E + 2 A =- dV
2t
i.e. E ! - dV in time valeying field therefore A and R both are true and R is the
correct explanation of A.
The surface charge density at plane x = 8 is shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.10
at
e
ww
w.
g
SOL 2.3.11
The point P is located at ^6, 4, - 5h. So, the normal vector to the plane x = 8
pointing toward P is
an =- ax
Therefore, the electric flux density produced at point P is
r
D = s an = 60 ^- ax h =- 30ax
2
2
Consider the coaxial cylinder is located along z -axis. So at any point between the
two surfaces the electric field is given as
E =- dV =- 2 Va r (Since all other derivatives will be zero)
2r
Given that the inner surface is at potential V0 while the outer one is grounded so
Chap 2
117
For View Only

the region between the two surfaces will have a gradually decreasing potential and
so, E will not be uniform and it is radially directed as calculated above (in a r
direction).
The Poissons equation is defined as
r
d2V =- v
e
where V is electric potential and rv is charge density. So, in charge free space (
rv = 0 ) we get the Poissons equation as
which is Laplace equation.
d2V = 0
SOL 2.3.13

Consider the three equal charges of Q C is placed at a separation of 0.5 m as shown
in figure below :
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
The net stored charge in the system of n charges is defined as

n
W = 1 Qk Vk
2k=1
where Qk is one point charge and Vk is the net electric potential at the point charge
due to the other charges.
Now, we have the net electric potential at any of the point charge Q located in the
system as
Q
Q
Q
V1 = 1 b
=
+
pe0
4pe0 0.5 0.5 l
So, total energy stored in the system of charges is given as
3Q 2
(1)
W1 = 3 b 1 QV1 l =
2
2pe0
Now, when the charges are separated by 1 m then the electric potential at any of
the charge Q due to the other two charges is
Q Q
Q
V2 = 1 b + l =
1
2pe0
4pe0 1
So, the stored energy in the new system is
3Q2
(2)
W2 = 3 b 1 QV2 l =
2
4pe0
From equation (1) and (2) we have
W2 = 0.5W1 or W1 = 2W2
SOL 2.3.14

Electric potential due to point charge is defined as
Q
V = 1
3pe0 r
118
Chap 2
For View Only

So, for the equal distance r potential will be same i.e. equipotential surface about
a point charge is sphere.
An electrostatic field has its curl always equals to zero. So electric field is irrotational.
Statement 1 is correct.
Electric field divergence is not zero and so it is not solenoidal.
Electric field is static only from a macroscopic view point.
Work done in moving a charge in the electric field from one point to other is
independent of the path.
SOL 2.3.16

Given electric potential,
V = 20y 4 + 10x3
From Poissons equation we have
r
d2V =- v
e0
where, V " Electric potential
rv " Charge density
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.15
(x = 2 , y = 0 )

Given, the wave equation in space for a propagating wave in z -direction is
d2Ex + k2 Ex = 0
Now, from option (C) we have the electric field component as
Ex = E 0 e-jkz
The Lapalacian of electric field is
d2Ex = ^- jk h2 E 0 e-jkz
d2Ex =- k2 E 0 e-jkz =- k2 Ex
2
or,
So, it satisfies the wave equation.
d Ex + k2 Ex = 0
ww
SOL 2.3.17
w.
g
rv
22
22
22
4
3
e 2 + 2 + 2 o^10y + 20x h =- e0
2x 2y 2z
r
120x + 120y =- v
e0
rv = e0 ^120 # 2 + 120 # 0h
rv =- 120e0

Consider the infinitely long uniform charge density shown in the figure.
The electric field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite line charge
with density rL is defined as
rL
E =
2pe0 r
SOL 2.3.18
Chap 2
co
For View Only
119

Consider the square loop ABCD carrying current 0.1 A as shown in figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 2.3.19
lp.
Since, the normal distance vector of points P (0, 6, 1) and Q (5, 6, 1) from the line
charge will be same so, the field intensity produced due to the infinite line at both
the points P and Q will be same.
Therefore, the field intensity at (5,6,1) is E .
The magnetic dipole moment is

m = IS
where I is current in the loop and S is the area enclosed by loop.
2
So,
m = ^0.01h^10 2 h = 2 A- m2
The direction of the magnetic dipole moment is determined by right hand rule.
i.e.
m = 2az A- m2
SOL 2.3.20

Electric flux density at a distance r from a point charge Q is defined as
Q
D =
ar
4p r 2
120
Chap 2
For View Only

and the total flux through any defined surface is
y = D : dS
So, both the quantities has not the permittivity e in their expression. Therefore, D
and y are independent of permittivity e of the medium.
SOL 2.3.21

According to Gausss law, the total outward flux through a closed surface is equal
to the charge enclosed inside it.
ww
SOL 2.3.23
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 2.3.22
lp.
co
i.e.
D : dS = Qenc
Now, consider the height of cylinder is h . So, the cylindrical surface at r = 3
encloses the charge distribution ^rS = 5 C/m2h located at r = 2 m . Therefore, we
get
D ^2p ^3h h h = 5 # 2p ^2 h h
or,
D = 20 a r
3
The electric potential produced by 1 mC at a distance r is
^1 # 10-6h 9000
V = 9 # 109
=
r
r
So, the potential energy stored in the field will be the energy of the charges as,
i.e.
W = qV
-3
= ^4 # 10-6h 9000 = 36 # 10
r
r
where r is the distance between the charges given as
r = ^- 2 - 1h2 + ^1 - 3h2 + ^5 + 1h2 = 7
-3
So,
W = 36 # 10 = 5.15 # 10-3 Joule
7
Electric field intensity due to a dipole having moment P at a distance r from it is
E \ 13
r
E2 = r 13
E1
r 23
3
E2 = ^2 h
1
^4h3
E2 = 1 mV/m
8
Energy density (energy stored per unit volume) in an electric field is defined as
we = 1 D : E = 1 e0 E : E = 1 e0 E 2
2
2
2
The position of points A, B and C are shown below
SOL 2.3.24
SOL 2.3.25
Chap 2
For View Only
121
he
lp.
co
Since, position charge is placed at A and negative charge at B so, their resultant
field intensity at C is as shown below :
ww
w.
ga
te
Since, the forces F1 = F2 so the vertical component F1 V and F2 V are get cancelled
while F2 H and F1 H are get summed to provide the resultant field in - az direction.
SOL 2.3.26

Given,
Charges,
Q1 = Q2 = 1 nC = 10-9 C
Separation between charges,
r = 1 mm = 10-3 m
So, the force acting between the charges is
9
-9 2
kQ1 Q2 9 # 10 ^10 h
F =
=
2
r2
^10-3h
= 12 # 10-3 N
SOL 2.3.27

According to Gausss law, the surface integral of flux density through a closed
surface is equal to the charge enclosed inside the closed surface (volume integral of
charge density)
i.e.
# D : dS
# r dv
v
In differential form, the Gausss law can be written as

d # D = rv
r
d#E = v
e0
^D = e0 E h
122
Chap 2
For View Only

SOL 2.3.28
The electric field at a distance r from the point charge q located in a medium with
permittivity e is defined as
q
qe-1
E =
ar
2 ar =
4per
4p r 2
i.e.
or,
# D : dS
# D : dS
s

For according to Gausss law the total outward electric flux through a closed
surface is equal to the charge enclosed by the surface.
= Qenc
=
# r dv
v
co
SOL 2.3.29

The force between the two charges q1 and q2 placed in a medium with permittivity
e located at a distance r apart is defined as
qq
F = 1 122
4pe r
or
F\1
e
i.e. force is inversely proportional to permittivity of the medium.
Since, glass has the permittivity greater than 1 (i.e. permittivity of free space) So,
the force between the two charges will decreases as the glass is placed between the
two charges.
SOL 2.3.31

According to Gausss law the total electric flux through a closed surface is equal
to the charge enclosed by it. Since, the sphere centred at origin and of radius 5 m
encloses all the charges therefore, the total electric flux over the sphere is given as
yE = Q1 + Q2 + Q 3
= 0.008 + 0.05 - 0.009
= 0.049 mC
SOL 2.3.32

Electric flux through a surface area is the integral of the normal component of
electric field over the area.
SOL 2.3.33

The electric field due to a positive charge is directed away from it (i.e. outwards.)
According to Gausss law the surface integral of normal component of flux density
over a closed surface is equal to the charge enclosed inside it.
So, A is true but R is false.
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.3.30

Force between the two charges Q1 and Q2 is defined as
QQ
F = 1 2 2 aR
4pe0 R
SOL 2.3.34
Chap 2
123
For View Only

When the charges are of same polarity then the force between them is repulsive.
The electric force on both the charges will have same magnitude. As the expression
of Force includes the term e (permittivity of the medium) so it depends on the
medium in which the charges are placed.
So the statements (a), (c) and (d) are correct while (b) is incorrect.
Since the electric field is negative gradient of the electric potential so the field lines
will be orthogonal to the equipotential lines (surface).
SOL 2.3.36

Electric potential at - 10 nC due to 10 nC charge is
Q
V = 1
4pe0 r
-9
= 9 # 109 # 102# 10
2 +0+0
= 45 Volt
and so the energy stored is
We = QV
= ^- 10 # 10-9h # 45
=- 150 nJ
SOL 2.3.37

According to Gausss the outward electric flux density through any closed surface
is equal to the charge enclosed by it. So electric field out side the spherical balloon
doesnt change with the change in its radius and so the energy density at point P
is wE for the inflated radius b of the balloon.
SOL 2.3.38

The curl of E is identically zero.
i.e.
d#E = 0
So, it is conservative.
The electrostatic field is a gradient of a scalar potential.
i.e.
E =- dV
So,
d#E = 0
Work done in a closed path inside the field is zero
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.35
(Conservative)
# E : dl
=0
(Conservative)
d#E = 0
So, (a), (c) and (d) satisfies that the field is conservative.
As the potential difference between two points is not zero inside a field so, the
statement (b) is incorrect.
i.e.

Net outward electric flux through the spherical surface, r = a is
D : dS = y = rv b 4 pa3 l
3
SOL 2.3.39
124
For View Only
Chap 2
rv 4 3
pa
3
r a
D = v ar C/m2
3
For a pair of equal and opposite linear chargers the electric potential is defined as
Q
Q
V =
4pe0 r1 4pe0 r2
where r 1 and r2 are the distances from the charges respectively. For the same value
of V (equipotential surface) a plane can be defined exactly at the centre point
between them.
D ^4pa2h =
co
SOL 2.3.40

In a charge free region ^rv = 0h electrostatic field has the following characteristic
r
d:E = v = 0
e
and
(for static field)
d#E = 0
SOL 2.3.42

Consider the force experienced by Q is F1 . Since, there is no any external applied
field (or force) so, sum of all the forces in the system of charges will be zero.
i.e.
SF = 0
or,
3F + 2F + F1 = 0
F1 =- 5F
SOL 2.3.43

Poissions law is derived from Gausss law as
d:D = r
For inhomogeneous medium e is variable and so,
d : êE h = r
d : 6e ^- dV h@ = r
d : êdV h =- r
This is the Poissions law for inhomogenous medium.
SOL 2.3.44

Electric field intensity due to a infinite charged surface is defined as
r
E = S an
2e0
where rS is surface charge density and an is the unit vector normal to the surface
directed towards the point of interest.
Given that,
rS = 20 nC/m2 = 20 # 10-9 C/m2
(Since the surface z = 10 m is above the origin).
and
an =- az
So we have,
-9
E = 20 # 10 ^- az h
2e0
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 2.3.41
Chap 2
For View Only
125

9
= 20 # 10 # 9 # 10 # 4p az
2
=- 360paz V/m
-9

Electric field intensity due to a short dipole having a very small separation d , a +
a distance R from it is defined as
Qd
(for d << R )
E =
^2 cos qar + sin qaq h
4pe0 R3
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.45
SOL 2.3.46
SOL 2.3.47
ww
w.
ga
te
he
So, for the given dipole, q = 90c

and
(r >> d )
R = r2 - d 2 . r
Qd
Therefore,
E =
^0 + afh
4pe0 r3
i.e.
E \ 13
r
According to Gauss law the total outward flux from a closed surface is equal to the
total charge enclosed by the surface.
Electric field intensity at any point r outside the sphere is defined as
Q
E =
ar
4pe0 r2
and the field intensity inside the sphere is
4 pr 3
l
Q b3
E =
a
2
4 pa3 4pe0 r r
b3
l
Qr
=
ar
4pe0 a3
So the electric potential at any point r = b < a is
# E : dl
=- # E : ^dra h - # E : ^dra h
Q
Qr
=- #
dr - #
dr
4pe r
4pe a
for r > a
for r # a
V =-
r=3
a

3
126
Chap 2

Consider two parallel plates separated by a distance d is connected to a voltage
source V . So, the field intensity between the plates is defined as
E = 2V
d
lp.
co
SOL 2.3.49
For View Only

SOL 2.3.48
Given, the electric potential,
V = 3x2 y - yz
Electric field intensity at any point is equal to the negative gradient of the potential.
i.e.
E =- dV
=-^6xy h ax - ^3x2 - z h ay - ^- y h az at (x = 1, y = 0 , z =- 1)
E =- 4ay ! 0
So, electric field does not vanish at given point.
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
***********
CHAPTER 3
ELECTRIC FIELD IN MATTER
128
Electric Field in Matter
For View Only
EXERCISE 3.1
A certain current density at any point (r, f, z) in cylindrical coordinates is given by
co
J = 5ez (r2 a r + a z ) A/m2 .
MCQ 3.1.1
Chap 3
The total current passing the plane z = 0 , 0 # r # 2 in the az direction is

(B) 4p Ampere
(A) 100p Ampere
(C) 40p Ampere
lp.
MCQ 3.1.2
(D) 0 Ampere
In a certain region the current density is given by
he
J = r cos2 qa r + r2 sin qa q - r2 a f A/m2 .
(C) 1 A
4
(D) 2p A
3
The current density in a cylindrical wire of radius 8 mm placed along the z -axis is
J = 50 az A/m2 . The total current flowing through the wire is
r
(B) 800 mA
(A) 80.38 mA
(D) 5.026 A
ww
(C) 0 A
w.
g
MCQ 3.1.3
at
e
The total current crossing the surface defined by q = 90c, 0 < f < 2p, 0 < r < 1 m
is
(B) - p A
(A) p A
2
2

In a certain region current density is given by
20 sin f
J = 40 a r - 2
az A/m2
r
(r + 1)
MCQ 3.1.4
Total current crossing the plane z = 2 in the az direction for r < 4 will be
(B) 1.5 mA
(A) 0 A
(C) - 32 A
MCQ 3.1.5
(D) 20 A
Volume charge density in the region at a particular point (r0, f0, z 0) will be
(A) non uniform
(B) linearly increasing with time
(C) linearly decreasing with time

(D) constant with respect to time
Chap 3
For View Only
129

In a cylindrical system, two perfectly conducting surfaces of length 2 m are located
at r = 3 and r = 15 cm . The total current passing radially outward through the
medium between the cylinders is 6 A.
MCQ 3.1.6
If a conducting material having conductivity s = 0.05 S/m is present for

3 1 r # 5 cm then the electric field intensity at r = 4 cm will be
(A) 238.7a r V/m
(B) 150a r V/m
(C) 318.3a r V/m
MCQ 3.1.7
(D) 0 V/m
The voltage between the cylindrical surfaces will be

(A) 4.88 volt
(B) 1.45 volt
(C) 0.5 W
MCQ 3.1.9
(D) 8.13 W
The total dissipated power in the conducting material will be

(A) 175.7 W
(B) 18 W
(C) 29.3 W
(D) 0.8 W
A solid wire of radius r and conductivity s1 has a jacket of material having

conductivity s2 . If the inner and outer radius of the jacket are r and R respectively
then the ratio of the current densities in the two materials will
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.1.10
lp.
The resistance between the cylindrical surfaces will be

(A) 0.813 W
(B) 2.44 W
he
MCQ 3.1.8
(D) 3 volt
co
(C) 2.32 volt
(A) depend on r only
(B) depend on R only
(C) depend on both r and R
(D) independent of both r and R

Atomic hydrogen contains 5.5 # 1019 atom/cm3 at a certain temperature and
pressure. If an electric field of 40 kV/m is applied, each dipole formed by the
electron and positive nucleus has an effective length of 7.1 # 10-16 m .
MCQ 3.1.11
The polarization due to the induced dipole will be

(A) 12.5 nC/m2
(B) 8.8 # 106 C/m2
(C) 6.25 nC/m2
MCQ 3.1.12
(D) 3.9 # 109 C/m2
Dielectric constant of the atomic hydrogen will be

(A) 2.77
(B) 1.0177
(C) 0.982
(D) 0.0177
130
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.1.13
The dielectric constant of the material in which the electric flux density is double
of the polarization is
(A) 2
(B) 1/2
(C) 3
(D) 1
Statement for Linked Question 14- 15 :
Electric field intensity in the material will be

(A) 50ay V/m
(B) 500ay V/m
co
MCQ 3.1.14
The potential field in a slab of a dielectric material that has the relative permittivity
er = 6/5 is given by V =- 500y .
(C) - 500ay V/m
The electric flux density inside the material will be

(A) 4.43 nC/m2
lp.
MCQ 3.1.15
(D) 0
(B) 3.54ay mC/m2
he
(C) 8.85 nC/m2

(D) 7.08ay nC/m2
Polarization of the material will be

(A) 2.66ay nC/m2
(B) 14.08 nC/m2
(C) 5.31 # 10-12 ay C/m2
(D) 3ay C/m2
at
e
MCQ 3.1.16
w.
g
MCQ 3.1.17
ww
Two perfect dielectrics with dielectric constant er1 = 2 and er2 = 5 are defined in
the region 1 (y $ 0) and region 2 (y < 0) respectively. Consider the electric field
intensity in the 1st region is given by
E1 = 25ax + 20ay - 10az kV/m
The Flux charge density in the 2 nd region will be
(A) 2.21ax + 0.35ay - 0.44az mC/m2
(B) 2.21ax + 0.35ay - 0.44az nC/m2
(C) 2.21ax + 0.88ay - 0.44az nC/m2
(D) 0.4ax + 0.07ay - 0.08az nC/m2
MCQ 3.1.18
The energy density in the 2 nd region will be

(A) 66.37 mJ/m3
(B) 118 mJ/m3
(C) 472 # 106 J/m3
(D) 59 mJ/m3
Chap 3
131
For View Only

MCQ 3.1.19
The electric field in the three regions as shown in the figure are respectively E1 , E2
and E 3 and all the boundary surfaces are charge free.
If e1 = e3 ! e2 , then the correct relation between the electric field is

(A) E1 ! E2 ! E 3
(B) E1 = E 3 ! E2
(C) 4E 0 az and E 0 az
4
(D) e0 E 0 az and 4E 0 az
The energy stored in an electric field made up of two fields E1 and E2 is Wnet where
as the energies stored in individual fields E1 and E2 are W1 and W2 respectively so
the correct relation between the energies is
(A) W = W1 + W2
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.1.21
lp.
An infinite plane dielectric slab of thickness d and having permittivity e = 4e0

occupies the region 0 < z < d . If a uniform electric field E = E 0 az is applied in the
free space then the electric flux density(Din ) and electric field intensity(Ein ) inside
the dielectric slab will be respectively
(B) e0 E 0 az and E 0 az
(A) E 0 az and e0 E 0 az
4
4
he
MCQ 3.1.20
(D) E1 = E2 ! E 3
co
(C) E1 = E2 = E 3
(B) W = W1 W2
(C) W > W1 + W2
(D) W < W1 + W2
MCQ 3.1.22
An electric dipole is being placed in an electric field intensity E = 1.5ax - az V/m

If the moment of the dipole be p =- 4ax + 3ay C- m then energy of the dipole will
be
(A) 6 J
(B) 0 J
(C) - 3 J
MCQ 3.1.23
(D) + 3 J
When a neutral dielectric is being polarized in an electric field then the total bound
charge of the dielectric will be
(A) zero
(B) positive
(C) negative
(D) depends on nature of dielectric
132
For View Only
Chap 3
A lead bar of square cross section has a hole of radius 2.5 cm bored along its length
as shown in the figure.
If the length of the lead bar is 8 m then the resistance between the square ends of
the bar will be
(A) 1.78 mW
(B) 3.64 mW
lp.
MCQ 3.1.24
co
(Conductivity of lead = 5 # 106 (Wm) -1 )
(D) 269 mW
(C) 1.95 mW
(C) 3.708 mW
MCQ 3.1.26
at
e
he
If the hole in the lead bar is completely filled with copper then the resistance
of the composite bar will be
(Resistivity
of
copper
-8
= 1.72 # 10 Wm)
(A) 188 mW
(B) 924.6 mW
(D) 1.76 mW
A cylindrical wire of length l and cross sectional radius r is formed of a material

with conductivity 106 (Wm) -1 . If the total conductance of the wire is 106 (W) -1 then
the correct relation between l and r is
l
(A) r = p
(B) r =
p
l
(D) r = l
ww
(C) 2pr = l
w.
g
MCQ 3.1.25

A capacitor is formed by two concentric conducting spherical shells of radii a = 1 cm
and b = 2 cm centered at origin. Interior of the spherical capacitor is a perfect
dielectric with er = 4 .
MCQ 3.1.27
The capacitance of the capacitor will be

(A) 8.9 pF
(B) 2.25 pF
(C) 890 pF
(D) 225 pF
If a portion of dielectric is removed from the capacitor such that er = 1 for p2 < f < p
and er = 4 for the rest of the portion, then the capacitance of the composite
capacitor will be
MCQ 3.1.28
Chap 3
For View Only

(A) 0.56 pF

(B) 946 pF
(C) 236.5 pF
MCQ 3.1.29
(D) 6.7 pF
Two conducting surfaces are present at x = 0 and x = 5 mm and the space between
them are filled by dielectrics such that er1 = 2.5 for 0 < x < 1 mm and er2 = 4 for
1 < x < 3 mm rest of the region is air filled. The capacitance per square meter of
surface area will be
(A) 22.1 nF/m2
(B) 3.05 nF/m2
co
Two coaxial conducting cylinders of radius 4 cm and 8 cm is lying along z -axis.

The region between the cylinders contains a layer of dielectric from r = 4 cm to
r = 12 cm with er = 4 . If the length of cylinders is 1 m then the capacitance of the
configuration will be
(A) 0.55 pF
(B) 7 # 109 F
(D) 143 pF
lp.
(C) 1.83 nF
A parallel plate capacitor is quarter filled with a dielectric ( er = 3 ) as shown in the

figure. The capacitance of the capacitor will be
MCQ 3.1.32
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 3.1.31
(D) 44.25 nF/m2
(C) 442.5 nF/m2

MCQ 3.1.30
133
(A) 1.38 pF
(B) 2.76 pF
(C) 9.95 pF
(D) 6 pF
Medium between the two conducting parallel sheets of a capacitor has the
permittivity e and conductivity s. The time constant of the capacitor will be
(B) s
(A) e
s
e
(C) se
(D) 1/se
***********
134
EXERCISE 3.2
For View Only
Common Data for Question 1 -2 :
co
In spherical coordinate system, the current density in a certain region is given by

J = 2 e-10 t ar A/m2
r
At t = 1 ms , how much current is crossing the surface r = 5 ?
(A) 75.03 A
(B) 27.7 A
lp.
MCQ 3.2.1
(C) 0.37 A
he
At a particular time t , the charge density rv (r, t) at any point in the region is
directly proportional to.
(Assume rv " 0 as t " 3)
1
(B)
(A) r
r
(C) 12
(D) r2
r
The velocity of charge density at r = 0.6 m will be
(A) 6ar m/s
w.
g
MCQ 3.2.3
(D) 2.77 A
at
e
MCQ 3.2.2
Chap 3
(B) 1000ar m/s
ww
(C) 0.6 # 10-3 ar m/s

(D) 600ar m/s

Two uniform infinite line charges of 5 pC/m each are located at x = 0 , y = 1 and
x = 0 , y = 2 respectively. Consider the surface y = 0 is a perfect conductor that
has the zero potential.
MCQ 3.2.4
Electric potential at point P (- 1, - 2, 0) will be

(A) 1.2 volt
(B) - 0.2 volt
(C) + 0.2 volt
(D) - 0.04 volt
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.5
Electric field at the point P will be
(A) 0.12ax - 0.003ay V/m
135
(B) 0.12ax - 0.086ay V/m

(C) 723ax - 18.9ay V/m
(D) 0.024ax - 0.086ay V/m
A thin rod of certain cross sectional area extends along the y -axis from y = 0 m
to y = 5 m . If the polarization of the rod is along its length and is given by
Py = 2y2 + 3 then the total bound charge of the rod will be
(A) 0
(B) 50 C
MCQ 3.2.6
(C) 48 C
co
A neutral atom of polarizability a is situated at a distance 1 m from a point charge

1/9 nC. The force of attraction between them will be
(A) 2a N
(B) 2a N
9
lp.
MCQ 3.2.7
(D) 18a N
he
(C) 9a N
MCQ 3.2.8
ww
w.
ga
te
The two dipoles P1 , P2 with dipole moment 4 nC- m and 9 nC- m respectively are
placed at 1 m distance apart as shown in figure.
The torque on P2 due to P1 will be

(A) 18 # 10-18 N- m
(B) 2 nN- m
(C) 8.1 N- m
(D) 0.16 mN- m

MCQ 3.2.9
The torque on P1 due to P2 will be

(A) 3.24 # 10-7 N- m
-7
(C) 1.62 # 10
N-m
(B) 2 nN- m
(D) 3.24 mN- m
Common Data for Question 10 -11 :

A sphere carries a polarization P (r)= 3rar where r is the distance from the center
of the sphere.
136
Chap 3
If the radius of the sphere is a then the electric field outside the sphere will be
(A) - 4pa3
(B) 8pa3
w.
g
MCQ 3.2.11
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.10
Consider Er is the electric field component in the radial direction inside the sphere.
The plot of Er with respect to r will be
(C) 0
(D) - 8pa3
MCQ 3.2.12
MCQ 3.2.13
ww

A thick spherical shell is made of dielectric material with a polarization
where r is the distance from its centre.
P (r) = 5 ar nC/m2
r
If the spherical shell is centred at origin and has the inner radius 2 m and outer
radius 6 m then the electric field intensity at r = 1 m will be
(A) 0
(B) - 40p V/m
(C) 20p V/m
(D) - 20p V/m
Electric field at r = 7 m will be

(A) - 100p V/m
(B) - 140p V/m
(C) 0
(D) - 20p V/m
Chap 3
137
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.14
Electric field intensity at r = 5 m will be
(B) 1 ar
(A) - 2 ar
e0
5e0
(C) - 1 ar
e0
A spherical conductor of radius 1 m carries a charge 3 mC. It is surrounded, out to

radius 2 m, by a linear dielectric material of dielectric constant er = 3 , as shown in
the figure. The energy of this configuration will be
(C) 270 J
(D) 324 J
he
A sphere of radius 2/ p m is made of dielectric material with dielectric constant

er = 2 . If a uniform free charge density 0.6 nC/m3 is embedded in it then the
potential at the centre of the sphere will be
(B) 5.4 volt
(A) 3 volt
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.2.16
(B) 500 J
lp.
(A) 27 kJ
co
MCQ 3.2.15
(D) 1 ar
5e0
(C) 0 volt
(D) 9 volt

A short cylinder of radius r and length L carries a uniform polarization P , parallel
to its axis as shown in the figure.
138
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.17
Total bound charge by the cylinder will be
(A) 2P coulomb
(B) P coulomb
(D) - P coulomb
(C) 0 coulomb
If L = 2r then the electric field lines of the cylinder will be as
MCQ 3.2.19
The lines of flux charge density will be as
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 3.2.18
Chap 3
139
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.20
A parallel plate capacitor is filled with a non uniform dielectric characterized by
er = 3 (1 + 50a2) where a is the distance from one plate in meter. If the surface area
of the plates is 0.2 m2 and separation between them is 10 cm then the capacitance
of the capacitor will be
(A) 22.5 pF
(B) 90.2 pF
(C) 45.1 pF
A two wire transmission line consists of two perfectly conducting cylinders, each
having a radius of 0.2 cm, separated by a centre to centre distance of 2 cm. The
medium surrounding the wires has relative permittivity er = 2 . If a 100 V source is
connected between the wires then the stored charge per unit length on each wire
will be
(A) 3.64 nC/m
(B) 3.64 # 10-11 C/m
co
MCQ 3.2.21
(D) 4.51 pF
(D) 2.5 # 10-8 C/m
(C) 1.82 nC/m
lp.
A tank is filled with dielectric oil of susceptibility ce = 1. Two long coaxial cylindrical
metal tubes of radii 1 mm and 3 mm stand vertically in the tank as shown in the
figure. The outer tube is grounded and inner one is maintained at 2 kV potential.
To what height does the oil rise in the space between the tubes ?
(mass density of oil = 0.01 gm/cm3 )
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 3.2.22
MCQ 3.2.23
(A) 41.1 mm
(B) 45.5 mm
(C) 20.5 mm
(D) 82.4 mm
An infinite plane conducting slab carries uniformly distributed surface charges

on both of its surface. If the sum of the charge densities on the two surfaces is
rso C/m2 then the surface charge densities on the two surfaces will be
(A) rso /2 , rso /2
(B) 2rso , - rso
(C) 0, rso
(D) None of these
140
Chap 3
co
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.24
Two infinite plane parallel conducting slabs carry uniformly distributed surface
charges rS11 , rS12 , rS21 and rS22 on all the four surfaces as shown in the figure.
lp.
Which of the following gives the correct relation between the charge densities ?
(A) rs11 = rs22 , rs12 = rs21
(B) rs11 = rs22 , rs12 =- rs21
(D) rs11 =- rs22 , rs12 =- rs21
he
(C) rs11 = rs12 , rs21 = rs22
at
e
Common data for Question 25 - 26 :
ww
w.
g
The plane surfaces x = 0 , x = 1, y = 0 and y = 1 form the boundaries of conductors

extending away from the region between them as shown in the figure.
If the electrostatic potential in the region between the surfaces is given by 6xy volts
then the surface charge density on the surface ;
MCQ 3.2.25
MCQ 3.2.26
x = 0 is
(A) - 5e0 y
(B) - 5e0 x
(C) - 5e0 ^x + y h
(D) 5e0 ^xy h
y = 0 is
(A) - 5e0 y
(B) - 5e0 x
(C) - 5e0 ^x + y h
(D) 5e0 xy
Chap 3
141
co
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.27
Two infinitely long coaxial, hollow cylindrical conductors of inner radii 2 m and
5 m respectively and outer radii 3 m and 6 m, respectively as shown in the figure,
carry uniformly distributed surface charges on all four of their surfaces.
A conducting spherical shell of inner radii 2 m and outer radii 3 m carry uniformly
distributed surface charge on its inner and outer surfaces. If the net surface charge
is 9 C for the conducting spherical shell then, the surface charge density on inner
and outer surfaces are respectively
(B) 1 C/m2 , 0
(A) 0, 1 C/m2
4p
4p
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.2.28
he
lp.
If net surface charge per unit length is 10 C/m and 6 C/m for the inner and outer
conductor respectively then the surface charge densities on the four surface will be
Surface "
r = 2m
r = 3m
r = 5m
r =6m
(A)
0
5/3p
- 1/p
4/3p
(B)
0
5/3p
- 1/p
4/3p
(C)
1/p
- 1/p
2/p
- 2/p
(D)
0
0
- 1/p
1/p
(C) 0, 4p C/m2
MCQ 3.2.29
(D) 4p C/m , 0
Plane z = 0 defines a surface charge layer with the charge density rS = 3n C/m2 as
shown in figure. If the electric field intensity in the region z < 0 is
E2 = 2ax + 3ay - 2az V/m
then the field intensity E1 in the region z > 0 will be
(A) 220ax + 219ay - 2az
(B) 2ax + 3ay + 224az
(C) 222ax + 221ay + 2az

(D) 2ax + 3ay + 226az
142
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.30
An infinite plane dielectric slab with relative permittivity er = 5 occupies the region
x > 0 . If a uniform electric field E = 10ax V/m is applied in the region x < 0 (free
space) then the polarization inside the dielectric will be
(A) 8e0 ax C/m2
(B) 4e0 ax C/m2
(C) 2e0 ax C/m2
(D) 10e0 ax C/m2
he
lp.
co
An infinite plane dielectric slab of 1 m thickness is placed in free space such that it
occupies the region 0 < y < 1 m as shown in the figure.
at
e
Dielectric slab has the non uniform permittivity defined as

2e0
e=
^1 + 3y h2
for 0 < y < 1
If a uniform electric field E = 4ay V/m is applied in free space then bound surface
charge densities on the surface y = 0 and y = 1 will be
at y = 0
at y = 1
(A)
0
- 3e0
(B)
0
- 3e0
(C)
0
3e0
(D)
- 5e0
8e0
MCQ 3.2.32
As we move from the surface y = 0 toward the surface y = 1 inside the dielectric
slab, polarization volume charge density will be
(A) linearly increasing
(B) linearly decreasing
ww
w.
g
MCQ 3.2.31
(C) Constant
MCQ 3.2.33
(D) zero at all points
In a spherical coordinate system the region a < r < b is occupied by a dielectric

material. A point charge Q is situated at the origin. It is found that the electric
field intensity inside the dielectric is given by
Q
for a < r < b
E =
ar
4pe0 b2
Chap 3
143
For View Only

The relative permittivity of the dielectric will be
(A) ^b2 /r2h
(B) â2 /r2h
(C) ^r2 /a2h
Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance

2 m carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities
+ 5 nC/m2 and - 5 nC/m2 respectively. If the medium between two plates is a
dielectric of uniform permittivity e = 4e0 then the potential difference between the
two plates will be
(A) 283 KV
(B) 1130 KV
MCQ 3.2.34
(D) â2 /b2h
(C) 283 V
co
The medium between two perfectly conducting infinite plane parallel sheets consists
of two dielectric slabs of thickness 1 m and 2 m having permittivities e1 = 2e0 and
e2 = 4e0 respectively as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
MCQ 3.2.35
(D) 1.13 KV
If the conducting sheets carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and
opposite densities 0.6 nC/m2 and - 0.6 nC/m2 respectively then the potential
difference between the sheets will be
(A) 67.8 Volt
(B) 6.78 Volt
(C) 33.9 Volt
MCQ 3.2.36
(D) 17.4 Volt
Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance d

carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities rS0 and
- rS0 respectively. The medium between the sheets is filled by a dielectric of non
uniform permittivity which varies linearly from a value of e1 near one plate to value
of e2 near the second plate. The potential difference between the two sheets will be
rS0
r d
(B)
(A) S0
ln e2
e2 - e1
d ê2 - e1h a e1 k
(C)
rS0 d
ln e2
e2 - e1 a e1 k
(D) rS0 ln a e2 k
e1
144
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.37
Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheet separated by a distance
0.5 cm carry uniformly distributed surface charges of equal and opposite densities.
If the potential difference between the two plates is 7 kV and the medium between
the plates is free space then the charge densities on the plates will be
(A) 6.23 mC
(B) 88.5 mC
(C) 8.85 mC
A parallel plate capacitor has two layers of dielectrics with permittivities e1 = 3e0
and e2 = 2e0 as shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
MCQ 3.2.38
(D) 17.7 mC
(C)
Volt ,
18
11
Volt
(D) 6 Volt, 3 Volt
A dielectric slab is inserted in the medium between two plates of a capacitor as

shown in the figure
ww
w.
g
MCQ 3.2.39
81
11
at
e
If the total voltage drop in the capacitor is 9 Volt then the voltage drop in 1st and
2 nd dielectric region will be respectively
81
(A) 18
(B) 3 Volt, 6 Volt
11 Volt , 11 Volt
The capacitance across the capacitor will remain constant

(A) if the slab is moved rightward or leftward
(B) if the slab is pulled outward of the capacitor
(C) (A) and (B) both
(D) none of these
Chap 3
145
For View Only

MCQ 3.2.40
A steel wire has a radius of 2 mm and a conductivity of 2 # 106 S/m. The steel
wire has an aluminium (s = 3.8 # 107 S/m) coating of 2 mm thickness. The total
current carried by this hybrid conductor be 80 A. The current density in steel Jst is
(B) 3.2 # 105 A/m2
(A) 1.02 # 106 A/m2
(D) 1.10 # 105 A/m2
(C) 2.04 # 105 A/m2
A potential field in free space is given as
f
V = 40 cos q sin 2 V
r
Point P (r = 2, q = p/3, f = p/2) lies on a conducting surface. The equation of the
conducting surface is
(B) 16 cos f sin q = r3
(A) 32 cos q sin f = r3
MCQ 3.2.41
(D) 32 cos f sin q = r3
lp.
co
(C) 16 cos q sin f = r3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
***********
146
For View Only
EXERCISE 3.3
A parallel plate air-filled capacitor has plate area of 2 # 10-4 m2 and plate
separation of 10-3 m . It is connected to a 0.5 V, 3.6 GHz source. The magnitude of
the displacement current is ( e = 361p 10-9 F/m)
(A) 10 mA
(B) 100 mA
GATE 2004
2003
co
MCQ 3.3.1
(C) 10 A
Medium 1 has the electrical permittivity e1 = 1.8e0 farad/m and occupies the region
to the left of x = 0 plane. Medium 2 has the electrical permittivity e2 = 2.5e0
farad/m and occupies the region to the right of x = 0 plane. If E1 in medium 1 is
E1 = (2ax - 3ay + 1az ) volt/m, then E2 in medium 2 is
(A) (2.0ax - 7.5ay + 2.5az ) volt/m
he
GATE 2003
(D) 1.59 mA
lp.
MCQ 3.3.2
Chap 3
(B) (2.0ax - 2.0ay + 0.6az ) volt/m
at
e
(C) (2.0ax - 3.0ay + 1.0az ) volt/m
(D) (2.0ax - 2.0ay + 0.6az ) volt/m

GATE 2002
The electric field on the surface of a perfect conductor is 2 V/m. The conductor is
immersed in water with e = 80eo . The surface charge density on the conductor is (
e = 10
36p F/m)
(A) 0 C/m 2
(B) 2 C/m 2
-9
w.
g
MCQ 3.3.3
(C) 1.8 # 10-11 C/m 2

IES EC 2012
The space between the plates of a parallel-plate capacitor of capacitance C is

filled with three dielectric slabs of identical size as shown in the figure. If dielectric
constants are e1 , e2 and e3 , the new capacitance is
ww
MCQ 3.3.4
(D) 1.41 # 10-9 C/m 2
Chap 3
For View Only

ê1 + e2 + e3h C
(B)
3
(A) C
3
(C) ê1 + e2 + e3h C
MCQ 3.3.5
IES EC 2011
147
(D)
9 ê1 + e2 + e3h
e1 e2 e3
If the potential, V = 2x + 4 V , the electric field is

(A) 6 V/m
(B) 2 V/m
(C) 4 V/m
Two dielectric media with permittivities 3 and

boundary as shown in figure below :
3 are separated by a charge-free
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
IES EC 2011
co
MCQ 3.3.6
(D) - 4ax V/m
The electric field intensity in media 1 at point P1 has magnitude E1 and makes an
angle a1 = 60c with the normal. The direction of the electric field intensity at point
P2, a2 is
(B) 45c
(A) sin-1 c 3 E1 m
2
(C) cos-1 c
MCQ 3.3.7
IES EC 2011
3 E1
2 m
(D) 30c
Assertion (A) : Under static conditions, the surface of conductor is an equipotential

surface.
Reason (R) : The tangential component of electric field on conductor surface is
zero.
148
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.3.8
A long 1 metre thick dielectric (e = 3e0) slab occupying the region 0 < x < 5 is
IES EC 2010
placed perpendicularly in a uniform electric field E 0 = 6ax . The polarization Pi
inside the dielectric is
(B) 8e0 ax
(A) 4e0 ax
(C) 36e0 ax
MCQ 3.3.9
The flux and potential functions due to a line charge and due to two concentric
circular conductors are of the following form :
(A) Concentric circular equipotential lines and straight radial flux lines.
IES EC 2010
(D) Zero
(B) Concentric circular flux lines and straight equipotential lines
co
(C) Equipotentials due to the charge are concentric cylinders and equipotentials
due to two conductors are straight lines.
IES EC 2010
There are two conducting plates of sizes 1 m # 1 m and 3 m # 3 m. Ratio of the

capacitance of the second one with respect to that of the first one is
(A) 4
(B) 2
he
MCQ 3.3.10
lp.
(D) Equipotentials due to line charge are straight flat surfaces and those due to two
conductors are concentric cylinders.
(C) 1/2
IES EC 2010
Consider the following :

In a parallel plate capacitor, let the charge be held constant while the dielectric
material is replaced by a different dielectric. Consider
1. Stored energy
2. Electric field intensity.
IES EC 2009
Which of these changes ?

(A) 1 only
(B) 1 and 2 only
(C) 2 and 3 only
(D) 1, 2 and 3
By what name is the equation d : J = 0 frequently known ?

(A) Poissons equation
ww
MCQ 3.3.12
Capacitance
w.
g
3.
at
e
MCQ 3.3.11
(D) 1/4
(B) Laplaces equation

(C) Continuity equation for steady currents
(D) Displacement equation
MCQ 3.3.13
IES EC 2009
Method of images is applicable to which fields ?

(A) Electrostatic fields only
(B) Electrodynamic fields only
(C) Neither electrostatic fields nor electrodynamic fields
(D) Both electrostatic fields and electrodynamic fields
Chap 3
149
For View Only

MCQ 3.3.14
What is the unit of measurement of surface or sheet resistivity?
IES EC 2008
(A) Ohm/metre
(B) Ohm metre
(C) Ohm/sq. meter
MCQ 3.3.15
IES EC 2007
(D) Ohm
Which one of the following statements is correct ?

On a conducting surface boundary, electric field lines are
(A) always tangential
(B) always normal
(C) neither tangential nor normal
IES EC 2007
Which one of the following is correct ? As frequency increases, the surface resistance
of a metal
(A) decreases
co
MCQ 3.3.16
(D) at an angle depending on the field intensity
(C) remains unchanged
lp.
(B) increases
(D) varies in an unpredictable manner
Application of the method of images to a boundary value problem in electrostatics

involves which one of the following ?
(A) Introduction of an additional distribution of charges and removal of a set of
conducting surfaces
he
IES EC 2007
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.3.17
(B) Introduction of an additional distribution of charge and an additional set of

conducting surfaces
(C) Removal of a charge distribution and introduction of an additional set of
conducting surfaces
(D) Removal of a charge distribution as well as a set of conducting surfaces
MCQ 3.3.18
IES EC 2006
Assertion (A) : Potential everywhere on a conducting surface of infinite extent is

zero.
Reason (R) : Displacement density on a conducting surface is normal to the surface.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
(B) Both A and R are true but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
MCQ 3.3.19
IES EC 2006
A parallel plate capacitor of 5 pF capacitor has a charge of 0.1 mC on its plates.

What is the energy stored in the capacitor ?
(A) 1 mJ
(B) 1 J
(C) 1 nJ
(D) 1 pJ
150
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.3.20
A charge of 1 Coulomb is placed near a grounded conducting plate at a distance of
IES EC 2006
1 m. What is the force between them ?
(B) 1 N
(A) 1 N
8pe0
4pe0
(C)
MCQ 3.3.21
(D) 4pe0 N
The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is given by e ed A where A is the area of

each plates. Considering fringing field, under which one of the following conditions
is the above expression valid ?
(B) A is tending towards infinity
(A) A is tending towards zero
d
d
(D) A is 1
(C) A is 1
er e0
d
d
0 r
IES EC 2005
What is the expression for capacitance of a solid infinitely conducting solid sphere
of radius R in free space ?
(B) 4pe0 R
(A) 2pe0 R
lp.
MCQ 3.3.22
co
IES EC 2005
1 N
16pe0
MCQ 3.3.23
A point charge of + 10 mC placed at a distance of 5 cm from the centre of a

conducting grounded sphere of radius 2 cm is shown in the diagram given below :
w.
g
at
e
IES EC 2004
(D) 0.5pe0 R
he
(C) 8pe0 R
What is the total induced charge on the conducting sphere ?

(A) 10 C
(B) 4 C
MCQ 3.3.24
IES EC 2004
ww
(C) 5 C
For an electric field E = E 0 sin wt , what is the phase difference between the
conduction current and the displacement current ?
(A) 0c
(B) 45c
(C) 90c
MCQ 3.3.25
IES EC 2004
(D) 12.5 C
(D) 180c
An infinitely long line charge of uniform charge density rL C/m is situated parallel
to and at a distance from the grounded infinite plane conductor. This field problem
can be solved by which one of the following ?
(A) By conformal transformation
(B) By method of images
Chap 3
For View Only

(C) By Laplaces equation
151
(D) By Poissons equation

MCQ 3.3.26
IES EC 2003
An air condenser of capacitance of 0.002 mF is connected to a d.c. supply of 500 Volts

, disconnected and then immersed in oil with a dielectric constant of 2.5. Energy
stored in the capacitor before and after immersion, respectively is
(A) 500 # 10-4 J and 250 # 10-4 J
(B) 250 # 10-4 J and 500 # 10-4 J
IES EC 2001
A 3 mF capacitor is charged by a constant current of 2 mA for 6 seconds. The

voltage across the capacitor to the end of charging will be
(A) 3 V
(B) 4 V
co
MCQ 3.3.27
(C) 625 # 10-4 J and 250 # 10-4 J

(D) 250 # 10-4 J and 625 # 10-4 J
Consider the following statements :

A parallel plane capacitor is filled with a dielectric of relative permittivity er1 and
connected to a d.c. voltage of V volts. If the dielectric is changed to another with
relative permittivity er1 = 2er1 , keeping the voltage constant, then
1. the electric field intensity E within the capacitor doubles.
he
IES EC 2001
2.
the displacement flux density D doubles
3.
the charge Q on the plates is reduced to half.
4.
the energy stored in the capacitor is doubled.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.3.28
(D) 9 V
lp.
(C) 6 V
Select the correct answer using the codes given below :

(A) 1 and 2
(B) 2 and 3
(C) 2 and 4
MCQ 3.3.29
IES EC 2001
A coil of resistance 5 W and inductance 0.4 H is connected to a 50 V d.c. supply.

The energy stored in the field is
(A) 10 joules
(B) 20 joules
(C) 40 joules
MCQ 3.3.30
IES EE 2011
(D) 3 and 4
(D) 80 joules
The normal components of electric flux density across a dielectric-dielectric

boundary
(A) are discontinuous
(B) are continuous
(C) depend on the magnitude of the surface charge density
(D) depend on electric field intensity
152
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.3.31
Consider the following statements in connection with boundary relations of electric
IES EE 2009
field :
1. In a single medium electric field is continuous.
The tangential components are the same on both sides of a boundary between
two dielectrics.
3.
The tangential electric field at the boundary of a dielectric and a current

carrying conductors with finite conductivity is zero.
4.
Normal components of the flux density is continuous across the charge-free

boundary between two dielectrics.
co
Which of these statements is/are correct ?

(A) 1 only
(B) 1, 2 and 3
lp.
(C) 1, 2 and 4
(D) 3 and 4 only
IES EE 2008
The capacitance of an insulated conducting sphere of radius R in vacuum is

(A) 2pe0 R
he
MCQ 3.3.32
(B) 4pe0 R
(D) 4pe0 /R
A parallel plate air capacitor carries a charge Q at its maximum withstand voltage
V . If the capacitor is half filled with an insulating slab of dielectric constant 4 as
shown in the figure given below, what are the maximum withstand voltage and the
charge on the capacitor at this voltage, respectively ?
ww
w.
g
IES EE 2007
at
e
(C) 4pe0 R2
MCQ 3.3.33
2.
MCQ 3.3.34
IES EE 2007
(A) 2.5V , Q
(B) 4 V, 2.5 Q
(C) V, 2.5 Q
(D) V/4, Q
When an infinite charged conducting plate is placed between two infinite conducting
grounded surfaces as shown in the figure given below, what would be the ratio of
the surface densities r1 and r2 on the two sides of the plate ?
Chap 3
(d1 + t)
(d2 + t)
(C) d1
d2
(d2 + t)
(d1 + t)
(D) d2
d1
(B) D = e0 Ê + P h
(C) D = e0 E + P
(D) E = D + e0 P
IES EE 2006
Image theory is applicable to problems involving

(A) electrostatic field only
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 3.3.36
lp.
The polarization in a solid dielectric is related to the electric field E and the
electric flux density D according to which on of the following equations ?
(A) E = e0 D + P
he
IES EE 2007
(B)
co
(A)
MCQ 3.3.35
For View Only
153
(B) magnetostatic field only
(C) both electrostatic and magnetostatic fields

(D) neither electrostatic nor magnetostatic field
MCQ 3.3.37
IES EE 2006
Six capacitors of different capacitances C1, C2, C 3, C 4, C5 and C6 are connected in

series. C1 > C2 > C 3 > C 4 > C5 > C6 . What is the total capacitance almost equal
to ?
(A) C1
(B) C 3
(C) C 4
MCQ 3.3.38
IES EE 2004
(D) C6
Two extensive homogeneous isotropic dielectrics meet on a plane z = 0 . For

z $ 0 , er1 = 4 and for z # 0 , er2 = 3 . A uniform electric field exists at z $ 0 as
E1 = 5ax - 2ay + 3az kw/m . What is the value of E2z in the region z # 0 ?
(A) 3az
(B) 5ax - 2ay
(C) 6az
(D) ax - ay
154
Chap 3
For View Only

MCQ 3.3.39
A flat slab of dielectric, er = 5 is placed normal to a uniform field with a flux density
IES EE 2004
D = 1 Coulomb/m2 . The slab is uniformly polarized. What is the polarization P of
the slab in Coulomb/m2 ?
(A) 0.8
(B) 1.2
(C) 4
IES EE 2004
Which one of the following gives the approximate value of the capacitance between
two spheres, whose separation is very much larger than their radii R ?
(B) 2pe0 R
(A) 2p/e0 R
MCQ 3.3.40
(D) 6
IES EE 2003
Assertion (A) : For steady current in an arbitrary conductor, the current density
is solenoidal
Reason (R) : The reciprocal of the resistance is the conductivity.
lp.
MCQ 3.3.41
(D) 4pe0 /R
co
(C) 2pe0 /R
IES EE 2003
Assertion (A) : Displacement current can have only a.c components.

Reason (R) : It is generated by a change in electric flux.
at
e
MCQ 3.3.42
he
IES EE 2003
A plane slab of dielectric having dielectric constant 5, placed normal to a uniform

field with a flux density of 3 C/m2 , is uniformly polarized. The polarization of the
slab is
(A) 0.4 C/m2
(B) 1.6 C/m2
ww
MCQ 3.3.43
w.
g
(C) 2.0 C/m2

MCQ 3.3.44
IES EE 2002
Ohms law in point form in the field theory can be expressed as

(A) V = RI
(B) J = E/s
(C) J = sE
MCQ 3.3.45
IES EE 2002
(D) 6.4 C/m2
(D) R = rl/A
A medium behaves like dielectric when the

(A) displacement current is just equal to the conduction current
(B) displacement current is less than the conduction current
(C) displacement current is much greater than the conduction current
(D) displacement current is almost negligible
Chap 3
155
For View Only

MCQ 3.3.46
A copper wire carries a conduction current of 1.0 A at 50 Hz. For copper wire
IES EE 2002
e = e0, m = m0, s = 5.8 # 10 mho/m . What is the displacement current in the wire
?
(A) 2.8 # 10 A
(B) 4.8 # 10- 11 A
(C) 1 A
(D) It cannot be calculated with the given data
IES EE 2001
Assertion (A) : When there is no charge in the interior of a conductor the electric
field intensity is infinite.
Reason (R) : As per Gausss law the total outward electric flux through any closed
surface constituted inside the conductor must vanish.
co
MCQ 3.3.47

ww
w.
ga
te
IES EE 2001
A point charge + Q is brought near a corner of two right angle conducting planes
which are at zero potential as shown in the given figure. Which one of the following
configurations describes the total effect of the charges for calculating the actual
field in the first quadrant ?
he
MCQ 3.3.48
lp.
156
MCQ 3.3.49
The electric field across a dielectric-air interface is shown in the given figure. The
surface charge density on the interface is
he
lp.
co
IES EE 2001
For View Only
Chap 3
(C) - 2e0
IES EE 2001
(D) - e0
When air pocket is trapped inside a dielectric of relative permittivity 5, for a

given applied voltage across the dielectric, the ratio of stress in the air pocket to
that in the dielectric is equal to
(A) 1/5
(B) 5
(C) 1 + 5
w.
g
MCQ 3.3.50
(B) - 3e0
at
e
(A) - 4e0
(D) 5 - 1
ww
***********
Chap 3
For View Only
157
SOLUTIONS 3.1
I =

For a given current density, the total current that passes through a given surface
is defined as
# J : dS
co
SOL 3.1.1
where dS is the differential surface area having the direction normal to the surface.
So we have
dS = rdrdfaz for the plane z = 0
Therefore, the current passing the plane z = 0 , 0 # r # 2 is
2p
f=0 r=0
2p
2
2p
he
+ az hB : (rdrdfaz )
lp.
# # 810e ^r a
= 10 # # e rdzdf
= 10 # # rdrdf
I =
(z = 0 )
SOL 3.1.2
ww
w.
ga
te
r2 2
= 10 ; E # 6f@20p
2 0
= 10 # 3 # 2p = 60p A

is defined as
I =
# J : dS
So, we have
dS = (r sin qdf) (dr) a q for the surface q = 90c
Therefore, the total current crossing the surface q = 90c,0 < f < 2p,0 < r < 1 m is
# ^r cos qa + r sin qa
= # # r sin qdfdr
2
I =
2p
- r2 afh : ^r sin qdfdraq h
r=0 f=0
at q = 90c
4 1
= 6f@20p # :r D = 2p # 1 = p A
8
4 0
4
SOL 3.1.3

For a given current density, the total current flowing through a cross section is
defined as
I =
# J : dS
158
Chap 3
For View Only

where dS is the differential cross sectional area vector having the direction normal
to the cross section.
So we have
dS = rdrdfaz (since the cylindrical wire is lying along z -axis)
Therefore the total current flowing through the wire (cross section) is
I = b 50 az l : ^rdrdfaz h
r
16 # 10-3
r=0
2p
f=0
50
b r l^rdrdfh
# 10
= 50 # 6r@16
# 6f@20p
0
-3
SOL 3.1.4
co
= 60 # 16 # 10-3 # 2p

is defined as
he
2p
20 sin f
e - r2 + 1 o^rdrdfh
r=0
# #
at
e
lp.
I = J : dS
for the plane z = 2
So we have
dS = rdrdfaz
Therefore the total current crossing the plane z = 2 , r < 4 is
20 sin f
I = e 40 a r - 2
az rdrdfaz h
r
(r + 1) o^
f=0
2p
20 rdr
sin fdfE
;
E
r=0 r + 1
f=0
1 44 2
44 3
0
=4A
4

From the equation of continuity we have the relation between the volume charge
density, rv and the current density, J as
2rv
=- d : J
2t
Given the current density,
20 sin f
J = 40 a r - 2
az A/m2
r
(r + 1)
20 sin f
So, we have the components J r = 40 ,Jf = 0 and Jz =- 2
r
(r + 1)
2Jf 2Jz
2rv
Therefore,
=-= 1 2 ^rJ rh + 1
+
r 2r
r 2f
2z G
2t
- 20 sin f
= > 1 2 (40) + 2 e 2
r 2r
2z
r + 1 oH
=2
So, volume charge density will be constant with respect to time.
ww
SOL 3.1.5
w.
g
=-;
Chap 3
159

Voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is defined as the line integral of the electric
field between the two surfaces
lp.
SOL 3.1.7
co
For View Only

SOL 3.1.6
Given the current I = 6 A is flowing radially outward (in a r direction) through the
medium between the cylinders. So the current density in the medium between the
cylinders is
6
(l = 2 m )
a
J = I ar =
2pr # 2 r
2prl
= 5 a r A/m2
2pr
For a given current density in a certain medium having conductivity s, the electric
field intensity is defined as
E = J = 1 b 3 ar l
s 2pr
s
3
( r = 4 # 10-2 m , s = 0.05 S/m )
=
2p # 4 # 10-2 # 0.05
= 238.73 V/m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
i.e.
V =- E : dl
Now the electric field intensity in the medium between the two cylindrical surfaces
as calculated in previous question is
E = 1 b 3 ar l
s 2pr
and the differential displacement between the two cylindrical surfaces is dl = dra r
So the voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is
5 # 10-2
3 a : dra =- 3 ln 5
V =rl
b
^ rh
2ps b 3 l
r = 3 # 10-2 2prs
=- 5.88 volt
So, the voltage between them will be 5.88 volt .
SOL 3.1.8

As we have already calculated the voltage between the two cylindrical surfaces and
the current flowing radially outward in the medium between the surfaces is given
in the question. So the resistance between the cylindrical surface can be evaluated
directly as
(V = 4.88 volt ,I = 6 A )
R = V = 4.88 = 0.813 W
6
I
SOL 3.1.9

Since voltage between the cylindrical surfaces is
V = 4.88 volt
and current flowing in the medium is
I = 6A
So, Power dissipated in the medium is P = VI = (4.88) # 6 = 29.28 watt
SOL 3.1.10

Consider a constant voltage is applied across the ends of the wire so, the electric
160
Chap 3
For View Only

field intensity throughout the wire cross section will be constant.
i.e.
E = J1 = J 2
s1 s2
where
J1 is the current density in the material having conductivity s1 .
J2 is the current density in the material having conductivity s2 .
So,the ratio of the current density is
J1 = s1
s2
J2
i.e. it will be independent of both r and R.
Since hydrogen atom contains a single electron (- ve charge) and a single proton (
+ ve charge). So, the dipole moment due to one atom of the hydrogen will be
where q is electronic charge and d is effective length
p = qd
i.e.
q = 1.6 # 10-19 C and d = 7.1 # 10-16 m
So,
p = ^1.6 # 10-19h # ^7.1 # 10-16h
and since the polarization in a material is defined as the dipole moment per unit
volume.
Therefore
where n is the number of atoms per unit volume.
P = np
19
i.e.
n = 5.5 # 10 atoms/cm3
= 5.5 # 1025 atoms/m3
So,
P = ^5.5 # 1025h # ^1.6 # 10-19 # 7.1 # 10-16h
= 4.25 # 10-9 C/m2
SOL 3.1.12

When an electric field E is applied to a material with dielectric constant er then
the polarization of the material is defined as
P = e0 (er - 1) E
So,
6.25 # 10-9
er - 1 = P =
= 1.7655 # 10-2
e0 E 8.85 # 10-12 # 40 # 103
er = 1 + 0.0177 = 1.0177

Given
D = 2P & P = D/2
If the polarization of a dielectric material placed in an electric field E is P , then
the electric flux density in the material is defined as
D = e0 E + P
= e0 E + D/2
or
..........(i)
D = 2e0 E
and since the relation between the electric field, E and flux density, D inside a
dielectric material with dielectric constant er is defined as
D = e0 er E
So, comparing the result with equation (i) we get, er = 2 .
ww
SOL 3.1.13
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.1.11
Chap 3
161
For View Only

SOL 3.1.14
Electric field intensity is defined as the negative gradient of the potential
i.e.
E =- dV
=-c2V ax + 2V ay + 2V az m
2x
2y
2z
= 250ay V/m
For a given electric field intensity E in a material having relative permittivity er ,
the electric flux density is defined as :
D = er e0 E
er = 8/5
= 8 # ^8.85 # 10-12h # (500ay)
5
= 9.08ay nC/m2
SOL 3.1.16

For an applied electric field intensity E in a material having relative permittivity
er , the polarization of the material is defined as
P = e0 êr - 1h E
= ^8.85 # 10-12h (1.6 - 1) # ^500ay h
= 8.85 # 10-12 # 0.6 # 500ay
= 4.66 # 10-9 ay
SOL 3.1.17

Since the two regions is being separated by the plane y = 0 , so the tangential and
normal component of the electric field to the plane y = 0 are given as
E1t = 50ax - 10az
E1n = 20ay
From the boundary condition, the tangential component of electric field will be
uniform.
i.e.
E2t = E1t = 50ax - 10az
and the normal component of the field is nonuniform and given as
e2 E2n = e1 E1n
E1n = e1 E1n = 2 ^20ay h = 8ay
e2
5
So the electric field intensity in the second region is
E2 = E2t + E2n = ^50ax - 10az h + ^8ay h
= 50ax + 8ay - 10az kV/m
Therefore the electric flux density in the region 2 is
D2 = er2 e0 E2
= 5 # 8.85 # 10-12 (50ax + 8ay - 10az ) # 103
= 3.21ax + 0.55ay - 0.44az mC/m2
SOL 3.1.18

Energy density in the region having electric field intensity E2 is defined as
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.1.15
162
For View Only
Chap 3
WE = 1 er2 e0 E2 : E2 ,where the relative permittivity of the medium is er2

2
As calculated in previous question the electric field intensity is
E2 = 50ax + 8ay - 10az kV/m
So the energy density in the region 2 is
WE = 1 # 5 # e0 6(50) 2 + (8) 2 + (10) 2@ # 106
2
= 79 mJ/m3
According to boundary condition the tangential components of electric field are
uniform
...(i)
i.e.
E1t = E2t = E 3t
but the normal component of electric fields are non uniform and defined as
e1 E1n = e2 E2n = e3 E 3n
Since
(Given)
e1 = e3
So,
...(ii)
Ein = E 3n ! E2n
and as the net electric field is given by
(sum of tangential and normal component)
E = Et + E n
Therefore by combining the results of eq (i) and (ii) we get
E1 = E 3 ! E 2
SOL 3.1.20

As the dielectric slab occupies the region 0 < z < d and the field intensity in the
free space is in + az direction so, the field will be normal to the boundary of plane
dielectric slab.
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the surface are related as
eEin = e0 E
( e = 4e0 )
Ein = e0 E 0 az = E 0 az
4e0
4
Therefore,
Din = eEin = 4e0 E 0 az = e0 E 0 az
4
Total energy stored in a region having electric field is given as
W = 1 e0 Ê : E h dv
2 v
(E = E1 + E2 )
= 1 e0 Ê1 + E2h : Ê1 + E2h dv
2 v
= 1 e0 Ê 12 + E 22 + 2E1 : E2h dv
2 v
= 1 e0 E 12 dv + 1 e0 E 22 dv + e0 Ê1 : E2h dv
2 v
2
v
at
e
w.
g
ww
SOL 3.1.21
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.1.19
#
#
#
#
= W1 + W2 +
# e Ê : E hdv
v
Chap 3
163
For View Only

SOL 3.1.22
Energy on a dipole with moment p in an electric field E is defined as
WE =- p : E =- (- 2ax + 3ay) : (1.5ax - az ) =- (- 3 - 3) = 6 J
Consider a neutral dielectric is placed in an electric field E , due to which the
dielectric gets polarized with polarization P , the bound surface charge density of
the dielectric be rpS and the bound volume charge density be rpv .
So the total bound charge by the dielectric is given as
Qbound =
#r
S
pS
dS +
#r
pv
dv
SOL 3.1.23
Qbound =
=
# ^P : a hdS - # d : P dv
S
# P : dS - # d : P dv
s
he
So we have,
lp.
co
Since for a given polarization P of a dielectric material, the bound surface charge
density over the surface of material is defined as
rpS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward.
while the bound volume charge density inside the material is defined as
rpv =- d : P
(dSan = dS )
But according to the divergence theorem
# P : dS
Therefore,
SOL 3.1.24
# d : P dv
v
ww
w.
ga
te
Qbound = 0

Resistance of a conductor of length l and having uniform cross sectional area S is
where s is the conductivity of the conductor
R = l
sS
Given the conductivity,
s = 5 # 106 (Wm) -1
the length of the conductor,
l =8m
side of the square cross section, a = 3 cm
and radius of the bored hole,
r = 0.5 cm
So, the net cross sectional area is
S = area of square cross section(bar) - area of circular cross
section(hole)
or
S = a2 - pr2 = (3) 2 - p (0.5) 2
= a9 - p k cm2
4
The total resistance between the square ends is given as
8
R = l =
p
6
-4
sS
^5 # 10 h # 9a9 - 4 k # 10 C
= 2.948 # 10-3 W
164
Chap 3
co
For View Only

SOL 3.1.25
The two materials of composite bar will behave like two wires of resistance RL
(resistance due to lead) and RC (resistance due to copper) connected in parallel.
As from the previous question we have the resistance due to the lead is
RL = 1.948 mW
and since the area of the cross section filled with copper is equal to the area of the
cross section defined by hole so we have
cross sectional area
SC = p cm2
4
length of the bar
l =8m
1
1
and conductivity of the copper, sC =
=
resistivity of the copper 1.72 # 10-8
So the resistance due to copper is
8
= 1.76 mW
RC = l
= p
-4
SC sC
^ 4 # 10 h_ 1.72 #1 10 i
Therefore the equivalent resistance of the composite bar is
(1.948) # (1.76)
R = RC || RL =
1.948 + 1.76
-6
= 524.62 # 10 W
Given the conductivity of material,
s = 106 (Wm) -1
and conductance of the wire,
G = 106 (W) -1
Since the conductance of a wire of length l having cross sectional area S is
G = sS
l
6
2
So we have,
(S = pr2 )
106 = 10 # pr
l
l
r =
p
Given the radii of spherical shell as
a = 1 cm = 0.01 m
b = 2 cm = 0.02 m
The capacitance of a spherical capacitor having inner and outer radii a and b
respectively is defined as
-12
= 8.9 pF
C = 4per e0 = 4p # 4 # 8.85 # 10
1 - 1
1 1
ba - b l
0.01 0.02
Since the dielectric has been removed from the portion defined by ^ p2 < f < ph
so the composite capacitor will have the dielectric filled only in 34 th portion of
the total capacitor and so the configuration can be treated as the two capacitors
connected in parallel with each other.
ww
SOL 3.1.27
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.1.26
he
lp.
-8
SOL 3.1.28
Chap 3
165
For View Only

The capacitance of the portion carrying air( er = 1) as the medium between the
spherical shells
-12
C1 = 1 # 4pe0 = 1 # 4p # 8.85 # 10
1-1
1 - 1
4
4
a b
0.01 0.02
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 3.1.29
lp.
co
= 0.56 # 10-12 = 0.56 pF

The capacitance of the portion carrying dielectric( er = 4 ) as the medium between
the spherical shells
C2 = 3 # C
4
Where C is the capacitance if no any portion of dielectric was removed as already
calculated in previous question.
So we have
C2 = 3 # 8.9 # 10-12 = 6.7 # 10-12 = 6.7 pF
4
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the composite capacitor is,
Ceq = C1 + C2 = 0.66 + 6.7 = 2.12
Capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as

C = eS
d
where
S is the surface area of the parallel plates
d is the separation between the plates
Here, the three different regions will be treated as the three capacitors connected
in series as shown below
So the capacitance of the region 1 is
C1 = er1 e0 S = 2500e0 S
0.001
166
Chap 3
co

The equivalent arrangement of the capacitor can be drawn in form of circuit as
below
ww
SOL 3.1.31
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.1.30

the capacitance of the region 2 is
C2 = er2 e0 S = 2000e0 S
0.002
the capacitance of the region 3 is
C 3 = e0 S = 500e0 S
0.002
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the whole configuration is calculated as
1 = 1 + 1 + 1 = 1
1 + 1 + 1
Ceq
C1 C 2 C 3
e0 S b 2500 2000 500 l
So,
Ceq = 3.45 # 102 e0 S
The capacitance per square meter of surface area will be
C
Ceql = eq = 3.45 # 102 e0 = 4.05 nF/m2
S
Capacitance between the two cylindrical surfaces is defined as
C = 2pel
ln ^b/a h
Where
l " length of the cylinder
a " inner radius of the cylinder
b " outer radius of the cylinder
Since, the medium between the conducting cylinders includes the dielectric layer
êr = 4h from r = 4 cm to r = 6 cm and airêr = 1h from r = 6 cm to r = 8 cm , so
the configuration can be treated as the two capacitance connected in series.
Now for the dielectric layer ( er = 4 ) from r = 4 cm to r = 6 cm , capacitance is
(l = 1 m )
C1 = 2pe0 er 1 = 8pe0
ln (1.5)
ln (6/4)
and for the air medium êr = 1h from r = 6 cm to r = 8 cm , capacitance is
C2 = 2pe0 # 1 = 2pe0
ln (8/6)
ln (4/3)
So, the equivalent capacitance of the configuration is evaluated as
1 = 1 + 1 = ln (1.5) + ln (4/3)
8pe0
2pe0
C1 C 2
Ceq
Ceq = 143 pF
For View Only
For which the capacitances are calculated as below

Chap 3
167
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.1.32

-4
e S/2 e0 S
= e0 # 10 #-10
= e0
=
C1 = 0
3
4
d
d/2
4 # 10
e e S/2 er e0 S
=
= 3e0
er = 3
C2 = r 0
4
d
d/2
-4
e S/2
= e0 # 10 # 10-3 = e0
C3 = 0
8
d
2 # 4 # 10
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the capacitor is
e0 3e0
e
C
0
1 C2
= e0 = 2.76 pF
Ceq = C 3 +
= + 4 4
e0 + 3e0
8
4
C1 + C 2
4
4
As the medium between capacitor plates is conducting so it carries the resistive as
well as capacitive property.
Consider the plates are separated by a distance d and the surface area of plates is
S as shown in the figure.
For View Only
So the total resistance of the medium between plates is

R = d
sS
and capacitance of the capacitor is
C = eS
d
Therefore the time constant of the capacitor will be
t = RC = e
s
***********
168
For View Only
Chap 3
SOLUTIONS 3.2

is defined as
I =
co
SOL 3.2.1
# J : dS
lp.
Since the current density is independent of q and f so we can have directly the
current
I = J : S = J (4pr2 ar )

From the equation of continuity we have the relation between the volume charge
density, rv and the current density, J as
2rv
=- d : J
2t
and since the current density have only the component in ar direction so we have,
2rv
=- 12 2 ^r2 Jr h
2t
r 2r
3
2rv
=- 12 2 br2 1 e-10 t l
r
2
r
2t
r
Integrating both sides we get,
3
rv (r, t) =- 12 e-10 t dt + f (r)
r
where f (r) is the function independent of time.
-3
3
rv (r, t) = 102 e-10 t + f (r)
r
Now for t " 3
rv (r, t) = 0
So, we put the given condition in the equation to get f (r)= 0
-3
3
therefore
rv (r, t) = 102 e-10 t
r
1
i.e.
rv (r, t) \ 2
r
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.2.2
he
3
3
-3
= 1 e-10 t 4pr2 = 4p # (6) 2 # 1 # e-10 # 10
6
r
-1
-1
= 4p # 3 # e = 12pe
Chap 3
169
For View Only

SOL 3.2.3
The velocity of charge density can be defined as the ratio of current density to the
charge density in the region
3
(1/r) e-10 t ar
J
i.e.
v =
= 103 r ar
=
2 -103 t
-3
rv
10
/
r
e
^
h
So, at r = 0.6 m , v = 103 # 0.6ar = 300ar m/s
The given problem can be solved easily by using image theory as the conducting
surface y = 0 can be replaced by the equipotential surface in the same plane y = 0
and image of line charges ( rlL =- 5 pC/m at x = 0 , y =- 1 and x = 0 , y =- 2 ) as
shown in the figure
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.4
.
The work done to carry a unit positive charge from a point located at a distance a
from the line charge with charge density rL to another point located at a distance
b from the line charge is defined as
r
Vab =- L ln b b l
2pe0
a
and since the surface y = 0 has zero potential, so the potential at point P will be
equal to the work done in moving a unit positive charge from the plane y = 0 to
the point P . So the potential at point P will be
rL
VP =ln b
2pe0 b a l
where a is the distance of the surface y = 0 from the line charges while b is the
distance of point P from the line charges.
-12
So,
VP =- 5 # 10 =- ln b 1 l - ln c 2 m + ln c 10 m + ln c 17 mG
2pe0
2
1
1
2
=- 0.3 volt
170
Chap 3
For View Only

SOL 3.2.5
Electric field at a distance R from a line charge having uniform charge density rL
is defined as
r
E = L R2
2pe0 R
So the net electric field intensity produced at the point P due to the four line
charges discussed in previous question is given as
rL R
E =
2pe0 R 2
where R is the distance of point P from the line charges
r (- 1, - 2, 0) - (0, 1, 0) (- 1, - 2, 0) - (0, 2, 0)
Therefore,
+
E = l >
2pe0
(- 1, - 3, 0) 2
(- 1, - 4, 0) 2
(- 1, - 2, 0) - (0, - 1, 0) (- 1, - 2, 0) - (0, - 2, 0)
H
(- 1, - 1, 0) 2
(- 1, 0, 0) 2
-12
(1, 3, 0) (1, 4, 0) (1, 1, 0) (1, 0, 0)
= 5 # 10 ;+
+
2pe0
10
2
1 E
17
lp.
co
= 0.12ax - 0.0032ay = 0.12ax - 0.003ay V/m
he

For a given polarization P inside a material, the bound surface charge density over
the surface of material is defined as
rpS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward.
while the bound volume charge density inside the material is defined as
rpv =- d : P
Since the component of polarization of rod along y -axis is Py = 2y2 + 3 . So, the
polarization of the material is P = (2y2 + 3) ay . and the charge density on the
surface of the rod is rpS = P : an
At y = 0 (top surface)
rS1 = (2y2 + 3) ay : ^- ay h =- 3
At y = 5 (bottom surface)
rS2 = (2y2 + 3) ay : (ay)= 53
and since the polarization has no radial component so no charge will be stored on
its curvilinear surface and so the total bound surface charge on the surface of the
rod is
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.2.6
(S is the cross sectional area)

Q pS = rpS ds = rS1 S + rS2 S
=- 3 S + 53 S = 50 S
Now, the bound volume charge density inside the material is
rpv =- d : P =- d : (2y2 + 3) ay =- 4y
So the total bound volume charge stored inside the material will be
5
y2 5
Q pv = rpv dv = (- 4y) Sdy =- 4S ; E - 50S
2 0
0
So, Total bound charge
Qbound = QS + Qv = 50 S - 50 S = 0
Chap 3
For View Only

SOL 3.2.7
171
SOL 3.2.8
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
Electric field produced by the point charge at a distance r is

q
E = 1 2 ar
4pe0 r
So, the induced dipole moment in the neutral atom due to the electric field E
produced by the point charge will be
aq
p = aE =
ar
4pe0 r2
and since the electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p at
a distance r from the dipole is defined as
p
Edip =
2 cos qar + sin qa q h
4pe0 r3 ^
where q is the angle formed between the distance vector r and dipole moment p
So the field produced by the induced dipole at the point charge is
aq
2b
4pe0 r2 l
2p
2a q
(q = p as shown in the figure)
=
Edip =
=
5
4pe0 r3
4pe0 r3
4
pe
^ 0h2 r
Therefore the force experienced by the point charge due to the field applied by
induced dipole is
q 21
F = qEdip = 2a b
4pe0 l r5
2
= 2a b 1 # 10-9 # 9 # 109 l # 1 5
9
(1)
Electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p, at a distance r
from the dipole is defined as
p
Edip =
4pe0 r3 ^
So the electric field intensity produced due to dipole P1 at P2 is
p1
2 # 10-9 a
( q = p/2 )
a
E1 =
=
q
q
4pe0 r3
4pe0 # (1) 3
Therefore the torque on P2 due to P1 is
T = p 2 # E1
Taking the magnitude only we have the torque on P2 is
-9
T = p2 E1 sin q = ^9 # 10-9hc 2 # 10 m sin 90c
4pe0
-8
= 1.62 # 10 N-m = 0.16 mN- m
172
Chap 3

For a given polarization P inside a material, the bound volume charge density
inside the material is defined as
rpv =- d : P
Since the polarization of the sphere is P (r)= 2rar
So the bound volume charge density inside the sphere is
rpv =-4: P ^r h =- 12 2 (r2 2r) =- 12 # 6r2 =- 6
r 2r
r
Therefore the electric field intensity inside the sphere at a distance r from the
center is given by
3
4
Q enc
1 rpv # 3 pr a
a
E = 1
=
r
r
4pe0 r2
4pe0
r2
rr
= v ar =- 6r ar =-b 2 l rar
e0
3e0
3e0
So the radial component of the electric field inside the sphere is
Er =- 2 r
e0
which is linearly decreasing with a slope b- 2 l with respect to r as shown below :
e0
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 3.2.10
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 3.2.9
Electric field intensity produced due to a dipole having moment p, at a distance r
from the dipole is defined as
p
Edip =
4pe0 r3 ^
So the electric field intensity produce due to dipole P2 at P1 is
p2
9 # 10-9 2a
(q = p )
E2 =# r
3 2ar =4pe0 r
4pe0 (1) 3
Therefore the torque on P1 due to P2 is
T = p1 # E 2
Considering the magnitude only we have the torque on P1 is
-9
( q = p/2 )
T = p1 E2 sin q = 2 # 10-9 # c - 9 # 10 # 2 m
4pe0
= 3.64 # 10-4 N- m = 0.32 mN- m
Chap 3
173
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 3.2.11
For a given polarization P of a material, the bound surface charge density over the
surface of material is defined as
rpS = P : an
So the bound surface charge density over the spherical surface is
(an = ar )
rpS = P ^r h : ar
(at the spherical surface r = a )
= 2r = 2a
So, total bound surface charge over the sphere is
Q pS = 2a # 4pa2 = 8pa3
and the bound volume charge density inside the sphere as calculated above is
rpv =- 6
So, total bound volume charge inside the sphere is
Q pv = rpv b 4 pa3 l = (- 6) # b 4 pa3 l =- 8pa3
3
3
Therefore the total bound charge in the sphere is
Qbound = Q pS + Q pv = 12pa3 - 12pa3 = 0
According to Gauss law the outward electric field flux through a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed by the surface and since the total bound charge for any
point outside the sphere is zero So, the electric field intensity at any point outside
the sphere is E = 0 .
Since the spherical shell is of inner radius r = 2 m so region inside the sphere will
have no polarization and therefore the total charge enclosed inside the shell for
r < 2 m will be zero.
i.e.
Qenc = 0
According to Gauss law the total outward electric flux from a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed by the surface and since the total enclosed charge for
r < 2 m is zero so the electric field intensity at r = 1 m will be zero.
SOL 3.2.13

Since the total bound charge by a polarized neutral dielectric is zero as discussed in
MCQ. 33. So for any point outside the spherical shell the total enclosed charge(bound
charge) will be zero and as discussed in the previous question, according to Gauss
law the electric field intensity at any point outside the spherical shell will be zero.
So, for the surface r = 7
Qenc = 0
Therefore the electric field intensity is E = 0
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 3.2.12

As we have to find electric field at r = 5 m so we determine first the charge enclosed
by the surface r = 5 m which will be equal to the sum of the volume charge stored
in the region 2 # r # 5 m and the surface charge stored at r = 2 m .
Since for a given polarization P of a dielectric material, the bound volume charge
density inside the material is defined as
SOL 3.2.14
174
For View Only
Chap 3
rpv =- d : P
So the bound volume charge density inside the dielectric defined in the region
2 # r # 6 m will be
rpv =- d : P ^r h =- 12 2 br2 5 l =- 52
r
r 2r
r
so the total bound volume charge in the region 2 # r # 5 m is
5
Q pv = rpv dv =
- 5 # 4pr2 dr
r
r=2
5
=- 20p 6r @2 =- 60p
at
e
he
lp.
co
Now for a given polarization P inside a dielectric material, the bound surface
charge density over the surface of dielectric is defined as
rpS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface pointing outward of the material.
So the bound surface charge density at r = 2 m is
(an =- ar )
rpS = P ^r h : (- ar )
Therefore the total bound surface charge over the surface r = 2 m is
(for spherical surface S = 4pr2 )
Q pS =- 5 # 4pr2
r
r = 2m
=- 5 # 4p # 22 =- 40p
2
So, the total enclosed charge by the surface r = 5 m is
Qenc = Q pv + Q ps =- 60p - 40p =- 100p
So the electric field intensity at r = 5 m will be,
Q
p a =- 1 a
ar = 1 # - 100
E = 1 # enc
r
e0 r
4pe0
4pe0
r2
52
Since the electric field intensity at any point inside a conductor is always zero, so
the electric flux density at a distance r from the center of the spherical conductor
can be given as
r<1
0,
D =* Q
ar , r > 1 m
4p r 2
where Q = 3 mC is the total charge carried by the conductor.
and since the dielectric material surrounding the spherical conductor has permittivity
er = 3 , so the electric field intensity at a distance r from the center of the sphere is
Z
r < 1m
] 0,
] Q
E =]
ar 1 < r < 2 m
[ 4per e0 r2
] Q
]]
r > 2m
2 ar
pe
4
0r
\
So, the total energy of the configuration is
WE = 1 D : E dv
2
ww
w.
g
SOL 3.2.15
Chap 3
For View Only
175

1
= 1 = 0dr +
2 0
Q
=1
4p 1
2 (4p) 2 ' e
Q
Q
2
c 4pr2 mc 4pe e r2 m^4pr dr h +
r 0
Q
Q
2
c 4pr2 mc 4pe r2 m^4pr dr hG
0
1 dr
r2 1
1
2
2
Q2 1
1+1
1 2 + 1 -1 3 = Q 1
=
8pe0 & 3 # 2 2 0
8p ' e0 er : r D1 e0 : r D2 1
=
1 dr + 1
e0
r2
(3 # 10-3) 2 # 9 # 109
8
# 12
2
V =-
i.e.
co

The electric potential at the centre of sphere will be equal to the work done to
carry a unit charge from infinity to the centre of the sphere (the line integral of the
electric field intensity from infinity to the center of the sphere)
0
# E : dl
3
lp.
SOL 3.2.16
= 3.7 # 10 4 J
ww
w.
ga
te
he
Since the sphere has uniform charge density rv =0.6 nC/m3 embedded in it, so the
electric field intensity at a distance r from the center of the sphere can be given as
Z
] rv r a ,
r<R
] 3er e0 r
E =[
3
] rv R ar ,
r>R
] 3e r2
\ 0
where R is the radius of the sphere i.e. R = 1 m
p
So, the potential at the centre of sphere will be
V =-
# E : dl
3
1/ p
(where differential displacement is dl = drar )
rv
1 3 dr - 0 rv r dr
2c
3e0 r
3
1/ p 3e
pm
2 0
3
1/ p
r
r
=- v c 1 m # :- 1 D
- v :r D
3e0 p
r 3
3er e0 2 1/ p
3
r
r
r
rv
= vc 1 m # p+ v # 1 = v +
3e0 p 12e0 p
3e0 p
3er e0
2p
-9
9
5rv
5rv
= 5 # 0.6 # 10 # 9 # 10
=
=
12pe0 3 # 4pe0
3
=-
= 5 volt
SOL 3.2.17
( er = 2 )
rv =0.6 nC/m3

For a given polarization P of a material, the surface charge density over the surface
of material is defined as
rS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the material.
176
Chap 3
# r dS + # r dv
S
= 6+ P (pr2) - P (pr2)@ + 0 = 0
co
For View Only

while the volume charge density inside the material is defined as
rv =- d : P
Since the the cylinder has uniform polarization P .
So, volume charge density inside the sphere is
rv =- d : P = 0
and the surface charge density over the top and bottom surface of the cylinder is
( + P at top surface and - P at bottom surface)
rS = P : an = ! P
So the total bound charge by the cylinder is
Qbound = QS + Qv

As calculated above the volume charge density inside the cylinder is zero while the
surface charge density at top and bottom surfaces are respectively + P and - P , so
the cylinder can be considered as the two circular plates (top and bottom surface)
separated by a distance L. Since the separation between the plates is larger than
the cross sectional radius (L = 2r ) so the fringing field(electric field) will exist
directed from the upper plate towards the lower plate.
SOL 3.2.19

The electric flux lines will be the same as the electric field intensity outside the
cylinder but as the volume charge density is zero rv = 0 inside the cylinder so
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.2.18
# D : dS = 0 and therefore the flux lines will be continuous.
ww
w.
g

Consider the surface charge density on the parallel plates is !rS so the electric flux
density between the plates is defined as
D = rS an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface of plates directed from one plate
toward the other plate.
Since permittivity changes from layer to layer, but the field is normal to the surface
so electric flux density D will be uniform throughout the plate separation as from
boundary condition.
So the electric field intensity at any point between the parallel plates is
rS an
E = D =
er = 2 (1 + 100a2)
e0 er
2e0 (1 + 100a2)
Therefore the voltage between the plates can be evaluated by taking the line
integral of electric field from one plate to the other plate
0.1
rS an
i.e.
(dl = da )
V =- E : dl =c
2 m : ^da h
a = 0 2e0 (1 + 100a )
0.1
r
da
(the direction of a is along an )
= S 1
2e0 100 0 (0.1) 2 + a2
r
0.1
= S # 1 # 1 9tan-1 a a kC
2e0 100
0.1
0. 1 0
SOL 3.2.20
Chap 3
For View Only
177
rS
1 p - 0 = rS p
C
2e0 # 10 9 4
80e0
Now charge stored at the parallel plates is
where S is surface area of the plates
Q = (rS ) (S)
= rs # (0.2)
S = 0.2 m2
So, the capacitance of the capacitor is evaluated as
r
(0.2) 16e0
Q
C =
= s#
=
p
V
(rs p) /80e0
-11
= 5.51 # 10
=

For the two wire transmission line consists of the cylinders of radius b and separated
by a distance 2h (centre to centre), the capacitance per unit length between them
is defined as
pe
Cl =
cosh-1 (h/b)
Here, 2h = 2 cm and b = 0.2 cm
-12
( er = 2 )
So,
Cl = p # 2 #-81.85 # 10
= 3.64 # 10-11 F/m
cosh ^1/0.2h
So the charge per unit length on each wire will be,
(Vo = 100 V )
Q = C lV0 = 3.64 # 10-11 # 100
= 5.64 # 10-9 C/m
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.21
ww
w.
ga
te

Consider the oil rises to a height h in the space between the tubes.
So, the capacitance of the tube carrying oil partially will be treated as the two
capacitors connected in parallel.
Since the capacitance between the two cylindrical surfaces is defined as
C = 2pel
ln ^b/a h
Where
l " length of the cylinder
a " inner radius of the cylinder
b " outer radius of the cylinder
So the capacitance of the portion carrying oil ( ce = 1) as the medium between the
cylindrical surfaces is
Coil = 2per e0 h = 4pe0 h
êr = ce + 1 = 2h
ln ^3h
ln ^3/1h
and the capacitance of the portion carrying air( er = 1) as the medium between the
cylindrical surfaces is
2pe0 ^1 - h h
Cair =
ln ^3/1h
Therefore the equivalent capacitance of the tube carrying oil to the height h is
(1 + h)
C = Coil + Cair = 2pe0
ln (3)
SOL 3.2.22
178
Chap 3

Consider the charge densities of the two surface of the slab is rs1 C/m2 and rs2 C/m2
As the sum of the charge densities is rso C/m2 so we have
...(1)
rs1 + rs2 = rs0
and since the electric field intensity inside the conducting slab must be zero so,
...(2)
E1 + E 2 = 0
where E1 is field inside slab due to charge density rs1 and E2 is field inside slab
due to rs2
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.2.23
he
lp.
co
For View Only

Since the energy stored in a capacitor is defined as
where V is the applied voltage to the capacitor
WE = 1 CV2
2
So the net upward force due to the capacitance is given by
F = dWE = 1 V 2 dC = 1 V 2 2pe0
2
2
dh
dh
ln (3)
and net downward force on the oil due to gravity will be
F = mg = (0.01 gm/cm3) # p (b2 - a2) h # g
mass density = 0.01 gm/cm3
-6
= 0.01
# p (9 - 1) # 10 # h # g = 0.08phg
10-6
Since in equilibrium both the upward and downward forces are equal
So,
0.08phg = 1 V 2 2pe0
2
ln (3)
-12
0.08ph # (9.8) = 1 # (2 # 103) 2 # 2p # 8.85 # 10
2
ln (3)
3 2
(2 10 ) # 2 # 8.85 # 10-12
h =1# #
2
0.08 # 9.8 # ln (3)
-5
= 4.11 # 10 m = 45.1 mm
As the electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane
with charge density rS is defined as
r
E = S an
2e0
r
So we have,
(an =- az )
E1 = S1 (- az )
2e0
Chap 3
For View Only
179
rS2
(an = az )
a
2e0 z
rs1
r
From equation (ii)
- a + s2 a = 0
2e0 ^ z h 2e0 z
rs1 = rs2
Putting the result in equation (i) we get
r
rs1 = rs2 = s0
4
As the slabs are conducting so net electric field inside the slab must be zero.
and since the electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged
plane with charge density rS is defined as
r
E = S an
2e0
E2 =
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.24
So, the net electric field intensity inside slab 1 is

rS11
r
r
r
- a + S12 a + S21 a + S22 a = 0
2e0 ^ z h 2e0 z 2e0 z 2e0 z
(an =- az for rS11 while an = az for rest of the charge densities)
...(1)
- rs11 + rs12 + rs21 + rs22 = 0
and the net electric field intensity inside slab 2 is
rS11
r
r
r
(- az ) + S12 (- az ) + S21 (- az ) + S22 az = 0
2e0
2e0
2e0
2e0
(an = az for rS22 while an =- az for rest of the charge densities)
- rs11 - rs12 - rs21 + rs22 = 0
Solving eq. (i) and eq (ii) we get,
rs11 = rs22
and
rs12 =- rs21
...(2)

As all the four surfaces form the boundaries of the conductors extending away from
SOL 3.2.25
180
Chap 3
co
For View Only

the region between them so, the medium outside the defined region is conductor
and so the field intensity outside the region will be zero.
Now the electric potential in the non conducting region is given as
V = 5xy
So the electric field intensity in the region is
E =- dV =- 5yax - 5xay
From the conductor-free space boundary condition we have the surface charge
density on the boundary surface defined as
rs = e0 En
where En is the normal component of the electric field intensity in the free space.
So, the surface charge density on the surface x = 0 is
rs = e0 ^- 5y h (the normal component En =- 5y for the surface x = 0 )
=- 5e0 y
Again as discussed in above question, the surface charge density on the surface
y = 0 will be given by
rs = e0 En
and since the field component normal to surface y = 0 is
En =- 5x
So, the surface charge density on the surface y = 0 is
rs =- 5e0 x
SOL 3.2.27

From the symmetry associated with the charge distribution the electric field must
be radially directed. Then choosing Gaussian surfaces which are cylinders having
the same axis ( r = 0 ) as the conductors and of length l , we get
for r < 2 m
^2prl h E r = 0
(since there is no charge enclosed by the Gaussian surface)
Thus
for r < 2 m
Er = 0
Now, since the field inside the conductor 2 < r < 3 m is zero; there cannot be any
charge on the surface r = 2 m .
i.e.
at r = 2 m
rS = 0
and all the charge associated with the inner conductor resides on the surface
r = 3 m.
10 C/m
i.e.
at r = 3 m
rS =
= 5 C/m2
3p
2p ^ 3 h
Proceeding further we have
for 5 < r < 6 m
2prlE r = 1 ^10 C/mh l
e0
where l is length of the cylinder.
for 5 < r < 6 m
So
E = 10 a r
2pe0 r
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.2.26
Chap 3
181
For View Only

This the field produced by the inner conductor but the fact is that the field inside
the conductor 5 < r < 6 m is zero that gives
6rS@at r = 5 m = e0 6E@at r = 5 : ^- a rh
10 a : (- a ) =- 10 =- 1 C/m2
r
p
2pe0 (5) r m
2p ^ 5 h
= 1 $6 C/m - 6rS @at r = 5 2p ^5 h.
2p ^6 h
= 1 ^6 + 10h = 4
12p
3p
= e0 c
and
6rS@at r = 6 m

From the symmetry associated with the charge distribution the electric field must
be radially directed. As, there is no charge enclosed by the surface r = 2 m so we
get
for r < 2 m
Er = 0
Now from the conductor-free space boundary condition we have the surface charge
density on the boundary surface defined as
rs = e0 En
where En is the normal component of the electric field intensity in the free space.
So the charge density at r = 2 m is
rS1 = Er = 0
Therefore the total charge will be concentrated over the outer surface which is
given as
Q
rS2 =
= 9 = 1 C/m2
4pr2 2p ^3h2 8p
SOL 3.2.29

From the boundary condition for the charge carrying interface, the tangential
component of electric field on either side of the surface will be same.
i.e.
E1t = E2t
while the normal components are related as
r
E1n - E2n = s
e0
now as the field intensity in the region z < 0 is
E2 = 2ax + 3ay - 2az
So the tangential component, E2t = 2ax + 3ay
and the normal component, E2n =- 2az
Therefore the field components in region ^z > 0h are
E1t = E2t = 2ax + 3ay
-9
r
and
E1n = E2n + s = ;- 2 + 2 # 10 -12 E az = 224az
e0
8.85 # 10
So the net field intensity in the region z > 0 is
E1 = E1t + E1n = 2ax + 3ay + 224az
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.28
182
Chap 3
For View Only

SOL 3.2.30
As the dielectric slab occupies the region x > 0 and the electric field in the free
space is directed along ax so, the field will be normal to the boundary surface,
x = 0 of the dielectric slab.
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the interface of dielectrics are
related as
(where Ei is the field inside the dielectric)
er e0 Ei = e0 E

As the dielectric slab occupies the region 0 < y < 1 m and the electric field in the
free space is directed along ay so, the field will be normal to both the boundary
surfaces y = 0 and y = 1.
So from the boundary condition the field normal to the interface of dielectrics are
related as
(where Ei is the field inside the dielectric)
eEi = e0 E
^1 + y h2
since e = 4e0 2
Ei = e0 ^1 + y h2 E =
4a
4e0
4 ^ yh
^1 + y h
2
= ^1 + y h ay
So the polarization inside the dielectric is
P = eEi - e0 Ei
= 4e0 2 Ei - e0 Ei = e 4e0 2 - e0 o^1 + y h2 ay
^1 + y h
^1 + y h
2
= 84 - ^1 + y h B e0 ay
Now for a given polarization P inside a dielectric material, the surface charge
density over the surface of dielectric is defined as
rpS = P : an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the dielectric.
So, the bound surface charge density at y = 0 is
(an =- ay )
6rps@at y = 0 = P : ^- ay h
2
y=0
= 64 - ^1 + y h@ e0 ^- 1h =-^4 - 1h e0 =- 3e0
and the surface charge density at y = 1 m is
(an = ay )
6rps@at y = 1 = P : ây h
2
= 84 - ^1 + y h B e0 ^1 h = ^4 - 4h e0 = 0
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.2.31
(er = 5)
co
Ei = E = 10ax = 2ax
5
er
So, the polarization inside the dielectric is
P = ê - e0h Ei = ^5e0 - e0h Ei = 8e0 ax

As calculated in previous question, polarization inside the dielectric is
P = 64 - ^1 + y h@ e0 ay
Since for a given polarization P inside a material, the bound volume charge density
inside the material is defined as
SOL 3.2.32
Chap 3
For View Only
183
rpv =- d : P
So the volume charge density inside the dielectric is
rv =- 2 84 - ^1 + y h2B e0
2y
= 2 ^1 + y h e0
So when we move from y = 0 to y = 1 m , the volume charge density will be linearly
increasing.
As the charge is being located at origin so the field intensity due to it will be in
radial direction and normal to the surface of the dielectric material.
Therefore the flux density will be uniform(as from boundary condition) and at any
point r inside the dielectric flux density will be
Q
D =
ar
4pr 2
Now it is given that electric field intensity at any point inside the dielectric is
Q
E =
ar
4pe0 b2
and since in a medium of permittivity e = er e0 the flux density is defined as
D = er e0 E
So for the given field we have
Q
Q
ar = er e0 c
ar
4p r 2
4pe0 b2 m
2
er = b2
r
SOL 3.2.34

Consider the parallel sheets arrangement as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.33
Electric field intensity at any point P due to the uniformly charged plane with
charge density rS is defined as
r
E = S an
2e
where an is the unit vector normal to the plane directed toward point P and e is
the permittivity of the medium.
184
Chap 3
For View Only

So the field intensity inside the dielectric due to the left sheet will be
at
e
he
lp.
co
-9
E1 = 5 # 10 ây h
ân = ay h
2e
and again the field intensity inside the dielectric due to right sheet will be
-9
-9
E2 = - 5 # 10 ^- ay h = 5 # 10 ay
ân =- ay h
2e
2e
so the net field intensity inside the dielectric will be
-9
E = E1 + E2 = 5 # 10 ay
e
Since the field intensity is uniform inside the dielectric So potential difference
between the plates will be directly given as
V = E # (distance between the plates)
-9
= 5 # 10 # 2 = 2.824 # 102 Volt = 283 kV
ê = 4e0h
4e0
As calculated in previous question the electric field between the two dielectrics
having surface charge densities rS and - rS is
r
E = S
e
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the sheets.
r
r
So electric field in slab 1 is
E1 = S = S
e
2e0
r
r
and electric field in slab 2 is
E2 = S = S
e
4e0
Since the electric field between the sheets is uniform so the potential difference
V = E # ^distanceh = E1^1 mh + E2 ^2 mh
-9
r
r
r
= S (1) + S ^2 h = s = 0.6 # 10 -12
e0
2e0
4e0
8.85 # 10
= 57.8 Volt
SOL 3.2.35
ww
w.
g

As calculated in previous question the electric field between the two dielectrics
having surface charge densities rS and - rS is
r
E = S
e
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the sheets.
r
r
So electric field in slab 1 is
E1 = S = S
e
2e0
r
r
and electric field in slab 2 is
E2 = S = S
e
4e0
Since the electric field between the sheets is uniform so the potential difference
Chap 3
185
For View Only

V = E # ^distanceh = E1^1 mh + E2 ^2 mh
r
r
r
= S (1) + S ^2 h = s
e0
2e0
4e0
SOL 3.2.37
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.36
-9
= 0.6 # 10 -12 = 64.8 Volt
8.85 # 10
The electric field between the plates carrying charge densities + rS0 and - rS0 is
defined as
r
E = S0
e
where e is the permittivity of the medium between the plates.
Now consider that near the plate 1 permittivity is e1 and near the plate 2, permittivity
is e2 . So at any distance x from plate 1 permittivity is given by
(Since the permittivity is linearly increasing)
e = e1 + a e2 - e1 k x
d
So the field intensity at any point in the medium will be
rS0
E =
e
e1 + a 2 - e1 k x
d
Therefore the potential difference between the plates will be
d
d
rS0
r d
rS0
ln :e1 + a e2 - e1 k x D = S0 ln a e2 k
V =
dx =
e
e
e
e1
e
e
d
2
1
2 - e1
2
1
>a
H
0 e +
1
a 2 kx
d k
0
Assume that the surface charge densities on the plates is !rS0 so the electric field
intensity between the plates will be
r
E = S0
e0
and the potential difference between the plates will be given by
V = E # (Distance between plates)
r
5 # 103 = b S0 l # ^0.5 # 10-2h
e0
Therefore the surface charge density is
^8.85 # 10-12h # ^5 # 103h
rS0 =
= 8.85 mC
^0.5 # 10-2h

The capacitor of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as
C = eS
d
st
So, the capacitance in 1 dielectric region will be
C1 = e1 S = 3e0 S
1
1
nd
and the capacitance in 2 dielectric region
SOL 3.2.38
186
For View Only
Chap 3

Consider the dielectric slab is of thickness t and d1 , d2 are the remaining width in
the medium as shown in the figure.
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.2.39
C2 = e2 S = 2e0 S
3
3
st
Therefore the voltage drop in 1 dielectric region is
(where V is total voltage drop)
V1 = C2 V
C1 + C 2
^2e0 S/3h
=
Volt
^9 Volth = 18
11
3e0 S + 23 e0 S
3e0 S
82 Volt
and similarly,
V2 = C1 V =
^9 h = 11
C1 + C 2
3e0 S + 2e0 S3
ww
w.
g
Now the capacitance of the whole configuration will be considered as the three
capacitors (capacitance in the three regions) connected in series as shown in the
figure
C1 = e1 S ,
C2 = e2 S and C 3 = e1 S
t
d1
d2
The equivalent capacitance, is defined as
1 = 1 + 1 + 1 = t + ^d1 + d2h
eS
eS
Ceq
C1 C 2 C 3
Since t ; ^d1 + d2h will be constant although if the dielectric slab is moved leftward
or rightward so the equivalent capacitance will be constant. But if the slab is
pulled outward then the capacitance will change as the effective surface area of the
capacitance due to dielectric slab changes.
So,
SOL 3.2.40

Since, the wire is coated with aluminum So,the configuration can be treated as the
Chap 3
187
SOL 3.2.41
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

two resistance connected in parallel and therefore, the field potential will be same
across both the material or we can say that the field intensity will be same inside
both material.
i.e.
Est = Eal
where
Est " Field intensity insteel
Eal " Field intensity in aluminum.
Jst = Jal
or,
sst
sal
where
Jst " current density in steel
Jal " current density in aluminum
sst " conductivity of steel
sal " conductivity of aluminum
Jst = sst = 2 # 106 = 1
So, we get,
sal
Jal
3.8 # 107 19
...(1)
Jal = 19Jst
Now, the total current through the wire is given as,
I = Jst ^pa2h + Jal ^pb2 - pa2h
where
a " cross sectional radius of inner surface (steel wire)
b " cross sectional radius of outer surface (with coating)
Since, thickness of coating is
t = 2 # 10-3
So,
b = a + t = ^2 # 10-3h + ^2 # 10-3h = ^4 # 10-3h
Therefore, we get,
80 = Jst p ^4 # 10-6h + Jal 6p ^16 # 10-6h - p ^4 # 10-6h@
or,
80 = Jst p ^4 # 10-6h + 19Jst 6p ^12 # 10-6h@
(from eq.(1))
80
5
2
So,
Jst =
= 1.10 # 10 A/m
232p # 10-6
Given, the potential field in free space
V = 403 cos q sin f
r
So, the potential at point P (r = 2 , q = p , f = p ) is given as

3
2
VP = 403 cos a p k sin a p k = 2.5 Volt
3
2
^2 h
Now, as the conducting surface is equipotential, so, the potential at any point on
the conducting surface will be equal to the potential at point P .
i.e.
V = VP = 2.5 Volt
40
or
cos q sin f = 2.5
r3
This is the equation of the conducting surface.
16 cos q sin f = r3
***********
188
For View Only
Chap 3
SOLUTIONS 3.3

The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is defined as
-12
-4
C = eo A = 8.85 # 10 -3 # 10 = 8.85 # 10-13
d
10
The charge stored on the capacitor is
Q = CV = 8.85 # 10-13 = 4.427 # 10-13
Therefore, the displacement current in one cycle
Q
I = = fQ = 4.427 # 10-13 # 3.6 # 109 = 2.59 mA
T
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.1
( f = 3.6 GHz )

The electric field of the EM wave in medium 1 is given as
E1 = 2ax - 3ay + 1az
Since the interface lies in the x = 0 plane so, the tangential and normal components
of the field intensity in medium 1 are
E1t =- 3ay + ay and E1n = 2ax
From the boundary condition, tangential component of electric field is uniform. So,
we get the tangential component of the field intensity in medium 2 as
E2t = E1t =- 3ay + ay
Again from the boundary condition the for normal component of electric flux
density are uniform
i.e.
D1n = D2n
or
e1 E1n = e2 E2n
So, we get
1.5eo 2ax = 2.5eo E2n
or
E2n = 3 ax = 1.2ax
2.5
Thus, the net electric field intensity in the medium 2 is
E2 = E2t + E2n =- 3ay + az + 1.2ax
SOL 3.3.3

The surface charge density on a conductor is equal to the electric flux density at
its boundary.
i.e.
( e = 80eo )
s = D = eE = 80e0 E
= 80 # 8.854 # 10-12 # 2 = 1.41 # 10-9 C/m 2
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 3.3.2
Chap 3
189
co
For View Only

SOL 3.3.4
The configuration shown in the figure can be considered as the three capacitors
connected in parallel as shown below
SOL 3.3.5
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
Now, consider the distance between the two plate is d and the total surface area of
the plates is S . So, for the three individual capacitors the surface area is S/3 and
the separation is d . Therefore, we get,
e0 e1 ^S/3h
C1 =
d
e0 e2 ^S/3h
C2 =
d
e0 e3 ^S/3h
C3 =
d
Since, the three capacitance are in parallel So, the equivalent capacitance is
Ceq = C1 + C2 + C 3
e0 e1 ^S/3h e0 e2 ^S/3h e0 e3 ^S/3h
=
+
+
d
d
d
e
e
+
e
+
e
e
+
e2 + 2e3 C
S
5
eS
2
3
= b 0 lc 1
m =b 1
bC = d0 l
l
3
3
d
The electric field is equal to the negative gradient of electric potential at the point.
i.e.
E =- dV
Given, electric potential
V = 4x + 2
So,
E =- 4ax V/m

The angle formed by the electric field vector in two mediums are related as
tan a1 = e1
tan a2
e2
So, for the given field vectors we have,
tan 60c = 3
tan a2
3
tan a2 = 1
or
a2 = tan-1 ^1 h = 45c
SOL 3.3.6
190
Chap 3
For View Only

SOL 3.3.7
The tangential component of electric field on conducting surface is zero (since the
surface conducts current) So, under static condition we have,
- dV = E = 0
or
V = constant
i.e. the conducting surface is equipotential.
So, (A) and (R) both true and R is correct explanation of A.
Since, the electric field is incident normal to the slab. So, the electric field intensity
Êi h inside the slab is given as
eEi = e0 E 0
co
SOL 3.3.8
e0 ^6ax h
= 2ax
3e0
Therefore, the polarization inside the slab is given as
Pi = e0 Xe Ei
where Xe is electric susceptibility defined as Xe = er - 1. So, we have
Pi = e0 ^3 - 1h Ei = 4e0 ax
he
lp.
Ei =

Due to both the line charge and concentric circular conductors, the equipotential
surfaces are circular (cylinder) i.e. concentric equipotential lines.
The flux lines due to both the configurations (line charge and concentric circular
conductors) are in straight radial direction.
SOL 3.3.10

Capacitance of 1st plate is given as
e ^1 # 1h e
=
C 1 = eS 1 =
d
d
d
nd
The capacitance of 2 plate is
e ^3 # 2h 6e
=
C 2 = eS 2 =
d
d
d
So, the ratio of capacitances is
C2 = 4
C1
Consider the dielectric material with permittivity e1 is replaced by a dielectric
material with permittivity e2 .
The capacitance of parallel plate capacitor is defined as
C = eS
d
i.e. the capacitance depends on the permittivity of the medium and so, due to the
replacement of the material between the plates the capacitance changes.
Now, the charge is kept constant
SOL 3.3.11
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 3.3.9
Chap 3
191
For View Only

i.e.
Q1 = Q 2
or,
C1 V1 = C2 V2
So, due to the change in capacitance voltage on the capacitor changes and therefore
the electric field intensity between the plates changes.
The stored energy in the capacitance is defined as
Q2
W =
2C
As total stored charge Q is kept constant while capacitance changes so, the stored
energy in the capacitance also changes.
Thus, all the three given quantities changes due to the replacement of material
between the plates.
According to continuity equation we have
2r
d : J =- v
2t
2rv
As for electrostatic field
= 0 so, we get
2t
d:J = 0
SOL 3.3.13

Electrostatic fields only.
SOL 3.3.14

Surface or sheet resistivity is defined as resistance per unit surface area. So, the
unit of surface resistivity is Ohm/sq. meter.
SOL 3.3.15

Since a conducting surface is equipotential so no electric field component exists
tangential to the surface and therefore the electric field lines are normal to a
conducting surface boundary.
SOL 3.3.16

Surface resistance of a metal is defined as
wm
2pfm
Rs .
=
2s
2s
So, as frequency ( f ) increases the surface resistance increases.
SOL 3.3.17

When we determine force using method of images then in this method, the
conducting surface is being removed and an additional distribution of charge is
being introduced symmetrical to the existing charge distribution.
SOL 3.3.18

The conducting surface is equipotential and since the potential at infinity is zero
so, the potential every where on a conducting surface of infinite extent is zero.
Since the conducting surface is equipotential so displacement density on a conducting
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.12
192
Chap 3
For View Only

surface is normal to the surface.
So A and R both true but R is not correct explanation of A.
Capacitance,
C = 5 pF = 5 # 10-2 F
Charge on capacitance,
Q = 0.1 mC = 0.1 # 10-6 C
The energy stored in the capacitor is defined as
2
^0.1 # 10-6h
Q2
W =
=
= 1 mJ
2C
2 # 5 # 10-12
SOL 3.3.20

Consider the charge of 1 C is placed near a grounded conducting plate at a distance
of 1 m as shown in figure.
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.19

Fringing field has been shown below in the figure
ww
SOL 3.3.21
w.
g
Using image of the charge we have one negative charge opposite side of the plate at
the same distance as shown in the figure and the force between them is
^1 h^- 1h
= -1 2 = -1 N
F =
16pe0
4pe0 r2
4pe0 ^2 h
Negative sign indicates that the direction of force is attractive.
The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is given as

Chap 3
For View Only
193
C = e0 er A
d
It is valid only when the fringing is not taken into account. Now, the fringing field
can be ignored only when the separation d between the plates is much less than
the plate dimensions. So, for the fringing field taken under consideration, A/d is
tending towards infinity.
The capacitance of a solid infinitely conducting sphere is defined as
C = 4pe0 R .
where R is radius of the solid sphere.
SOL 3.3.23

The electric potential produced by a point charge Q at the a distance r from it is
defined as
Q
V =
4per
where e is permittivity of the medium. So, the electric potential produced by the
point charge + 10 mC at the centre of the sphere is
-6
Q
(Given r = 5 cm )
V =
= 10 # 10 -2
4peo r
4pe0 ^5 # 10 h
As the surface of sphere is grounded so, the total voltage on the spherical capacitor
will be equal to the potential at its centre as calculated above.
Now, the capacitance of the isolated sphere is defined as
C = 4pea
where a is the radius of the sphere. Therefore, the induced charge stored on the
sphere is given as
^10 # 10-6h
Qind = CV = ^4pe0 a h
4pe0 ^5 # 10-2h
^2 # 10-2h # ^10 # 10-6h
(Given a = 2 cm )
=
^5 # 10-2h
= 5 # 10-6 C = 5 mC
SOL 3.3.24

Given electric field
E = E 0 sin wt
The conduction current is defined as
Jc = s Ê h = sE 0 sin wt
where s is conductivity and E is electric field intensity.
and the displacement current density is
Jd = 2D = e2E
2t
2t
= eE 0 ^w cos wt h = ewE 0 sin a p - wt k
2
So the phase difference between Jc and Jd is 90c.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.22
194
Chap 3
For View Only

SOL 3.3.25
Method of images are used for the charge distribution at a distance from the
grounded plane conductor.
Given
Capacitance of condenser,C = 0.005 mF = 5 # 10-9 F
Supply voltage,
V = 500 V
(immersed oil)
Permittivity of oil,
er = 2.5
So, the energy stored in condenser before immersion is
W = 1 CV 2 = 1 # 5 # 10-9 # ^500h2
2
2
= 6.25 # 10-4 J
After immersing the condenser in oil the capacitance changes while the total charge
remains same.
i.e.
Qafter immersion = Qbefore immersion = ^5 # 10-9h^500h
= 2.5 # 10-6 Coulomb
The capacitance of the condenser after immersion is
Cafter immersion = er C
= ^2.5h^5 # 10-9h = 1.25 # 10-8 F
Therefore, the stored energy in the condenser immersed in oil is
^2.5 # 10-6h
Q2
-4
,
J
W =
=
-8 = 2.5 # 10
2C(after immersion)
2 ^1.25 # 10 h
Given,
Capacitance,
C = 3 mF = 3 # 10-6 F
Current,
I = 2 mA = 2 # 10-6 A
Charging time,
t = 6 sec
So, the total charge stored on capacitor is
Q = Charge transferred
= It = ^2 # 10-6h^6 h
Therefore, the voltage across the charged capacitor is
^2 # 10-6h^8 h
Q
V = =
C
4 # 10-6
= 5 Volt
SOL 3.3.28
ww
w.
g
SOL 3.3.27
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.26

Given, the total charge on capacitor = V
(1) Electric field between the plates will be given as
E =- dV
which is independent of permittivity of the material filled in capacitor so E
will be constant.
(2) The displacement flux density inside the capacitor is given as
Chap 3
For View Only
195

D = eE
As E is constant while permittivity is doubled so D will also be doubled.
(3) The charge stored on the plates is given as

Q = CV
where V is constant but capacitance C will be doubled as it is directly
proportional to the permittivity given as
C = eS
d
So, the charge on plates will be get doubled.
Therefore, the statements 2 and 4 are correct.
co

Since, resistance doesnt store any energy. So, the energy stored in the coil is only
due to inductance and given as
W = 1 LI 2
2
where L is the inductance and I is the current flowing in the circuit. At the fully
charged condition, inductor is short circuit and therefore, current through the
circuit is
I = V = 50 = 10 A
5
R
So, the energy stored in the field (in the inductor) is
W = 1 ^0.6h^10h2 = 30 Joules
2
The normal component of electric flux density ^D h across a dielectric-dielectric
boundary is given as
D1n - D2n = rs
where rs is the surface charge density at the interface.
So, the normal components of electric flux density across a dielectric-dielectric
boundary is dependent on the magnitude of surface charge density.
SOL 3.3.30
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 3.3.29
(4) As discussed already, the capacitance will get doubled.
SOL 3.3.31

Statement 1, 2 and 4 are correct while statement 3 is incorrect.
SOL 3.3.32

The capacitance of an insulated conducting sphere of radius R in vacuum is
C = 4pe0 R

Maximum withstand voltage is the value that the dielectric between capacitor
plates can toterate without any electrical breakdown. Maximum withstand voltage
is larger for any dielectric material than that for free space (air).
Since the maximum withstand voltage across the capacitor filled with air is V so
SOL 3.3.33
196
Chap 3
For View Only

the maximum withstand withstand voltage for the composite capacitor will be also
V as the capacitors are connected in parallel. Now, the capacitance before filling
the dielectric is
C = e0 A
d
and after filling the dielectric
Ceq = C1 + C2
A/2
A/2
= 4e0
+ e0
= 5e0 A
d
d
2d
lp.
co
So, the stored charge Q1 after filling dielectric is determined as below

Q
(Since voltage is constant)
= C
Q1 Ceq
Q 5e0 A
2d = 2.5Q
or,
Q1 =
e0 A
d
Therefore, the maximum withstand voltage of the capacitor is V and charge is
2.5Q .
Since, the potential on both sides of plate will be same (Consider the potential is
V ). So, the charge densities on the two sides is determined as below :
r2 = C l2 V
and
r1 = C l1 V
where C l2 and C l1 are the capacitance per unit area of the capacitance formed by
the region d1 and d2 .
e0 V
r1
l
C
d
1V
Therefore,
=
= 1
= d2
r 2 C l2 V
e0 V
d1
d2
SOL 3.3.35

Electric flux density in a polarized dielectric is defined as
D = P + e0 E
SOL 3.3.36

Image theory is applicable only for static charge distribution (electrostatic field).
SOL 3.3.37

The equivalent capacitance of series connected capacitance has the value less than
the smallest capacitance here the smallest capacitance is C6 so the total capacitance
is less then C6
i.e.
Ceq < C6
or
Ceq . C6
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 3.3.34
Chap 3
197
SOL 3.3.40
he

Electric flux density,
D = 1 C/m2
Relative permittivity,
er = 5
Since, the normal component of flux density is uniform at the boundary surface of
two medium so, the flux density inside the slab is
D = 1 C/m2
Therefore, the polarization of the slab is given as
P = b er - 1 l D = 4 # 1 = 0.8
er
8
The capacitance of a isolated spherical capacitor of radius R is defined as
C = 4pe0 R
Since the two spheres are identical and separated by a distance very much larger
then R. So, it can be assumed as the series combination of capacitances. Therefore,
the net capacitance between two spheres is given as
^4pe0 Rh^4pe0 Rh
i.e.
C = C1 C 2 =
= 2pe0 R
4pe0 R + 4pe0 R
C1 + C 2
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 3.3.39
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 3.3.38
Given, the electric field intensity in medium 1.
E1 = 5ax - 2ay + 3az
Since, the medium interface lies in plane z = 0 .
So, we get the field components as
E1t = 5ax - 2ay
and
E1n = 3az
Now, From the boundary condition for electric field we have
E1t = E2t
e1 E1n = e2 E2n
So, the field components in medium 2 are
E2t = E1t = 5ax - 2ay
E2n = e1 E1n = 6az
e2
Therefore, the net electric field intensity in medium 2 is given as
E2 = E2t + E2n = 5ax - 2ay + 6az
So, the z -component of the field intensity in medium 2 is
E2z = 6az

For steady current in an arbitrary conductor the current density is given as
J = I
A
and since I is constant So, J is constant and therefore d # J = 0
So, the current density is solenoidal. i.e. Assertion (A) is true.
The reciprocal of resistivity is conductivity. i.e. Reason (R) is false.
SOL 3.3.41
198
Chap 3
For View Only

SOL 3.3.42
Since, the displacement current density is defined as
Jd = 2D
2t
So, it is generated by a change in electric flux and therefore the displacement
current has only A.C. components as derivative of D.C. components is zero.
i.e. A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Dielectric constant,
er = 5
Flux density,
D = 2 C/m2
So, the polarization of the medium is given as
P = b er - 1 l D = 4 # 2 = 2.6 C/m2
er
5
The ohms law in point form in field theory is expressed as below
(For constant voltage)
V = RI
rl
El = JA
A
where l is length integral and A is the cross sectional area. So, we get
E = rJ
E =J
s
i.e.
J = sE
Displacement current density is defined as
Jd = e2E
2t
and the conduction current density is defined as
Jc = sE
for a dielectric e must be larger while conductivity must tend to zero.
So, we get
Jd >> Jc
i.e. displacement current is much greater than conduction current.
ww
w.
g
SOL 3.3.45
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 3.3.44
co
SOL 3.3.43

Conduction current,
Ic = 1 A
Operating frequency,
f = 50 Hz
Medium permittivity,
e = e0
Permeability
m = m0
Conductivity,
s = 5.8 # 10 mho/m
The ratio of conduction current density to the displacement current density is
Jc = s
we
Jd
Ic /A
or,
(A is cross sectional area)
= s
we
Id /A
SOL 3.3.46
Chap 3
For View Only
199

Id = we Ic = 2p # 50 # e0 (1) = 3.3 # 10-11 A
s
5.8 # 10

When there is no charge in the interior of a conductor, the electric field intensity
is zero according to Gausss law the total outward flux through a closed surface is
equal to the charge enclosed.
Now if any charge is introduced inside a closed conducting surface then an electric
field will be setup and the field exerting a force on the charges and making them
move to the conducting surface. So all the charges inside a conductor is distributed
over its surface. Therefore the outward flux through any closed surface constructed
inside the conductor must vanish.
A is false but R is true.
SOL 3.3.48

When the method of images is used for a system consisting of a point charge
between two semi infinite conducting planes inclined at an angle f, the no. of
images is given by
N = c 360c - 1m
f
Here the angle between conducting planes is f = 90c.
So,
N =3
and since all the images lie an a circle so we have the image charges as shown in
figure.
SOL 3.3.49

Consider the two dielectric regions as shown below.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.47
200
Chap 3

The stress is called the force per unit area which is directly proportional to the
electric field intensity and electric field intensity is inversely proportional to the
permittivity of dielectric material.
i.e.
E\1
e
1
E1 = /e0 = 1/e0 = 5
So, ratio of stress is
E2
1/e
1/5e0
lp.
co
SOL 3.3.50
For View Only

Since the field is normal to the interface So, the normal components of the fields
are,
E1n = 1 and E2n = 2
From boundary condition we have
e1 E1n - e2 E2n = rs
(where rs is surface charge density on the interface).
ê0h^1 h - ^2e0h^2 h = rs
rs =- 3e0
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
***********
CHAPTER 4
MAGNESTOSTATIC FIELDS
202
Magnestostatic Fields
EXERCISE 4.1
Assertion (A) : For a static magnetic field the total number of flux lines entering a
given region is equal to the total no. of flux lines leaving the region.
Reason (R) : An isolated magnetic charge doesnt exist.
(A) Both A and R one true and R is the correct explanation of A.
co
MCQ 4.1.1
For View Only
Chap 4
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
lp.

Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below.
(Notations have their usual meaning).
he
MCQ 4.1.2
List-I
1. d : D = rv
Amperes law
b.
Conservative nature of magnetic

field
2.
c.
Gausss law
3. d : B = 0
d.
Non existence of magnetic

monopole
w.
g
at
e
a.
b
1
1
4
4
c
4
4
1
2
ww
Codes :
a
(A) 3
(B)
2
(C) 2
(D) 3
MCQ 4.1.3
List-II
# J : dS = # H : dl
S
4.
# E : dl = 0
d
2
3
3
1
Magnetic field intensity H exists inside a certain closed spherical surface. The
value of d : H will be
(A) 0 at each point inside the sphere.
(B) 0 at the center of the sphere only.
(C) 0 at the outer surface of the sphere only.
(D) Cant be determined as H is not given.
Chap 4
203
For View Only

MCQ 4.1.4
The source which doesnt cause a magnetic field is
(A) A charged disk rotating at uniform speed
(B) An accelerated charge
(C) A charged sphere spinning along its axis
(D) A permanent magnet
A circular loop of radius a , centered at origin and lying in the xy plane, carries
current I as shown in the figure.
lp.
co
MCQ 4.1.5
(C) I az
4a
(C) 0.074af wb/m2

MCQ 4.1.7
(D) 0.074az wb/m2
A circular conducting loop of radius 2 m, centered at origin in the plane z = 0

carries a current of 4 A in the af direction. What will be the magnetic field intensity
at origin ?
(B) az A/m
(A) 1 az A/m
2p
(C) 2az A/m
MCQ 4.1.8
(D) 2I az
a
A conducting filament carries a current 5 A from origin to a point ^3, 0, 4h. Magnetic
field intensity at point (3, 4, 0) due to the filament current will be
(A) 0.23af wb/m2
(B) 0.095af wb/m2
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.1.6
he
The magnetic field intensity a the centre of the loop will be

(B) - I az
(A) I az
2a
2a
(D) - az A/m
The correct configuration that represents magnetic flux lines of a magnetic dipole is
204
For View Only
Chap 4
The correct configuration that represents current I and magnetic field intensity
H is
MCQ 4.1.10
A long straight wire placed along z -axis carries a current of I = 5 A in the + az

direction. The magnetic flux density at a distance r = 5 cm from the wire will be
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 4.1.9
(A) 4 # 10-5 wb/m2

(C) 100 wb/m2
p
MCQ 4.1.11
(B) 2 # 10-5 wb/m2

(D) 2 # 10-6 wb/m2
For the currents and the closed path shown in the figure what will be the value of
ww
# H : dl
Chap 4
For View Only

(A) 30 A

(B) 20 A
(C) - 20 A
(D) 10 A
Two infinitely long wires separated by a distance 2 m , carry currents I in opposite

direction as shown in the figure.
co
MCQ 4.1.12
205
If I = 8 A , then the magnetic field intensity at point P is
In the free space a semicircular loop of radius a carries a current I . What will be
the magnitude of magnetic field intensity at the centre of the loop ?
(B) 2I
(A) I
a
a
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.1.13
(D) - 1 ay
8p
he
(C) 1 ay
8p
(B) - 5 ay
p
lp.
(A) 5 ay
p
(C) I
4a
(D) 4I
a

A long cylindrical wire of cross sectional radius R carries a steady current I
distributed over its outer surface.
MCQ 4.1.14
Magnetic field intensity inside the wire at a distance r (< R) from its center axes
will be
(A) non uniform
(B) zero
(C) uniform and depends on r only
(D) uniform and depends on both r and R

MCQ 4.1.15
The magnetic flux density outside the wire at a distance r (< R) from its center
axes will be proportional to
(A) r
(B) 1/r
(C) r/R
(D) 1/R
206
Chap 4
For View Only

MCQ 4.1.16
Two point charges Q1 and Q2 are located at ^0, 0, 0h and ^1, 1, 1h respectively. A
current of 16 A flows from the point charge Q1 to Q2 along a straight wire connected
between them. What will be the value of B : dl around the closed path formed
by the triangle having the vertices ^1, 0, 0h, ^0, 1, 0h and ^0, 0, 1h ?
(B) 6m0 Wb/m2
(C) 14m0 Wb/m
(D) 6m0 Wb/m
(A) 22m0 Wb/m
Common Data for Question 17 - 18
Magnetic field intensity at origin will be

(B) - 10ay A/m
(A) 11ay A/m
lp.
MCQ 4.1.17
co
An infinite current sheet with uniform current density K = 15ax A/m is located in
the plane z = 2 .
(D) 20ay A/m
(C) 0 A/m
Magnetic field intensity at point (2, - 1, 5) will be

(A) 10ay A/m
(B) - 10ay A/m
he
MCQ 4.1.18
(D) 20ay A/m
(C) 0 A/m
(B) constant
at
e
Two infinite current carrying sheets are placed parallel to each other in free space
such that they carry current in the opposite direction with the same surface current
density. The magnetic flux density in the space between the sheets will be
(A) zero
w.
g
MCQ 4.1.19
(C) linearly increasing from one sheet to other

(D) none of these
In a spherical co-ordinate system magnetic vector potential at point (r, q, f) is given

as A = 12 cos qa q . The magnetic flux density at point (3, 0, p) will be
(A) 4af
(B) 0
ww
MCQ 4.1.20
(D) 36af
(C) 4a q
MCQ 4.1.21
An infinite plane current sheet lying in the plane y = 0 carries a linear current
density K = Kaz A/m . The magnetic field intensity above (y > 0 ) and below
^y < 0h the plane will be
y>0
y<0
(A)
(B)
Ka
2 x
- K ax
2
- K ax
2
Ka
2 x
Chap 4
For View Only

(C)
(D)
- 2Kax
2Kax
- K ay
2
Ka
2 y
In the free space two cylindrical surfaces r = 0.3 cm and r = 0.25 cm carries the
uniform surface current densities 2az A/m and - 0.8az A/m respectively and a
current filament on the entire z -axis carries a current of 14 mA in the + az direction.
What will be the surface current density on the cylindrical surface at r = 8 cm .
which will make the net magnetic field H = 0 for r > 8 cm will be
(B) + 0.13az A/m
(C) 64.3az mA/m
(D) - 0.10az A/m
(A) - 0.13az A/m
co
MCQ 4.1.22
207
The magnetic flux density at point (1, - 2, - 5) will be

(A) 40ax + 6az wb/m2
(C) - 40ax - 80ay - 6az wb/m2
(D) 80ay - 6az wb/m2
The total magnetic flux through the surface z = 4 , 0 # x # 1, - 1 # y # 4 will be
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.1.24
(B) 40ax + 80ay + 6az wb/m2
he
MCQ 4.1.23
lp.
In a cartesian system, vector magnetic potential at a point (x, y, z) is defined as

A = 4x2 yax + 2y2 xay - 3xyzaz wb/m
(A) 20 wb
(B) - 10/3 wb
(C) 40 wb
(D) 130/3 wb

An infinite current sheet with uniform surface current density K = 8ax A/m is
located at z = 0 as shown in figure.
208
Chap 4
For View Only

MCQ 4.1.25
Magnetic flux density at any point above the current sheet (z > 0) will be
(B) 2m0 ay wb/m2
(A) - 2m0 ay wb/m2
m
(D) - m0 ay wb/m2
(C) 0 ay wb/m2
2
MCQ 4.1.26
The vector magnetic potential at z =- 2 will be

(A) 4m0 ax wb/m
(B) - 4m0 ay wb/m
(C) 2m0 ax wb/m
In the free space, magnetic field intensity at any point (r, f, z) is given by
H = 2r2 af A/m . The current density at r = 2 m will be
(B) 24az A/m
(A) 12az A/m
lp.
MCQ 4.1.27
co
(D) - 4m0 ax wb/m
(C) 4az A/m
The current density that would produce the magnetic vector potential A = 2af in
cylindrical coordinates is
he
MCQ 4.1.28
(D) 0
1 a
f
m0 r2
(C) 2 af
m0 r
MCQ 4.1.29
at
e
(A)
(B)
2r2
a
m0 f
(D)
2 a
f
m0 r2
Magnetic field intensity produced due to a current source is given as
w.
g
H = ^2z cos ay h ay + ^4z + ey h ax
The current density over the xz plane will be

(A) âx - ay - az h A/m2
(B) - ax + ay - az
ww
(C) - 2ax + ay - 2az

(D) ax + ay + az
MCQ 4.1.30
Assertion (A) : In a source free region, magnetic field intensity can be expressed as
a gradient of scalar function.
Reason (R) : Current density for a given magnetic field intensity is defined as
J = d#H
(B) A and R both are true and R is not the correct explanation of A.
(D) R is true but A is false.
Chap 4
209
For View Only

MCQ 4.1.31
Magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite cylindrical wire
located along entire z -axis is 3raf A/m . The current density within the conductor
will be
(A) 6raz A/m2
(B) 3az A/m2
(C) 6az A/m2
(D) 3raz A/m2
An electron beam of radius a travelling in az direction, the current density is given
as
r
For r < a
J = 2 a1 - k az
a
The magnetic field intensity at the surface of the beam will be
(B) a af
(A) a af
6
3
In a certain region consider the magnetic vector potential is A and the current
density is J . Which of the following is the correct relation between J and A ?
(A) dA = J
(B) d2A = m0 J
(C) d # A =- mJ
(D) d2A =- m0 J
A circular loop of wire with radius R = 1.5 m is located in plane x = 0 , centered

at origin. If the loop carries a current I = 7 A flowing in clockwise as viewed from
negative x -axis then, its magnetic dipole moment will be
(A) 0.12ax A- m2
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.1.34
he
MCQ 4.1.33
2
(D) a af
3
lp.
2
(C) 2pa af
3
co
MCQ 4.1.32
(B) - 5.5ax A- m2
(C) 5.5ax A- m2
(D) 22ax A- m2
***********
210
EXERCISE 4.2
In the free space, the positive z -axis carries a filamentary current of 10 A in the
- az direction. Magnetic field intensity at a point (0, 3, 2) due to the filamentary
current will be
(A) - 0.73ax A/m
(B) 1.46ax A/m
co
MCQ 4.2.1
For View Only
(D) 0.73ax A/m
If there is a current filament on the x -axis carrying 4.4 A in ax direction then what
will be the magnetic field intensity at point (4, 2, 3) ?
(A) 0.1 (az - 2ay) A/m
(B) 1.76az - 1.62ay A/m
(D) - 0.1 (2az - ay)
he
(C) (- 1.077az + 1.62ay) A/m
A filamentary conductor is formed into an equilateral triangle of side 2 m that

carries a current of 4 A as shown in figure. The magnetic field intensity at the
center of the triangle will be
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 4.2.3
lp.
(C) 0.40ax A/m

MCQ 4.2.2
Chap 4
MCQ 4.2.4
(A) 9 az A/m
p
(B) 3 az A/m
p
(C) 6 az A/m
p
(D) 0
A current sheet K = 4ay A/m flows in the region - 2 < z < 2 in the plane x = 0 .
Magnetic field intensity at point P (3, 0, 0) due to the current sheet will be
(A) - 1.5az A/m
(B) - 0.75az A/m
(C) + 0.75az A/m
(D) - 2.1az A/m
Chap 4
211
For View Only

MCQ 4.2.5
In the plane z = 0 a disk of radius 3 m , centered at origin carries a uniform
surface charge density rS = 2 C/m2 . If the disk rotates about the z -axis at an
angular velocity w = 2 rad/s then the magnetic field intensity at the point P (0, 0, 1)
will be
(A) az A/m
(B) 2az A/m
(C) ay A/m
A square conducting loop of side 1 m carries a steady current of 2 A. Magnetic flux

density at the center of the square loop will be.
(B) 0.45 Wb/m2
(A) 17.78 # 10-7 Wb/m2
MCQ 4.2.6
(D) 2ay A/m
(C) 2.26 # 10-6 Wb/m2
co
A filamentary conductor is formed into a loop ABCD as shown in figure. If it

carries a current of 5.2 A then the magnetic field intensity at point P will be
MCQ 4.2.8
MCQ 4.2.9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
MCQ 4.2.7
(D) 4 # 10-7 Wb/m2
(A) 0.2 A/m
(B) 0.8 A/m
(C) 0.26 A/m
(D) 1.01 A/m
The magnetic field intensity at point P due to the steady current configurations
shown in figure will be
(A) 0.82 A m
(B)0.32 A m
(C) 0.5 A m
(D) 0.18 A m
In the plane z = 5 m a thin ring of radius, a = 3 m is placed such that z -axis passes
through its center. If the ring carries a current of 50 mA in af direction then the
magnetic field intensity at point (0, 0, 1) will be
(A) 0.9az mA/m
(B) 1.8az mA/m
(C) 0.6az mA/m

(D) 0.5az A/m
212
Chap 4
For View Only

MCQ 4.2.10
An infinite solenoid (infinite in both direction) consists of 1000 turns per unit
length wrapped around a cylindrical tube. If the solenoid carries a current of 4 mA
then the magnetic field intensity at its axis will be
(A) 4 A/m
(B) 0
(C) 2000 A/m
(D) 0.2 A/m
Magnetic field intensity inside the inner solenoid will be
(A) - 3ay A/m
MCQ 4.2.12
(B) + 3ay A/m

(D) + 6ay A/m
The magnetic field intensity in the region between the two solenoids will be
(A) 3ay A/m
(B) 0
(C) 6ay A/m
(D) - 3ay A/m
The magnetic field outside the outer solenoid will be

(A) 6ay A/m
(B) - 3ay A/m
(C) 0
ww
MCQ 4.2.13
w.
g
(C) - 6ay A/m
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 4.2.11
co
The two long coaxial solenoids of radius a and b carry current I = 6 mA but in
opposite directions. Solenoids are placed along y -axis as shown in figure. The inner
solenoid has 2000 turns per unit length and outer solenoid has 1000 turns per unit
length.
(D) + 3ay A/m

In a cartesian system two parallel current sheets of surface current density
K1 = 3az A/m and K2 =- 3az A/m are located at x = 2 m and x =- 2 m
respectively. The net vector and scalar potential due to the sheets are zero at a
point P (1, 2, 5).
MCQ 4.2.14
Consider the scalar potential at any point (x, y, z) in the region between the two
Chap 4
213
MCQ 4.2.16
The vector potential at origin will be

(A) 3m0 az Wb/m
(B) - 3m0 az Wb/m
(C) 0
(D) - 3 Wb/m
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.2.15
he
lp.
co
For View Only

planar sheets is Vm . The plot of Vm versus y will be
A long cylindrical wire lying along z -axis carries a total current I 0 = 15 mA as

shown in the figure. The current density inside the wire at a distance r from its
axis is given by J \ r .
If the cross sectional radius of the wire is 2 cm then the magnetic flux density at
r = 1 cm will be
(B) 6.25 # 10-4 Wb/m2
(A) 25 nWb/m2
(C) 1.25 nWb/m2
(D) 12.5 nWb/m2
214
Chap 4
For View Only

MCQ 4.2.17
Magnetic field intensity is given in a certain region as
x2 yz
xyz2
H =
ax + 3x2 z2 ay a A/m
1+x
y+1 z
The total current passes through the surface x = 2 m , 1 # y # 4 m , 3 # z # 4 m
in ax direction will be
(A) - 259 A
(B) 259 A
(D) 1.98 # 103 A
(C) 18.2 A
A phonograph record of radius 1 m carries a uniform surface charge density

rS = 20 C/m2 . If it is rotating with an angular velocity w = 0.1 rad/s ; then the
magnetic dipole moment will be
(A) 4p A- m2
(B) p/2 A- m2
(C) 2p A- m2
(D) 2p A- m2
3
lp.
co
MCQ 4.2.18
he
A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius r is spinning with angular velocity

w = 6 rad/s about the z -axis. The sphere is centered at origin and carries a total
charge 5 C which is uniformly distributed over its volume.
The plot of magnetic dipole moment of the sphere, m (r) versus the radius of the
sphere, r will be
MCQ 4.2.20
The average magnetic field intensity within the sphere will be

(B) 2 az
(A) 2 a q
pr
pr
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 4.2.19
(C) 2 a q
(D) 1 az
2pr
r
Chap 4
215
For View Only

MCQ 4.2.21
A rectangular coil, lying in the plane x + 3y - 1.5z = 3.5 carries a current 7 A such
that the magnetic moment of the coil is directed away from the origin. If the area
of the rectangular coil is 0.1 m2 then the magnetic moment of the coil will be
(A) - 0.2ax - 0.2ay + 0.3az A- m2
(B) 2ax + 6ay - 3az A- m2
(C) 1.4ax + 4.2ay - 2.1az A- m2
(D) 0.2ax + 0.6ay - 0.3az A- m2
Vector magnetic potential in a certain region of free space is A = (6y - 2z) ax + 4xzay
The electric current density at any point (x, y, z) will be
(A) (- 8ax + 2ay + 6az ) A/m2
(B) (3ay + az ) A/m2
(D)
1
m0
(8ax + 2ay - 6az ) A/m2
co
(C) 0
MCQ 4.2.22
lp.
MCQ 4.2.23
ww
w.
ga
te
he
A circular toroid with a rectangular cross section of height h = 5 m , carries a

current I = 10 A flowing in 105 turns of closely wound wire around it as shown in
figure. The inner and outer radii of toroid are a = 1 m and b = 2 m respectively.
The total magnetic flux across the circular toroid will be

(A) 1.39 Wb
(B) 0.14 Wb
(C) 15.1 Wb
MCQ 4.2.24
If the magnetic flux is found by multiplying the cross sectional area by the flux
density at the mean radius then what will be the percentage of error ?
(A) - 4.31%
(B) - 3.14%
(C) - 4.61%
MCQ 4.2.25
(D) 0 Wb
(D) - 6.14%
Magnetizing force at any point P on z -axis due to a semi infinite current element
placed along positive x -axis is H . If one more similar current element is placed
along positive y -axis then the resultant magnetizing force at the point P will be
(A) H/ 2
(B) 2 H
(C) 2H
(D) - 2 H
216
Chap 4
For View Only

MCQ 4.2.26
An infinitely long straight wire carrying current 5 A and a square loop of side 2 m
are coplanar as shown in the figure. The distance between side AB of square loop
and the straight wire is 4 m. What will be the total magnetic flux crossing through
the rectangular loop ?
(B) 81.1 mWb
co
(A) 2.55 mWb

(C) 0.81 mWb
lp.
A 1.5 m square loop is lying in x -y plane such that one of its side is parallel to y
-axis and the centre of the loop is 0.3 m away from the y -axis. How much current
must flow through the entire y -axis for which the magnetic flux through the loop
is 5 # 10-5 Tesla m2 ?
(A) 417 A
(B) 834 A
he
MCQ 4.2.27
(D) 8.11 mWb
(C) 208.5 A
at
e
A L-shaped filamentary wire with semi infinite long legs making an angle 90c at
origin and lying in y -z plane as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
g
MCQ 4.2.28
(D) 280 A
If the current flowing in the wire is I = 4 A then the magnetic flux density at
^2 m, 0, 0h will be
(A) - 2 # 10-7 ây + az h Wb/m2
(B) 2 # 10-7 ây + az h Wb/m2
(C) - 4 # 10-7 ây + az h Wb/m2
(D) 4 # 10-7 ây + az h Wb/m2

An infinitely long straight conductor of cylindrical cross section and of radius R
carries a current I , which is uniformly distributed over the conductor cross section.
Chap 4
217
For View Only

MCQ 4.2.29
If the conductor is located along z -axis then the magnetic flux density at a distance
r (> R) from the cylindrical axis will be
m Ir
mI
(A) 0 2 af
(B) 0 2 af
2pR
2pr
m Ir2
mI
(C) 0 af
(D) 0 2 af
2p
R
MCQ 4.2.30
Magnetic flux density at a distance r (> R) from the cylindrical axis will be
proportional to
(B) 12
(A) 1
r
r
(D) r2
(C) r
co
Consider a filamentary wire is bent to form a square loop of side 3 m lying in the
x -y plane as shown in the figure. If the current flowing in the wire is I = 1 A then
the magnetic flux density at the center of the loop will be
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
MCQ 4.2.31
(A) 2 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2

(C) 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2
MCQ 4.2.32
(B) 4 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2

(D) - 4 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2
An infinitely long straight wire carrying a current 20 A and a circular loop of wire
carrying a current I are coplanar as shown in the figure.
The radius of the circular loop is 10 cm and the distance of the centre of the loop
from the straight wire is 1 m. If the net magnetic field intensity at the centre of the
loop is zero then the current I is
(A) p2 A
(B) 20p A
(C)
p
2
(D) 2p A
218
Chap 4
For View Only

MCQ 4.2.33
The magnitude of the magnetic field intensity produced at center of a square loop
of side a carrying current I is
(B) 2 I
(A) 2 2 I
pa
pa
I
(D) 8I
pa
2 pa
For the single turn loop of current shown in the figure the magnetic field intensity
at the center point P of the semi circular portion will be
(C)
lp.
co
MCQ 4.2.34
(B) 5.8 A/m inward
he
(A) 5.8 A/m outward

(C) 3.8 A/m outward
Two perfect conducting infinite parallel sheets separated by a distance 2 m carry

uniformly distributed surface currents with equal and opposite densities 4ax and
- 4ax respectively as shown in figure.
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 4.2.35
(D) 3.8 A/m inward
The medium between the two sheets is free space. What will be the magnetic flux
between the sheets per unit length along the direction of current ?
(A) 0
(B) 8m0 ay Wb/m
(C) - 8m0 ay Wb/m
(D) - 4m0 ay Wb/m

***********
Chap 4
EXERCISE 4.3
For View Only
219
GATE 2012
The magnetic field at a distance r from the center of the wire is proportional to
(A) r for r < a and 1/r 2 for r > a
(B) 0 for r < a and 1/r for r > a
(C) r for r < a and 1/r for r > a
MCQ 4.3.2
A hole of radius b (b < a) is now drilled along the length of the wire at a distance
d from the center of the wire as shown below.
ww
w.
ga
te
GATE 2012
he
(D) 0 for r < a and 1/r 2 for r > a
lp.
MCQ 4.3.1
co
An infinitely long uniform solid wire of radius a carries a uniform dc current of

density J
The magnetic field inside the hole is

(A) uniform and depends only on d
(B) uniform and depends only on b
(C) uniform and depends on both b and d

(D) non uniform
MCQ 4.3.3
GATE 2009
Two infinitely long wires carrying current are as shown in the figure below. One
wire is in the y - z plane and parallel to the y - axis. The other wire is in the x - y
plane and parallel to the x - axis. Which components of the resulting magnetic
field are non-zero at the origin ?
220
co
For View Only
Chap 4
(A) x, y, z components
(B) x, y components
(C) y, z components
IES EC 2012
A flux of 2.2 mWb exerts in a magnet having a cross-section of 30 cm2 . The flux
density in tesla is
(A) 4
(B) 0.4
lp.
MCQ 4.3.4
(D) x, z components
IES EC 2010
The magnetic flux density B and the vector magnetic potential A are related as
(B) A = 4# B
(A) B = 4# A
(C) B = 4: A
IES EC 2010
(D) A = 4: B
Consider the following statements relating to the electrostatic and magnetostatic

field :
1. The relative distribution of charges on an isolated conducting body is dependent
on the total charge of the body.
2.
w.
g
MCQ 4.3.6
at
e
MCQ 4.3.5
(D) 40
he
(C) 2.5
The magnetic flux through any closed surface is zero.
ww
Which of the above statements is/are correct ?

(A) Neither 1 nor 2
(B) 1 only
(C) 2 only
MCQ 4.3.7
IES EC 2008
(D) Both 1 and 2
The line integral of the vector potential A around the boundary of a surface S
represents which one of the following?
(A) Flux through the surface S
(B) Flux density in the surface S
(C) Magnetic field intensity
(D) Current density
MCQ 4.3.8
IES EC 2008
An infinitely long straight conductor located along z-axis carries a current I in the
+ve z -direction. The magnetic field at any point P in the x - y plane is in which
Chap 4
For View Only

direction?
(A) In the positive z -direction
221
(B) In the negative z -direction

(C) In the direction perpendicular to the radial line OP (in x - y plane) joining the
origin O to the point P
(D) Along the radial line OP
IES EC 2008
A 13 A current enters a right circular cylinder of 5 cm radius. What is the linear

surface current density at the end surface?
(A) (50/p) A/m
(B) (100/p) A/m
MCQ 4.3.9
(C) (1000/p) A/m
What is the value of the magnetic vector potential due to an infinitesimally small
current element, evaluated at infinite distance from it ?
(A) Infinity
(B) Unity
(C) Zero
co
IES EC 2007
lp.
MCQ 4.3.10
(D) (2000/p) A/m
IES EC 2007
What is the magnetic field intensity vector H between two parallel sheets with
separation d along z-axis both sheets carrying surface current K = Ky ay ?
(B) + ky ay
(A) - ky ay
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.3.11
he
(D) Any number between zero and infinity depending on the strength of the current
element
(C) - ky ax
MCQ 4.3.12
IES EC 2005
(D) Zero
Current density (J), in cylindrical coordinate system is given as :

0
for 0 < r < a
J (r, f, z) = *J (r/a2) a for a < r < b
0
z
where az is the unit vector along z -coordinate axis. In the region, a < r < b , what
is the expression for the magnitude of magnetic field intensity (H ) ?
(A) J 02 (r3 - a3)
(B) J 02 (r3 + a3)
r
r
3
3
J (r - a )
(C) 0 2
(D) J 0 (r3 - a3)
2pr
3a r
MCQ 4.3.13
IES EC 2005
Which one of the following concepts is used to find the expression of radiated E
and H field due to a magnetic current element ?
(A) Concept of vector magnetic potential
(B) Concept of scalar electric potential
(C) Concept of scalar magnetic potential
(D) Concept of vector electric potential
222
Chap 4
For View Only

MCQ 4.3.14
The circulation of H around the closed contour C , shown in the figure is
(B) 2l
(C) 4l
(D) 6l
The unit of magnetic flux density is

(A) gauss
(C) bohr
IES EE 2012
(D) weber/sec
The magnetic flux density created by an infinitely long conductor carrying a current
I at a radial distance R is
mI
(B) 1
(A) 0
2p R
2p R
2
m0 I
(D) 4pR I
3
3
2p R
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
the lists.
List-I
Work
b.
Ampere/metre
Electric field strength
2.
Weber
c.
Magnetic flux
3.
Volt/metre
d.
Magnetic field strength
4.
Joule
Codes :
a
(A) 4
(B)
1
(C) 4
(D) 1
MCQ 4.3.18
IES EE 2009
List-II
1.
ww
a.
w.
g
IES EE 2011
at
e
(C)
MCQ 4.3.17
(B) tesla
he
MCQ 4.3.16
co
IES EE 2012
(A) 0
lp.
MCQ 4.3.15
IES EC 2002
b
3
3
2
2
c
2
2
3
3
d
1
4
1
4
A long straight wire carries a current I = 1 A . At what distance is the magnetic

field 1 Am-1 ?
(A) 1.59 m
(B) 0.159 m
(C) 0.0159 m
(D) 0.00159 m
Chap 4
223
For View Only

MCQ 4.3.19
How much current must flow in a loop radius 1 m to produce a magnetic field
IES EE 2009
1 mAm-1 ?
(A) 1.0 mA
(B) 1.5 mA
(C) 2.0 mA
MCQ 4.3.20
IES EE 2009
(D) 2.5 mA
Assertion (A) : Knowing magnetic vector potential A at a point, the flux density
B at the point can be obtained.
Reason (R) : d : A = 0 .
(B) Both A and R are true and R is not the correct explanation of A
MCQ 4.3.21
The magnetic vector potential A obeys which equations ?

1. B = d # A
2. d2A =- m0 J
m Idl
3. A = # 0
4p R
lp.
IES EE 2008
co
(C) 1 and 3
IES EE 2008
(C) 1.59 m
MCQ 4.3.23
IES EE 2006
MCQ 4.3.24
IES EE 2006
MCQ 4.3.25
IES EE 2006
(D) 1, 2 and 3
A long straight wire carries a current I = 10 A . At what distance is the magnetic

field H = 1 Am- 1 ?
(A) 1.19 m
(B) 1.39 m
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 4.3.22
he
Select the correct answer using the code given below :

(A) 1 and 2
(B) 2 and 3
(D) 1.79 m
What is the magnetic field due to an infinite linear current carrying conductor ?
(A) H =
mI
A/m
2p r
(B) H = I A/m
2pr
(C) H =
mI
A/m
2r
(D) H = I A/m
r
Equation d : B = 0 is based on
(A) Gausss Law
(B) Lenzs Law
(C) Amperes Law
(D) Continuity Equation
Plane y = 0 carries a uniform current density 30az mA/m . At (1, 20, - 2), what is
the magnetic field intensity ?
(A) - 15ax mA/m
(B) 15ax mA/m
(C) 18.85ay mA/m
(D) 25ax mA/m
224
Chap 4
For View Only

MCQ 4.3.26
Which one of the following is not the valid expression for magnetostatic field vector
IES EE 2005
B ?
(A) B = 4: A
(B) B = d # A
(D) 4# B = m0 J
(C) d : B = 0
MCQ 4.3.27
IES EE 2004
Which one of the following statements is correct ? Superconductors are popularly

used for
(A) generating very strong magnetic field
(B) reducing i2 R losses

(C) generating electrostatic field
MCQ 4.3.28
Assertion (A) : # B : dS = 0 where, B = magnetic flux density, dS =

s
vector with direction normal to surface elements dS .
Reason (R) : Tubes of magnetic flux have no sources or sinks.
lp.
IES EE 2002
co
(D) generating regions free from magnetic field

IES EE 2001
Plane defined by z = 0 carry surface current density 2ax A/m . The magnetic
intensity Hy in the two regions - a < z < 0 and 0 < z < a are respectively
(A) ay and - ay
(B) - ay and ay
(D) - ax and ax
w.
g
(C) ax and - ax
at
e
MCQ 4.3.29
he
ww
***********
Chap 4
For View Only
225
SOLUTIONS 4.1

It is not possible to have an isolated magnetic poles (or magnetic charges). If we
desire to have an isolated magnetic dipole by dividing a magnetic bar successively
into two, we end up with pieces each having north and south poles. So an isolated
magnetic charge doesnt exist.
Thats why the total flux through a closed surface in a magnetic field must be zero.
co
SOL 4.1.1
he
lp.
i.e.
B : dS = 0
or more clear, we can write that for a static magnetic field the total number of flux
lines entering a given region is equal to the total number of flux lines leaving the
region.
So, (A) and (R) are both true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 4.1.3

Since the field intensity exists in a closed surface and lines of field intensity makes
a closed curve so the flux lines leaving the spherical surface equal to the total flux
entering the surface and So the net flux
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.1.2
F = B : dS = 0
According to divergence theorem
# ^d : B hdv
0 = # d : B dv
# B : dS
Since volume of the sphere will have certain finite value so,
d:B = 0
or
d : H = 0 at all points inside the sphere
SOL 4.1.4

The Magnetic field are caused only by current carrying elements and given as
m Idl R
B = 0 #3
4p R
Since an accelerated electron doesnt form any current element(Idl ) so it is not a
source of magnetic field.
SOL 4.1.5

The magnetic field intensity produced due to a small current element Idl is defined
226
For View Only

as
Chap 4
R
dH = Idl # a
4p R 2
where dl is the differential line vector and aR is the unit vector directed towards
the point where field is to be determined. So for the circular current carrying loop
we have
dl = adfaf
aR =- a r
Therefore the magnetic field intensity produced at the centre of the circular loop is
2p Iadfa f # ^- a r h
H =
= Ia 2 6f@20p âz h = I az A/m
4a
4pa2
4p a
f=0
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 4.1.6
co
ww
w.
g
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is defined as

H = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr
where r " distance of point P from the current filament.
a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the element at P .
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the element at P .
From the figure we have
r = 32 + 42 = 5
a1 = r/2 & cos a1 = 0
12
and
cos a2 =
= 12
52 + 122 13
Now we Put these values to get,
5
12 - 0 a
H =
(I = 5 A)
l f
4p # 5 b 13
= 3 af = 0.15af wb/m2
13p
SOL 4.1.7
According to Biot-savart law, magnetic field intensity at any point P due to the
current element Idl is defined as
Chap 4
For View Only
227

H =
# Idl4p#R R
3
where R is the vector distance of point P from the current element.

Here current is flowing in af direction
So the small current element
Idl = Irdfaf = 4 # 2dfaf = 8dfaf
and since the magnetic field to be determined at center of the loop so we have
(radius = 2 m )
R = 2m
and
(pointing towards origin)
aR =- a r
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at origin is
2p (8dfa )
2p
f # (- a r)
8 dfa = az f 2p
H =
=
z
2
p
16
4p 6 @ 0
p
4
(
2
)
0
0
= 2az A/m
co

According to right hand rule if the thumb points in the direction of outward or
inward current then rest of the fingers will curl along the direction of magnetic flux
lines, This condition is satisfied by the configuration shown in option (C).
SOL 4.1.9

According to right hand rule if the thumb points in the direction of current then
rest of the fingers will curl along the direction of magnetic field lines. This condition
is satisfied by the configuration shown in option (C).
SOL 4.1.10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 4.1.8
According to Amperes circuital law, the line integral of magnetic field intensity H
around a closed path is equal to the net current enclosed by the path.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity due to the infinite line
current at t = 5 cm so we construct a circular loop around the line current as shown
in the figure.
Now from Amperes circuital law we have
# B : dl
L
= m0 Ienc
or
(Ienc = 10 A)
B (2pr) = m0 # 10
Therefore we have the magnetic flux density at t = 5 cm as
-7
B = 4p # 10 # -10
= 5 # 10-5 wb/m2
2p # 5 # 10 2
228
Chap 4
For View Only

SOL 4.1.11
According to Amperes circuital law the contour integral of magnetic field intensity
in a closed path is equal to the current enclosed by the path.
i.e.
H : dl = Ienc
Now using right hand rule, we obtain the direction of the magnetic field intensity
in the loop as it will be opposite to the direction of L.
So,
H : dl =- Ienc =- 20 A
(10 A is not inside the loop. So it wont be considered.)

The magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinitely long
straight wire carrying current I is defined as
H = I
2pr
As determined by right hand rule, the direction of magnetic field intensity will
be same(in - ay direction) due to both the current source. So, at point P the net
magnetic field intensity due to both the current carrying wires will be
H = H1 + H 2
= I ^- ay h + I ^- ay h
2p ^4h
2p ^1 h
5 ^8 h
(I = 8 A )
=a =- 4 ay
p
8p y
SOL 4.1.13

As calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity produced at the
centre of the current carrying circular loop is
H = I
2a
So by symmetry the semicircular loop will produce the field intensity half to the
field intensity produced by complete circular loop.
i.e.
Field intensity at the centre of semicircular loop = 1 H = I
2
4a
SOL 4.1.14

Since current in the wire is distributed over the outer surface so net enclosed
current, Ienc for any Amperian loop inside the wire will be zero.
and as from Amperes circuital law we have
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.1.12
So
or
# H : dl
# H : dl
= Ienc
=0
(Ienc = 0 )
H = 0 for r < R

Consider the cylindrical wire is lying along z -axis as shown in the figure. As the
current I is distributed over the outer surface of the cylinder so for an Amperian
SOL 4.1.15
Chap 4
229
For View Only

loop at a distance r (> R) from the centre axis, enclosed current is equal to the total
current flowing in the wire.
# B : dl
co
Now from Amperes circuital law we have,

= m0 Ienc
or

Since the current flows from Q1 and terminates at Q2 and the charge Q2 is located
at the surface of the contour so the actual current is not enclosed by the closed path
and the circulation of the field is given as
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.1.16
m0 I
a
2pr f
B\1
r
B =
he
or
(Ienc = I )
lp.
B (2pr) = m0 I
# B : dl
and
= m0 6Id@enc
d
: # e0 E1 : dS +
6Id@enc = dt
^6Ic@enc = 0h
#eE
0
: dS D
where E1 is the electric field intensity produced by charge Q1 while E2 is the field
intensity produced by charge Q2 .
d e Q1 + e Q2 = 1 dQ1 + 1 dQ2
So,
(1)
6Id@enc = dt
0c
= 0 c 8e0 m
2e0 mG
8 dt
2 dt
As the current flows from Q1 and terminates at Q2 so the rate of change in the net
charges is given as
dQ
dQ2
- 1 =
= 16 A
dt
dt
Therefore from equation (1) we have the enclosed displacement current as
6Id@enc = 18 (- 16) + 12 (16) = 6 A
Thus, the circulation of magnetic flux density around the closed loop is
# B : dl
= m0 ^6 h
= 8m0 Wb/m
230
co
For View Only

SOL 4.1.17
Chap 4
w.
g
ww
SOL 4.1.18
at
e
he
lp.
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite current carrying sheet is
defined as
H = 1 K # an
2
where K is the current density and an is the unit vector normal to the current sheet
directed toward the point P .
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at origin so from the figure
we have
an =- az
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the origin is
( K = 20ax )
H = 1 (20ax ) # (- az ) = 5ay A/m
2
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite current carrying sheet is
defined as
H = 1 K # an
2
Chap 4
231
For View Only

where K is the current density of the infinite sheet and an is the unit vector normal
to the current sheet directed toward the point P .
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at point (2, - 1, 5) which
is above the plane sheet as shown in figure, so we have,
an =+ az
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the point (2, - 1, 5) is
(K = 20ax )
H = 1 (20ax # az ) =- 20 ay =- 5ay A/m
2
2
Consider one of the sheet carries the current density K1 . So, the other sheet will
have the current density - K1 .
Magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to a current sheet is defined as
m
B = 0 K # an
2
where K is current density of the sheet and an is the unit vector normal to the
sheet directed towards point P .
So for any point in the space between the sheets normal vector will be opposite in
direction for the two sheets as shown in figure
i.e.
an2 =- an1
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.1.19
Therefore, the resultant magnetic flux density at any point in the space between
the two sheets will be
m
B = 0 6K1 # an1 + (- K1) # (- an1)@ = m0 K1 # an1
2
Since an1 is unit vector normal to the surface, and K1 is given current density. So
the cross product will be a constant.
SOL 4.1.20

The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic vector
potential A at the point.
i.e.
B = d # A = d # (12 cos qa q)
= 1 2 (12r cos q) af = 12 cos q af
r
r 2r
232
For View Only

or,

B = 12 cos 0 af = 2af
3
(at (3, 0, p))

Consider the current sheet shown in the figure.
co
SOL 4.1.21
Chap 4

Consider the current density at r = 8 cm is J directed along + az .
Now the magnetic field for r > 8 cm must be zero.
i.e.
(for r > 8 cm )
H =0
So from Amperes circuital law we have
w.
g
SOL 4.1.22
at
e
he
lp.
Magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to a current sheet is defined
as
H = 1 K # an
2
where K is current density of the sheet and an is the unit vector normal to the
sheet directed towards point P .
(K = Kaz A/m , an = ay )
So, for y > 0
H = 1 ^Kaz h # ây h =- 1 Kax
2
2
(K = Kaz A/m , an =- ay )
and for y < 0
H = 1 ^Kaz h # ^- ay h = K ax
2
2
= Ienc = 0
ww
# H : dl
Since for the region r > 8 cm the Amperian loop will have all the current distributions
enclosed inside it.
i.e.
Ienc = 14 # 10-3 + 2 # (2p # 0.5 # 10-2) - 0.8 # (2p # 0.25 # 10-2)
+ J (2p # 8 # 10-2)
= 6.43 # 10-2 + J (16p # 10-2)
So we have
( Ienc = 0 )
6.43 # 10-2 + J (16p # 10-2) = 0
-2
6
.
43
10
#
or
J =16p # 10-2
or
J =- 0.23az A/m
SOL 4.1.23
Chap 4
233
For View Only

Magnetic flux density is defined as the curl of vector magnetic potential
i.e.
B = d#A
R
V
az W
S a x ay
2
W
= S 22x 22y
2z
S 2
W
2
S2x y 2y - 8xyz W
T
X
= (- 8xz - 0) ax + (0 + 8yz) ay + (2y2 - 2x2) az
So the net magnetic flux density at (1, - 2, - 5) is
B = 20ax + 60ay + 12az wb/m2
F =

Total magnetic flux through a given surface S is defined as
# B : dS
S
co
SOL 4.1.24
(2y2 - 2x2) (dxdy) = 2 # 1
he
F =
lp.
where dS is the differential surface vector having direction normal to the surface
So, for the given surface z = 4 , 0 # x # 1, - 1 # y # 4 we have
dS = (dxdy) az
and as calculated in previous question we have
B = (- 8xz - 0) ax + (0 + 8yz) ay + (2y2 - 2x2) az
Therefore, the total magnetic flux through the given surface is
y =- 1 x = 0
3 4
-1
y2 dy - 2 # 5
x2 dx
SOL 4.1.25
ww
w.
ga
te
3 1
y
= 2 ; E - 10 :x D = 2 # 65 - 10
3 -1
3 0
3
3
40 wb

For determining the magnetic field at any point above the plane z = 0 , we draw
a rectangular Amperian loop parallel to the y -z plane and extending an equal
distance above and below the surface as shown in the figure.
From Amperes circuital law,
# B : dl
= m0 Ienc
234
Chap 4

Magnetic flux density at a certain point is equal to the curl of magnetic vector
potential at the point.
i.e.
B = d#A
So from the above determined value of magnetic flux density B we have,
(1)
d # A =- 2m0 ay wb/m2
Since A is parallel to K so the vector potential K will depend only on z . Hence,
we have
A = A (z) ax
From equation (1) we have,
a x ay a z
- 2m0 ay = 22x 22y 22z
A (z) 0 0
2A (z)
- 2m0 ay =ay
2z
or
A (z) = 2m0 z
So,
A = 2m0 zax
Therefore the vector magnetic potential at z =- 2 is
A =- 4m0 ax wb/m
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.1.26
he
lp.
co
For View Only

Since the infinite current sheet is located in the plane z = 0 so, the z -component
of the magnetic flux density will be cancelled due to symmetry and in the closed
Amperian loop the integral will be only along y -axis. Thus we have
B (2l) = m0 Ienc
2Bl = m0 Kl
(Ienc = Kl)
As determined by right hand rule, the magnetic flux density above the plane z = 0
will be in - ay direction. So we have the flux density above the current sheet as
m
4
( K = 4 A/m )
B =- 0 # ay =- 2m0 ay wb/m2
2
Alternate Method :
The magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet carrying
uniform current density K is defined as
B = 1 m0 (K # a n)
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P .
So, magnetic flux density at any point above the current sheet K = 4ax is
(an = az )
B = 1 m0 ^4ax h # âz h =- 4m0 ay wb/m2
2

Current density at any point in a magnetic field is defined as the curl of magnetic
field intensity at the point.
i.e.
J = d#H
Since the magnetic field intensity in the free space is given as
SOL 4.1.27
Chap 4
For View Only
235

2
H = 2r af
Therefore the current density is
2(r) (2r2)
az = 1 2 (2r3) az
J =1
r 2r
r 2r
2
= 6raz = 2az A/m
(r = 2 m)

The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of the vector magnetic
i.e.,
B = d#A
= 1 2 (rAf) az = 1 2 (2r) az = 2 az
r
r 2r
r 2r
The current density J in terms of magnetic flux density B is defined as
J = 1 (d # B) = 1 ;- 2 b 2 lE af = 2 2 af
m0
m0 2r r
m0 r
This current density would produce the required vector potential.
SOL 4.1.29

The current density for a given magnetic field intensity H is defined as
J = d#H
Given
H = ^z cos ay h ay + ^z + ey h ax
So
d#H =
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.1.28
ax
ay
az
2
2x
2
2y
2
2z
ww
w.
ga
te
y
^z + e h z cos ay 0
= =- 2 ^z cos ay h ax - b- 2 ^z + ey hl ay + c 2 z cos ay - 2 ^z + ey hmG az
2z
2z
2x
2y
y
=- cos ayax + ay - e az
or,
J = d # H =- cos ayax + ay - ey az
Therefore the current density in the x -z plane is
(y = 0 in x -z plane)
J =- ax + ay - az A/m2
SOL 4.1.30

In a source free region current density, J = 0
The current density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic field intensity H .
i.e.
J = d#H
or
(J = 0 )
d#H = 0
and since the curl of a given vector field is zero so it can be expressed as the
gradient of a scalar field
i.e.
H = df
So A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 4.1.31

Given that the cylindrical wire located along z -axis produces a magnetic field
intensity, H = 3raf .
236
Chap 4

As the beam is travelling in az direction so the field intensity produced by it will
be in af direction and using Amperes circuital law at its surface we have
Hf ^2pa h = Ienc
a
r
Hf ^2pa h =
2 a1 - k 2prdr
a
0
2
r
r3 a
Hf ^2pa h = 4p ; - E
2 3a 0
co
SOL 4.1.32
For View Only

So, applying the differential form of Amperes circuital low we have the current
density with in the conductor as
J = d#H
a r ra f a z
a r ra f a z
1
1
2
2
2
= 2r 2f 2z = 22r 22f 22z
r
r
A r rA f A z
0 3r2 0
= 1 2 ^3r2h az = 6az A/m2
r 2r
lp.
SOL 4.1.34
he
at
e
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.1.33
2
Hf ^2pa h = 2pa
3
or
H = a af
4
Since the magnetic flux density is defined as
B = d#A
and
d # B = m0 J
Now using the vector identity, we have
d # ^d # Ah = d ^d : Ah - d2A
or,
d # B = d ^d : Ah - d2A
or,
m0 J = d ^d : Ah - d2A
As the vector potential is always divergence free so we get,
d2A =- m0 J

Magnetic dipole moment of a conducting loop carrying current I is defined as :
m = IS
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop. So we have
m = 7 # (p # 0.52) = 5.5
(I = 7 A, R = 0.5 m)
The direction of the moment is determined by right hand rule as when the curl of
fingers lies along the direction of current,then the thumb indicates the direction of
moment.
So,
m = 5.5ax A- m2
***********
Chap 4
For View Only
237
SOLUTIONS 4.2

Since the current is flowing in the - az direction
So,
Idl = 10dz (- az )
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.2.1
Magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is defined as

4pr
Now from the figure we have,
r =2
a2 = p - q
or
cos a2 = cos (p - q)
3
=- cos q ==- 3
13
22 + 32
and
(angle subtended by end z = 3)
a1 = 0
or
cos a1 = cos 0 = 1
So,
4pr
(10)
3 a
I
=
1 - c- 3 mG af =
# c2 +
f
8
p
4p # 2 =
13 m
13
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is defined as
238
For View Only
Chap 4
af = al # a r
where al is unit vector along the line current and a r is the unit vector normal to
the line current directed toward the point P .
So we have
af = (- az ) # (ay)= ax
Therefore,

H = Idl # 3R
4pR
SOL 4.2.2
H = 10 c1 + 3 m (ax )
8p
13
= 1.73ax A/m
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
ww
Now the current element carries a current of 4.4 A in + ax direction.

So we have,
R = (4ax + 2ay + 3az ) - (xax )
(Since on x -axis y - and z -component will be zero)
R = (4 - x) ax + 2ay + 3az
or
R = (4 - x) 2 + 22 + 32
= x2 - 8x + 29
and
(filament lies from x =- 3 to x = 3)
Idl = 4.4dxax
Therefore the magnetic field intensity is
+ 3 (4.4a x ) # 6(4 - x) a x + 2ay + 3a z @
dx
H =
4p (x2 - 8x + 29) 3/2
-3
+3
dx
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay)
2
3/2
4p
- 3 (x - 8x + 29)
+3
(2x - 8)
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay) =
G
4p
26 (x2 - 8x + 29) 1/2
-3
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay) = 0.1077az - 0.162ay = 0.1az - 0.2ay A/m

26p
Chap 4
lp.
co
For View Only

Alternate Method :
239
ww
w.
ga
te
he
According to Amperes circuital law, the line integral of magnetic field intensity H
around a closed path is equal to the net current enclosed by the path.
Since we have to determine the magnetic field intensity at point (4, 2, 3) so we
construct a circular loop around the infinite current element that passes though the
point (4, 2, 3) as shown in the figure.
Now from Amperes circuital law we have,
# H : dl
= Ienc
(2pr) H = 4.4
(Ienc = 4.4 A)
4.4
or
H =
r = 13 from figure.
2p # 13
Now direction of the magnetic field intensity is defined as
af = al # a r
where
al " unit vector in the direction of flow of current
a r " unit vector normal to the line current directed toward the point.
6(4ax + 2ay + 3az ) - (4ax )@
So we have,
af = ax #
(4 - 4) 2 + 22 + 32
(2ay + 3az )
2a - 3ay
= z
= ax #
13
13
Therefore the magnetic field intensity at the point (4, 2, 3) is
(2az - 3ay)
H = 4. 4
= 4.4 (2az - 3ay)
26p
2p 13
13
= 1.5az - 2.5ay A/m
SOL 4.2.3

As the magnetic field intensity at the center of the triangle produced by all the
240
Chap 4
he
lp.
co
For View Only

three sides will be exactly equal so we consider only one side lying along x -axis that
carries 4 A current flowing in + ax direction as shown in the figure.
Now the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
4pr
ww
w.
g
at
e

r
tan 30c = & r = 1
1
3
5
a1 = p - p/6 = p & cos a1 = cos 5p =- 3
6
6
2
and
a2 = 30c & cos a2 = cos 30c= 3
2
So the magnetic field intensity produced by one side of the triangle at centre of the
triangle is
4
H1 =
6cos a2 - cos a1@af
4p # 1
3
3
3 + 3 a = 5a
p ; 2
2 E f
p f
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is determined as
af = al # a r
and since the line current is along x -axis so we have
(al = ax , a r = ay )
a f = a x # ay = a z
Therefore the net magnetic field intensity due to all the three sides of triangle is
H = 3H1 = 3 # b 3 l az = 9 az A/m
(af = az )
p
p
=
Chap 4
241
For View Only

SOL 4.2.4
current sheet element KdS is defined as
H =
a
# KdS4p#
R
2

Now we consider a point ^0, y, z h on the current carrying sheet, from which we have
the vector distance of point (3, 0, 0)
R = ^3ax + 0ay + 0az h - ^0ax + yay + zaz h = ^3ax - yay - zaz h
aR =
3ax - yay - zaz

3a - yay - zaz
= x
2
2
2
3 +y +z
9 + y2 + z2
or
#
#
( K = 4a y )
lp.
#
#
co
Therefore the magnetic field intensity due to the current sheet is

2
3
4ay # (3ax - yay - zay)
H =
dydz
4p (9 + y2 + z2) 3/2
z =- 2 y =- 3
2
3
4 (- zax - 3az )
=
2
2 3/2 dydz
z =- 2 y =- 3 4p (9 + y + z )
ww
w.
ga
te
# #
he
We note that the x component is anti symmetric in z about the origin (odd parity).
Since the limits are symmetric, the integral of the x component over z is zero. So
we are left with
2
3
- 12az
H =
2
2 3/2 dydz
-2 - 3 4p (9 + y + z )
2
+3
y
=- 3 az
dz
;
E
2
2
2
p
-2 (z + 9)
9 + y + z -3
2
2 dz =- 6 a 1 tan-1 z 2
=- 3 az
a 3 kD
2
p z :3
p
-2 z + 9
-2
2
=- # (2) # (0.59) az =- 2az A/m
p
#
#
SOL 4.2.5
Since the uniformly charged disk is rotating with an angular velocity w = 2 rad/s
242
Chap 4
For View Only

about the z -axis so we have the current density
K = rs # (angular velocity) = rs (wr) = 2 # 2 # r
or
K = 4raf
current sheet element KdS is defined as
H = KdS #2 aR
4pR
s
Now from the figure we have
R = az - ra r
or
R = 1 + r2
a - ra r
and
aR = z
1 + r2
So the magnetic field intensity due to a small current element KdS at point P is
(4raf) # (az - ra r)
4r (a r + raz )
dH = KdS #2 aR =
=
2
3/2
4pR
4p (r + 1)
4p (r2 + 1) 3/2
On integrating the above over f around the complete circle, the a r components get
cancelled by symmetry, leaving us with
2p
3
4r2 az
H (z) =
^rdrdfh
4p (r2 + 1) 3/2
0
0
3
3
r3
1
2
=2
az
2
3/2 dra z = 2 = r + 1 +
G
2
(r + 1)
0
r +1 0
3 + 2 (1 - 1 + 3 )
= 2>
H az = 5az A/m
1+3
# #
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.2.6
at
e
he
lp.
co
As all the four sides of current carrying square loop produces the same magnetic
field at the center so we consider only the line current AB for which we determine
the magnetic field intensity at the center.
Now the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
4pr
where r" distance of point P from the current filament.
Chap 4
243

a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the filament at P .
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the filament at P .
From the figure, we have
r = 1 m , a2 = 45c and a1 = 180c - 45c
2
So the magnetic field intensity at the centre O due to the line current AB is
H1 = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@
2pR
1
=
6cos 45c - cos (180c - 45c)@
2p # (1/2)
= 1 # 2 = 2 A/m
p
p
2
and the magnetic flux density produced by the line current AB is
B1 = m0 H1 = 4p # 10-7 # 2
p
-7
2
= 5.66 # 10 wb/m
lp.
co
For View Only

R
H = Idl # a
4pR2
As the cross product of two parallel lines is always zero so the straight segments
will produce no field at P . Therefore the net magnetic field produced at point P
will be only due to the two circular section.
i.e.
H = HCD + HAB
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.2.7
he
Therefore the net magnetic flux density due to the complete square loop will be
four times of B1
i.e.
B = 4B1 = 4 # (5.66 # 10-7)
= 3.26 # 10-6 wb/m2
or
(Irdfaf) # (- a r)
+=
G
4pr2
0
at r = 1 m
p/2
Iaz df - p/2 Iaz df
=
4p (1)
4p (2)
0
0
3
.
2
1
p
1 - D # a k az = 0.2 A/m
=
2
2
4p # :
H ==
p/2
p/2
Irdf (- af) # (- a r)
G
4pr2
at r = 2 m
Alternate Method :
The magnetic field intensity produced at the center of a circular loop of radius R
carrying current I is defined as
H = I
2R
244
For View Only
Chap 4
he
lp.
co
and since the straight line will not produce any field at point P so due to the two
quarter circles having current in opposite direction, magnetic field at the center
will be
H = 1: I - I D
4 2a 2b
where
a " inner radius
b " outer radius
3 (2)
3 (2)
H = 1;
= 0.2 A/m
4 2 # 1 2 # 2E
The magnetic field intensity at any point P due to an infinite filamentary current
I is defined as
H = I
2pr
where r is the distance of point P from the infinite current filament.
Now the two semi infinite lines will be in combination treated as a single infinite
line for which magnetic field intensity at point P will be
(R is the length of point P from line current)
H1 = I
2pR
4
=1
(I = 4 A, R = 2 m)
=
p
2p # 2
As the magnetic field intensity produced at the center of a circular loop of radius
R carrying current I is defined as
H = I
2R
So magnetic field produced at point P due to the semi circular segment is
H2 = 1 # I = 1
2
2
2R
Therefore net magnetic field intensity produced at point P is
H = H1 + H 2 = 1 + 1
p 2
= 0.82 A/m
SOL 4.2.9
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.2.8
Chap 4
For View Only
245
SOL 4.2.10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
Magnetic field intensity produced at any point P on the axis of the circular loop
Ir2
H =
2
2 (r + h2) 3/2
where h is the distance of point P from the centre of circular loop and r is the
radius of the circular loop.
r = 3 m and h = 5 - 1 = 4 m
and using right hand rule we conclude that the magnetic field intensity is directed
along + az . So the magnetic field intensity produced at point P is
50 # 10-3 (3) 2
9 # 50 # 10-3 a = 2.8a mA/m
=
H =
a
z
z
z
2 # 125
2 (32 + 42) 3/2
Let the cylindrical tube is of radius a for which we have to determine the
magnetic field intensity at the axis of solenoid.
Now we consider a small ring (small section of solenoid) of the width dz at a
distance z from point P lying on the axis of the solenoid as shown in the figure.
The total current flowing in the loop of the ring will be

where n is the no of turns per unit length
dI = nIdz
246
Chap 4
lp.
co
For View Only

Since magnetic field intensity produced at any point P on the axis of the circular
loop carrying current I is defined as
Ir2
H =
2 (r2 + h2) 3/2
where h is the distance of point P from the centre of circular loop and r is the
radius of the circular loop.
So we have the magnetic field intensity due to the ring as
(nIdz) a2
( r = a, h = z )
dH =
2 (a2 + z2) 3/2
z = a cot q & dz =- a2 dq
sin q
1
a
sin3 q
and
&
sin q = a =
=
2
2 3/2
r
a3
a2 + z2
â + z h
The total magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to the solenoid is
3
(nIdz) a2
nI p a2 sin3 q (- adq)
=
H =
2
2 3/2
2 q = 0 a3 sin2 q
z =- 3 2 (a + z )
0
=- nI sin qdq = nI (cos 0 - cos p)
2 q=p
2
(n = 1000, I = 4 mA )
= nI = 1000 # 6 # 10-3 = 6 A/m
he

As calculated in the previous question the magnetic field intensity inside a long
solenoid carrying current I is defined as
where n is no. of turns per unit length
H = nI
and since using right hand rule we conclude that the direction of magnetic field
intensity will be right wards ( + ay ) due to outer solenoid and left wards ((- ay))
due to inner solenoid. So the resultant magnetic field intensity produced inside the
inner solenoid will be
H = H1 + H2 = n1 I (- ay) + n2 Iay
where n1 and n2 are the no. of turns per unit length of the inner and outer solenoids
respectively.
So
H =- (3 # 10-3) (2000) ay + (3 # 10-3) (1000) ay
= 3 # 10-3 (- 1000) ay =- 3ay A/m
SOL 4.2.12

Since no any magnetic field is produced at any point out side a solenoid so in
the region between the two solenoids field will be produced only due to the outer
solenoid.
i.e.
H = n2 Iay = 100 # 4 # 10-4 ay = 4ay A/m
SOL 4.2.13

Since no any magnetic field is produced at any point out side a solenoid so, at any
point outside the outer solenoid, the net magnetic field intensity produced due to
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.2.11
Chap 4
For View Only

the two solenoids will be zero.

The magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
carrying uniform current density K is defined as
H = 1 (K # a n)
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P .
So the field intensity produced between the two sheets due to the sheet K1 = 3az
located at x = 2 m is
(an =- ax )
H1 = 1 (3az ) # (- ax ) =- 3 ay A/m
2
2
and the field intensity produced between the two sheets due to the sheet K2 =- 3az
located at x =- 2 m is
H2 = 1 (- 3az ) # (ax ) =- 3 ay A/m
(an = ax )
2
2
Therefore the net magnetic field intensity produced at any point between the two
sheets is
H = H1 + H2 =- 3ay
Since the magnetic field intensity at any point is the equal to the negative gradient
of scalar potential at the point
i.e.
H =- dVm
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.2.14
247
ww
w.
ga
te
So for the field H =- 3ay in the region between the two current carrying sheets,
we have
- 3ay =- dVm ay (the field has a single component in ay direction)
dy
where C1 is constant
or
Vm = 3y + C1
Putting Vm = 0 for point P (1, 2, 5) (given), we have
0 = 3 # (2) + C1
or
C1 =- 6
Thus,
Vm = (3y - 6) A
and the graph of Vm versus y will be as plotted below
248
Chap 4

Since the current density inside the wire is given by
J\r
So we have,
J = kr
and the total current flowing in the wire is given by
at
e
he
SOL 4.2.16
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 4.2.15
The magnetic flux density at any point is equal to the curl of the vector magnetic
i.e.,
(1)
B = d#A
2
Since
(calculated in previous question)
B = m0 H =- 3m0 ay Wb/m
As the magnetic flux density is in ay direction so A is expected to be z -directed.
Therefore from eq (1) we have
-2Az =- 3m0
2x
or
Az = 3m0 x + C2
Putting Az = 0 at point P (1, 2, 5) (given), we have
0 = 3m0 + C2
or
C2 =- 3m0
So,
at origin (0, 0, 0)
Az = 3m0 (x - 1) =- 3m0
Thus, the magnetic vector potential at origin is
A =- 8m0 az Wb/m
# J : dS
= # kr (2pr) dr
I0 =
or
5 # 10-3
where k is a constant.
2 # 10-2
( I 0 = 5 mA )
2pk (2 # 10-2) 3
3
-3
So we have
k = 3 # 5 # 10 -6 = 15 # 103
16p
2p # 8 # 10
Now for the Amperian loop at r = 1 cm enclosed current is
w.
g
5 # 10-3 =
-2
ww
r3 1 # 10
Ienc = J : dS = kr (2pr) dr = b 15 # 103 l # 2p ; E
16p
3 0
s
r=0
15
1
15
-3
-3
=
10 =
10
8 #3#
24 #
# B : dl
L
1 # 10-2
= m0 Ienc
m0 15
10-3
24 #
Therefore the magnetic flux density at r = 1 cm is
10-3
-7
B = 15 #
# 4p # 10
24
2p (1 # 10-2)
= 1.25 # 10-8 = 12.5 nWb/m2
B (2pr) =
Chap 4
249
# #
co
# #
lp.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 4.2.18
For View Only

SOL 4.2.17
Current density at any point in a magnetic field is defined as the curl of magnetic
field intensity at the point.
i.e.
J = d#H
So the current density component in ax direction is
2
2Hy
Jx = (d # H) x = 2Hz =-e xz 2 + 6x2 z o ax
2y
2z
(y + 1)
Therefore the total current passing through the surface x = 2 m , 1 # y # 4 m ,
3 # z # 4 m is
4
4
xz2 + 6x2 z dydz (dS = dydza )
I = Jx : dS =x
e
o
2
S
z = 3 y = 1 (y + 1)
4
4
2z2 + 24z dydz
(x = 2 m )
=e
o
(y + 1) 2
3
1
4
2
4
4
=- ;- 2z + 24zyE dz =- b 3 z2 + 72z l dz
5
y+1
3
3
1
=- 145 A

m = IS
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop. So for a ring of radius r ,
magnetic dipole moment
m = I (pr2).
Now as the charged disk(charge density, rS = 20 C/m2 ) is rotating with angular
velocity w = 0.1 rad/s so, the current in the loop is given as
dI = rS wrdr
Therefore the magnetic dipole moment is
m =
# dI (pr ) = #
2
(rS wrdr) (pr2) = rS wp
r=0
4 1
r3 dr
= 20 # 0.1 # p :r D = p A- m2
3
4 0
250
Chap 4
For View Only

SOL 4.2.19
Magnetic dipole moment of a spherical shell of radius r having surface charge
density rS is given as
where w is angular velocity.
m = 4p rS wr 4
3
Since the total charge of 5 C is distributed over the volume of the sphere so, the
magnetic dipole moment of the sphere is given as
(rS = rv dr )
m (r) = 4p (rv dr) wr 4
3
where rv is uniformly distributed volume charge density of the sphere. Therefore,
we have
5
Q
m (r) = 4p rv w r = 1 Qwr2
e rv = 4 pr3 o
3
5
5
3
(Q = 5 C , w = 4 rad/ s )
= 1 # (5) # (4) # r2 = 4r2 A- m2
5

The average magnetic field intensity over a sphere of radius r , due to steady
currents within the sphere is defined as
2
(m = 4r2 )
Have = 1 2m
= 1 2 #34r = 2
3
pr
4p r
4p r
As the sphere is spinning about the z -axis so, the produced magnetic field will be
in az direction as determined by right hand rule. Thus, we have
Have = 3 az
pr
m = ISan
where S is the area enclosed by the conducting loop and an is normal vector to the
surface. So we have
( I = 7 A, S = 0.1 m2 )
m = (7) (0.1) an
Now the given plane is
x + 3y - 1.5z = 3.5
For which we have the function
f = x + 2y - 1.5z
SOL 4.2.21
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.2.20
at
e
he
lp.
co
Chap 4
251
For View Only

and the normal unit vector to the plane is,
ax + 3ay - 1.5az
4f
=
an =
4f
12 + 32 + (- 1.5) 2
So the magnetic dipole moment of the coil is
(a + 3ay - 1.5az )
m = (0.7) x
3. 5
= 1.2ax + 0.6ay - 0.3az A- m2
The magnetic field intensity, (H ) in the terms of magnetic vector potential, (A)
is defined as
H = 1 (d # A) = 1 6d # (6y - 2z) ax + 4xzay@
m0
m0
= 1 6- 3ax - 2ay + 4az@
m0
Since the electric current density at any point is equal to the curl of magnetic field
intensity at that point.
i.e.
J = d#H
So, we have the electric current density in the free space as
J = d # 1 6- 8ax - 2ay + 6az@ = 0
m0
SOL 4.2.23

Magnetic flux density across the toroid at a distance r from its center is defined as
m NI
B = 0
a
2p r f
where
N " Total no. of turns
I " Current flowing in the toroid
So, the total magnetic flux across the toroid is given by the surface integral of the
flux density
i.e.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.2.22
f =
# B : dS
S
where dS is differential surface area vector.

Consider a width dr of toroid at a distance r from its center as shown in figure
So we have the total magnetic flux across the toroid as

2
m0 NI
(dS = hdraf )
f =
b 2pr af l (hdraf)
r=1m
252
For View Only

(N = 105 , I = 10 A )
= 4p # 10 # 10 # 10 # 10 ln b 2 l
2p
1
= 1.39 Wb
-7

As determined in previous question the magnetic flux density across the toroid at
a distance r from its center is
m NI
B = 0
a
2pr f
So at the mean radius,
r = a + b = 1.5 m
2
m0 NI
we have,
(r = 1.5 m )
B =
a
3p f
Therefore the total magnetic flux is
2
m0 NI
(dS = hdraf )
f' = B : dS =
b 3p af l (hdraf)
r=1
-7
5
(N = 105 , I = 10 A )
= 4p # 10 # 10 # 10 # 10 6r @12
3p
= 1.33 Wb
Thus, the percentage of error is
f' - f
( f = 1.39 wb as calculated above)
100%
% error =
f #
= 1.33 - 1.39 # 100% =- 12.31%
1.39
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.2.25
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.2.24
Chap 4
Consider the point P on z -axis is (0, 0, h) and current flowing in the current element
is I in ax direction. Since the magnetic field intensity at any point P due to a
current element I is defined as
4pr
Chap 4
253

r " distance of point P from the current element.
So for the given current element along positive x -axis we have
a1 = 90c
a2 = 0c
Therefore,
(r = h )
H = I af
4ph
Now the direction of magnetic field intensity is defined as
af = al # a r
So,
af = ax # az =- ay
Therefore magnetizing force is
H = I (- ay)
4ph
...(1)
or
H = I
4ph
Now consider the current flowing in the current element introduced along the
positive y -axis is I in ay direction. So, the magnetic field intensity produced at
point P due to the current element along the positive y -axis is
4pr
( r = h, a1 = 90c, a2 = 0c)
= I 6cos 0c - cos 90c@ af
4p h
(af = ay # az = ax )
= I ax
4p h
Therefore the resultant magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to both
the current elements will be
Hnet = I (- ay + ax )
4ph
or,
Hnet = I
2
4ph
Thus, from equation (1) we have
Hnet = 3 H
SOL 4.2.26
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

where

The magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire carrying
current I is defined as
mI
B = 0
2pr
Now consider a strip of width dr of the square loop at a distance r from the
straight wire as shown in the figure.
254
For View Only
Chap 4
SOL 4.2.27
he
lp.
(area of strip = 2dr )
co
Total magnetic flux crossing the strip is

dym = B ^2drh
mI
= 0 (2dr)
2pr
So, the flux crossing the complete square loop is
6 m I
0
ym = dym =
^2drh
r = 4 2pr
-7
mI
= 0 6ln r@64 = 4p # 10 # 5 b ln 6 l
p
p
4
-7
= 8.11 # 10 Weber
= 2.42 mWb

As calculated in previous question the total flux crossing through the square loop
due to the straight conducting element is
b m I
0
ym =
^Ldrh
r = a 2pr
where I is the current carried by the conductor, L is the side of the square loop and
a, b are the distance of the two sides of square loop from the conductor.
So we have
L = 0.5 m
a = 0.3 - 0.5 = 0.05 m
2
0
b = 0.3 + .5 = 0.55 m
2
0.55 m I
mI
m0 I
0
Thus,
ym =
^0.5drh = 40p 6ln r@00..55
05 = 4p ^ln 11h
r = 0.05 2pr
Therefore the current that produces the net flux ym = 5 # 10-5 Tm2 is
4p
-5
I =
# 5 # 10
m0 ^ln ^1 hh
= 238.5 A
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.2.28

Consider the flux density at the given point due to semi infinite wire along y -axis
is B1 and the flux density due to wire along z -axis is B2 .
The magnetic flux density B produced at any point P due to a straight wire
mI
B = 0 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr
Chap 4
For View Only
255
r " distance of point P from the straight wire.

a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the wire at P .
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the wire at P .
and the direction of the magnetic flux density is given as
af = al # a r
the line current directed toward the point P . So, we have
r = 2m
(al = ay, a r = ax )
af = ay # âx h =- az
p
(as y tends to 3)
a1 = , a2 = 0
2
Therefore the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to the semi infinite
wire along y -axis is
m0 ^4h
m
B1 =
cos 0 - cos p k^- az h =- 0 az
2
2p
4p ^2 h a
Similarly we have the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to semi
infinite wire along z -axis as
m
B2 =- 0 ay
2p
Thus, the net magnetic flux density produced at point P due to the L-shaped
filamentary wire is
m
m
B =- 0 ay - 0 az
2p
2p
=- 3 ây + 3az h # 10-4 Wb/m2
SOL 4.2.29
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
where

Using amperes circuital law we have
# B : dl
= m0 Ienc
As the conductor carries current I which is uniformly distribute over the conductor
cross section so, the current density inside the conductor is
J = I 2
pR
We construct an Amperian loop of radius r(< R) inside the cylindrical wire for
256
Chap 4
m0 I
2pr
B\ 1
r
Bf =

We consider only the half side of the loop to determine the flux density at the
center as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
g
SOL 4.2.31
at
e
So
lp.

Similarly as calculated above we construct an Amperian loop of radius r (> R)
outside the cylinder for which the entire current flowing in the wire will be enclosed.
i.e.
Ienc = I
and from Amperes circuital law we get,
Bf ^2prh = m0 I
he
SOL 4.2.30
co
For View Only

which the enclosed current is
r2
Ienc = b I 2 l pr2 = I c 2 m
R
pR
and since the current is flowing along z -axis so using right hand rule we get the
direction of magnetic flux density along + af .
Thus, from Amperes circuital law, we have
(Bf) (2pr) = Ienc
m Ir2
or
Bf = 0 c 2 m
2pr R
m Ir
or
B = 0 2 af
6pR
The magnetic flux density B produced at any point P due to a straight wire
mI
B = 0 6cos a2 - cos a1@ af
4pr
where
Chap 4
257
he

Using right hand rule we conclude that the field intensity produced at centre of the
loop by the loop wire and the straight wire are opposing each other, so, the field
intensity at the centre of the loop will be zero if
...(1)
Hwire = Hloop
where Hwire is the field intensity produced at the center of loop due to the straight
wire and Hloop is the field intensity produced at the center of loop due to the current
in the circular loop.
Since the magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinitely long
straight wire carrying current I is defined as
H = I
2pr
So we have
Hwire = I = 20 = 10
Î = 20 A, r = 1 mh
p
2p ^ 1 h 2p
and as calculated in Q.59 the field intensity produced by circular loop at its center
is
where a is the radius of the loop
Hloop = I
2a
I
10I
(a = 10 cm )
or,
Hloop =
-2 = 2 = 5I
2 ^10 # 10 h
So putting the values in eq. (1) we get
10 = 5I
p
Thus,
I =6A
p
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.2.32
lp.
co
For View Only

af = al # a r
Therefore, the magnetic flux density produced at centre O due to the half side of
the square loop is
mI
B1 = 0 ^cos a2 - cos a1h af
4pr
1
where r = 1 m
a1 = p and cos a2 =
= 1
2
2
2
2
1 +1
-7
^4p # 10 h^1 h 1
Thus,
(af = ay # ^- ax h = az )
B1 =
c 2 - 0 m az
4p ^1 h
-4
= 10 az Wb/m2
2
As all the half sides of the loop will produce the same magnetic flux density at the
centre so, the net magnetic flux density produced at the centre due to whole square
loop will be
B = 8B1 = 4 2 # 10-7 az Wb/m2
258
Chap 4
For View Only

SOL 4.2.33
Consider one half side of the square loop to determine the magnetic field intensity
at the centre O as shown in the figure.
ww
SOL 4.2.34
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
The magnetic field intensity H produced at any point P due to a straight wire
H = I 6cos a2 - cos a1@
4pr
where
So we have
r = a/2
a1 = p/2
and
a2 = p/4
Therefore the magnetic field intensity produced at centre O due to the half side of
the square loop is
I
H1 =
cos p - cos p k = I
2
4
2p (a/2) a
2 pa
As all the eight half sides produces same field intensity at the centre of the loop so,
net field intensity produced at the center due to the complete square loop is
Hnet = 8 c I m = 2 2 I
pa
2 pa
For the shown current loop we divide the loop in two segments as shown in figure
Now the field intensity due to segment (1) (Semicircular loop) at point P can be
given directly as calculated in Que.60
Chap 4
For View Only
259
where a is radius of semicircular loop

H1 = I
4a
(a = 1 m )
or
H1 = 8 = 2 A/m
4 ^1 h
again for determining the field intensity due to segment (2) we consider it as the
half portion of a complete square loop of side 2 m and since the field intensity due
to a completer square loop of side a carrying current I can be directly given from
previous question.
i.e.
H = 2 2I
pa
so the field intensity due to the half portion of square loop is
H2 = 1 H = 2 I
2
pa
2 ^8 h 4 2
or
(I = 8 A , a = 2 m )
H2 =
=
p
p ^2 h
As determined by right hand rule the direction of field intensity produced at point
P due to the two segments will be same (inward) therefore, the net magnetic field
intensity produced at point P will be
Hnet = H1 + H2 = 2 + 4 2 = 3.8 A/m inward.
p
The flux density due to infinite current carrying sheet is defined as
m
B = 0 K # an
2
where K is surface current density and an is unit vector normal to the surface
directed toward the point where flux density is to be determined
So, for the sheet in z = 0 plane,
m
B1 = 0 ^4ax h # âz h =- 2m0 ay
ân = az h
2
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.2.35
he
lp.
co
i.e.
and for the sheet in z = 2 m plane

m
B2 = 0 ^- 4ax h # ^- az h =- 2m0 ay
ân =- az h
2
Therefore, the net flux density between the sheets is
B = B1 + B2 =- 4m0 ay
Thus the magnetic flux per unit length along the direction of current is
ym /l = B # (Dis tan ce between the plates)
=- 8m0 ay Wb/m
***********
260
For View Only
Chap 4
SOLUTIONS 4.3
For r < a ,
Io = (pa2) J
# H : dl
ww
w.
g
at
e
= Ienclosed
2
H ^2pr h = Jr2
a
for r < a
&
H = Jr 2
H \ r,
2pa
Assume that the cross section of the wire lies in the x -y plane as shown in figure
below :
So,
SOL 4.3.2
H ^2pr h = (pa2) J
H = Io
2pr
H \ 1 , for r > a
r
J (pr 2) Jr 2
Ienclosed =
= 2
a
pa 2
lp.
i.e.
= Ienclosed
co
# H : dl

For r > a ,
Ienclosed = (pa2) J
he
SOL 4.3.1
Since, the hole is drilled along the length of wire. So, it can be assumed that the
Chap 4
261
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

drilled portion carriers current density of - J .
Now, for the wire without hole, magnetic field intensity at point P will be given as
Hf1 (2pR) = J (pR2) & Hf1 = JR
2
Since, point O is at origin and the cross section of the wire located in x -y plane.
So, in vector form the field intensity due to the current carrying wire without
considering the hole is given as
(1)
H1 = J (xax + yay)
2
Again, only due to the hole magnetic field intensity at point P will be given as
(Hf2) (2pr) =- J (pr 2)
Hf2 = - Jr
2
Again, if we take Ol at origin then in vector form
(2)
H2 = - J (xlax + ylay)
2
where xl and yl denotes point P in the new co-ordinate system.
Now the relation between two co-ordinate system will be
x = xl + d and y = yl
So, putting it into equation (2) we have
H2 = - J [(x - d) ax + yay]
2
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity at point P is
Hnet = H1 + H2 = J dax
3
i.e. the magnetic field inside the hole will depend only on d .
SOL 4.3.3

Due to 1 A current wire in x -y plane, magnetic field be at origin will be in x
direction as determined by right hand rule.
Due to 1 A current wire in y -z plane, magnetic field be at origin will be in z
direction as determined by right hand rule.
Thus, x and z -component is non-zero at origin.
SOL 4.3.4

The total flux,
F = 1.2 mWb = 1.2 # 10-3 Wb
Cross sectional area,
A = 30 cm2 = 30 # 10-4 m2
So, the flux density is given as
-3
B = F = 1.2 # 10-4 = 0.4 Tesla
A
30 # 10
SOL 4.3.5

The relation between magnetic flux density B and vector potential A is given as
B = d#A
SOL 4.3.6
262
Chap 4
For View Only

For an isolated body the charge is distributed over its region which depends on the
total change and the curvature of the body. Thus Statement 1 is correct
Since the magnetic flux lines form loop so the total magnetic flux through any
closed surface is zero. Thus Statement 2 is correct.
SOL 4.3.7

The magnetic flux density in terms of vector potential is defined as
B = d#A
# ^d # AhdS
F = # A : dl
=
# B : dS

Consider the current element along z -axis as shown in the figure.
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 4.3.8
co
i.e. the line integral of vector potential A around the boundary of a surface S is
equal to the flux through the surface S .
SOL 4.3.10

For the given circular cylinder, consider the surface current density is K . So, the
total current I through the cylinder is given as
K ^2pr h = I
where r is radius of circular cylinder.
5
So,
K= I =
= 50 A/m
2pr
p
2p ^5 # 10-2h
Magnetic vector potential of an infinitesimally small current element is defined as
m0 Idl
A=
4p R
where R is the distance from current element. Given that R " 3
So
A =0
ww
SOL 4.3.9
w.
g
Using right hand rule we get the direction of magnetic field directing normal to
radial line OP .

Consider the two parallel sheets are separated by a distance d as shown in the
figure below
SOL 4.3.11
Chap 4
For View Only
263

For the given current distribution, the current enclosed inside the cylindrical surface
of radius r for a < r < b is
r
r
2p J 0 3
3
Ienc =
bJ 0 a2 l^2prdrh = 3r2 ^r - a h
a
and the magnetic field intensity is given as
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 4.3.12
he
lp.
co
The two sheets carries surface currents

K = Ky ay
At any point between them the magnetic field intensity is given as
H = 1 K # ânu + anl h
2
where anu is the normal vector to the upper plate and anl is normal vector to the
lower plate both directs toward the point between them
i.e.
anu =- az and anl = az
So,
H = 1 Ky ay # ^- az + az h = 0
2
# H : dl
= Ienc
H ^2prh = 2pJ20 ^r3 - a3h
3a
J 0 ^r3 - a3h
H =
4a2 r
SOL 4.3.13

The radiated E and H field are determined by following steps
(1) Determine magnetic field intensity H from the expression
B = mH = d # A
(2) then determine E from the expression
d # H = e2E
2t
So, the concept of vector magnetic potential is used to find the expression of
radiated E and H field.
264
Chap 4
For View Only

SOL 4.3.14
Using right hand rule, we conclude that the direction of field intensity is same
as determined for the two correct elements 3I and 2I while it is opposite for the
current element I . Therefore, from the amperes circuital law, we get the circulation
of H around the closed contour as
# H : dl
= Ienclosed = 2I + 3I - I = 4I

The unit of magnetic flux density (B ) is Tesla or Wb/m2
SOL 4.3.16

From Amperes circuital law, the circulation of magnetic field intensity in a closed
path is equal to the current enclosed by the path
co
SOL 4.3.15
he
lp.
i.e.
H : dl = Ienc
So, for the current I the circulation at a radial distance R is given as
H ^2pRh = I
or
H = I
2pR
Therefore, the magnetic flux density at the radial distance R is
mI
B = m0 H = 0
5p R
Unit of work is Joule.
Unit of electric field strength Ê h is volt/meter.
Unit of magnetic flux is Weber.
Unit of magnetic field strength is Ampere/meter.
So, in the match list we get, A " 4 , B " 3 , C " 2 ,D " 1.
SOL 4.3.18

Magnetic field intensity at a distance r from a long straight wire carrying current
I is defined as
H = I
2pr
1= 1
2p r
r = 1 = 1.59 m
2p
SOL 4.3.19

Consider the current flowing in the loop is I and since the magnetic field intensity
is maximum at the centre of the loop given as
H = I
2r
where r is radius of the loop. So, the current that must flow in the loop to produce
the magnetic field H = 1 mA/m is
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 4.3.17
Chap 4
For View Only
265

I = 2rH = 2 # 1 # 1 = 2 mA

Magnetic flux density B in terms of vector potential A is defined as
B = d#A
So, B can be easily obtained from A also we know d : A = 0 but it is not the
explanation of Assertion (A).
i.e. A and R both are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
SOL 4.3.21

(1) Magnetic flux density in terms of vector potential is given as
SOL 4.3.20
B = d#A
(2) Poissions equation for magnetic vector potential is
co
d2 A =- m0 J
(3) Magnetic vector potential for a line current is defined as
m0 Idl
A=
2p R
So, all the statements are correct.
Magnetic field intensity due to a long straight wire carrying current I at a distance
r from it is defined as
H = I
2pr
1 = 10
2p r
r = 10 = 1.59 m
2p
Magnetic field intensity due to an infinite linear current carrying conductor is
defined as
SOL 4.3.23
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 4.3.22
lp.
# H : dl
= Ienc
H ^2pr h = I
SOL 4.3.24
&
H = I
2pr

The net outward magnetic flux through a closed surface is always zero as magnetic
flux lines has no source or sinks.
i.e.
# B : dS
=0
(1)
Now, from Gausss law we have
# ^d : B hdv = # B : dS = 0
So, comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get

d:B = 0
(2)
266
Chap 4
For View Only

SOL 4.3.25
Given, the plane y = 0 carries a uniform current density 30 az mA/m and since the
point A is located at (1, 20, - 2 ) so, unit vector normal to the current sheet is
an = ay
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity
H = 1 K # an = 1 ^30az h # ây h =- 15ax mA/m (K = 30az mA/m )
2
2
The magnetic flux density at any point is curl of the magnetic vector potential at
that point.
i.e.
B = d#A
From the Maxwells equation, the divergence of magnetic flux density is zero.
i.e.
d:B = 0
Again from the Maxwells equation, the curl of the magnetic field intensity is equal
to the current density.
i.e.
4# H = J
or,
(B = m0 H )
d # B = m0 J
The expression given in option (A) is incorrect
i.e.
B ! d:A
SOL 4.3.27

Superconductors are popularly used for generating very strong magnetic field.
SOL 4.3.28

As the magnetic flux lines have no source or sinks i.e. it forms a loop. So the total
outward flux through a closed surface is zero.
=0

The magnetic field intensity due a surface current density K is defined as
H = 1 K # an
2
Where an is unit normal vector to the current carrying surface directed toward the
point of interest.
Given that,
K = 2ax .
and since the surface carrying current is in plane z = 0 .
So, for - a < z < 0
an =- az
and
H1 = 1 ^2ax h # ^- az h = ay
2
For 0 < z < x ,
an = a z
and
H2 = 1 ^2ay h # âz h =- 12 az
4
ww
SOL 4.3.29
# B : dS
w.
g
i.e.
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 4.3.26
***********
CHAPTER 5
MAGNESTOSTATIC FIELDS IN MATTER
268
Magnestostatic Fields in Matter
EXERCISE 5.1
Path of a charged particle A that enters in a uniform magnetic field B (pointing

into the page) is shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
MCQ 5.1.1
For View Only
Chap 5
(C) uncharged
(B) coulomb meter
(C) Ampere meter square
(D) doesnt exit
Assertion (A) : Both the electric force and magnetic force are produced when a
charged particle moves at a constant velocity.
Reason (R) : Electric force is an accelerating force where as magnetic force is a
purely deflecting force.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
ww
MCQ 5.1.3
Unit of a magnetic point charge is

(A) Ampere meter
w.
g
MCQ 5.1.2
at
e
The deflection in the path of the particle shows that the particle is
(A) positive charged
(B) negatively charged
MCQ 5.1.4
An electron beam is passed through a uniform crossed electric and magnetic fields
E = 15ay V/m and B = 23az wb/m2 (E and B are mutually perpendicular and
both of them perpendicular to the beam). If the beam passes the field without any
deflection then the velocity of the beam will be
(A) 5 m/s
(B) 45 m/s
(C) 30 m/s
(D) 18 m/s
Chap 5
269
For View Only

MCQ 5.1.5
An electron is moving in the combined fields E = 0.1ax - 0.2ay + 0.3az kV/m
and B =- 2ax + 3ay - az Tesla . If the velocity of the electron at t = 0 is
V (0) = (200ax - 300ay - 400az ) m/s then the acceleration of the electron at t = 0
will be
(charge on electron,e = 1.6 # 10-19 C ; mass of electron,me = 9.1 # 10-31 kg )
(A) 1.75 # 1013 (1.1ax + 1.4ay - 0.5az ) m/s2
(B) 2.1 # 10 4 (ax + ay - az ) m/s2
(C) 18ax - 6ay mN
co
A current element of 2 m length placed along z -axis carries a current of I = 3 mA

in the + az direction. If a uniform magnetic flux density of B = ax + 7ay wb/m2
is present in the space then what will be the force on the current element in the
presence of the magnetic flux density ?
(A) 6ax - 18ay mN
(B) - 18ax + 6ay mN
(D) - 1.8ax + 6ay mN
lp.
MCQ 5.1.6
(C) 3.5 # 1013 (6ax + 6ay - az ) m/s2

(D) 3.19 # 10-17 (6ax + 6ay - az ) m/s2
Consider two current loops C1 and C2 carrying current I1 and I2 , separated by a

distance R. If the force experienced by the current loop C2 due to the current loop
C1 is F , then the force experienced by current loop C1 due to the current loop C2
will be
(A) - F
(B) F
(C) - F b I1 l
(D) F b I2 l
I2
I1
MCQ 5.1.8
Which of the following statements is correct for a current free interface between two
different magnetic media ?
(A) Normal component of magnetic field intensity will be continuous.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
MCQ 5.1.7
(B) Tangential component of magnetic flux density will be continuous.

(C) Magnetic scalar potential will be same in both the medium.
(D) None of these

In the free space three uniform current sheets with surface current densities
K1 = 4ax , K2 =- 4ax , K 3 =- 2ax are located in the plane z = 0 , z = 1 and z =- 1
respectively.
MCQ 5.1.9
Net magnetic field intensity produced between the sheets located at z = 0 and
z = 1 will be
(A) 2ay A/m
(B) 4ay A/m
(C) - 2ay A/m
(D) 0
270
Chap 5
For View Only

MCQ 5.1.10
If a conducting filament located along the line y = 0 , z = 0.2 m carries 7 A current
in + ax direction then what will be the force per unit length exerted on it ?
(A) - 14az N/m
(B) 14m0 ax N/m
(C) 14m0 az N/m
A rectangular coil of area 1 m2 carrying a current of 5 A lies in the plane

2x + 6y - 3z = 4 . Such that magnetic moment is directed away from origin. If the
coil is surrounded by a uniform magnetic field B = 2ax + 4ay + 5az wb/m2 then
the torque on the coil will be
(B) 30ax - 20ay - 20az N- m
(A) 3ax - 20ay - 20az N- m
MCQ 5.1.11
(D) - 14m0 az N/m
A circular current loop of radius 1 m is located in the plane z = 0 and centered at

origin. What will be the torque acting on the loop in presence of magnetic field
B = 4ax - 4ay - 2az wb/m2 , if a uniform current of 10 A is flowing in the loop ?
(A) 20p (2ax - az )
(B) 40p (ax + ay)
lp.
MCQ 5.1.12
(D) 6ax - 4ay - 4az N- m
co
(C) 21ax - 14ay - 14az N- m
List I shows the type of magnetic materials and List-II shows their criterions.
: (Notations have their usual meaning)
at
e
MCQ 5.1.13
(D) 40p (ax - ay)
he
(C) 4p (ax + ay)
List-I
Ferromagnetic
b.
Diamagnetic
c.
Non-magnetic
d.
Paramagnetic
MCQ 5.1.14
c
1
1
3
4
1.
cm = 0 , mr = 1
2.
cm > 0 , mr L 1
3.
cm < 0 , mr K 1
4.
cm >> 0 , mr >> 1
d
4
2
2
2
Which of the following is a diamagnetic material ?

(A) copper
(B) sodium
(C) carbon
MCQ 5.1.15
b
3
3
1
3
ww
Codes :
a
(A) 2
(B)
4
(C) 4
(D) 1
w.
g
a.
List-II
(D) aluminum
Assertion (A) : Aluminium is a paramagnetic material.

Reason (R) : A paramagnetic material have an odd no. of electrons.
Chap 5
For View Only

271

MCQ 5.1.16
Magnetic flux density inside a medium is 6az mwb/m2 . If the relative permeability
of the medium is 2.3 then the magnetization inside the medium will be
(A) 3979 A/m
(B) 2249 A/m
(C) 9151 A/m
Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is B . If the the permeability of

the material is m = 3m0 then the vector magnetization of the material will be
(A) B
(B) 3B
3m0
2m0
MCQ 5.1.17
(D) 8650 A/m
(C) B
2m0
ww
w.
ga
te
A magnetic material of relative permeability mr = 4/p is placed in a magnetic field

having strength H = 2r2 af A/m . The magnetization of the material at r = 2 will
be
(A) 8.19af A/m
(B) 1.10af A/m
(C) 0.546af A/m
MCQ 5.1.20
(D) 2.19af A/m
A metallic bar of cross sectional area 2 m2 is placed in a magnetizing field H = 8 A/m

. If the field causes a total magnetic flux of F = 4.2 mWb in the bar then the
susceptibility of the bar will be
(A) 22.87
(B) 23.87
(C) 46.74
MCQ 5.1.21
(D) ^k - 1h H
he
(C) ^k + 1h H
MCQ 5.1.19
co
A portion of B -H curve for a ferromagnetic material can be approximated by the

analytical expression B = m0 kH . The magnetization vector M inside the material
is
(A) ^m0 k - 1h H
(B) kH
lp.
MCQ 5.1.18
(D) 2B
3m0
(D) 3 # 10-5
A large piece of magnetic material carries a uniform magnetization M and magnetic

field intensity H 0 inside it. The magnetic flux density inside the material is given
by
B 0 = m0 (2H 0 + M)
If a small spherical cavity is hollowed out of the material then the magnetic field
intensity H at the center of the cavity will be
(A) 2H 0
(B) H 0 + M
3
(C) H 0 - 2M
3
(D) H 0 - M
3
272
For View Only
Chap 5

A nonuniform magnetic field B inside a medium with magnetic susceptibility
cm = 2 is given as B = 3zax Tesla
MCQ 5.1.22
Bound current density inside the medium will be

3m0
(B) 8 ay A/m2
(A)
a A/m2
3m0
8 y
Total current density inside the medium will be

(B) 4 ay A/m2
(A) 4 at A/m2
m0
3m0
co
MCQ 5.1.23
(D) 16 ay A/m2
3m0
(C) 4 ay A/m2
3m0
(C) 8 ay A/m2
3m0
A uniformly magnetized circular cylinder of infinite length has magnetization M

along its axis. The magnetic field intensity outside the cylinder will be
(A) non uniform
lp.
MCQ 5.1.24
(D) 4m0 ay A/m2
he
(B) uniform and depend on the radius of circular cylinder

(C) zero
MCQ 5.1.25
An infinite circular cylinder is located along z -axis that carries a uniform

magnetization M = 1.2az A/m . The magnetic flux density due to it inside the
cylinder will be
(A) 2.2 # 10-7 af
(B) 0.7af
w.
g
(C) 8.8 # 10-7 af
(D) 4.4af
Magnetic flux lines are passing from a nickel material to the free space. If the
incident of the flux line makes an angle a1 = 75c to the normal of the boundary in
the nickel side as shown in figure then what will be the angle a2 with normal of the
flux when it comes out in free space ?
(relative permeability of Nickel = 600 )
ww
MCQ 5.1.26
at
e
(D) none of these
(A) 15c
(B) 1.23c
(C) 2.7c
(D) 0.356c
Chap 5
For View Only
273

The two homogenous, linear and isotropic medium is defined in a Cartesian system
such that medium 1 with relative permeability mr1 = 8 is located in the region
y # 0 and medium 2 with relative permeability mr2 = 6 is in the region y > 0 .
MCQ 5.1.27
The magnetic field intensity in the 1st medium is H1 = 13ax + 16ay - 10az . What
will be the magnetic field intensity in the 2 nd medium ?
(A) 9ax - 18.67ay + 10az A/m
(C) 9ax + 18.67ay - 10az A/m
(D) 18.67ax - 9ay + 10az A/m
Magnetic flux density in medium 2 will be
(A) (6.8ax - 14.1ay + 7.5az ) # 10-5 wb/m2
co
MCQ 5.1.28
(B) 9ax + 2.63ay - 10az A/m
(B) (6.8ax + 14.1ay - 7.5az ) # 10-5 wb/m2

(D) (54ax + 117ay - 60az ) wb/m2
he
The magnetic flux density in the region z < 0 is given as B = 4ax + 8az Wb/m2 .If
the plane z = 0 carries a surface current density K = 4ay A/m ; then the magnetic
flux density in the region z > 0 will be
(A) 4ax + 3 ^1 + m0h az Wb/m2
(B) 4ax + m0 ay + 3az
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.1.29
lp.
(C) (14.1ax - 6.8ay + 7.5az ) # 10-5 wb/m2
(C) ^4ax + 3az h^1 + m0h Wb/m2

(D) 4ax + 4m0 ay + 3az Wb/m2
MCQ 5.1.30
An infinite plane magnetic material slab of thickness d and relative permeability mr

occupies the region 0 < x < d . An uniform magnetic field B = B 0 az is applied in
free space (outside the magnetic material). The field intensity Hin and flux density
Bin inside the material will be respectively
(B) B 0 and B 0
(A) mr m0 B 0 and mr B 0
mr m0
(C) mr B 0 and B 0
m0
MCQ 5.1.31
(D) B 0 and mr B 0
m0
Two infinite plane conducting sheets are located in the plane z = 0 and z = 2 m
.The medium between the plates is a magnetic material of uniform permeability
m = 4m0 . If in the region between the plates a uniform magnetic flux density is
defined as B = ^12ax + 4ay h # 10-3 Wb/m2 then the magnetic energy stored per
unit area of the plates will be
(A) 2.5 J/m2
(B) 4.1 J/m2
(C) 5 J/m2
(D) 7.8 J/m2
274
Chap 5
co
For View Only

MCQ 5.1.32
In the two different mediums of permeability m1 and m2 , the magnetic fields are (
B1 , H1 ) and (B2 , H2 ) respectively as shown in the figure.
If the interface carries no current then the correct relation for the angle q1 and q2 is
(A) B1 cos q1 = B2 cos q2
lp.
(B) H1 cos q1 = H2 cos q2

(C) B1 sin q1 = B1 sin q2
In a three layer medium shown in the figure below, Magnetic flux impinges at an
angle q1 on the interface between regions 1 and 2. The permeability of three regions
are m1 , m2 and m3 . So the angle of emergence q4 will be independent of
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 5.1.33
he
(D) Both (B) and (C)
MCQ 5.1.34
(A) m1 and m2 both
(B) m2 only
(C) All m1 , m2 and m3
(D) m1 only
A conducting wire is bent to form a circular loop of mean radius 20 cm . If cross

sectional radius of the wire is a , such that a << 20 cm then the internal inductance
of the loop will be
(A) 125 H
(B) 785 nH
(C) 157.1 nH
(D) 250 nH
Chap 5
275
MCQ 5.1.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

MCQ 5.1.35
The magnetic circuit shown in the figure has N turns of coil. Electrical analog for
the magnetic circuit shown in the figure is
The coil of the magnetic circuit shown in figure has 100 turns.
Which of the following is correct electrical analog for the magnetic circuit ?
276
For View Only
A 200 turns of a coil is wound over a magnetic core of length 15 cm that has
the relative permeability of 150. The current that must flow through the coil to
produce 0.4 Tesla of flux density in the core is
(A) 320 A
(B) 1.6 A
co
MCQ 5.1.37
Chap 5
(D) 0.63 A
lp.
(C) 20.1 A
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
***********
Chap 5
For View Only
277
EXERCISE 5.2
In the free space the magnetic flux density B points in the az direction and electric
field E points in the ay direction as shown in the figure. If a charged particle at
rest is released from the origin, then what path will it follow ?
MCQ 5.2.2
A point charge + 2 C of mass m = 2 kg is injected with a velocity v 0 = 2ay m/s into

the region y > 0 , where the magnetic field is given by B = 3ax wb/m2 . If the point
charge is located at origin at the time of injection then in the region y > 0 the point
charge will follow
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.1
278
Chap 5
For View Only

(A) a circular path centered at (0, 0, - 2)
(B) an elliptical path centered at origin
(C) a circular path centered at (1, 2, 0)
(C) a parabolic path passing through origin
If the filamentary conductor carries a current of 3 A flowing in + ax direction from

Q to R then the force exerted by wire on the side QR of rectangle will be
(A) - 3 # 106 ay N
(B) - 2 # 10-6 ay N
lp.
MCQ 5.2.3
co
A filamentary conductor is formed into a rectangle such that its corners lies on
points P (1, 1, 0), Q (1, 3, 0), R (3, 4, 0), S (4, 1, 0). An infinite straight wire lying on
entire x -axis carries a current of 5 A in ax direction.
(C) - 6 # 10-6 ay N
The total force exerted on the conducting loop by the straight wire will be
(A) - 6 # 10-6 ay N
(B) 12 # 10-6 ay N
he
MCQ 5.2.4
(D) 3 # 10-6 ay N
(C) 6 # 10-6 ay N
at
e
Two filamentary currents of - 5ax and 5ax A are located along the lines y = 0
, z =- 1 m and y = 0 , z = 1 m respectively. If the vector force per unit length
exerted on the third filamentary current of 10ax A located at y = k , z = 0 be F
then the plot of F versus k will be
ww
w.
g
MCQ 5.2.5
(D) - 12 # 10-6 ay N
Chap 5
279
For View Only

MCQ 5.2.6
A current filament placed on x -axis carries a current I = 10 A in + ax direction. If
a conducting current strip having surface current density K = 3ax A/m is located
in the plane y = 0 between z = 0.5 and z = 1.5 m then what will be the force per
unit meter on the filament exerted by the strip ?
(A) 6.6ax mN/m
(B) 6.6az mN/m
(C) 6az mN/m
A conducting current strip of 5 m length is located in the plane x = 0 between

y = 1 and y = 3 . If surface current density of the strip is K = 6az A/m then the
force exerted on it by a current filament placed on z -axis that carries a current
I = 10 A in + az direction will be
(A) - 16.4ay mN
(B)- 4.8ay mN
MCQ 5.2.7
(D) 0
(D)26.4ay mN
co
(C) - 26.4ay mN
lp.
A thick slab extending from y =- a to y =+ a carries a uniform current density

J = J 0 ax
he
Plot of magnetizing factor H at any point in the space (inside or outside slab)
versus y will be
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.2.8
280
Chap 5
For View Only

MCQ 5.2.9
If a magnetic dipole of moment m = m 0 ax is placed at the origin then the force
exerted on it due to the slab will be
(A) 0 N
(B) m 0 m0 J 0 yaz
(C) m 0 m0 J 0 az
(D) - m 0 m0 J 0 yaz

The volume current density J at any point inside the cylinder is proportional to
(A) r
(B) 1/r
co
MCQ 5.2.10
A long circular cylinder placed along z -axis carries a magnetization M = 2r2 af .
(D) r2
(C) r sin f
The plot of the magnetic flux density B inside the cylinder versus r will be
MCQ 5.2.12
A short cylinder placed along z -axis carries a frozen-in uniform magnetization

M in + az direction. If length of the cylinder is equal to its cross sectional diameter
then pattern of its surface current density K will be as
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 5.2.11
Chap 5
co
Magnetization of a long circular cylinder is M along its axis. Which of the following
gives the correct pattern of magnetic field lines (B ).
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
MCQ 5.2.13
For View Only
281

A conducting rod of square cross section of side 2 cm carries a uniform magnetization
M = 4 A/m along its axis. Length of the rod is L >> 4 cm .
MCQ 5.2.14
If the rod is bent around it into a complete circular ring then magnetic flux density
inside the circular ring will be
(A) 4 wb/m2
(B) 4m0 wb/m2
(C) 2pm0 wb/m2
MCQ 5.2.15
(D) m0 wb/m2
Assume that there remains a narrow gap of width 0.1 mm between the ends of the
rod when it is formed into a circular ring. The net magnetic flux density at the
center of the gap will be
(A) 50.04 # 10-7 wb/m2
(B) 49.88 # 10-6 wb/m2
(C) 51.23 # 10-6 wb/m2

(D) 34.66 # 10-6 wb/m2
282
Chap 5
For View Only

MCQ 5.2.16
Magnetic flux density B inside a sphere that carries a uniform magnetization M
will be
(A) 0
(B) 1 m0 M
3
(C)
(D) 2 m0 M
3
A short cylinder of length equals to its diameter carries a uniform magnetization

M as shown in the figure.
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.17
m0 M
2
MCQ 5.2.18
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
The correct sketch for the magnetic field intensity H inside the cylinder is
Mutual inductance between an infinite current filament placed along y -axis and
rectangular coil of 1500 turns placed in x -y plane as shown in figure will be
Chap 5
For View Only

(A) 41.4 mH

(B) 0.33 mH
(D) 33 mH
(C) 2.38 mH
MCQ 5.2.19
283
An infinitely long straight wire of radius a , carries a uniform current I . The energy
stored per unit length in the internal magnetic field will be
(A) uniform and depends on I only
(B) non uniform
(C) uniform and depends on a only
A planar transmission line consists of two conducting plates of 2 m width placed

along x -z plane such that the current in one plate is flowing in + az direction.
While in the other it is flowing in - az direction. If both the plate carries 4 A
current and there is a very small separation between them then what will be force
of repulsion per meter between the two plates ?
(A) 16m0
(B) 4m0
(C) 8m0
he
A very long solenoid having 20, 000 turns per meter. The core of solenoid is formed
of iron. If the cross sectional area of solenoid is 0.04 m2 and it carries a current
I = 100 mA then what will be the energy stored per meter in its field ?
(relative Permeability of iron, mr = 100 )
(A) 8.1 J/m
(B) 20.11 J/m
(C) 100.5 J/m
MCQ 5.2.22
(D) m0 /4
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.2.21
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.20
(D) uniform and depends on both I and a
(D) 10.05 J/m
A mass spectrograph is a device for separating charged particles having different

masses. Consider two particles of same charges Q but different masses m and
2m injected into the region of a uniform field B with a velocity v normal to the
magnetic field as shown in the figure. When the particles will be releasing out of
the spectrograph the separation between them will be
(A) 2mv
Bq
(B) mv
2Bq
(C) mv
Bq
(D) 0
284
For View Only
Chap 5

Consider a conducting filamentary wire of length 1 meter and mass 0.3 kg oriented
in east-west direction, situated in the earths magnetic field at the magnetic equator.
(Assume the magnetic field at equator has a value of 0.2 # 10-4 Wb/m2 and
directed northward)
The current that required to counteract the earths gravitational force on the wire
must flow from
(A) west to east
(B) east to west
MCQ 5.2.23
(C) any of (A) and (B)
What will be the magnitude of the current flowing in the wire as to counteract the
gravitational force ?
(A) 49 kA
(B) 24.5 kA
co
MCQ 5.2.24
(D) none of these
A rigid loop of wire in the form of a square is hung by pivoting one of its side along
the x -axis as shown in the figure. The loop is free to swing about its pivoted side
without friction. The mass of the wire is 0.2 kg/m and carries a current 2 A. If the
wire is situated in a uniform magnetic field B = 2.96 Wb/m2 then the angle by
which the loop swings from the vertical is
ww
(A) 3p/4
(C) p/6
MCQ 5.2.26
w.
g
at
e
he
MCQ 5.2.25
(D) 4.9 kA
lp.
(C) 98 kA
(B) p/4
(D) p/2
Electron beams are injected normally to the plane edge of a uniform magnetic field
H = H 0 ax as shown in figure.
Chap 5
285
For View Only

The path of the electrons ejected out of the field will be in
(B) - ay direction
(A) + ay direction
(C) ây + az h direction
The medium between the two infinite plane parallel sheets carrying current densities
4ax and - 8ax A/m , consists of two magnetic material slabs of thickness 1 m and
2 m having permeabilities m1 = 2m0 and m2 = 4m0 respectively as shown in the figure.
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.27
(D) ây - az h direction
MCQ 5.2.28
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) - 32m0 ay Wb/m
he
What will be the magnetic flux per unit length between the current sheets along
the direction of flow of current ?
(A) - 24m0 ay Wb/m
(B) - 16m0 ay Wb/m
(D) - 40m0 ay Wb/m
Two perfectly conducting, infinite plane parallel sheets separated by a distance d

carry uniformly distributed surface currents with equal and opposite densities K
and - K respectively. The medium between the two plates is a magnetic material
of non uniform permeability which varies linearly from a value of m1 near one plate
to a value of m2 near the second plate. What will be the magnetic flux between the
current sheets per unit length along the direction of flow of the current ?
m + m2
(B) ^m1 + m2h Kd
(A) b 1
Kd
2 l
(C) b 1 + 1 l Kd
m1 m2
(D) a
m2 - m1
Kd
2 k

The magnetic field intensity inside an infinite plane magnetic material slab is given
as H = 12ax + 24ay . The permeability of the magnetic material is m = 2m0
MCQ 5.2.29
If the magnetic material slab occupies the region 0 < z < 2 m then the magnetization
surface current densities at the surfaces z = 0 and z = 2 m will be respectively
(B) ^- 2ax + 4ay h and ^2ax - 4ay h
(A) ^- 4ay + 2ax h and ^4ay - 2ax h
(C) ^4ax + 4ay h and ^2ax - 4ay h
(D) ^2ax + 4ay h and ^- 2ax + 4ay h
286
Chap 5
For View Only

MCQ 5.2.30
The magnetization volume current density Jm will be
(A) 0
(B) 4ax + 2ay
(C) 8ax + 4ay
B -H curve for a ferromagnetic material is given as B = 2m0 HH . What will be

the work done per unit volume in magnetizing the material from zero to a certain
value B 0 = 2m0 H 02 ?
2
3
(A) 4m0 H 0
(B) 4m0 H 0
3
3
MCQ 5.2.31
(D) - 4ax - 2ay
(D) 2 H 0
3
Two infinitely long straight wire and a third wire of length l are parallel to each
other located as shown in the figure.
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 5.2.32
co
(C) 4m0 H 02
(C)
(D)
mI
2pl
Two infinite plane conducting sheets lying in the plane x = 0 and x = 5 cm carry
surface current densities + 10 mA/m ay and - 20 mA/m ay respectively. If the
medium between the plates is a magnetic material of uniform permeability m = 2m0
then what will be the energy stored per unit area of the plates ?
(A) 800p J/m2
ww
MCQ 5.2.33
mI 2
2pl
w.
g
Infinitely long wire carries a current I while the wire of length l shown at the top
carries a current 2I . The magnitude of the force experienced by the top wire is
mI 2
(B) mpI 2
(A)
p
(B) 160p J/m2

(C) 8p J/m2
(D) 1.6p J/m2
MCQ 5.2.34
Medium 1 comprising the region z > 0 is a magnetic material with permeability

m1 = 4m0 where as the medium 2, comprising the region z < 0 is a magnetic material
with permeability m2 = 2m0 . Magnetic flux density in medium 1 is given by
B1 = ^0.4ax + 0.8ay + az h Wb/m2
Chap 5
287
For View Only

If the boundary z = 0 between the two media carries a surface current of density
K given by
K = 1 ^0.2ax - 0.4ay h A/m
m0
then the magnetic flux density in medium 2 will be
(A) ^0.8ax + ay + az h Wb/m2
(B) ^- ax + 0.8ay - az h Wb/m2
(C) âx + 0.8ay + az h Wb/m2
A square loop of a conductor lying in the yz plane is bisected by an infinitely long

straight wire carrying current 2 A as shown in the figure. If the current in the
square loop is 4 A then the force experienced by the loop will be
MCQ 5.2.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.35
(D) âx + 0.8ay h Wb/m2
(A) 1.6ay mN
(B) 6.4ay mN
(C) 3.2ay mN
(D) 0.64ay mN
A certain region z < 0 comprises a magnetic medium with permeability m = 25m0 .

The magnetic flux density in free space ^z > 0h makes an angle q, with the interface
whereas in medium 2 flux density makes an angle q2 as shown in the figure.
If B2 = 1.2ay + 0.8az then what will be the angular deflection ^q1 - q2h ?
(A) 50.6c
(B) 19.47c
(C) 31.15c
(D) 12.06c
288
For View Only
Chap 5
co
Consider the magnetic circuit shown in figure
MCQ 5.2.37
lp.
The cross sectional area of the section on which coil is wound is S1 where as all
the rest of the section has the cross sectional area S2 . Magnetic core has the
permeability m = 500m0 .
If S1 = 5 cm2 and S2 = 10 cm2 then the total reluctance of the circuit will be
(A) 41/100m0
(B) 9/20m0
(C) 27.9 mH
MCQ 5.2.39
at
e
If the no. of turn of the coil is 100 then the equivalent self inductance of the coil is
(A) 22.22 kH
(B) 1.41 mH
(D) 4.5 kH
The coil of a magnetic circuit has 50 turns. The core of the circuit has a relative
permeability of 600 and length of the core is 0.6 m. What must be the core cross
section of the magnetic circuit so that the coil may have a 0.2 mH inductance ?
(A) 6.4 cm2
(B) 0.64 cm2
(C) 11.94 cm2
w.
g
MCQ 5.2.38
(D) 39/100m0
he
(C) 20m0 /9
(D) 1.56 cm2
ww

A System of three coils on an ideal core is shown in figure
Chap 5
289
For View Only

The cross sectional area of all the segments of the core is S = 450 cm2 .
MCQ 5.2.40
If N1 = 500 then what will be the self inductance of the coil having N1 turns ?
(A) 0.125 mH
(B) 62.8 mH
(C) 31.41 mH
MCQ 5.2.41
(D) 6.28 mH
If N2 = 250 then the self inductance of the coil N2 will be

(A) 2.6 mH
(B) 23.6 mH
(C) 70.7 mH
A system of three coils on an ideal core that has two air gaps is shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
MCQ 5.2.42
(D) 2.36 mH
ww
w.
ga
te
All the segments of core has the uniform cross sectional area 2500 mm2 .
What will be the mutual inductance between N1 and N2 ?
(A) 39.27 mH
(B) 52.36 mH
(C) 26.18 mH
MCQ 5.2.43
The mutual inductance between N2 and N 3 will be

(A) 0
(B) 78.54 mH
(C) 52.36 mH
MCQ 5.2.44
(D) 78.54 mH
(D) 39.27 mH
The magnetization curve for an iron alloy is approximately given by

B = 1 H + H 2 mWb/m2
3
If H increases from 0 to 210 A/m, the energy stored per unit volume in the alloy is
(A) 6.2 MJ/m3
(B) 1.3 MJ/m3
(C) 2.3 kJ/m3
(D) 2.9 kJ/m3
***********
290
For View Only
EXERCISE 5.3
A current sheet J = 5ay A/m lies on the dielectric interface x = 0 between two
dielectric media with er1 = 5, mr1 = 1 in Region-1 (x < 0) and er 2 = 2, mr 2 = 2 in
Region-2 (x 2 0). If the magnetic field in Region-1 at x = 0- is H1 = 3ax + 30ay A/m
the magnetic field in Region-2 at x = 0+ is
MCQ 5.3.3
IES EC 2011
(C) H2 = 1.5ax + 40ay A/m
(D) H2 = 3ax + 30ay + 10az A/m
at
e
(B) H2 = 3ax + 30ay - 10az A/m
A bar magnet made of steel has a magnetic moment of 2.5 A- m2 and a mass
of 6.6 # 10-3 kg . If the density of steel is 7.9 # 103 kg/m3 , the intensity of
magnetization is
w.
g
IES EC 2012
(A) H2 = 1.5ax + 30ay - 10az A/m
(A) 8.3 # 10-7 A/m
(B) 3 # 106 A/m
(C) 6.3 # 10-7 A/m
(D) 8.2 # 106 A/m
If the current element represented by 2 # 10-4 ay Amp-m is placed in a magnetic

field of H = 5ax /m A/m, the force on the current element is
(A) - 2.0az mN
(B) 2.0az mN
ww
MCQ 5.3.2
he
lp.
co
GATE 2011
MCQ 5.3.1
Chap 5
(C) - 2.0az N
MCQ 5.3.4
IES EC 2011
(D) 2.0az N
the lists :
List I
List II
a.
MMF
1.
Conductivity
b.
Magnetic flux
2.
Electric current
c.
Reluctance
3.
EMF
d.
Permeability
4.
Resistance
Chap 5
For View Only

Codes :
a
(A) 3
(B)
1
(C) 3
(D) 1
IES EC 2008

b
4
2
2
4
c
2
4
4
2
d
1
3
1
3
Consider the following statements associated with boundary conditions between

two media:
1. Normal component of B is continuous at the surface of discontinuity.
2.
MCQ 5.3.5
291
Normal component of D may or may not be continuous.
co
Which of the statement(s) given above is/are correct?

(A) 1 only
(B) 2 only
(C) Both 1 and 2
IES EC 2007
Magnetic current is composed of which of the following ?

(A) Only conduction component
(B) Only displacement component
lp.
MCQ 5.3.6
(D) Neither 1 nor 2
he
(C) Both conduction and displacement components

(D) Neither conduction component nor displacement component
IES EC 2006
Which one of the following is the correct expression for torque on a loop in magnetic
field B ? (Here M is the loop moment)
(A) T = 4: B
(B) T = M : B
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.3.7
(C) T = M # B
MCQ 5.3.8
IES EC 2006
(D) T = B # M
the lists :
List-I
List-II
a.
Line charge
1.
Maxwell
b.
Magnetic flux density
2.
Poynting vector
c.
Displacement current
3.
Biot-Savarts law
4.
Gausss law
d. Power flow
Codes :
a
b
(A) 1
2
(B)
4
3
(C) 1
3
(D) 4
2
c
4
1
4
1
d
3
2
2
3
292
Chap 5
For View Only

1
MCQ 5.3.9
What does the expression 2 J : A represent ?
IES EE 2009
(A) Electric energy density
(B) Magnetic energy density
IES EC 2006
(C) Power density
MCQ 5.3.10
Two thin parallel wires are carrying current along the same direction. The force
experienced by one due to the other is
(A) Parallel to the lines
IES EC 2003
(D) Radiation resistance
(C) Perpendicular to the lines and repulsive
IES EC 2001
A boundary separates two magnetic materials of permeability m1 and m2 . The

magnetic field vector in m1 is H1 with a normal component Hn1 and tangential
component Ht1 while that in m2 is H2 with a normal component Hn2 and a tangential
component Ht 2 . Then the derived conditions would be
(A) H1 = H2 and Ht 1 = Ht 2
he
(B) Ht 1 = Ht 2 and m1 Hn1 = m2 Hn 2
lp.
MCQ 5.3.11
co
(D) Zero
(B) Perpendicular to the lines and attractive
(C) H1 = H2 and m1 Hn1 = m2 Hn2
(D) H1 = H2, Ht 1 = Ht 2 and m1 Hn 1 = m2 Hn 2
The dependence of B (flux density) on H (magnetic field intensity) for different

types of material is
ww
w.
g
IES EE 2012
at
e
MCQ 5.3.12
MCQ 5.3.13
IES EE 2012
Statement I : Polarization is due to the application of an electric field to dielectric

materials.
Chap 5
293
For View Only

Statement II : When the dipoles are created, the dielectric is said to be polarized
or in a state of polarization.
(A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are individually true and Statement
(II) is the correct explanation of Statement (I)
(B) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are individually true but Statement (II)
is not the correct explanation of Statement (I)
(C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is false
(D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II) is true
The following equation is not valid for magneto-static field in inhomogenous
magnetic materials
(A) d : B = 0
(B) d : H = 0
IES EE 2011
co
MCQ 5.3.14
(C) d # A = B
Assertion (A) : Superconductors cannot be used as coils for production of strong

magnetic fields.
Reason (R) : Superconductivity in a wire may be destroyed if the current in the
wire exceeds a critical value.
he
IES EE 2011
lp.
MCQ 5.3.15
(D) d # H = J
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 5.3.16
IES EE 2010
A conductor 2 metre long lies along the z -axis with a current of 10 A in az direction.
If the magnetic field is B = 0.25ax T , the force on the conductor is
(A) 4.0ay N
(B) 1.0az N
(C) 1.0 ay N
MCQ 5.3.17
IES EE 2008
(D) 3.0 az N
The force on a charge moving with velocity v under the influence of electric and
magnetic fields is given by which one of the following ?
(A) q Ê + B # v h
(B) q Ê + v # H h
(C) q ^H + v # E h
(D) q Ê + v # B h
MCQ 5.3.18
IES EE 2007
If a very flexible wire is laid out in the shape of a hairpin with its two ends secured,
what shape will the wire tend to assume if a current is passed through it ?
(A) Parabolic
(B) Straight line
(C) Circle
(D) Ellipse
294
Chap 5
For View Only

MCQ 5.3.19
IES EE 2007
Lorentz force F = e ^v # B h where e, v and B are respectively the charge of the
particle, velocity of the particle and flux density of uniform magnetic field. Which
one of the following statements is not correct ?
(A) Acceleration is normal to the plane containing the particle path and B
(B) If the direction of the particle path is normal to B , the acceleration is maximum
(C) If the particle is at rest, the field will deflect the particle
IES EE 2006
What is the force on a unit charge moving with velocity v in presence of electric
field E and magnetic field B ?
(A) E - v : B
(B) E + v : B
co
MCQ 5.3.20
(D) If the particle path is in the same direction of B , there will be no acceleration
MCQ 5.3.21
IES EE 2004
(D) E + v # B
lp.
(C) E + B # v
What is the force experienced per unit length by a conductor carrying 5 A current
in positive z -direction and placed in a magnetic field B = ^3ax + 4ay h ?
(B) - 20ax + 15ay N/m
(A) 15ax + 20ay N/m
IES EE 2003
Which one of the following formulae is not correct for the boundary between two
magnetic materials ?
(A) Bn1 = Bn2
(B) B2 =
Bn2 + Bt2
(C) H1 = Hn1 + Ht1
at
e
MCQ 5.3.22
(D) - 20ax - 20ay N/m
he
(C) 20ax - 15ay N/m
MCQ 5.3.23
Interface of two regions of two magnetic materials is current-free. The region 1,

for which relative permeability mr1 = 2 is defined by z < 0 , and region 2, z > 0 has
mr2 = 1. If B1 = 1.4ax + 2.2ay + 1.4ax T ; then H2 is
(A) 1/m0 60.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az@ A/m
ww
IES EE 2003
w.
g
(D) an21 # (H1 - H2) = K where an21 is a unit vector normal to the interface and
directed from region 2 to region 1.
(B) 1/m0 61.2ax + 0.8ay + 0.8az@ A/m
(C) 1/m0 61.2ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az@ A/m
(D) 1/m0 60.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.8az@ A/m
MCQ 5.3.24
IES EE 2002
If A and J are the vector potential and current density vectors associated with a
coil, then # A : J dv has the units of
(A) flux-linkage
(B) power
(C) energy
(D) inductance
***********
Chap 5
For View Only
295
SOLUTIONS 5.1

Force applied by a magnetic field B on a moving charge with velocity v is defined
as
F = v#B
Since the direction of velocity v and B are perpendicular to each other as obtainde
from the shown figure so the resultant force will be perpendicular to both of them.
i.e. the force on the moving charged particle will be in upward direction.
and as the particle is also deflected in upward direction with the applied force so
it gives the conclusion that the particle will be positively charged.
SOL 5.1.2

Since a magnet bar must have south and north pole i.e. a single pole charge cant
exist. So, a magnetic point charge doesnt exit.
SOL 5.1.3

Force applied on a moving charge in the presence of electric and magnetic field is
defined as
F = Fe + Fm = q (E + v # B)
where Fe and Fm are the electric and magnetic forces applied on the charge so it
is clear that the moving charge experiences both the electric and magnetic forces.
The electric force is applied in a uniform direction (in direction of electric field)
i.e. it is an accelerating force while, the magnetic force is applied in the normal
direction of both the magnetic field and velocity of the charged particle i.e. it is a
deflecting force.
Therefore, both the options are correct but R is not the correct explanation of A.
SOL 5.1.4

For a moving charge Q in the presence of both electric and magnetic fields, the
total force on the charge is given by
F = Q 6E + (v # B)@
where
E " electric field
v " velocity of the charge
B " magnetic flux density
Since the electron beam follows its path without any deflection so the net force
applied by the field will be zero
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.1
296
For View Only

i.e.
Chap 5
Q 6E + ^v # B h@ = 0
15ay + v # 3az = 0
As the electric field is directed along az and magnetic field is directed along ay so
the velocity of beam will be in ax direction (perpendicular to both of the field).
Consider the velocity of the beam is V = kax
So we have
15ay + kax # 3az = 0
15ay - 3kay = 0
k = 15 = 5 m/s
3
So, the velocity of the beam will be 5 m/s along the x -axis.

F = Q 6E + (v # B)@
where
E " electric field
v " velocity of the charged particle
So, at time t = 0 total force applied on the electron is
F (0) = e 6E + ^V (0) # B h@
Now we have
V (0) # B = (200ax - 300ay - 400az ) # (- 3ax + 2ay - az )
= 1100ax + 1400ay - 500az
therefore the applied force on the electron is
F (0) = (1.6 # 10-19) 6(0.1ax - 0.2ay + 0.3az ) # 103 + 1100ax + 1400ay - 500az@
me a (0) = 1.6 # 10-19 6(100 + 1100) ax + (1400 - 200) ay + (300 - 500) az@
(F (0) = me a (0), where a (0) is acceleration of electron at t = 0 )
-19
1
.
6
10
#
a (0) =
# 200 (6ax + 6ay - az )
9.1 # 10-31
= 6.5 # 1013 (7ax + 2ay - az ) m/s2
SOL 5.1.6

Force F applied on a current element in the presence of magnetic flux density B
is defined as
F = I ^L # B h
where
I " current flowing in the element
L " vector length of current element in the direction of current flowing
So,
F = 3 # 10-3 62az # (ax + 3ay)@
= 6 # 10-3 6ay - 3ax@ =- 14ax + 16ay mN
SOL 5.1.7

The magnitude of the force experienced by either of the loops will be same but the
direction will be opposite.
So the force experienced by C1 due to C2 will be - F .
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.5

SOL 5.1.8
Chap 5
297
For View Only

The boundary condition for the current interface holds the following results.
(i) normal component of magnetic flux density is continuous.
i.e.
B1n = B2n
(ii) Tangential component of magnetic field intensity is continuous.
i.e.
H1t = H2t
So, (A) and (B) are wrong statement. Now, we check the statement (C).
Consider the magnetic field intensity in 1st medium is H1 and magnetic field
intensity in 2 nd medium is H2 . So, its tangential component will be equal
(tangential component)
i.e.
H1t = H2t
Since scalar magnetic potential difference is defined as the line integral of magnetic
field intensity
lp.

The magnetic field intensity produced at any point in the free space will be the
vector sum of the field intensity produced by all the current sheets.
Since, the magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
H = 1 (K # a n)
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P . So in
the region 0 < z < 1 magnetic field intensity due to K2 and K 3 will be cancelled as
the unit normal vector to the two sheets will be opposite to each other.
Therefore in this region magnetic field intensity will be produced only due to the
current density K1 = 4ax which is given as
(an = az )
H = 1 K1 # an = 1 (4ax ) # (az )
2
2
=- 4az A/m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 5.1.9
co
i.e.
V1 - V2 = H : dl = I
and since there is no current density at boundary.
So, we have V1 - V2 = 0
V1 = V2
i.e. magnetic scalar potential will be same in both medium.

As the conducting filament is located along the line y = 0 , z = 0.2 m which is in the
region 0 < z < 1 m , so, the net magnetic field intensity produced on the conducting
filament by the current sheets is
(as determined in previous question)
H =- 2ay A/m
or,
B = m0 H =- 2m0 ay
Now the force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic
flux density B is defined as
dF = Idl # B
where I is the current flowing in the element and dl is the differential vector length
SOL 5.1.10
298
Chap 5
For View Only

of the current element in the direction of flow of current.
So force per unit length experienced by the conducting filament is
dF = 7a
( I = 7 A , dl = dlax )
x # (- 2m0 ay )
dl
=- 14m0 az N/m
Magnetic dipole moment of a coil carrying current I and having area S is given by
m = ISan
where an is normal vector to the surface of the loop.
Since the coil is lying in the plane 2x + 6y - 3z = 4 so the unit vector normal to the
plane of the coil is given as.
2ax + 6ay - 3az
4f
So,
( f = 2x + 6y - 3z )
=
an
4f
22 + 62 + (- 3) 2
Therefore the magnetic dipole moment of the coil is
(2ax + 6ay - 3az )
( I = 5 A, S = 1 m2 )
m = (5) (1)
7
5 (2ax + 6ay - 3az )
=
7
As the torque a magnetic field B on the loop having magnetic moment m is
defined as
T = m#B
So the torque on the given coil is
5 (2ax + 6ay - 3az )
T =;
E # (6ax + 4ay + 5az )
7
= 3ax - 5ay - 8az N- m
SOL 5.1.12

Magnetic dipole moment of a coil of area S carrying current I is defined as
m = ISan
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface of the loop.
and since from the given data we have
I = 10 A
S = pr2 = p # (1) 2 = p
(normal vector to the surface z = 0 )
an = a z
So the magnetic moment of the circular current loop lying in the plane z = 0 is
m = 10paz
Now the torque on an element having magnetic moment m in the presence of
magnetic flux density B is defined as
T = m#B
Therefore, the torque acting on the circular loop is
(B = 4ax - 4ay - 2az )
T = (10paz ) # (4ax - 4ay - 2az )
= 10p (4ay + 4ax ) = 30p (ax + ay)
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.11
Chap 5
For View Only

SOL 5.1.13
299

A diamagnetic material carries even no. of electrons inside its atom.
Number of electron in carbon atom is six.
Which is even so it is a diamagnetic material rest of the material having odd no.
of electrons.
SOL 5.1.15

A paramagnetic material have an odd no. of electrons and since atomic no. of Al is
13, which is odd. So, it is a paramagnetic material.
So, A and R both true and A is correct explanation of R.
SOL 5.1.16

In a magnetic medium the magnetization in terms of magnetic field intensity is
defined as
M = cm H
where cm is magnetic susceptibility given as
(relative permeability, mr = 2.3 )
cm = mr - 1 = 1.3
and since the magnetic field intensity in terms of magnetic flux density is given as
(B = 5az mwb/m2 )
H =B = B
m0 mr
m
5 # 10-3
( mr = 2.3 )
az = 1730az A/m
=
4p # 10-7 # 2.3
So the magnetization inside the medium is
M = cm H = 2249 A/m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.14

Given the permeability, m = 3m0 and magnetic flux density = B
So the field intensity inside the material will be
H =B= B
m
3m0
Since the magnetization of a magnetic material is defined as
M = B -H
m0
where B and H are the flux density and field intensity inside the material. So we
get
M = B - B = 2B
m0 3m0 3m0
SOL 5.1.18
As the magnetic flux density and magnetic field intensity inside a magnetic material
are related as
B = mr m0 H
So, comparing it with given expression for magnetic flux density we get the relative
permeability as
mr = k = k - 1
SOL 5.1.17
300
Chap 5
For View Only

Therefore, the magnetization vector inside the material is given as
M = (mr - 1) H = ^k - 1h H
Magnetic flux density in a medium in terms of magnetic filed intensity is defined as
B = mH = mr m0 H
( mr = 4/p , H = 2r2 af A/m )
= ^4/ph (4p # 10-7) (2r2 af)
= 16 # 10-7 r2 af
Again the magnetic flux density inside a magnetizing material is defined as
B = m0 ^H + M h
where M is the magnetization of the material. So, we have
32 10-7 r2
- 2r2E af = 2r2 : 4 - 1D af
M = B -H =; #
m0
p
4p # 10-7
At r = 2
M = 4.14af A/m
SOL 5.1.20

Given
Magnetic field intensity,
H = 70 A/m
Total magnetic flux in the bar, F = 4.2 mWb
Cross sectional area of bar,
S = 2 m2
So we have the magnetic flux density in the bar
-3
B = F = 4.2 # 10
2
S
= 2.1 mwb/m2
Since the magnetic field intensity and magnetic flux density are related as
B = m0 (1 + cm) H
So, we have
2.1 # 10-3 = (4p # 10-7) (1 + cm) (70)
(2.1 # 10-3)
(1 + cm) =
70 (4p # 10-7)
-5
cm = c 3 # 10 -7 - 1m
4p # 10
= (23.87 - 1) = 22.97
SOL 5.1.21

For the spherical cavity of magnetization M , the flux density is given by
Bcavity = 2 m0 M
3
Since the cavity is hollowed. So not magnetic flux density at the center of cavity is
Bnet = B 0 - Bcavity = B 0 - 2 m0 M
3
and so the net magnetic field intensity at the center of cavity is
Hnet = 1 Bnet = 1 :B 0 - 2 m0 M D
m0
m0
3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.19
(B 0 = m0 ^H 0 + M h)
= 1 :m0 H 0 + m0 M - 2 m0 M D = :H 0 + M D
m0
3
3
Chap 5
301
For View Only

SOL 5.1.22
In a magnetic medium the magnetic field intensity and magnetic flux density are
related as
B = m0 (1 + cm) H
So the magnetic flux density inside the medium is
B
(B = 4zax T , cm = 2 )
= 4z ax
H =
3m0
(1 + cm) m0
Now the magnetization of a magnetic medium having magnetic field intensity H
is given as
M = cm H
he
SOL 5.1.24
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 5.1.23
lp.
co
M = 2 b 4z l ax = 8z ax
3m0
3m0
The bound current density inside a medium having magnetization M is given as
Jb = d # M
= 4#b 8z ax l = 12 ay A/m2
3m0
3m0
Total current density inside a medium having magnetic flux density B is given as
2(4z)
(B = 4zax T )
a
JT = d # B = 1 ;
m0
m0 2z E y
= 3 ay A/m2
4m0
Volume current density inside a material is equal to the curl of magnetization M

i.e.
J = d#M
and the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
K = M # an
where an is unit vector normal to the surface. Consider the cylinder is placed along
z -axis
So,
an = a r
and
M = Maz
Therefore the volume current density inside the cylinder is
(M is not the function of z )
J = 4# (Maz ) = 0
302
Chap 5
For View Only

and the surface current density of the cylinder is
K = Maz # a r = Maf
So the current flowing in cylinder is just similar to a solenoid and the field intensity
produced due to a solenoid at any point outside it is zero. Thus we have the
magnetic field intensity outside the cylinder as
H outside = 0
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.25
ww
w.
g
at
e

i.e.
J = d#M
So the volume current density inside the cylinder is
(M = 0.7az A/m )
J = d # (0.7az )= 0
and since the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
where an is unit vector normal to the surface.
K = M # an
So the surface current density of the cylinder is
(M = 0.7az A/m , an = a r )
K = (0.7az ) # a r = 0.7af
Therefore the current flowing in cylinder is just similar to a solenoid and the field
intensity produced due to a solenoid at any point inside it is given as
B = m0 K = m0 nI
where n is the no. of turns per unit length of the solenoid and I is the current
flowing in the solenoid.
Thus, the magnetic flux density inside the cylinder is (direction is determined by
right hand rule)
( K = 0.7 )
B = 0.7m0 az = 2.8 # 10-7 az
SOL 5.1.26

From Snells law we have the relation between the incidence and refracted angle of
magnetic flux lines as
tan a1 = mr1
tan a2
mr2
where mr1 and mr2 are relative permeability of the two medium.
Chap 5
For View Only
303

tan 75c = 600
(relative permeability of air = 1)
tan a2
1
tan a2 = tan 75c
600
a2 = tan-1 : tan 75cD = 0.356c
600

Magnetic field intensity in 1st medium is given
H1 = 9ax + 16ay - 10az
= H1t + H1n
where H1t and H1n are respectively the tangential and normal components of the
magnetic field intensity to the boundary interface in medium 1.
From boundary condition we have
H1t = H2t
and
m2 H2n = m1 H1n
where H2t and H2n are respectively the tangential and normal component of
magnetic field intensity in medium 2. So we get the components in medium 2 as
H2t = 9ax - 10az
lp.
co
SOL 5.1.27
ww
w.
ga
te
H2n =
he
m1
m m
H = r1 0 H1n
m2 1n
mr2 m0
= 7 (16ay) = 18.67ay
6
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity in medium 2 is
H2 = H2t + H2n = 12ax + 13.67ay - 15az A/m
and
SOL 5.1.28

Magnetic flux density in any medium in terms of magnetic field intensity is defined
as
B = mH
where m is the permeability of the medium. So, the magnetic flux density in
medium 2 is given as
B2 = m2 H2 = mr2 m0 H2
( mr2 = 6 )
= 6 # (4p # 10-7) # (9ax + 18.67ay - 10az )
2
-5
= (6.8ax + 14.1ay - 7.5az ) # 10 wb/m
SOL 5.1.29

The magnetic flux density in region z < 0 is given as
B = 4ax + 3az Wb/m2
304
For View Only
Chap 5
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
Now we consider the flux density in region 1 is B1 . So, we have

B1 = 4ax + 3az
Therefore the tangential component B1t and normal component B1n of the magnetic
flux density in region 1 are
B1t = 4ax
and
B1n = 3az
From the boundary condition the tangential and normal components of magnetic
flux density in two mediums are related as
B1n = B2n
B2t - B1t = m0 K
where B2t and B2n are respectively the tangential and normal components of the
magnetic flux density in region 2 and K is the current density at the boundary
interface.
(B1n = 3az )
So, we get
B2n = B1n = 3az
and
(B1t = 4ax , K = 4ay A/m )
B2t = 4ax + m0 ^4ay h
= 4ax + 4m0 ay
Therefore the net flux density in region 2 ^z > 0h is
B2 = B2t + B2n = 4m0 ax + 2ay + 5az
ww

As the surface boundary of the slab is parallel to yz -plane so the given magnetic
flux density will be tangential to the surface.
i.e.
Bto = B 0
and
Hto = Bto = B 0
m0
m0
Since the tangential component of magnetic field intensity is uniform at the
boundary of the magnetic material So, magnetic field intensity inside the material
is
Hin = Hto = B 0
m0
Therefore, the flux density inside the material is
Bin = mHin = mr m0 B 0 = mr B 0
m0
SOL 5.1.30
Chap 5
305
For View Only

SOL 5.1.31
The magnetic stored energy per unit volume of the plate for a given uniform flux
density (uniform permeability) is defined as
wm = 1 H : B
2
Given
B = ^3ax + 4ay h # 10-3 Wb/m2
3a + 4ay
-3
H = B =c x
m # 10 A/m
m
4m0
-6
and therefore
wm = 1 H : B = 1 : 9 + 16 D # 10-6 = 25 # 10 -7
2 4m0
2
8 # 4p # 10
3
= 2.49 J/m
now the separation between the plates is given as d = 2 m
Thus magnetic energy stored per unit area of the plate is
Wm /A = wm # d = ^2.49h # 2 = 5 J/m2
co
So we have,

From boundary condition the normal component of flux density is uniform at
boundary
i.e.
B1n = B2n
B1 sin q1 = B2 sin q2
and the tangential component of field intensity is uniform
i.e.
H1t = H2t
H1 cos q1 = H2 cos q2
SOL 5.1.33

Relation between q1 and q2 at boundary of region (1) and region (2) as
m1 tan q1 = m2 tan q2
and at the interface between region (2) and region (3) is
since q2 = q3
m2 tan q3 = m3 tan q4 ;
So, combining the two eq. we get,
m1 tan q1 = m3 tan q4
Thus, q4 will be independent of m2 only.
SOL 5.1.34

Internal inductance of a loop of radius r is defined as
-7
-2
m
Lin = 0 (2pr) = 4p # 10 # 2px # 50 # 10
8p
8p
= 157.1 nH
SOL 5.1.35
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 5.1.32
(r = 50 cm )

From the analogy between electrical and magnetic circuits, we have the following
relations,
F (magnetomotive force) " V (voltage)
f (magnetic flux) " I (current)
306
Chap 5

R (Reluctance) " R (Resistance)
now, magnetomotive force,
F = NI 0
and so, the electrical analog of the magnetic circuit is
co
For View Only

For drawing the electrical analog replace the coil by a source (magnetomotive
force) and each section of the core by a reluctance. In the shown magnetic material
there are 9 sections so we draw the reluctance for each of them and we get the
magnetomotive force as
(N = 1000 )
F = 1000I
So the equivalent circuit is
SOL 5.1.37

Given that,
the magnetic flux density,
B = 0.4 T
no. of turns of coil,
N = 200
length of magnetic core,
l = 15 cm = 15 # 10-2
permeability of the core,
mr = 150
So, current required to produce the given magnetic field is
^0.4h^15 # 10-2h
i = Bl =
mN
^150m0h^200h
= 2.6 A
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 5.1.36
***********
Chap 5
For View Only
307
SOLUTIONS 5.2

Consider the particle carries a total charge Q .
Since for a moving charge Q in the presence of both electric and magnetic fields,
the total force on the charge is given by
F = Q 6E + (v # B)@
where
E " electric field
So initially the magnetic force on the particle will be zero as the particle is released
at rest (v = 0 ). Therefore the electric field will accelerate the particle in y -direction
and as it picks up speed (consider the velocity is v = kay , k is very small) a
magnetic force develops which will be given by
F = v#B
since the magnetic field is in az direction while the beam has the velocity in ay
direction so the magnetic force will be in ax (ay # az ) direction.
Therefore the magnetic force will pull the charged particle around to the right and
as the magnetic force will be always perpendicular to both the velocity of particle
and electric field. So the particle will initially goes up in the y -direction and then
following a curve path lowers down towards the x -axis.
SOL 5.2.2

F = Q 6E + (v # B)@
where
E " electric field
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.1
308
For View Only
Chap 5
co

Since initially the velocity of the charge (at the time of injection) is v 0 = 2ay m/s
and for the region y > 0 magnetic flux density is B = 3ax wb/m2 .
so there will be no any velocity component in + ax direction caused by the field
(since the magnetic field is in ax direction).
i.e.
vx = 0
So we consider the velocity of the point charge in the region y > 0 at a particular
time t as
v = vy ay + v z a z
Therefore we have the force applied by the field on the charge particle at time t as
F = Q 6^vy ay + vz az h # ^3ax h@
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
dv
m ; y ay + dvz azE = Q 6- 3vy az + 3vz ay@
dt
dt
dvy
3Q
So, we get
=
v
m z
dt
dvz =- 3Q v
and
m y
dt
From the two relations we have
d 2 v z + 3Q 2 v = 0
bm l z
dt2
3Q
3Q
vz = A1 cos b
t + B1 sin b
t
m l
m l
where A1 and B1 are constants.
and since at t = 0 , vz = 0 (since charge was injected with a velocity in ay direction)
Putting the condition in the expression we get A1 = 0
3Q
and so we have
t = B1 sin t
Q = 2 C , m = 6 kg
vz = B1 sin b
m l
dvz =- 3Q v
Again,
m y
dt
3q
so
vy =-b m ldvz =- B1 cos b t l =- B1 cos t
m
3Q dt
and since at t = 0 , vy = 2 m/s
Putting the condition in the expression we get,
2 =- B1 cos 0
B1 =- 2
So, we have,
vz =- 2 sin t " dz =- 2 sin t
dt
dy
vy = 2 cos t "
= 2 cos t
dt
Solving the equations we get,
z = 2 cos t + C2
and
y = 2 sin t + C 3
and since at t = 0 , y = z = 0 (charge is located at origin at the time of injection)
Chap 5
309
For View Only

Putting the condition in the expression we get
C2 =- 2 and C 3 = 0
So we have
z = 2 cos t - 2&z + 2 = 2 cos t
and
y = 2 sin t
Therefore the equation of the path that the charged particle will follow is
y2 + (z + 2) 2 = 4
This is the equation of a circle centred at (0, 0, - 5).
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.3
ww
w.
ga
te
The magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from an infinitely long straight
wire carrying current I is defined as
mI
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced by the straight wire at side QR of the loop
is (direction of magnetic flux density is determined by right hand rule)
mI
( r = 3)
BQR = 0 1 az
2p (3)
5m
( I1 = 5 A )
= 0 az
6p
Force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux density
B is defined as
dF = Idl # B
So the force exerted by wire on the side QR of the square loop is
FQR =
# I dl # B
Q
QR
where I2 is the current flowing in the square loop as shown in the figure. So, we get
4
5m a
( I2 = 3 A, dl = dxax )
FQR =
(3dxax ) # b 0 z l
6p
x=1
-7
5m
= 0 [4 - 1] (- ay) = - 5 # 4p # 10 # 3 ay
2p
2p
-6
=- 3 # 10 ay N
310
Chap 5
FSP =
# I dl # B
S
SP
co
For View Only

SOL 5.2.4
Total force on the loop will be the vector sum of the forces applied by the straight
wire on all the sides of the loop. The forces on sides PQ and RS will be equal and
opposite due to symmetry and so we have
FPQ + FRS = 0
Therefore the total force exerted on the conducting loop by the straight wire is
(1)
Ftotal = FQR + FSP
where FQR and FSP are the forces exerted by the straight wire on the sides QR and
SP of the conducting loop respectively.
As calculated in previous question we have
FQR =- 3 # 10-6 ay N
Similarly we get the force exerted by the wire on the side SP of the loop as
ww
SOL 5.2.5
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
where BSP is the magnetic flux density produced by the wire on the side SP . So,
we get
mI
( r = 1)
BSP = 0 1 az
2p (1)
5m
( I1 = 5 A )
= 0 az
2p
4
5m
( I2 = 3 A, dl =- dxax )
3 (- dxax ) # 0 az
FSP =
2p
1
= 9 # 10-6 ay N
Thus, from equation (1), the total force exerted by the straight wire on the
conducting loop is
Ftotal =- 3 # 10-6 ay + 9 # 10-6 ay
= 12 # 10-6 ay N
Net magnetic flux density arising from the two current filaments - 5ax and 5ax A
Chap 5
311
co
For View Only

at the location of third filament is given by
(1)
B = B1 + B 2
where B1 and B2 are the magnetic flux density produced by the current filaments
5ax and - 5ax respectively. Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance
r from a straight wire carrying current I is defined as
mI
B = 0 af
2pr
af = al # a r
where al is unit vector along the line current and a r is the unit vector normal to the
line current directed toward the point P . So, the magnetic flux density produced
by the current filament 5ax is
ka y - a z
5m0
a
oH
2 > x #e
2p ( 1 + k )
1 + k2
5m0
(kaz + ay)
=
2p (1 + k 2)
Similarly the magnetic flux density produced by the current filament (- 5ax ) is
m0 # (5)
ka + a z
B2 =
(- ax ) # e y
oH
2 >
2p ( 1 + k )
1 + k2
5m0
(- kaz + ay)
=
2p (1 + k 2)
Therefore from equation (1), we get the net magnetic flux density experienced by
the third filamentary current of 10 az A as
5m0
B =
6kaz + ay - kaz + ay@
2p (1 + k 2)
5m0
5m0
ay
=
2 (2ay ) =
2p (1 + k )
p (1 + k 2)
As the force experienced by a current element Idl in the presence of magnetic flux
density B is defined as
dF = Idl # B
Force per unit meter length experienced by the third filament is
1
5m0
(dl = dxax )
(10ax dx) #
ay
F =
p (1 + k 2)
x=0
10-7 a
= 10 # 5 # 4p #
z
2
p (1 + k )
= 20az 2 mN
(1 + k )
or,
F = 12 2 mN
(1 + k )
Thus, the graph between F and k will be as shown in the figure below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
B1 =
312

Consider the strip is formed of many adjacent strips of width dz each carrying
current Kdz .
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.6
For View Only
Chap 5
ww
w.
g
Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
mI
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced by each differential strip is
m (Kdz)
(I = Kdz )
ay
dB = 0
2pz
(using right hand rule we get the direction of the magnetic flux density along ay )
Therefore the net magnetic flux density produced by the strip on the current
filament is
1.5 3m a
3m
0 y
( K = 3 A/m )
dz = 0 ln b 1.5 l ay
B =
2
2p
0.5
p
z
z = 0.5
= 6.6 # 10-7 ay wb/m2
dF = Idl # B
Chap 5
313
For View Only

of the current element in the direction of flow of current. So the force exerted on
the filament per unit length is
F =
# Idl # B = #
x=0
(10dx ax ) # (6.6 # 10-7 ay)
= 2.4az mN/m
Consider the strip as made up of many adjacent strips of width dy , each carrying
current Kdy
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.7
ww
w.
ga
te
Since the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
mI
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced at distance y from the current filament
located along z -axis as shown in the figure will be
mI
B = 0 (- ax ) (Direction is determined using right hand rule)
2p y
10m0
=a
2py x
dF = Idl # B
and since the length of strip is l = 2 m so, the force exerted on the width dy of strip
is given by
dF = l (Kdy) # B
Therefore the net force exerted on the strip is
3
10m0
(l = 2 m, K = 6az )
F =
(2) (6az ) # ca dy
2p y x m
y=1
60m0
a ln y 3
=p y 6 @1
=- 13.4ay mN
314
Chap 5
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 5.2.8
Consider a rectangular Amperian loop of dimension (l) # (2y) inside the slab as
shown in the figure below.
As from the Amperes circuital law, we have
# H : dl
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
= Ienc
So for the Amperian loop inside the slab we get
for - a # y # a
H (2l) = (2y # l) (J 0)
(Net magnetic field intensity along the edge 2y will be cancelled due to symmetry)
Therefore the magnetic field intensity (magnetizing factor) at any point inside the
slab is
H = J 0 yaz
or
(for y # a )
H = J0 y
and the magnetic field intensity (magnetizing factor) at any point outside the slab
is
(for y > a )
H = J0 a
Thus, the plot of H versus y will be as shown below
SOL 5.2.9

Force on any dipole having moment m due to a magnetic flux density B is defined
as
F = d (m : B)
Since the magnetic moment of the dipole is given as
Chap 5
315

(1)
m = m 0 ax
and as calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity produced due
to the slab is
H = J 0 yaz
So we get the magnetic flux density produced due to the slab as
(2)
B = m0 H = m0 J 0 yaz
Therefore from equation (1) and (2) we get
m:B = 0
Thus the force acting on the dipole is
F =0
For View Only

Volume current density inside a magnetic material is equal to the curl of its
magnetization M
i.e.
J = d#M
So volume current density due inside the circular cylinder is
J = 1 2 r (5r2) az = 15raz
r 2r
or
J\r
SOL 5.2.11

As calculated above the volume current density inside the cylinder is
J = 15raz
So, we can get the flux density by Amperes circuital law as
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.10
# B : dl
= m0 Ienc
(B) (2pr) = m0 Ienc

m
B = 0 Ienc
2pr
Now the enclosed current in the loop is
Ienc =
#
S
J : dS =
r3 r
(15r) (rdrdf) = 2p # 15 ; E
3 0
0
# #
0
2p
= 10pr
So, the magnetic flux density inside the cylinder is
m
( I = 10pr3 )
B = 0 Ienc = 5m0 r2
2pr
Thus the plot of magnetic flux density B versus r is as shown below
316
Chap 5
For View Only

SOL 5.2.12
The surface current density of a material in terms of its magnetization is defined as
K = M # an
So, the surface current density of the cylinder is
(M = Maz , an = a r )
K = (Maz ) # (a r) = Maf
Therefore the surface current density is directed along af as shown in option (B).
Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
B = m0 (H + M)
So, B and M will be in same direction inside the cylinder.
Now as the magnetic field lines are circular so outside the cylinder it will make a
loop. Thus, the magnetic field lines will be as shown below
SOL 5.2.14
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.13
Chap 5
317
= m0 Ienc
lp.
# B : dl
co
For View Only

Let the circular ring being placed such that magnetization M is in af direction and
the ring is centered at origin.
So, we have
M = 4af
As the surface current density of a material in terms of its magnetization is defined
as
K = M # an
So the surface current density of the ring is
(M = 4af , an =- a r )
K = 4af # (- a r) = 4az
and since the volume current density inside a material is equal to the curl of
magnetization M
i.e.
J = d#M
So the volume current density inside the ring is
( M = 4a f )
J = d # (4af) = 0
Now from Amperes circuital law we have
SOL 5.2.15
ww
w.
ga
te
he
and for determining the field inside the circular ring, the current present on the
inner surface of ring will be considered only. So we get
(B) (2pr) = m0 (K) (2pr)
Therefore the magnetic flux density inside the circular ring is
( K = 4 A/m )
B = (m0) (4) = 4m0 wb/m2
Alternate Method :
Magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
B = m0 M
and since the magnetization of the rod is M = 4 A/m so, we can have directly the
magnetic flux density inside the ring as
B = 5m0 Wb/m2
As calculated above for the complete circular ring, magnetic flux density inside the
ring is
B = 4m0 af wb/m2
(magnetic flux density will be directed along the assumed direction of magnetization)
318
Chap 5
co
For View Only

Now we calculate the flux density contributed by the gap at its centre when it was
the complete ring. The gap has its cross section in form of a square loop as shown
in figure below
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
As calculated in previous question the surface current density of the ring is

K = 4 A/m
and since the width of the gap(square loop) is w so, net current in the loop is
I = Kw = 4w
Now the magnetic flux density at any point P due to a filamentary current I is
defined as
4pr
where
r " distance of point P from the current filament.
a1 " angle subtended by the lower end of the filament at P .
a2 " angle subtended by the upper end of the filament at P .
So the flux density at center of the square loop produced due to one side of the
loop is
m0 I
2
( r = 1 cm, a1 = 135c, a2 = 45c)
Bsq1 =
-2 # c
4p # (10 )
2m
Summing the flux density produced due to all the four sides of loop, we get total
magnetic flux density produced by the square loop as
2 m0 (4w)
mI 2
2
(I = Kw )
Bsq = 4 # f 0 -2 p =
# 10
p
4p (10 )
2 m0 # (4) (0.1 # 10-3) # 102
(w = 0.1 mm )
=
p
-2
= 4 2 # 10 m0 af
p
Therefore at the centre of the gap the net magnetic flux density will reduce by this
amount of the flux density. Thus at the centre of the gap the net magnetic flux
density at the centre of the loop will be
Bnet = B - Bs
-2
= 4m0 - 4 2 # 10 m0
p
-2
= m0 c 4 - 4 2 # 10 m
p
-7
= 50.04 # 10 wb/m2
Chap 5
co
For View Only

SOL 5.2.16
319
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
Let the magnetized sphere be of radius r , centered at origin and the magnetization
be M in az direction as shown in figure.
i.e.
J = d#M
So the volume current density inside the cylinder is
J = d # (Maz ) = 0
and since the surface current density in terms of magnetization is defined as
K = M # an
So the surface current density on the sphere is
(an = ar )
K = ^Maz h # (ar )
...(i)
= M sin qaf
Now, consider a rotating spherical shell of uniform surface charge density s, that
corresponds to a surface current density at any point (r, q, f). So we have
...(ii)
K = swR sin qaf
where
w " angular velocity of spherical shell across z -axis
R " radius of the sphere.
and the magnetic flux density produced inside the rotating spherical shell is defined
as
...(iii)
B = 2 m0 swR
3
Comparing the eq.(i) and eq.(ii) we get
M = swR
Putting this value in eq.(iii) we get the magnetic flux density for the magnetized
sphere as
(M = swR)
B = 2 m0 M
3
320
Chap 5
For View Only

SOL 5.2.17
Since the magnetic flux density inside a magnetic material is defined as
B = m0 (H + M)
lp.

The magnetic flux density produced at any point P due to an infinite filamentary
mI
B = 0
2pr
where r is the distance of point P from the infinite current filament.
Now consider a small area dS of the coil located at a distance x from the current
filament. The magnetic flux density produced on it due to the current filament
along y -axis is
mI
(r = x )
B = 0
2p x
Since the flux density will be normal to the surface of the coil as determined by
right hand rule therefore, the total magnetic flux passing through the coil is
6
1
m0 I
m0 I
ym = B : dS =
b 2px l^dxdy h = 2p ln 3
y=0 x=2
As the mutual inductance in terms of total magnetic flux ym is defined as
Nym
M =
I
where
I " current flowing in the element that produces the magnetic flux.
N " Total no. of turns of the coil that experiences the magnetic flux.
Thus the mutual inductance between the current filament and the loop is
mI
N = 1500
M = 1500 b 0 ln 3 l = 0.33 mH
2p
I
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 5.2.18
co
So, we have the magnetic field intensity inside the material as

H = 1 B-M
m0
and outside the material the magnetic field intensity is
H = 1B
m0
So the field lines outside the material will be same as for the case of magnetic
flux density shown in the MCQ. 1.31. Whereas inside the material the direction of
magnetic field intensity will be opposite to the direction of magnetization. Thus the
sketch of the field intensity will be same as shown in the option (B).
# #
ww
SOL 5.2.19

Consider the wire is lying along z -axis. So at any point inside the wire (at a
distance r < a from its axis) magnetic field intensity will be determined as
# H : dl
= Ienc
(Amperes circuital law)
pr2
(for Amperian loop of radius r)
H (2pr) = I c 2 m
pa
Chap 5
For View Only
321
Ir
af
2p a 2
The direction of the magnetic field intensity is determined using right hand rule.
Now the stored energy in the magnetic field H is defined as
Wm = 1 m0 H 2 dv
v 2
So the stored energy in the internal magnetic filed per unit length (over the unit
length in z -direction) will be
2p
1
a
m0 I 2
m0 I 2 r2
=
r
r
f
d
d
dz
Wm =
2 2
16p
z = 0 f = 0 r = 0 2 (2pa )
Therefore, the energy per unit length depends only on I and is uniform for the
uniform current.
H =
or,

Since the two conducting plates of width w = 2 m carry a uniform current of I = 4 A
each so, the surface current density of each plate is
K = I = 4 = 2A/m
w
2
Now consider the first plate carrying current in + az direction is located at y = 0
and the second plate carrying current in - az direction is located at y = d , where
d is a very small separation between the plates.
Since the magnetic field intensity produced at any point P due to an infinite sheet
H = 1 (K # a n)
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward the point P . So,
the magnetic field intensity produced at the second plate due to the first plate is
(K1 = 2az , an = ay )
H12 = 1 (2az # ay) =- ax
2
Now the force per meter, exerted on the 2 nd plate due to the 1st plate will be
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 5.2.20
co
# # #
F12 =
where
So,
# # (K
0
# B12) dS
K2 " current density of the 2 nd plate

B12 " magnetic flux density produced at the 2 nd plate due to 1st plate
1
# # (- 2a ) # (m H ) dydz
= # # (- 2a ) # (- m a ) dydz
F12 =
12
(K2 =- 2az , B12 = m0 H12 )

= 4m0 ay
As the force applied by first plate on the 2nd plate is in ay direction so it is a

repulsive force. Therefore the repulsive force between the plates is 4m0 .
SOL 5.2.21

No, of turns,
Relative permeability,
n = 20, 000 turns/meter

mr = 100
322
Chap 5
For View Only

2
cross sectional area,
S = 0.04 m
Current in the solenoid, I = 100 # 10-3 A
So, its self inductance will be,
Ll = m0 mr n2 S = (4p # 10-7) # (100) # (20, 000) 2 # (0.04)
= 2.011 # 103
Therefore the energy stored per unit length in the field is
W lm = 1 LlI 2 = 1 # 2.011 # 103 # 10-2 = 10.05 J/m
2
2

Consider the path followed by the two particles are the curvatures having radii r ,
and r2 as shown in figure. So at balanced condition centrifugal force will be equal
to magnetic force.
Therefore for the first charged particles
mv2 = Bqv & r = mv
1
r1
Bq
2
^2m h v
and
= Bqv & r2 = mv
r2
Bq
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.22

The wire is oriented in east-west direction and magnetic field is directed northward
ww
SOL 5.2.23
w.
g
So the distance between the two particles at releasing end is

d = 2r2 - 2r1 = 2 b 2mv l - 2 b mv l = 2mv
Bq
Bq
Bq
Since the direction of gravitational force will be into the paper(toward the earth)
so for counteracting the gravitational force, applied force must be outward.
Now the force experienced by a current element Idl in a magnetic field B is
Chap 5
For View Only

F =
# Îdl h # B
323
As the magnetic field B is directed toward north therefore, using right hand rule
for cross vector we conclude that for producing the outward force current must flow
from west to east as shown in the figure below.
Since

Consider the current flowing in the wire is I . So the magnetic force applied by the
field B 0 on the wire is
where L is length of the wire
Fm = ILB 0
At balanced condition the magnetic force will be equal to the gravitational force :
Fm = mg
where m is the mass of the wire and g is acceleration due to gravity.
So comparing the two results we get the current flowing in the wire as
mg
I =
LB 0
Since
B 0 = 0.6 # 10-4 Wb/m2 , m = 0.3 kg and L = 1 m
^0.3h # 9.8
Therefore
( g = 9.8 m/s )
I =
= 49 kA
^1 h # ^0.6 # 10-4h
SOL 5.2.25

Consider the square loop has side a . Now, when the loop is situated in the field
B = 1.96 Wb/m2 . Suppose it swings with an angle a. So in the new position the
torque must be zero. Gravitational forces acting on all the sides of loop will be
down wards and the force due to magnetic field will be in horizontal direction as
shown in the figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.24
324
Chap 5
For View Only

So, in balanced condition,from the shown figure we have
a mg sin a â h + 2a mg sin a a a k = IBa
2
^2 h^1.96h
tan a = IB =
2mg
^2 h^0.2h^9.8h
a = tan-1 ^1 h = p/4
As discussed in Que 51 the path of electron will be parallel to the input beam but
in opposite direction. So the ejected electrons will be flowing in the - ay direction.
SOL 5.2.27

At any point in between the two parallel shuts the net magnetic flux density
produced by the two sheets is given as
B = B1 + B 2
where B1 is the flux density produced by the lower sheet and B2 is the flux density
produced by upper sheet.
Now the magnetic flux density produced at point P due to a plane sheet having
current density K is defined as
m
B = K # an
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet and directed toward point P . So,
the flux density produced by lower sheet is
m
( K = 4a x , a n = a z )
B1 = ^4ax h # az
2
and the flux density produced by the lower sheet is
m
(K =- 4ax , an =- az )
B2 = ^- 4ax h # (- az )
2
So the net magnetic flux density produced in the region between the two sheets is
m
m
B = ^4ax h # az + ^- 4ax h # ^- az h
2
2
=- 4may
where m is the permeability of the medium.
Therefore the flux density in region 1 is
( m1 = 2m0 )
Bregion 1 =- 4m1 ay =- 8m0 ay
and the flux density in region 2 is
( m2 = 4m0 )
Bregion 2 =- 4m2 ay =- 16m0 ay
So the net flux per unit length in the region between the two sheets is
f
= ^Bregion 1h (width of region 1) + ^Bregion 2h (width of region 2)
l
= ^- 8m0 ay h^1 h + ^- 16m0 ay h^2 h
=- 50m0 ay Wb/m
SOL 5.2.28

As the permeability of the medium varies from m1 to m2 linearly. So at any distance
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.26
Chap 5
325
For View Only

z from one of the plate near to which permiability is m1 , the permeability is given as
^m2 - m1h
(1)
m = m1 +
z
d
The magnetic flux density between the two parallel sheets carrying equal and
opposite current densities is defined as
B = mK
where K is the magnitude of the current density of the sheets.
Therefore the flux per unit length between the two sheets is
d
f
= Bdz where d is the separation between the two sheets.
l
0
d
d
^m2 - m1h
(from equation (1))
= mKdz = K ;m1 +
z E dz
d
0
0
m + m2
m - m1 z2 d
= Kb 1
d
= K ;m1 z + 2
2 l
d b 2 lE0
co

Given the field intensity inside the slab is
H = 4ax + 2ay
So the magnetic flux density inside the slab is given as
where m is the permeability of the material.
B = mH
(m = 2m0 )
= 2m0 ^4ax + 2ay h
Therefore the magnetization of the material is
M = B -H
m0
= 8ax + 4ay - ^4ax + 2ay h = 4ax + 2ay
Now the magnetization surface current density at the surfaces of a magnetic
material is defined as
Km = M # an
where an is the unit vector normal to the surface directed outward of the material
So, at z = 0 magnetization surface current density is
(an =- az )
6Km@at z = 0 = M # ^- az h
= 4ay - 2ax
and at z = d , the magnetization surface current density is
So,
(an = az )
6Km@at z = d = M # âz h
= ^4ax + 2ay h # âz h =- 4ay + 2ax
SOL 5.2.30

As calculated in the previous question the magnetization vector of the material is
M = 4a x + 2 a y
The magnetization volume current density inside a magnetic material is equal to
the curl of magnetization.,
i.e.
Jm = d # M
Therefore the magnetization volume current density inside the slab is
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 5.2.29
326
For View Only
Chap 5

a x ay a z
Jm =
2
2y
2
2z
=0
4 2 0

Given the B -H curve for the material,
B = 2m0 HH
The work done per unit volume in magnetizing a material from 0 to B 0 that has
non uniform permeability is defined as
wm =
B0
# H : dB
0
and
H0
3 H0
H : ^4m0 H h = 4m0 ;H E =
3 0
3m0 H 03
4
he

As 7 shows the direction into the paper while 9 shows the direction out of the
paper. So the wire of length l carries current 2I that flows out of the paper.
The Magnetic field intensity produced at a distance r from an infinite straight wire
H = I
2pr
So the magnetic field intensity produced at the top wire due to the infinite wire
carrying current inward is
I
(r = 2 l )
Hf1 =
2p ^ 2 l h
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 5.2.32
wm =
lp.
co
Now for determining dB . we can express

B = 2m0 H 2 aH
where aH is the unit vector in direction of H .
dB = 4m Ha
So,
0
H
dH
= 4m0 H
SOL 5.2.31
2
2x
and the magnetic field intensity at top wire due to the infinite wire carrying current
outward is
I
(r = 2 l )
Hf2 =
2p ^ 2 l h
Chap 5
327
For View Only

Therefore the resultant field intensity at the wire of length l is
HT = ^Hf1 + Hf2h cos q
2I
1 = I
=
#
2pl
2p ^ 2 l h
2
Since the force exerted on a current element Idl by a magnetic field H is defined as
dF = (mH) (Idl)
So the force experienced by the wire of length l is
mI 2
F = (mHT ) ^2I h l = m b I l^2I h l =
2p
2p l

Consider the sheets as shown in figure that having the surface current densities
+ 20 mA/may and - 20 mA/may
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.33
So the field intensity between the plates will be given as

H = H1 + H 2
where H1 is the field intensity produced by the sheet located at x = 0 and H2 is
the field intensity produced by the sheet located at x = 5 cm .
Now the magnetic field intensity produced at point P due to a plane sheet having
current density K is defined as
H = 1 K # an
2
where an is the unit vector normal to the sheet directed toward point P . So, the
magnetic field intensity in the region between the plates is
H = 1 K1 # an1 + 1 K2 # an2
2
2
1 44at2
44 3 1 44
2 44 3
x=0
at x = 5 cm
= 1 ^20 # 10-3 ay h # âx h + 1 ^- 20 # 10-3 ay h # ^- ax h
2
2
-3
=- 20 # 10 az
and magnetic flux density in the region between the sheets is
B = mH =- 40m0 # 10-3 az
^m = 2m0h
Therefore the stored magnetic energy per unit volume in the region is
328
For View Only
Chap 5
wm = 1 H : B = 1 ^800m0 # 10-6h
2
2
= 400 # 4p # 10-7 # 10-6 = 160p J/m3
Since the separation between plates is d = 5 cm . So, stored energy per unit area
between the plates is
Wm /A = wm # d = ^160ph # ^0.05h = 4p J/m2
Since the boundary surface of the two medium is z = 0 , so the normal component
B1n and tangential component B1t of magnetic flux density in medium 1 are
B1n = az
and
B1t = 0.4ax + 0.8ay
As the normal component of magnetic flux density is uniform at the boundary of
two medium So, the normal component of magnetic flux density in the medium 2 is
(1)
B2n = B1n = az
Now for determining tangential component of field in medium 2, we first calculate
tangential component of magnetic field intensity in medium 1 which is given as
where m1 is the permeability of medium 1.
H1t = B1t
m1
0.1ax + 0.2ay
( m1 = 4m0 )
= 1 ^0.4ax + 0.8ay h =
m0
4m0
Again from the boundary condition the tangential component of magnetic field
intensity in the two mediums are related as
an # ^H1t - H2t h = K
where H2t and H1t are the tangential components of magnetic field intensity in
medium 2 and medium 1 respectively, K is the surface current density at the
boundary interface of the two mediums and an is the unit vector normal to the
boundary interface. So we have
0.1ax + 0.2ay
az # <
- ^H2tx ax + H2ty ay hF = 1 ^0.2ax - 0.4ay h
m0
m0
0.1
0.2
1
b m0 - H2tx l ay - b m0 - H2ty l ax = m0 ^0.2ax - 0.4ay h
Comparing the x and y -components we get
H2tx = 0.1 + 0.4 = 0.5
m0
m0
m0
0
.
2
0
.
2
0
and
+
= .4
H2ty =
m0
m0
m0
Therefore the tangential component of magnetic field intensity in medium 2 is
H2t = 0.5 ax + 0.4 ay
m0
m0
and the tangential component of magnetic flux density in medium 2 is
B2t = m2 H2t = ax + 0.8ay
Thus the net magnetic flux density in medium 2 is
B2 = B2t + B2n = ax + 0.8ay + az
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.2.34
Chap 5
329
For View Only

SOL 5.2.35
Consider the square loop is of side 2a as shown in the figure
SOL 5.2.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
Since the sides BC and AD crosses the straight wire so no force will be experienced
by the sides, while the flux density produced by the straight wire at sides AB and
CD will be equal in magnitude.
Now the magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a straight wire
mI
B = 0
2pr
So the magnetic flux density produced by the straight wire at the two sides of the
loop is
m0 ^2 h
m
= 0
B =
Î = 2 A, r = a h
pa
2p â h
Since the force exerted on a current element Idl by a magnetic field B is defined as
dF = (Idl) # B
Therefore the force experienced by side AB of length 2a is
8m
m
(I = 4 A )
F1 = 64 ^2a h az@ # 9 0 axC = 0 ^- ay h
pa
p
Similarly force experienced by side CD is
8m
m
F2 = 64 ^2a h^- az h@ # 9 0 ^- ax hC = 0 ây h
p
pa
Thus the net force experienced by the loop is
16m0
F = F1 + F2 =
a
p ^ yh
= 16 # 4 # 10-7 ay = 2.4ay mN
According to Snells law the permeability of two mediums are related as
m0 tan q1 = m tan q2
tan q1 = 15m0
m0
tan q2
tan q1 = 15 tan q2
Now, the given flux density in medium 2 is
B2 = 1.2ay + 0.8az
...(i)
330
Chap 5

For calculating total reluctance of the circuit, we have to draw the electrical analog
of the circuit. In the given magnetic circuit, there are total six section for which six
reluctance has been drawn below.
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 5.2.37
lp.
co
For View Only

So the normal and tangential component of the magnetic flux density in medium
2 is
B2n = 0.8az
and
B2t = 1.2ay
tan q2 = B2n = 0.8 = 2
1.2 3
B2t
-1
or
q2 = tan ^2/3h
from equation (1)
tan q1 = 15 tan q2
tan q1 = 10
q = tan-1 ^10h
Thus the angular deflection is
q1 - q2 = tan-1 ^10h - tan-1 ^2/3h
= 54.6c
ww
For a given cross sectional area S and length of the core l reluctance is defined as
R = l
mS
Where m is permeability of the medium in core
5 # 10-2
So, we have
R1 =
= 1
^1000m0h^5 # 10-4h 10m0
5 # 10-2
1
R2 =
-4 = 20m
0
^1000m0h^10 # 10 h
6 # 10-2
= 3
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 50m0
14 # 10-2
= 7
R4 =
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 50m0
R5 = R3 = 3
50m0
4 # 10-2
= 1
R6 =
^1000m0h^10 # 10-4h 25m0
R3 =
Chap 5
331
co
For View Only

Since all the reluctance are connected in series so total reluctance of the magnetic
circuit is
RT = R 1 + R 2 + R 3 + R 4 + R 5 + R 6
= 1 + 1 + 3 + 7 + 3 + 1
10m0 20m0 50m0 50m0 50m0 25m0
= 9
20m0
SOL 5.2.38
For a given reluctance R of a magnetic circuit, the self, inductance is defined as
2
Where N is no. of turns of coil
L =N
R
^100h2
Then,
L =
cRT = 209m m
0
^9/20m0h
-2
= 2.79 # 10 = 27.9 mH
Give that
no. of turns of coil,
N = 50
length of the core,
l = 0.6 m
relative permeability,
mr = 600
inductance of the coil,
L = 0.2 mH = 0.2 # 10-3 H
So, the cross sectional area of core is
^0.2 # 10-3h^0.6h
S = Ll 2 =
mN
^600m0h^50h2
= 6.366 # 10-5 m2 = 1.64 cm2
SOL 5.2.40

Since the core is ideal so its reluctance will be zero and so the electrical analog for
the magnetic circuit will be as shown below
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 5.2.39
The reluctance R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is produced by the air gap.

4 # 10-2
R 1 = l1 =
= 4
m0 S1 m0 ^100 # 10-4h m0
2 # 10-2
R2 =
= 2
m0 ^100 # 10-4h m0
2 # 10-2
= 2
R3 =
m0 ^100 # 10-4h m0
332
Chap 5

Since the coil N1 and N2 are directly connected through ideal core so entire flux
produced by N2 will link with N1 .
The electrical analog of the magnetic circuit is shown below where the reluctance
R 1 and R 2 are the reluctance due to air gap.
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 5.2.42
lp.
co
For View Only

So, the total reluctance seen by coil N1 is
RT = R 1 + R 2 || R 3
= 4 + 1 = 5
m0 m0 m0
and the self inductance of coil will be
2
L1 = N 1 = 62.8 mH
RT
SOL 5.2.41
The total reluctance of the magnetic circuit as seen from the coil N2 is
RT = ^R 1 || R 2h + R 3
(as calculated above)
= b 4 || 2 l + 2
m0 m0
m0
= 4 + 2 = 10
3m0
3m0 m0
Therefore the self inductance of the coil N2 is
2
^250h2
= 28.6 mH
L2 = N 2 =
RT
^10/3m0h
ww
So, the reluctance seen by coil N2 is

^4 # 10-3h
= 2
R1 = l =
m0
m0 S
m0 ^2000 # 10-6h
Consider the current flowing in coil N2 is i2 . So, the total flux produced by N2 i2 is
f2 = N2 i2 = 500i2 = 250m0 i2
R1
^2/m0h
Since the entire flux will link with N1 So mutual induction between N1 and N2 is
^250h^250m0 i2h
Nf
M = L12 = 1 2 =
= 78.54 mH
i2
i2
SOL 5.2.43

As the coil N1 and N2 are directly connected through an ideal core so entire flux
will produced by N2 will link with N1 and so flux linked with N 3 will be zero.
Chap 5
333
For View Only

Therefore the mutual inductance between N 3 and N2 is zero.
SOL 5.2.44

Given, the expression for magnetization curve,
B = 1 H + H 2 mWb/m2
3
The energy stored per unit volume in a magnetic material having linear magnetic
flux density is defined as
wm =
H0
# H : dB
H=0
wm =
Since, magnetic field intensity varied from 0 to 210 A/m So, we have
210
# HdB
H=0
lp.
he
co
dB = 1 + 2H
Since,
3
dH
So, putting it in equation we get,
210
wm =
H b 1 + 2H l dH
3
H=0
2
3 210
= :H + 2H D
6
3 0
= 6.18 # 106 J/m3 = 6.2 MJ/m3
ww
w.
ga
te
***********
334
For View Only
Chap 5
SOLUTIONS 5.3

From boundary condition we have the following relation between the magnetic field
intensity in the two mediums :
(1)
m1 H1n = m2 H2n
(2)
and
(H1 - H2) # an12 = K
where H1 and H2 are the magnetic field intensity in the two mediums, an12 is the
unit vector normal to the interface of the mediums directed from medium 1 to
medium 2 and K is the surface current density at the interface of the two mediums.
Now, the magnetic field intensity in medium 1 is
H1 = 3ax + 30ay A/m
As the interface lies in the plane x = 0 so, we have
H1n = 3ax
From equation (1), the normal component of the field intensity in medium 2 is
given as
H2n = H1n = 1.5ax
2
Therefore, the net magnetic field intensity in medium 2 can be considered as
(3)
H2 = 1.5ax + Aay + Baz
where A and B are the constants. So, from equation (2) we have
6(3ax + 30ay) - (1.5ax + Aay + Baz )@ # ax = 10ay
61.5ax + (30 - A) ay - Baz@ # ax = 10ay
0 - (30 - A) az - Bay = 10ay
Comparing the components in the two sides we get
30 - A = 0 & A = 30
and
- B = 10 & B =- 10
Putting these values in equation (3) we get the magnetic field intensity in medium
2 as
H2 = 1.5ax + 30ay - 10az A/m
SOL 5.3.2

Given,
the magnetic moment
m = 2.5 A- m2
Mass of magnet,
mass = 6.6 # 10-3 kg
density of steel,
density = 7.9 # 103 kg/m3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.3.1
Chap 5
335
For View Only

So, the net volume of the magnet bar is
-3
v = mass = 6.6 # 10 3
density
7.9 # 10
-6
= 0.835 # 10 m3
Now, the magnetization of the magnet is defined as the magnetic moment per unit
volume so, we get magnetization of the magnet bar as
2. 5
M =m =
v
0.835 # 10-6
= 3 # 106 A/m
Given,
SOL 5.3.3

The electrical analogy of the magnetic field are listed below :
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 5.3.4
he
lp.
co
Magnetic field intensity, H = 5ax A/m

m
Current element,
Idl = 4 # 10-4 ay A- m
So, the magnetic flux density is given as
B = mH = 5ax A/m
Since, the force exerted on a current element Idl placed in a magnetic field B is
defined as
F = Îdl h # B
So, putting all the values we get,
F = ^4 # 10-4 ay h # ^5ax h
=- 2 # 10-3 az N =- 2az mN
Electrical field
Magnetic field
EMF (electromotive force)
" MMF (magneto motive force)
Electric current
" Magnetic flux
Resistance
" Reluctance
Conductivity
" Permeability
So, for the given match list we get, A " 3 , B " 2 , C " 4 , D " 1.
SOL 5.3.5

At the surface of discontinuity (interface between two medium) the normal
component of magnetic flux density are related as
B1n = B2n
i.e. normal component of magnetic flux density is uniform at the surface of
discontinuity.
Statement 1 is correct
At the boundary interface between two mediums, the normal component of the
electric flux density is related as
i.e. discontinuous
D2n - D1n = rs
336
Chap 5
For View Only

where rS is surface charge density at the interface. If the interface is charge free (
rS = 0 ) then, the equation changes to
i.e. continuous
D2n = D1n
So, the normal component of flux density at the surface of discontinuity may or
may not be continuos.
Magnetic current is composed of both displacement and conduction components.
SOL 5.3.7

Torque exerted on a loop with dipole moment M in a magnetic field B is defined
as
T = M#B
SOL 5.3.8

Biot savarts law gives the magnetic flux density as defined below
# Idl # R
lp.
m0
co
SOL 5.3.6
^b " 3h
4p R 2
Displacement current is determined by using maxwells equation as
d # H = Jc + Jd where Jd is displacement current density ^c " 1h
Time average power flow in a field wave is determined by poynting vector as
Pave = 1 Es # Hs
^d " 2h
2
â " 4h
Using Gausss law line charge distribution can be determined.
ww
SOL 5.3.10

Magnetic energy density in a magnetic field is defined as
wm = 1 J : A
2
Consider the two wires carrying current as shown below :
w.
g
SOL 5.3.9
at
e
he
B =
The force exerted due to the wire 2 at wire 1 is given as

F = Îdl h # ^B h
where Idl is the small current element of the wire 1 and B is magnetic flux density
produced by wire 2 at wire 1. As determined by right hand rule the magnetic flux
Chap 5
337
For View Only

density produced due to wire 2 at wire 1 is out of the paper.
Which will be towards wire 2. In the similar way the force due to wire 1 at wire 2
will be toward wire 1 i.e. attractive and perpendicular to the wire.
From the boundary condition for magnetic field, we have the following derived
condition as
m1 Hn1 = m2 Hn2
and
Ht1 = Ht2
SOL 5.3.12

The magnetic flux density B and magnetic field intensity H in a medium with
permeability m are related as
B = mH = mr m0 H
Now, for the different magnetic material relative permeability mr are listed below :
Free space (vacuum)
mr = 1
Diamagnetic
mr K 1
Paramagnetic
mr L 1
Ferromagnetic
mr >> 1
So, the B -H curve for the respective material has been shown below (depending
on their slopes m).
SOL 5.3.13

When a dielectric material is placed in an electric field then the electric dipoles
are created in it. This phenomenon is called polarization of the dielectric material.
So, we conclude that both the statement are correct and statement (II) is correct
explanation of (I).
SOL 5.3.14

For an inhomogenous magnetic material, magnetic permeability is a variable and
so, it has some finite gradient. Now, from maxwells equation we know
d:B = 0
Since,
B = mH
So,
d : B = d : ^mH h
0 = d:m+d:H
In the above equation d : m have some finite value therefore,
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.3.11
338
For View Only

(in inhomogenous medium)
d:H ! 0
SOL 5.3.15
Chap 5

Force on a current element Idl kept in a magnetic field B is defined as
F =
# Idl # B
L
= 6^10h^2 h az@ # 60.05ax@ = 1.0ay N

Magnetic energy density in a magnetic field is defined as
wm = 1 J : A
2
where J is the current density and A is the magnetic vector potential.
SOL 5.3.17

The force on a moving charge q with the velocity v in a region having magnetic
field B and electric field E is defined as
F = q Ê + v # B h
SOL 5.3.18

The currents in the hairpin shaped wire flows as shown in the figure.
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.3.16
w.
g
As the direction of current are opposite so the force acting between them is repulsive,
and So it tend to a straight line.
Given, the Lorentz force equation,
F = e ^v # B h
If the particle is at rest then v = 0 and so there will be no any deflection in particle
due to the magnetic field.
SOL 5.3.20

Force acting on a small point charge q moving in an EM wave is defined as
F = qE + q ^v + B h
So, for q = 1
F = E+v#B
SOL 5.3.21

Given,
Current flowing in the conductor,
Magnetic flux density,
ww
SOL 5.3.19
I = 5A
B = 3ax + 4ay
Chap 5
339

From the boundary condition for magnetic field we have the following relation :
Normal component of magnetic flux density is continuous
i.e.
Bn1 = Bn2
Any field vector is the sum of its normal and tangential component to any surface
i.e.
H1 = Hn1 + Ht1
When the interface between two medium carries a uniform current K then the
tangential component of magnetic field intensity is not uniform.
i.e.
Ht1 - Ht 2 = K
or, an21 # ^H1 - H2h = K
SOL 5.3.23
B2 !
Bn2 + Bt 2
ww
w.
ga
te
But,
he
lp.
co
SOL 5.3.22
For View Only

Since, the force experienced by a current carrying element Idl placed in a magnetic
field B is defined as
dF = Îdl h # B
As the current flowing in az direction so, we have
dl = dlaz
and the force experienced by the conductor is
dF = ^5dlaz h # ^3ax + 4ay h
Therefore, the force per unit length experienced by the conductor is
dF = 15a - 20a
y
x
dl
=- 20ax + 15ay N/m

Given, the magnetic flux density in medium 1 is
B1 = 1.2ax + 0.8ay + 0.4az
and the interface lies in the plane z = 0 .
So, the tangential and normal components of magnetic flux density in the two
mediums are respectively :
B1t = 1.2ax + 0.8ay
and
B1n = 0.4az
Now, from the boundary condition of current free interface, we have the following
relations between the components of field in two mediums.
B1n = B2n
B1t = B2t
m1
m2
Therefore, we get the field components in medium 2 as
B2n = B1n = 0.4az
m
and
B2t = B1t b 2 l = 1 ^1.2ax + 0.8ay h = ^0.6ax + 0.4ay h
m1
2
Thus, the net magnetic flux density in region 2 is
and
340
For View Only
SOL 5.3.24
B2 = B2n + B2t
= 0.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az
So, the magnetic field intensity in region 2 is
H2 = B2 = 1 ^0.6ax + 0.4ay + 0.4az h A/m
m2
m0
Energy stored in a magnetic field is defined as
Wm = 1 A : J dv
2
# A : J dv has the units of energy.
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
***********
co
So,
Chap 5
CHAPTER 6
TIME VARRYING FIELD AND MAXWELL EQUATION
342
Time Varrying Field and Maxwell Equation
MCQ 6.1.1
EXERCISE 6.1
For View Only
(Notations have their usual meaning)
List-II
co
List-I
b
Faradays law
Gausss law
Non existence of isolated

magneticharge
d
1
2
4
2
d : D = rv
2.
d:B = 0
3.
d # E =-2B
2t
4.
d # H = J + 2D
2t
at
e
c
2
3
1
1
w.
g
b
3
1
3
3
1.
lp.
Amperes circuital law
he
Codes :
a
(A) 4
(B)
4
(C) 2
(D) 4
MCQ 6.1.2
Chap 6
Magneto static fields is caused by

(A) stationary charges
(B) steady currents
(C) time varying currents
(D) none of these
Let A be magnetic vector potential and E be electric field intensity at certain time
in a time varying EM field. The correct relation between E and A is
(A) E =-2A
(B) A =-2E
2t
2t
(C) E = 2A
(D) A = 2E
2t
2t
MCQ 6.1.4
A closed surface S defines the boundary line of magnetic medium such that the
field intensity inside it is B . Total outward magnetic flux through the closed
surface will be
(A) B : S
(B) 0
ww
MCQ 6.1.3
(C) B # S
(D) none of these
Chap 6
343
For View Only

MCQ 6.1.5
A perfect conducting sphere of radius r is such that its net charge resides on the
surface. At any time t , magnetic field B (r, t) inside the sphere will be
(A) 0
(B) uniform, independent of r
(C) uniform, independent of t
(D) uniform, independent of both r and t
The total magnetic flux through a conducting loop having electric field E = 0
inside it will be
(A) 0
MCQ 6.1.6
(B) constant
co
(C) varying with time only
(D) varying with time and area of the surface both
A cylindrical wire of a large cross section made of super conductor carries a current
I . The current in the superconductor will be confined.
(A) inside the wire
(B) to the axis of cylindrical wire
(D) none of these
he
(C) to the surface of the wire
lp.
MCQ 6.1.7
If Bi denotes the magnetic flux density increasing with time and Bd denotes the
magnetic flux density decreasing with time then which of the configuration is
correct for the induced current I in the stationary loop ?
MCQ 6.1.9
A circular loop is rotating about z -axis in a magnetic field B = B 0 cos wtay . The
total induced voltage in the loop is caused by
(A) Transformer emf
(B) motion emf.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.1.8
(C) Combination of (A) and (B)
(D) none of these
344
Chap 6
For View Only

MCQ 6.1.10
A small conducting loop is released from rest with in a vertical evacuated cylinder
voltage induced in the falling loop is
(Assume earth magnetic field = 2 # 10-6 T at a constant angle of 10c below the
horizontal)
(A) zero
(B) 1 mV
(C) 17.34 mV
A square loop of side 2 m is located in the plane x = 0 as shown in figure. A nonuniform magnetic flux density through it is given as
MCQ 6.1.11
(D) 9.8 mV
co
B = 4z3 t2 ax ,
at
e
he
lp.
The emf induced in the loop at time t = 2 sec will be
(A) 16 volt
(C) 4 volt
(D) - 2 volt
A very long straight wire carrying a current I = 3 A is placed at a distance of 4 m

from a square loop as shown in figure. If the side of the square loop is 4 m then the
total flux passing through the square loop will be
ww
w.
g
MCQ 6.1.12
(B) - 4 volt
(A) 0.81 # 10-7 wb
(B) 10-6 wb
(C) 4.05 # 10-7 wb
(D) 2.0 # 10-7 wb
Chap 6
345
co
For View Only

MCQ 6.1.13
A straight conductor ab of length l lying in the xy plane is rotating about the
centre a at an angular velocity w as shown in the figure.
(C) Vba is positive
(D) Vba is zero
he
In a certain region magnetic flux density is given as B = 0.2t az Wb/m2 . An electric

loop with resistance 2 W and 4 W is lying in x -y plane as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.1.14
lp.
If a magnetic field B is present in the space directed along az then which of the
following statement is correct ?
(A) Vab is positive
(B) Vab is negative
If the area of the loop is 2 m2 than, the voltage drop V1 and V2 across the two
resistances is respectively
(A) 66.7 mV and 33.3 mV
(B) 33.3 mV and 66.7 mV
(C) 50 mV and 100 mV
MCQ 6.1.15
(D) 100 mV and 50 mV
Assertion (A) : A small piece of bar magnet takes several seconds to emerge at
bottom when it is dropped down a vertical aluminum pipe where as an identical
unmagnetized piece takes a fraction of second to reach the bottom.
Reason (R) : When the bar magnet is dropped inside a conducting pipe, force
exerted on the magnet by induced eddy current is in upward direction.

346
Chap 6
co
For View Only

MCQ 6.1.16
A magnetic core of uniform cross section having two coils (Primary and secondary)
wound on it as shown in figure. The no. of turns of primary coil is 5000 and no. of
turns of secondary coil is 3000. If a voltage source of 4 Volts is connected across the
primary coil then what will be the voltage across the secondary coil ?
(A) 72 volt
(B) 7.2 volt
(D) - 7.2 volt
MCQ 6.1.17
lp.
(C) 20 volt
Self inductance of a long solenoid having n turns per unit length will be proportional
to
(A) n
(B) 1/n
A wire with resistance R is looped on a solenoid as shown in figure.
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 6.1.18
(D) 1/n2
he
(C) n2
ww
If a constant current is flowing in the solenoid then the induced current flowing in
the loop with resistance R will be
(A) non uniform
(B) constant
(C) zero
MCQ 6.1.19
(D) none of these
A long straight wire carries a current I = I 0 cos (wt). If the current returns along
a coaxial conducting tube of radius r as shown in figure then magnetic field and
electric field inside the tube will be respectively.
Chap 6
For View Only

(A) radial, longitudinal

(B) circumferential, longitudinal
(C) circumferential, radial
(D) longitudinal, circumferential
Assertion (A) : Two coils are wound around a cylindrical core such that the primary
coil has N1 turns and the secondary coils has N2 turns as shown in figure. If the
same flux passes through every turn of both coils then the ratio of emf induced in
the two coils is
Vemf 2 = N2
Vemf 1
N1
lp.
co
MCQ 6.1.20
347
he
Reason (R) : In a primitive transformer, by choosing the appropriate no. of turns,

any desired secondary emf can be obtained.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.1.21
In a non magnetic medium electric field E = E 0 cos wt is applied. If the permittivity

of medium is e and the conductivity is s then the ratio of the amplitudes of the
conduction current density and displacement current density will be
(A) m0 /we
(B) s/we
(C) sm0 /we
MCQ 6.1.22
MCQ 6.1.23
(D) we/s
In a medium where no D.C. field is present, the conduction current density at

any point is given as Jd = 5 cos ^1.5 # 108 t h ay A/m2 . Electric flux density in the
medium will be
(A) 133.3 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
(B) 13.3 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
(C) 1.33 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
(D) - 1.33 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
In a medium, the permittivity is a function of position such that de . 0 . If the
e
volume charge density inside the medium is zero then d : E is roughly equal to
(B) - eE
(A) eE
(C) 0
(D) - de : E
348
Chap 6
For View Only

MCQ 6.1.24
A conducting medium has permittivity, e = 4e0 and conductivity, s = 1.14 # 108 s/m
. What will be the ratio of magnitude of displacement current and conduction
current in the medium at 50 GHz ?
(A) 1.10 # 10 4
(B) 1.025 # 107
(C) 9.75 # 10-17
(D) 9.75 # 10-8
In free space, the electric field intensity at any point (r, q, f) in spherical coordinate
system is given by
sin q cos ^wt - kr h
E =
aq
r
The phasor form of magnetic field intensity in the free space will be
(B) - k sin q e-jkr af
(A) k sin q e-jkr af
wm0 r
wm0 r
MCQ 6.1.26
kwm0 -jkr
e af
r
(D) k sin q e-jkr af

r
lp.
(C)
co
MCQ 6.1.25
Magnetic field intensity in free space is given as
he
H = 0.2 cos ^15py h sin ^6p # 109 t - bx h az A/m
(C) ! 77.5 rad/m
at
e
It satisfies Maxwells equation when b equals to

(A) ! 46.5 rad/m
(B) ! 41.6 rad/m
(D) ! 60.28 rad/m
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 6
For View Only
EXERCISE 6.2
Two parallel conducting rails are being placed at a separation of 3 m as shown in

figure. One end of the rail is being connected through a resistor R = 10 W and the
other end is kept open. A metal bar slides frictionlessly on the rails at a speed of
5 m/s away from the resistor. If the magnetic flux density B = 0.2 Wb/m2 pointing
out of the page fills entire region then the current I flowing in the resistor will be
(A) 0.01 A
(B) - 0.01 A
co
MCQ 6.2.1
349
(D) - 0.1 A
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
(C) 1 A
A conducting wire is formed into a square loop of side 4 m. A very long straight
wire carrying a current I = 30 A is located at a distance 2 m from the square loop
as shown in figure.
MCQ 6.2.2
If the loop is pulled away from the straight wire at a velocity of 5 m/s then the
induced e.m.f. in the loop after 0.6 sec will be
(A) 5 mvolt
(B) 2.5 mvolt
(C) 25 mvolt
(D) 5 mvolt
350
Chap 6
For View Only

MCQ 6.2.3
If the loop is pulled downward in the parallel direction to the straight wire, such
that distance between the loop and wire is always 3 m then the induced e.m.f. in
the loop at any time t will be
(A) linearly increasing with t
(B) always 0
(C) linearly decreasing with t
An infinitely long straight wire with a closed switch S carries a uniform current
I = 4 A as shown in figure. A square loop of side a = 2 m and resistance R = 4 W is
located at a distance 4 m from the wire. Now at any time t = t 0 the switch is open
so the current I drops to zero. What will be the total charge that passes through
a corner of the square loop after t = t 0 ?
(A) 277 nC
(B) 693 nC
co
MCQ 6.2.4
(D) always constant but not zero.
(C) - 237 nC
A circular loop of radius 5 m carries a current I = 2 A . If another small circular

loop of radius 1 mm lies a distance 8 m above the large circular loop such that the
planes of the two loops are parallel and perpendicular to the common axis as shown
in figure then total flux through the small loop will be
(A) 1.62 fWb
(B) 25.3 nWb
ww
(C) 44.9 fWb
w.
g
MCQ 6.2.5
at
e
he
lp.
(D) 139 nC
(D) 45.4 pWb
Chap 6
351
For View Only

MCQ 6.2.6
A non magnetic medium at frequency f = 1.6 # 108 Hz has permittivity e = 54e0
and resistivity r = 0.77 W - m . What will be the ratio of amplitudes of conduction
current to the displacement current ?
(A) 0.43
(B) 0.37
(C) 1.16
Two voltmeters A and B with internal resistances RA and RB respectively is

connected to the diametrically opposite points of a long solenoid as shown in
figure. Current in the solenoid is increasing linearly with time. The correct relation
between the voltmeters reading VA and VB will be
(B) VA =- VB
(D) VA =- RA
VB
RB
he
(A) VA = VB
(C) VA = RA
VB RB
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.7
(D) 2.70
ww
w.
ga
te
Two parallel conducting rails are being placed at a separation of 6 m with a resistance
R = 10 W connected across its one end. A conducting bar slides frictionlessly on
the rails with a velocity of 4 m/s away from the resistance as shown in the figure.
MCQ 6.2.8
If a uniform magnetic field B = 4 Tesla pointing out of the page fills entire region
then the current I flowing in the bar will be
(A) 0 A
(B) - 40 A
(C) 4 A
(D) - 4 A
352
Chap 6
For View Only

MCQ 6.2.9
The force exerted by magnetic field on the sliding bar will be
(A) 4 N, opposes its motion
(B) 40 N, opposes its motion
(C) 40 N, in the direction of its motion
(D) 0
Two small resistor of 225 W each is connected through a perfectly conducting
filament such that it forms a square loop lying in x -y plane as shown in the figure.
Magnetic flux density passing through the loop is given as
B =- 7.5 cos (120pt - 30c) az
The induced current I (t) in the loop will be
at
e
(A) 0.02 sin (120pt - 30c)
he
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.10
(C) - 5.7 sin (120pt - 30c)
(B) 2.8 # 103 sin (120pt - 30c)

(D) 5.7 sin (120pt - 30c)
w.
g
MCQ 6.2.11
ww
In a non uniform magnetic field B = 8x2 az Tesla , two parallel rails with a separation
of 10 m and connected with a voltmeter at its one end is located in x -y plane as
shown in figure. The Position of the bar which is sliding on the rails is given as
x = t ^1 + 0.4t2h
Voltmeter reading at t = 0.4 sec will be
Chap 6
For View Only

(A) - 0.35 volt

(B) 0.35 volt
(C) - 0.29 volt

MCQ 6.2.12
353
(D) - 1.6 volt
Voltmeter reading at x = 12 cm will be

(A) 12.27 mvolt
(B) - 14.64 mvolt
(D) - 23.4 mvolt
(C) 23.4 mvolt
A rectangular loop of self inductance L is placed near a very long wire carrying
current i1 as shown in figure (a). If i1 be the rectangular pulse of current as shown
in figure (b) then the plot of the induced current i2 in the loop versus time t will
be (assume the time constant of the loop, t & L/R )
MCQ 6.2.14
Two parallel conducting rails is placed in a varying magnetic field B = 0.2 cos wtax
. A conducting bar oscillates on the rails such that its position is given by
y = 0.25 ^1 - cos wt h m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.13
354
Chap 6
co
For View Only

If one end of the rails are terminated in a resistance R = 5 W , then the current i
flowing in the rails will be
(B) - 0.01w sin wt ^1 + 2 cos wt h

(D) 0.05w sin wt ^1 + 2 sin wt h
MCQ 6.2.15
he
(C) 0.01w cos wt ^1 + 2 sin wt h
lp.
(A) 0.01w sin wt ^1 + 2 cos wt h
Electric flux density in a medium ( er = 10 , mr = 2 ) is given as
at
e
D = 2.33 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay mC/m2

Magnetic field intensity in the medium will be
(A) 10-5 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
(B) 2 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
w.
g
(C) - 4 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
(D) 4 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
In a non conducting medium (s = 0) magnetic field intensity at any point is given

by H = cos ^1010 t - bx h az A/m . The permittivity of the medium is e = 0.12 nF/m
and permeability of the medium is m = 3 # 10-5 H/m . If no D.C. field is present in
medium, then value of b for which the field satisfies Maxwells equation is
(A) - 600 rad/s
ww
MCQ 6.2.16
(B) 600 rad/m
(C) 3.6 # 105 rad/m

(D) (A) and (B) both
MCQ 6.2.17
A current filament located on the x -axis in free space with in the interval
- 0.1 < x < 0.1 m carries current I (t) = 8t A in ax direction. If the retarded vector
potential at point P (0, 0, 2) be A (t) then the plot of A (t) versus time will be
Chap 6
he
In a non-conducting medium ( s = 0 , mr = er = 2 ), the retarded potentials are given

as V = y ^x - ct h volt and A = y ^ xc - t h ax Wb/m where c is velocity of waves in
free space. The field (electric and magnetic) inside the medium satisfies Maxwells
equation if
(A) J = 0 only
(B) rv = 0 only
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.2.18
lp.
co
For View Only
355
(C) J = rv = 0
MCQ 6.2.19
(D) Cant be possible
Electric field in free space in given as
E = 5 sin ^10py h cos ^6p # 109 - bx h az
It satisfies Maxwells equation for b = ?

(A) ! 20p rad/m
(B) ! 300 p rad/m
(C) 10p rad/m
(D) 30p rad/m

In a region of electric and magnetic fields E and B , respectively, the force
experienced by a test charge qC are given as follows for three different velocities.
Velocity m/sec
Force, N
ax
2q âx + ay h
ay
qay
az
q ^2ay + az h
356
Chap 6
For View Only

MCQ 6.2.20
What will be the magnetic field B in the region ?
(A) ax
(B) ax - ay
(D) ay - az
(C) az
MCQ 6.2.21
What will be electric field E in the region ?

(B) ay - az
(A) ax - az
(C) ay + az
In Cartesian coordinates magnetic field is given by B =- 2/x az . A square loop of

side 2 m is lying in xy plane and parallel to the y -axis. Now, the loop is moving in
that plane with a velocity v = 4ax as shown in the figure.
he
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.22
(D) ay + az - ax
w.
g
at
e
What will be the circulation of the induced electric field around the loop ?
16
(B) 8
(A)
x
x ^x + 2h
x ^x + 2h
8
(C)
(D)
16
x ^x + 2h
ww
MCQ 6.2.23
In a cylindrical coordinate system, magnetic field is given by

Z0
for r < 5 m
]
B = [2 sin wtaz for 5 < r < 6 m
]0
for r > 6 m
\
The induced electric field in the region r < 4 m will be
(A) 0
(B) 2w cos wt af
r
(C) - 2 cos wtaf
MCQ 6.2.24
The induced electric field at r = 4.5 m is
(D)
1 a
2 sin wt f
(A) 0
(B) - 17w cos wt

18
(C) 4w cos wt
9
(D) - 17w cos wt

4
Chap 6
357
For View Only

MCQ 6.2.25
The induced electric field in the region r > 5 m is
(B) - 9w cos wt af
(A) - 18 w cos wtaf
r
r
(D) 9w cos wt af
r
(C) - 9r cos wtaf
In a certain region a test charge is moving with an angular velocity 2 rad/ sec along
a circular path of radius 4 m centred at origin in the x -y plane. If the magnetic
flux density in the region isB = 2az Wb/m2 then the electric field viewed by an
observer moving with the test charge is
(A) 8a r V/m
(B) 4a r V/m
MCQ 6.2.26
(D) - 8a r V/m
(C) 0
A 8 A current is flowing along a straight wire from a point charge situated at the
origin to infinity and passing through the point (1, 1, 1). The circulation of the
magnetic field intensity around the closed path formed by the triangle having the
vertices ^2, 0, 0h, ^0, 2, 0h and ^0, 0, 2h is equal to
(B) 3 A
(A) 7 A
8
(C) 7 A
(D) 1 A
MCQ 6.2.28
Magnetic flux density, B = 0.1t az Tesla threads only the loop abcd lying in the
plane xy as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 6.2.27
Consider the three voltmeters V1 , V2 and V3 , connected across the resistance in the
same xy plane. If the area of the loop abcd is 1 m2 then the voltmeter readings are
V1
V2
V3
(A) 66.7 mV
33.3 mV
66.7 mV
(B) 33.3 mV
66.7 mV
33.3 mV
(C) 66.7 mV
66.7 mV
33.3 mV
(D) 33.3 mV
66.7 mV
66.7 mV
358
For View Only
Chap 6
MCQ 6.2.29
lp.
co
A square wire loop of resistance R rotated at an angular velocity w in the uniform

magnetic field B = 2ay mWb/m2 as shown in the figure.
If the angular velocity, w = 2 rad/ sec then the induced e.m.f. in the loop will be
(A) 2 sin q mV/m
(B) 2 cos q mV/m
If resistance, R = 40 mW then the current flowing in the square loop will be

(A) 0.2 sin q mA
(B) 0.1 sin q mA
(C) 0.1 cos q mA
(D) 0.5 sin q mA
In a certain region magnetic flux density is given as B = B 0 sin wt ay . A rectangular

loop of wire is defined in the region with its one corner at origin and one side along
z -axis as shown in the figure.
ww
w.
g
MCQ 6.2.31
at
e
MCQ 6.2.30
(D) 4 sin q mV/m
he
(C) 4 cos q mV/m
If the loop rotates at an angular velocity w (same as the angular frequency of

magnetic field) then the maximum value of induced e.m.f in the loop will be
(A) 12 B 0 Sw
(B) 2B 0 Sw
(C) B 0 Sw
(D) 4B 0 Sw
Chap 6
359
For View Only

MCQ 6.2.32
A 50 turn rectangular loop of area 64 cm2 rotates at 60 revolution per seconds in
a magnetic field B = 0.25 sin 377t Wb/m2 directed normal to the axis of rotation.
The rms value of the induced voltage is
(A) 2.13 volt
(B) 21.33 volt
(C) 4.26 volt
(D) 42.66 volt
MCQ 6.2.34
The value of vab is

(A) - 118.43 cos 120pt V
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.2.33
he
lp.
co
Consider the figure shown below. Let B = 5 cos 120pt Wb/m2 and assume that the
magnetic field produced by i (t) is negligible
(B) 118.43 cos 120pt V
(C) - 118.43 sin 120pt V
(D) 118.43 sin 120pt V
The value of i (t) is

(A) - 0.47 cos 120pt A
(B) 0.47 cos 120pt A
(C) - 0.47 sin 120pt A
(D) 0.47 sin 120pt A
***********
360
For View Only
EXERCISE 6.3
y
A magnetic field in air is measured to be B = B 0 c 2 x 2 ay - 2
ax What
x +y
x + y2 m
current distribution leads to this field ?
[Hint : The algebra is trivial in cylindrical coordinates.]
(A) J = B 0 z c 2 1 2 m, r ! 0
(B) J =- B 0 z c 2 2 2 m, r ! 0
m0 x + y
m0 x + y
(C) J = 0, r ! 0
(D) J = B 0 z c 2 1 2 m, r ! 0
m0 x + y
For static electric and magnetic fields in an inhomogeneous source-free medium,
which of the following represents the correct form of Maxwells equations ?
(A) d : E = 0 , d # B = 0
(B) d : E = 0 , d : B = 0
GATE 2008
(C) d # E = 0 , d # B = 0
MCQ 6.3.4
GATE 2003
MCQ 6.3.5
GATE 1998
at
e
The unit of d # H is
(A) Ampere
(B) Ampere/meter
(C) Ampere/meter 2
(D) Ampere-meter
The Maxwell equation d # H = J + 2D is based on

2t
(A) Amperes law
(B) Gauss law
(C) Faradays law
MCQ 6.3.6
GATE 1998
(D) d # E = 0 , d : B = 0
If C is closed curve enclosing a surface S , then magnetic field intensity H , the

current density J and the electric flux density D are related by
(A) ## H $ dS = ## bJ + 2D l : dl
(B) # H : dl = ## bJ + 2D l : dS
2
t
2t
S
C
S
S
(C) ## H : dS = # bJ + 2D l : dl
(D) # H : dl = ## bJ + 2D l : dS
2t
2t
S
C
C
S
w.
g
GATE 2007
ww
MCQ 6.3.3
he
MCQ 6.3.2
lp.
co
GATE 2009
MCQ 6.3.1
Chap 6
(D) Coulombs law
A loop is rotating about they y -axis in a magnetic field B = B 0 cos (wt + f) ax T.

The voltage in the loop is
(A) zero
(B) due to rotation only
(C) due to transformer action only
(D) due to both rotation and transformer action
Chap 6
361
For View Only

MCQ 6.3.7
The credit of defining the following current is due to Maxwell
IES EC 2012
(A) Conduction current
(B) Drift current
(C) Displacement current
MCQ 6.3.8
IES EC 2011
(D) Diffusion current
A varying magnetic flux linking a coil is given by F = 2/3lt3 . If at time t = 3 s , the

emf induced is 9 V, then the value of l is.
(A) zero
(B) 1 Wb/s2
(C) - 1 Wb/s2
Assuming that each loop is stationary and time varying magnetic field B , induces
current I , which of the configurations in the figures are correct ?
MCQ 6.3.10
IES EC 2011
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
IES EC 2011
MCQ 6.3.9
(D) 9 Wb/s2
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 4
(B) 1 and 3 only
(C) 2 and 4 only
(D) 3 and 4 only
Assertion (A) : For time varying field the relation E =- dV is inadequate.

Reason (R) : Faradays law states that for time varying field d # E = 0
362
Chap 6
For View Only

MCQ 6.3.11
Who developed the concept of time varying electric field producing a magnetic field
IES EC 2009
?
(A) Gauss
(B) Faraday
(C) Hertz
IES EC 2009
A single turn loop is situated in air, with a uniform magnetic field normal to
its plane. The area of the loop is 5 m2 and the rate of charge of flux density is
2 Wb/m2 /s . What is the emf appearing at the terminals of the loop ?
(A) - 5 V
(B) - 2 V
MCQ 6.3.12
(D) Maxwell
MCQ 6.3.14
IES EC 2009
lp.
IES EC 2009
Which of the following equations results from the circuital form of Amperes law ?
(A) d # E =-2B
(B) d : B = 0
2t
(C) d : D = r
(D) d # H = J + 2D
2t
Assertion (A) : Capacitance of a solid conducting spherical body of radius a is
given by 4pe0 a in free space.
Reason (R) : d # H = jweE + J
he
MCQ 6.3.13
(D) - 10 V
co
(C) - 0.4 V
at
e
w.
g
IES EC 2007
Two conducting thin coils X and Y (identical except for a thin cut in coil Y
) are placed in a uniform magnetic field which is decreasing at a constant rate.
If the plane of the coils is perpendicular to the field lines, which of the following
statement is correct ? As a result, emf is induced in
(A) both the coils
ww
MCQ 6.3.15
(B) coil Y only
(C) coil X only
(D) none of the two coils

MCQ 6.3.16
IES EC 2006
Assertion (A) : Time varying electric field produces magnetic fields.

Reason (R) : Time varying magnetic field produces electric fields.
Chap 6
363
For View Only

MCQ 6.3.17
Match List I (Electromagnetic Law) with List II (Different Form) and select the
IES EC 2006
correct answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I
Amperes law
1.
4: D = rv
b.
Faradays law
2.
4: J =-2h
2t
c.
Gauss law
3.
4# H = J + 2D
2t
d.
Current
4.
4# E =-2B
2t
co
d
4
2
2
4
lp.
c
3
1
3
1
he
Two metal rings 1 and 2 are placed in a uniform magnetic field which is decreasing
with time with their planes perpendicular to the field. If the rings are identical
except that ring 2 has a thin air gap in it, which one of the following statements
is correct ?
(A) No e.m.f is induced in ring 1
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EC 2004
b
2
4
4
2
a.
Codes :
a
(A) 1
(B)
3
(C) 1
(D) 3
MCQ 6.3.18
List-II
(B) An e.m.f is induced in both the rings

(C) Equal Joule heating occurs in both the rings
(D) Joule heating does not occur in either ring.
MCQ 6.3.19
Which one of the following Maxwells equations gives the basic idea of radiation ?
IES EC 2003
(A)
d # H = 2D/2t
d # E = 2B/2t
d:D = r
3
(C)
d:D = 0
MCQ 6.3.20
IES EC 2001
(B)
(D)
d # E =- 2B/2t
4
d : D =- 2B/2t
d:B = r
4
d # H = ^2D/2t h
Which one of the following is NOT a correct Maxwell equation ?

(A) d # H = 2D + J
2t
(B) d # E = 2H
2t
(C) d : D = r
(D) d : B = 0
364
Chap 6
For View Only

MCQ 6.3.21
Match List I (Maxwell equation) with List II (Description) and select the correct
IES EC 2001
answer :
List I
c.
B $ dS
# E : dl =- # 2
2t
d.
J)
: dS
# H : dl = # 2(D2+
t
b.
# B : dS = 0
# D : dS = #v rv dv
co
a.
List II
The mmf around a closed path is equal to the conduction current plus the
time derivative of the electric displacement current through any surface
bounded by the path.
2.
The emf around a closed path is equal to the time derivative is equal to the
time derivative of the magnetic displacement through any surface bounded
by the path.
3.
The total electric displacement through the surface enclosing a volume is

equal to total charge within the volume
at
e
he
lp.
1.
4. The net magnetic flux emerging through any closed surface is zero.
Codes :
IES EE 2012
b
3
3
2
2
c
2
2
3
3
d
4
1
1
4
The equation of continuity defines the relation between

(A) electric field and magnetic field
ww
MCQ 6.3.22
a
1
4
4
1
w.
g
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(B) electric field and charge density

(C) flux density and charge density
(D) current density and charge density
MCQ 6.3.23
IES EE 2009
What is the generalized Maxwells equation d # H = Jc + 2D for the free space ?

2t
(A) d # H = 0
(B) d # H = Jc
(C) d # H = 2D
2t
(D) d # H = D
Chap 6
365
For View Only

MCQ 6.3.24
Magnetic field intensity is H = 3ax + 6yay + 2xaz A/m. What is the current density
IES EE 2009
J A/m2 ?
(B) - 7az
(A) - 2ay
(C) 3ax
MCQ 6.3.25
A circular loop placed perpendicular to a uniform sinusoidal magnetic field of

frequency w1 is revolved about an axis through its diameter at an angular velocity
w 2 rad/sec (w 2 < w1) as shown in the figure below. What are the frequencies for the
e.m.f induced in the loop ?
(A) w1 and w 2
(B) w1, w 2 + w 2 and w 2
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) w 2, w1 - w 2 and w 2
he
lp.
co
IES EE 2009
(D) 12ay
(D) w1 - w 2 and w1 + w 2
MCQ 6.3.26
IES EE 2009
Which one of the following is not a Maxwells equation ?

(A) d # H = ^s + jweh E
(B) F = Q Ê + v # B h
MCQ 6.3.27
IES EE 2008
(C)
D : dS
#c H : dl = #s J : dS + #s 2
2t
(D)
#S B : dS = 0
Consider the following three equations :

1. d # E =-2B
2t
2. d # H = J + 2D
2t
3. d : B = 0
Which of the above appear in Maxwells equations ?
(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3
(D) 1 and 3
366
Chap 6
co
For View Only

MCQ 6.3.28
A straight current carrying conductor and two conducting loops A and B are shown
IES EE 2007
in the figure given below. What are the induced current in the two loops ?
(A) Anticlockwise in A and clockwise in B

(C) Clockwise both in A and B
lp.
(B) Clockwise in A and anticlockwise in B
IES EE 2007
Which one of the following equations is not Maxwells equation for a static
electromagnetic field in a linear homogeneous medium ?
(A) d : B = 0
(C)
IES EE 2006
(B) d # D = 0v
(D) d2 A = m0 J
In free space, if rv = 0 , the Poissons equation becomes

(A) Maxwells divergence equation d : B = 0
w.
g
MCQ 6.3.30
#c B : dl = m0 I
at
e
MCQ 6.3.29
he
(D) Anticlockwise both in A and B
(B) Laplacian equation d2V = 0

(C) Kirchhoffs voltage equation SV = 0
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below :
IES EE 2004
ww
MCQ 6.3.31
List I
List II
Continuity equation
1. d H = J + 2D
#
2t
Amperes law
2.
3. d E =-2B
#
2t
Faradays law
4.
J = 2D
2t
2r
d # J =- v
2t
Chap 6
For View Only

Codes :
a
(A) 4
(B)
4
(C) 2
(D) 2
MCQ 6.3.32
IES EE 2004
367

b
3
1
3
1
c
2
2
4
4
d
1
3
1
3
Match List I (Type of field denoted by A) with List II (Behaviour) and select the
correct answer using the codes given below :
co
A static electric field in a charged region
IES EE 2003
a
4
4
2
2
b
2
2
4
4
c
3
1
3
1
d
1
3
1
3
d#A ! 0
d#A = 0
Which one of the following pairs is not correctly matched ?

(A) Gauss Theorem :
# D : ds = # d : Ddv
(C) Coulombs Law :
(D) Stokes Theorem :
IES EE 2003
d#A = 0
4. d : A = 0
(B) Gausss Law :
MCQ 6.3.34
2. d : A ! 0
A time-varying electric field in a charged medium

with time-varying magnetic field
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 6.3.33
d#A ! 0
3. d : A ! 0
Codes :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
1. d : A = 0
A steady magnetic field in a current carrying

conductor
lp.
A static electric field in a charge free region
he
List II
List I
# D : ds = #v rdv
V =-
dfm
dt
#l x : dl = #s (d # x) : ds
Maxwell equation d # E =- (2B/2t) is represented in integral form as

(A) # E : dl =- 2 # B : dl
(B) # E : dl =- 2 # B : ds
2t s
2t
(C) # E # dl =- 2 # B : dl
(D) # E # dl =- 2 # B : dl
2t s
2t
368
Chap 6
For View Only

MCQ 6.3.35
The magnetic flux through each turn of a 100 turn coil is (t3 - 4t) milli-Webers
IES EE 2002
where t is in seconds. The induced e.m.f at t = 2 s is
(A) 1 V
(B) - 1 V
(D) - 0.4 V
(C) 0.4 V
MCQ 6.3.36
lp.
co
IES EE 2002
Two conducting coils 1 and 2 (identical except that 2 is split) are placed in a
uniform magnetic field which decreases at a constant rate as in the figure. If the
planes of the coils are perpendicular to the field lines, the following statements are
made :
an e.m.f is induced in the split coil 2
2.
e.m.fs are induced in both coils
3.
equal Joule heating occurs in both coils
4.
Joule heating does not occur in any coil
at
e
he
1.
Which of the above statements is/are true ?

(A) 1 and 4
(B) 2 and 4
MCQ 6.3.37
IES EE 2002
w.
g
(C) 3 only
For linear isotropic materials, both E and H have the time dependence e jwt and
regions of interest are free of charge. The value of d # H is given by
(A) sE
(B) jweE
IES EE 2002
(D) sE - jweE
ww
(C) sE + jweE
MCQ 6.3.38
(D) 2 only
Which of the following equations is/are not Maxwells equations(s) ?

2r
(A) d : J =- v
(B) d : D = rv
2t
(C) d : E =-2B
(D) # H : dl = # b sE + e2E l : ds
2t
2t
s
(A) 2 and 4
(B) 1 alone
(C) 1 and 3
(D) 1 and 4
Assertion (A) : The relationship between Magnetic Vector potential A and the
current density J in free space is
d # (d # A) = m0 J
MCQ 6.3.39
IES EE 2001
Chap 6
369
For View Only

For a magnetic field in free space due to a dc or slowly varying current is d2 A =- m0 J
Reason (R) : For magnetic field due to dc or slowly varying current d : A = 0 .
MCQ 6.3.40
Assertion (A) : In the equation, the additional term 2D is necessary.

2t
Reason (R) : The equation will be consistent with the principle of conservation of
charge.
co
IES EE 2001
Given that d # H = J + 2D
2t

Consider coils C1, C2, C 3 and C 4 (shown in the given figures) which are placed in the
time-varying electric field E (t) and electric field produced by the coils C l2, C l3 and
C l4 carrying time varying current I (t) respectively :
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EE 2001
he
MCQ 6.3.41
lp.
The electric field will induce an emf in the coils

(A) C1 and C2
(B) C2 and C 3
370
For View Only

(C) C1 and C 3
MCQ 6.3.42
IES EE 2001
Chap 6

(D) C2 and C 4
A circular loop is rotating about the y -axis as a diameter in a magnetic field

B = B 0 sin wtax Wb/m2 . The induced emf in the loop is
(A) due to transformer emf only
(B) due to motional emf only
(C) due to a combination of transformer and motional emf
Match List I (Law/quantity) with List II (Mathematical expression) and select the
correct answer :
List I
a.
List II
co
IES EE 2001
1. d : D = r
Gausss law
b. Amperes law
2. d E =-2B
#
2t
c.
3.
P = E#H
he
Faradays law
lp.
MCQ 6.3.43
(D) zero
d. Poynting vector
4.
F = q Ê + v # B h
c
4
2
2
4
d
3
1
3
1
w.
g
b
2
5
5
2
ww
Codes :
a
(A) 1
(B)
3
(C) 1
(D) 3
at
e
5. d H = J + 2D
#
c
2t
***********
Chap 6
For View Only
371
SOLUTIONS 6.1
SOL 6.1.2

The line integral of magnetic field intensity along a closed loop is equal to the
current enclosed by it.
co
SOL 6.1.1
lp.
i.e.
H : dl = Ienc
So, for the constant current, magnetic field intensity will be constant i.e.
magnetostatic field is caused by steady currents.
From Faradays law the electric field intensity in a time varying field is defined as
where B is magnetic flux density in the EM field.
d # E =-2B
2t
and since the magnetic flux density is equal to the curl of magnetic vector potential
i.e.
B = d#A
So, putting it in equation (1), we get
d # E =- 2 ^d # Ah
2t
or
d # E = d # b- 2 A l
2t
Therefore,
E =-2A
2t
SOL 6.1.4

Since total magnetic flux through a surface S is defined as
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 6.1.3
F =
# B : dS
S
From Maxwells equation it is known that curl of magnetic flux density is zero
d:B = 0
# B : dS
S
# (d : B) dv = 0
v
(Stokes Theorem)
Thus, net outwards flux will be zero for a closed surface.

SOL 6.1.5

From Faradays law, the relation between electric field and magnetic field is
d # E =-2B
2t
372
Chap 6
For View Only

Since the electric field inside a conducting sphere is zero.
i.e.
E =0
So the rate of change in magnetic flux density will be
2B =- (d E)= 0
#
2t
Therefore B (r, t) will be uniform inside the sphere and independent of time.
From the integral form of Faradays law we have the relation between the electric
field intensity and net magnetic flux through a closed loop as
E : dl =- dF
dt
Since electric field intensity is zero (E = 0 ) inside the conducting loop. So, the rate
of change in net magnetic flux through the closed loop is
dF = 0
dt
i.e. F is constant and doesnt vary with time.
SOL 6.1.6

A superconductor material carries zero magnetic field and zero electric field inside
it.
i.e.
B = 0 and E = 0
Now from Ampere-Maxwell equation we have the relation between the magnetic
flux density and electric field intensity as
d # B = m0 J + m0 e02E
2t
So,
(B = 0 , E = 0 )
J =0
Since the net current density inside the superconductor is zero so all the current
must be confined at the surface of the wire.
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 6.1.7
lp.
co
ww

According to Lenzs law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to produce
a magnetic field that opposes the change in B (t).
Now the configuration shown in option (A) and (B) for increasing magnetic flux
Bi , the change in flux is in same direction to Bi as well as the current I flowing
in the loop produces magnetic field in the same direction so it does not follow the
Lenzs law.
For the configuration shown in option (D), as the flux Bd is decreasing with time
so the change in flux is in opposite direction to Bd as well as the current I flowing
in the loop produces the magnetic field in opposite direction so it also does not
follow the Lenzs law.
For the configuration shown in option (C), the flux density Bd is decreasing with
time so the change in flux is in opposite direction to Bd but the current I flowing
in the loop produces magnetic field in the same direction to Bd (opposite to the
direction of change in flux density). Therefore this is the correct configuration.
SOL 6.1.8
Chap 6
373
For View Only

SOL 6.1.9
Induced emf in a conducting loop is given by
where F is total magnetic flux passing through the loop.
Vemf =- dF
dt
Since, the magnetic field is non-uniform so the change in flux will be caused by it
and the induced emf due to it is called transformer emf.
Again the field is in ay direction and the loop is rotating about z -axis so flux
through the loop will also vary due to the motion of the loop. This causes the emf
which is called motion emf. Thus, total induced voltage in the rotating loop is
caused by the combination of both the transformer and motion emf.
As the conducting loop is falling freely So, the flux through loop will remain
constant. Therefore, the voltage induced in the loop will be zero.
SOL 6.1.11

The magnetic flux density passing through the loop is given as
B = 4z3 t2 ax
Since the flux density is directed normal to the plane x = 0 so the total magnetic
flux passing through the square loop located in the plane x = 0 is
# B : dS
# #
(4z3 t2) dydz = t2
he
F =
lp.
co
SOL 6.1.10
y=0 z=0
(dS = (dydz) ax )
SOL 6.1.12
ww
w.
ga
te
Induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as

Vemf =- dF
dt
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. So the induced emf
in the square loop is
d (t2)
( F = t2 )
Vemf ==- 2t
dt
Therefore at time t = 2 sec the induced emf is
Vemf =- 4 volt
Magnetic flux density produced at a distance r from a long straight wire carrying
mI
B = 0 af
2pr
where af is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule. So the
flux density produced by straight wire at a distance r from it is
mI
(an is unit vector normal to the loop)
B = 0 an
2pr
Therefore the total magnet flux passing through the loop is
d+a m I
0
(dS = adran )
adr
F = B : dS =
pr
2
d
where dr is width of the strip of loop at a distance r from the straight wire. Thus,
374
For View Only

m0 (5)
m0 I dr
m0 I
3
F =
b 2p l r = 2p ln b 2 l = 2p ln (1.5)
2
= (2 # 10-7) (5) ln (1.5) = 4.05 # 10-7 Wb
Vab =-

Electric field intensity experienced by the moving conductor ab in the presence of
magnetic field B is given as
where v is the velocity of the conductor.
E = v#B
So, electric field will be directed from b to a as determined by right hand rule for
the cross vector. Therefore, the voltage difference between the two ends of the
conductor is given as
b
# E : dl
co
SOL 6.1.13
Chap 6
Thus, the positive terminal of voltage will be a and Vab will be positive.
Given magnetic flux density through the square loop is
B = 0.1taz Wb/m2
So, total magnetic flux passing through the loop is
F = B : dS = ^0.1t h^1 h = 0.1t
The induced emf (voltage) in the loop is given as
df
Vemf ==- 0.2 Volt
dt
As determined by Lenzs law the polarity of induced emf will be such that
V1 + V2 =- Vemf
Therefore, the voltage drop in the two resistances are respectively,
V1 = b 2 l (- Vemf ) = 0.1 = 33.3 mV
3
2+4
and
V2 = b 4 l (- Vemf ) = 66.7 mV
2+4
SOL 6.1.15

Consider a magnet bar being dropped inside a pipe as shown in figure.
Suppose the current I in the magnet flows counter clockwise (viewed from above)
as shown in figure. So near the ends of pipe, its field points upward. A ring
of pipe below the magnet experiences an increasing upward flux as the magnet
approaches and hence by Lenzs law a current will be induced in it such as to
produce downward flux.
Thus, Iind must flow clockwise which is opposite to the current in the magnet.
Since opposite currents repel each other so, the force exerted on the magnet due
to the induced current is directed upward. Meanwhile a ring above the magnet
experiences a decreasing upward flux; so its induced current parallel to I and it
attracts magnet upward. And flux through the rings next to the magnet bar is
constant. So no current is induced in them.
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 6.1.14
Chap 6
co
For View Only
375
V1 =- N1 dF
dt
where F is total magnetic flux passing through it.
Again
V2 =- N2 dF
dt
Since both the coil are in same magnetic field so, change in flux will be same for
both the coil.
Comparing the equations (1) and (2) we get
V1 = N1
V2
N2
V2 = V1 N2 = (12) 3000 = 7.2 volt
5000
N1
SOL 6.1.17
ww
w.
ga
te
Voltage,
he
SOL 6.1.16
lp.
Thus, for all we can say that the force exerted by the eddy current (induced current
according to Lenzs law) on the magnet is in upward direction which causes the
delay to reach the bottom. Whereas in the cases of unmagnetized bar no induced
current is formed. So it reaches in fraction of time.
Thus, A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.

The magnetic flux density inside a solenoid of n turns per unit length carrying
B = m0 nI
Let the length of solenoid be l and its cross sectional radius be r . So, the total
magnetic flux through the solenoid is
(1)
F = (m0 nI) (pr2) (nl)
Since the total magnetic flux through a coil having inductance L and carrying
current I is given as
F = LI
So comparing it with equation (1) we get,
376
For View Only
Chap 6

2
L = m0 n Ip l
and as for a given solenoid, radius r and length l is constant therefore
L \ n2
The magnetic flux density inside the solenoid is defined as
B = m0 nI
where
n " no. of turns per unit length
I " current flowing in it.
So the total magnetic flux through the solenoid is
# B : dS
= (m0 nI) (pa2)
co
F =
SOL 6.1.18
at
e
he
lp.
where
a " radius of solenoid
Induced emf in a loop placed in a magnetic field is defined as
Vemf =- dF
dt
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Since the resistance R
is looped over the solenoid so total flux through the loop will be equal to the total
flux through the solenoid and therefore the induced emf in the loop of resistance
will be
Vemf =- pa2 m0 n dI
dt
Since current I flowing in the solenoid is constant so, the induced emf is
Vemf = 0
and therefore the induced current in the loop will be zero.
It will be similar to the current in a solenoid.
So, the magnetic field will be in circumferential while the electric field is longitudinal.
SOL 6.1.20

In Assertion (A) the magnetic flux through each turn of both coils are equal So,
the net magnetic flux through the two coils are respectively
F1 = N1 F
and
F2 = N2 F
where F is the magnetic flux through a single loop of either coil and N1 , N2 are the
total no. of turns of the two coils respectively.
Therefore the induced emf in the two coils are
Vemf 1 =- dF1 =- N1 dF
dt
dt
d
F
d
Vemf 2 =- 2 =- N2 F
dt
dt
Thus, the ratio of the induced emf in the two loops are
Vemf 2 = N2
Vemf 1
N1
ww
w.
g
SOL 6.1.19
Chap 6
377
For View Only

Now, in Reason (R) : a primitive transformer is similar to the cylinder core carrying
wound coils. It is the device in which by choosing the appropriate no. of turns, any
desired secondary emf can be obtained.
So, both the statements are correct but R is not the explanation of A.
Electric flux density in the medium is given as
( E = E 0 cos wt )
D = eE = eE 0 cos wt
Therefore the displacement current density in the medium is
Jd = 2D =- weE 0 sin wt
2t
and the conduction current density in the medium is
Jc = sE = sE 0 cos wt
So, the ratio of amplitudes of conduction current density and displacement current
density is
Jc
= s
we
Jd
SOL 6.1.22

The displacement current density in a medium is equal to the rate of change in
electric flux density in the medium.
Jd = 2D
2t
Since the displacement current density in the medium is given as
Jd = 20 cos ^1.5 # 108 t h ay A/m2
So, the electric flux density in the medium is
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.1.21
# J dt + C
= # 20 cos ^1.5 # 10 t h a dt + C
D =
(C " constant)
As there is no D.C. field present in the medium so, we get C = 0 and thus,
20 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h
D =
ay = 1.33 # 10-7 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay
1.5 # 108
= 153.3 sin ^1.5 # 108 t h ay nC/m2
Given the volume charge density, rv = 0
So, from Maxwells equation we have
d : D = rv
(1)
d:D = 0
Now, the electric flux density in a medium is defined as
(where e is the permittivity of the medium)
D = eE
So, putting it in equation (1) we get,
d : (eE) = 0
or, E : (de) + e (d : E) = 0
SOL 6.1.23
378
For View Only
Chap 6
and since
Therefore,
de . 0 &4 e . 0
e
d:E . 0
(given)

The ratio of magnitudes of displacement current to conduction current in any
medium having permittivity e and conductivity s is given as
= we
s
Conduction current
where w is the angular frequency of the current in the medium.
Given frequency, f = 50 GHz
Permittivity,
e = 4e0 = 4 # 8.85 # 10-12
Conductivity,
s = 1.14 # 108 s/m
So,
w = 2pf = 2p # 50 # 109 = 100p # 109
Therefore, the ratio of magnitudes of displacement current to the conduction
current is
Id = 100p # 109 # 4 # 8.85 # 10-12 = 9.75 10-8
#
Ic
1.14 # 108
SOL 6.1.25

Given the electric field intensity in time domain as
sin q cos ^wt - kr h
E =
aq
r
So, the electric field intensity in phasor form is given as
Es = sin q e-jkr a q
r
and d # Es = 1 2 ^rE qs h af = ^- jk h sin q e-jkr af
r kdr
r
Therefore, from Maxwells equation we get the magnetic field intensity as
Hs =-d # Es = k sin q e-jkr af
wr0 r
jwr0
In phasor form the magnetic field intensity can be written as
Hs = 0.1 cos ^15py h e-jbx az A/m
Similar as determined in MCQ 42 using Maxwells equation we get the relation
^15ph2 + b2 = w2 p0 e0
Here
w = 6p # 109
9 2
So, ^15ph2 + b2 = c 6p # 108 m
3 # 10
2
2
^15ph + b = 400p2
b2 = 175p2 & b = ! 23.6 rad/m
ww
SOL 6.1.26
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.1.24
***********
Chap 6
For View Only
379
SOLUTIONS 6.2

Induced emf. in the conducting loop formed by rail, bar and the resistor is given by
Vemf =- dF
dt
Consider the bar be located at a distance x from the resistor at time t . So the total
magnetic flux passing through the loop at time t is
# B : dS
= Blx
lp.
F =
co
SOL 6.2.1
(area of the loop is S = lx )
ww
w.
ga
te
he
Now the induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as

Vemf =- dF
dt
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Therefore the induced
emf in the square loop is
( F = Blx )
Vemf =- d (Blx) =- Bl dx
dt
dt
Since from the given figure, we have
l = 2 m and B = 0.1 Wb/m2
and
dx/dt = velocity of bar = 5 m/s
So, induced emf is
Vemf =- (0.1) (2) (5) =- 1 volt
According to Lenzs law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to produce
magnetic field that opposes the change in B (t). As the bar moves away from the
resistor the change in magnetic field will be out of the page so the induced current
will be in the same direction of I shown in figure.
Thus, the current in the loop is
(- 1)
(R = 10W )
I =-Vemf == 0.23 A
10
R
mI
B = 0 af
2pr
where af is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule. So, the
magnetic flux density produced by the straight conducting wire linking through the
SOL 6.2.2
380
Chap 6
For View Only

loop is normal to the surface of the loop.
Now consider a strip of width dr of the square loop at distance r from the wire for
which the total magnetic flux linking through the square loop is given as
# B : dS
mI
1 (adr)
=
r
2p #
F =
r+a
(area of the square loop is dS = adr )
m0 Ia
r+a
ln b
r l
2p
The induced emf due to the change in flux (when pulled away) is given as
m Ia
r+a
Vemf =- dF =- 0 d ;ln b
2p dt
r lE
dt
dr 1 dr
m Ia
Therefore,
Vemf =- 0 c 1
2p r + a dt r dt m
dr
Given
= velocity of loop = 5 m/s
dt
and since the loop is currently located at 3 m distance from the straight wire, so
after 0.6 sec it will be at
(v " velocity of the loop )
r = 3 + (0.6) # v
= 3 + 0.6 # 5 = 6 m

Since total magnetic flux through the loop depends on the distance from the
straight wire and the distance is constant. So the flux linking through the loop will
be constant, if it is pulled parallel to the straight wire. Therefore the induced emf
in the loop is
(F is constant)
Vemf =- dF = 0
dt
mI
B = 0 af
2pr
where af is the direction of flux density as determined by right hand rule.
Since the direction of magnetic flux density produced at the loop is normal to the
surface of the loop So, total flux passing through the loop is given by
4
m0 I
(dS = adr )
F = B : dS =
c 2pr mâdrh
S
r=2
m Ia 4 dr
m I2
mI
= 0
= 0 ln 2 = 0 ln (2)
p
2p
2p 2 r
The current flowing in the loop is Iloop and induced e.m.f. is Vemf .
w.
g
SOL 6.2.4
(a = 2 m, I = 30 A )
ww
SOL 6.2.3
m0 # (30) # 2 1
1
: 8 (5) - 6 (5)D
2p
= 25 # 10-7 volt = 2.5 mvolt
Vemf =-
at
e
So,
he
lp.
co
Chap 6
For View Only
381
Vemf = Iloop R =- dF
dt
m0
dQ
(R) =- ln (2) dI
p
dt
dt
where Q is the total charge passing through a corner of square loop.
m
dQ
(R = 4 W )
=- 0 ln (2) dI
4p
dt
dt
m
dQ =- 0 ln (2) dI
4p
Therefore the total charge passing through a corner of square loop is
0
m
m
Q =- 0 ln (2) dI =- 0 ln (2) (0 - 4)
4p
4p
4
-7
= 4 # 4p # 10 ln (2) = 2.77 # 10-7 C = 277 nC
4p
Since the radius of small circular loop is negligible in comparison to the radius of
the large loop. So, the flux density through the small loop will be constant and
equal to the flux on the axis of the loops.
mI
R2
So,
B = 0
a
2 ^z2 + R2h3/2 z
So,
co
he
lp.
SOL 6.2.5
R " radius of large loop = 5 m

z " distance between the loops = 12 m
(5) 2
25m0
2
m
az
B = 0# #
a =
2
2 3/2 z
2
13h3
^
+
12
5
6^ h ^ h @
Therefore, the total flux passing through the small loop is
25m0
2
wherer is radius of small circular loop.
F = B : dS =
3 # pr
13
^ h
10-7
-3 2
= 25 # 4p #
# p ^10 h = 65.9 fWb
3
^13h
ww
w.
ga
te
where
SOL 6.2.6

Electric field in any medium is equal to the voltage drop per unit length.
i.e.
E =V
d
where
V " potential difference between two points.
d " distance between the two points.
The voltage difference between any two points in the medium is
V = V0 cos 2pft
So the conduction current density in the medium is given as
( s " conductivity of the medium)
Jc = sE
=E
r
V cos 2pft
=V = 0
rd
rd
( r " resistivity of the medium)

(V = V0 cos 2pft)
382
For View Only
Chap 6
Jc = V0
rd
and displacement current density in the medium is given as
V cos (2pft)
Jd = 2D = e2E = e 2 ; 0
(V = V0 cos 2pft)
E
d
2t
2t
2t
= eV0 6- 2pft sin (2pft)@
d
2pf eV0
or,
Jd =
d
Therefore, the ratio of amplitudes of conduction current and displacement current
in the medium is
JC
Ic
(V0) / (rd)
=
=
= 1
2pfer
Jd
Id
(d) / (2pfeV0)
1
=
2p # (1.6 # 108) # (54 # 8.85 # 10-12) # 0.77
= 2.7
lp.
co
or,

Total magnetic flux through the solenoid is given as
F = m0 nI
where n is the no. of turns per unit length of solenoid and I is the current flowing
in the solenoid.
Since the solenoid carries current that is increasing linearly with time
i.e.
I\t
So the net magnetic flux through the solenoid will be
F\t
or,
where k is a constant.
F = kt
Therefore the emf induced in the loop consisting resistances RA , RB is
Vemf =- dF
dt
Vemf =- k
and the current through R1 and R2 will be
Iind =- k
R1 + R 2
Now according to Lenzs law the induced current I in a loop flows such as to
produce a magnetic field that opposes the change in B (t).
i.e. the induced current in the loop will be opposite to the direction of current in
solenoid (in anticlockwise direction).
So,
VA = Iind RA =- kRA
RA + RB
and
VB =- Iind RB = b kRB l
RA + RB
Thus, the ratio of voltmeter readings is
VA =- RA
VB
RB
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 6.2.7
Chap 6
383
For View Only

SOL 6.2.8
Induced emf in the conducting loop formed by rail, bar and the resistor is given by
Vemf =- dF
dt
The bar is located at a distance x from the resistor at time t . So the total magnetic
flux passing through the loop at time t is
SOL 6.2.9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
where l is separation between the rails

F = B : dS = Blx
Now the induced emf in a loop placed in magnetic field is defined as
Vemf =- dF
dt
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the loop. Therefore the induced
emf in the square loop is
( F = Blx )
Vemf =- d (Blx) =- Bl dx
dt
dt
Since from the given figure, we have
l =5m
B = 2T
and
dx/dt " velocity of bar = 4 m/s
So, induced emf is
Vemf =- (2) (5) (4) =- 40 volt
Therefore the current in the bar loop will be
I = Vemf =- 40 =- 5 A
10
R
As obtained in the previous question the current flowing in the sliding bar is
I =- 4 A
Now we consider magnetic field acts in ax direction and current in the sliding bar
is flowing in + az direction as shown in the figure.
Therefore, the force exerted on the bar is

F =
# Idl # B = # (- 4dza ) # (2a )

0
=- 16ay 6z @50 =- 40ay N

384
Chap 6
For View Only

i.e. The force exerted on the sliding bar is in opposite direction to the motion of
the sliding bar.
SOL 6.2.10

Given the magnetic flux density through the square loop is
B = 7.5 cos (120pt - 30c) az
So the total magnetic flux passing through the loop will be
F =
# B : dS
S
at
e

As shown in figure the bar is sliding away from origin.
Now when the bar is located at a distance dx from the voltmeter, then, the vector
area of the loop formed by rail and the bar is
dS = (20 # 10-2) (dx) az
So, the total magnetic flux passing through the loop is
3
1.6 8t ^1 + 0.4t2hB
x
-2
2
F = B : dS =
(8x az ) (20 # 10 dxaz ) =
3
S
0
Therefore, the induced e.m.f. in the loop is given as
Vemf =- dF =- 1.6 # 3 ^t + 0.4t3h2 # (1 + 1.2t2)
3
dt
2
(t = 0.4 sec )
Vemf =- 1.6 6^0.4h + ^0.4h4@ # 61 + (1.2) (0.4) 2@
=- 0.35 volt
Since the voltmeter is connected in same manner as the direction of induced emf
(determined by Lenzs law).
So the voltmeter reading will be
V = Vemf =- 0.35 volt
w.
g
SOL 6.2.11
he
lp.
co
= 6- 7.5 cos (120pt - 30c) az@(1 # 1) (- az )

= 7.5 cos (120pt - 30c)
Now, the induced emf in the square loop is given by
Vemf =- dF = 7.5 # 120p sin (120pt - 30c)
dt
The polarity of induced emf (according to Lenzs law) will be such that induced
current in the loop will be in opposite direction to the current I (t) shown in the
figure. So we have
I (t) =-Vemf
R
(R = 250 + 250 = 500 W)
=- 7.5 # 120p sin (120pt - 30c)
500
=- 4.7 sin (120pt - 30c)
ww

Since the position of bar is give as
x = t ^1 + 0.4t2h
So for the position x = 12 cm we have
SOL 6.2.12
Chap 6
For View Only
385
0.12 = t ^1 + 0.4t h
or,
t = 0.1193 sec
As calculated in previous question, the induced emf in the loop at a particular time
t is
Vemf =-^1.6h6t + 0.4t3@2 ^1 + 1.2t2h
2
co

Consider the mutual inductance between the rectangular loop and straight wire be
M . So applying KVL in the rectangular loop we get,
...(1)
M di1 = L di2 + Ri2
dt
dt
Now from the shown figure (b), the current flowing in the straight wire is given as
(I1 is amplitude of the current)
i1 = I1 u (t) - I1 u (t - T)
di1 = I d (t) - I d (t - T)
(2)
or,
1
1
dt
di1 = I
So, at t = 0
1
dt
and
(from equation (1))
MI1 = L di2 + Ri2
dt
Solving it we get
for 0 < t < T
i2 = M I1 e-^R/Lht
L
Again in equation (2) at t = T we have
di1 =- I
1
dt
and
(from equation (1))
- MI1 = L di2 + Ri2
dt
Solving it we get
for t > T
i2 =- M I1 e-^R/Lh(t - T)
L
Thus, the current in the rectangular loop is
Z
]] M I1 e-^R/Lht
0<t<T
L
i2 = [
]- M I1 e- (R/L)(t - T) t > T
\ L
Plotting i2 versus t we get
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 6.2.13
So, at t = 0.1193 sec ,

2
Vemf =- 1.6 7(0.1193) + 0.4 ^0.1193h3A 61 + ^1.2h^0.1193h2@
=- 0.02344 =- 23.4 mV
Since the voltmeter is connected in same manner as the direction of induced emf
as determined by Lenzs law. Therefore, the voltmeter reading at x = 12 cm will be
V = Vemf =- 23.4 mvolt
386

Total magnetic flux passing through the loop formed by the resistance, bar and the
rails is given as:
F =
co
SOL 6.2.14
For View Only
Chap 6
# B : dS
S
lp.
= B : S = 60.2 cos wtax@ : 60.5 (1 - y) ax@

Given the electric flux density in the medium is
D = 1.33 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay mC/m2
ww
SOL 6.2.15
w.
g
at
e
he
(y = 0.5 ^1 - cos wt h m )
= 0.1 61 - 0.5 ^1 - cos wt h@ cos wt
= 0.05 cos wt ^1 + cos wt h = 0.05 ^cos wt + cos2 wt h
So, the induced emf in the loop is
Vemf =- dF
dt
and as determined by Lenzs law, the induced current will be flowing in opposite
direction to the current i . So the current i in the loop will be
i =-Vemf =- 1 b- dF l
R
R
dt
0
.
05
=
- w sin wt - 2w cos wt sin wt@
5 6
=- 0.23w sin wt ^1 + 2 cos wt h
So, the electric field intensity in the medium is given as

where e is the permittivity of the medium
E =D
e
1.33 # 10-6 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h
( er = 10 )
or,
E = D =
ay
er e0
10 # 8.85 # 10-12
= 1.5 # 10 4 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
Now, from maxwells equation we have
d # E =-2B
2t
2
B
or,
=- d # E
2t
2E
=- y az
2x
Chap 6
387
For View Only

=- (- 0.2) # ^1.5 # 10 4h cos ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
= 3 # 103 cos ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
Integrating both sides, we get the magnetic flux density in the medium as
B =
# 3 # 10 cos ^3 # 10 t - 0.2x ha
3
3
= 3 # 108 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay
3 # 10
= 10-5 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay Tesla
Therefore the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
H =B= B
m
mr m0
-5
10 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h
=
2 # 4p # 10-7
Thus
H = 2 sin ^3 # 108 t - 0.2x h ay A/m
co

Given the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
H = cos ^1010 t - bx h az A/m
Now from the Maxwells equation, we have
d # H = 2D
2t
2
D
or,
=-2Hz ay =- b sin ^1010 t - bx h ay
2x
2t
# - b sin ^10
10
t - bx h dt + C
ww
w.
ga
te
D =
he
lp.
SOL 6.2.16
mr = 2
where C is a constant.
Since no D.C. field is present in the medium so, we get C = 0 and therefore,
D = b10 cos ^1010 t - bx h ay C/m2
10
and the electric field intensity in the medium is given as
b
10t
E =D =
- bx h ay (e = 0.12 nF/m )
-9
10 cos ^10
e
0.12 # 10 # 10
Again From the Maxwells equation
d # E =-2B
2t
2
B
or,
=- d # : b cos ^1010t - bx h ayD
1. 2
2t
2
=- b sin ^1010t - bx h az
1. 2
So, the magnetic flux density in the medium is
2
B =- b sin ^1010t - bx h az dt
1. 2
b2
(1)
=
cos ^1010 t - bx h az
(1.2) # 1010
We can also determine the value of magnetic flux density as :
B = mH
388
Chap 6
For View Only

(2)
= (3 # 10 ) cos ^10 t - bx h az
Comparing the results of equation (1) and (2) we get,
b2
= 3 # 10-5
(1.2) # 1010
b2 = 5.6 # 10 4
b = ! 344 rad/m
-5
lp.
co
SOL 6.2.17
10
at
e
he
The magnetic vector potential for a direct current flowing in a filament is given as
m0 I
a dx
A=
4p R x
Here current I (t) flowing in the filament shown in figure is varying with time as
I (t) = 8t A
So, the retarded vector potential at the point P will be given as
m0 I ^t - R/c h
ax dx
A=
4pR
where R is the distance of any point on the filamentary current from P as shown
in the figure and c is the velocity of waves in free space. So, we have
R = x2 + 4 and c = 3 # 108 m/s
0.1
m0 8 ^t - R/c h
Therefore,
ax dx
A=
4p R
x =- 0.1
0.1
0.1
8m
t
1 dx
dx
= 0<
F
c
4p -0.1 x2 + 4
-0.1
-7
0.1
= 8 # 10-7 t 8ln ^x + x2 + 4 hB-0.1 - 8 # 10 8 6x @-0.01.1
3 # 10
w.
g
ww
= 8 # 10-7 t ln e 0.1 + 4.01 o - 0.53 # 10-15

- 0.1 + 4.01
-8
= 8 # 10 t - 0.53 # 10-15
or,
(1)
A = ^80t - 5.3 # 10-7h ax nWb/m
-9
So, when A = 0
t = 6.6 # 10 = 6.6 n sec
and when t = 0
A =- 5.3 # 10-4 nWb/m
From equation (1) it is clear that A will be linearly increasing with respect to time.
Therefore the plot of A versus t is
Chap 6
For View Only
389
SOL 6.2.18
Note : Time varying potential is usually called the retarded potential.

Given
Retarded scalar potential,
lp.
co
V = y ^x - ct h volt
and retarded vector potential, A = y a x - t k ax Wb/m
c
Now the magnetic flux density in the medium is given as
B = d#A
ww
w.
ga
te
he
2A
(1)
=- y az = at - x k az Tesla
c
2y
So, the magnetic field intensity in the medium is
( m0 is the permittivity of the medium)
H =B
m0
(2)
= 1 at - x k az A/m
c
m0
and the electric field intensity in the medium is given as
E =- dV - 2A
2t
(3)
=-^x - ct h ay - yax + yax = ^ct - x h ay
So, the electric flux density in the medium is
( e0 is the permittivity of the medium)
D = e0 E
(4)
= e0 ^ct - x h ay C/m2
Now we determine the condition for the field to satisfy all the four Maxwells
equation.
(i)
d : D = rv
or,
(from equation (4))
rv = d : 6e0 ^ct - x h ay@
=0
It means the field satisfies Maxwells equation if rv = 0 .
(ii)
d:B = 0
Now,
(from equation (1))
d : B = d : 9at - x k azC = 0
c
So, it already, satisfies Maxwells equation
(iii)
d # H = J + 2D
2t
390
Chap 6

e0 a
Now,
(from equation (2))
d # H =-2Hz ay = 1 ay =
m0 c
m0 y
2x
and from equation (4) we have
e0 a
2D = e ca =
(Since in free space c = 1 )
0
y
m0 y
2t
m0 e0
Putting the two results in Maxwells equation, we get the condition
J =0
(iv)
d # E =-2B
2t
2Ey
Now
d#E =
a =- az
2x z
2B = a
z
2t
So, it already satisfies Maxwells equation. Thus, by combining all the results
we get the two required conditions as J = 0 and rv = 0 for the field to satisfy
Maxwells equation.
Given the electric field in time domain as
E = 5 sin ^10py h cos ^6p # 109 - bx h az
Comparing it with the general equation for electric field intensity given as
E = E 0 cos ^wt - bx h az
We get,
w = 6p # 109
Now in phasor form, the electric field intensity is
(1)
Es = 5 sin ^10py h e-jbx az
From Maxwells equation we get the magnetic field intensity as
j 2Esz
Hs =- 1 ^d # Es h =
a - 2Esz a
jwm0
wm0 < 2y x 2x yF
j
=
50p cos ^10py h e-jbx ax + j5b sin ^10py h ay@ e-jbx
wm0 6
Again from Maxwells equation we have the electric field intensity as
2H
Es = 1 ^d # Hs h = 1 < sy - 2Hsx F az
jwe0
jwe0 2x
2y
= 2 1 6(j5b) (- jb) sin (10py) e-jbx + (50p) (10p) sin (10py) e-jbx@ az
w m0 e0
= 2 1 65b2 + 500p2@ sin 10pye-jbx az
w m0 e0
Comparing this result with equation (1) we get
1
^5b2 + 500p2h = 5
w2 m0 e0
or,
b2 + 100p2 = w2 m0 e0
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 6.2.19
lp.
co
For View Only
b2 + 100p2 = ^6p # 109h2 #
1
2
3
^ # 108h
9
b w = 6p # 10 ,
m0 e0 = 1 l
c
b2 + 100p2 = 400p2
Chap 6
For View Only
391

2
b = 300p
b = ! 300 p rad/m
The force experienced by a test charge q in presence of both electric field E and
magnetic field B in the region will be evaluated by using Lorentz force equation as
F = q Ê + v # B h
So, putting the given three forces and their corresponding velocities in above
equation we get the following relations
(1)
q ây + az h = q Ê + ax # B h
(2)
qay = q Ê + ay # B h
(3)
q ^2ay + az h = q Ê + az # B h
Subtracting equation (2) from (1) we get
(4)
az = âx - ay h # B
and subtracting equation (1) from (3) we get
(5)
ay = âz - ax h # B
Now we substitute B = Bx ax + By ay + Bz az in eq (4) to get
a z = By a z - B z ay + B x a z - B z a x
So, comparing the x, y and z components of the two sides we get
B x + By = 1
and
Bz = 0
Again by substituting B = Bx ax + By ay + Bz az in eq (5), we get
ay = B x ay - By a x - By a z + B z ay
So, comparing the x, y and z components of the two sides we get
Bx + Bz = 1
and
By = 0
as calculated above Bz = 0 , therefore Bx = 1
Thus, the magnetic flux density in the region is
(Bx = 1, By = Bz = 0 )
B = ax Wb/m2
SOL 6.2.21

As calculated in previous question the magnetic flux density in the region is
B = ax Wb/m2
So, putting it in Lorentz force equation we get
F = q Ê + V # B h
or,
q ây + az h = q Ê + ax # ax h
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.2.20
Therefore, the electric field intensity in the medium is

E = ay + az V/m
SOL 6.2.22

Given the magnetic flux density through the loop is
B =- 4/x az
So the total magnetic flux passing through the loop is given as
392
For View Only
Chap 6

y+2
2
F = B : dS =
b- x az l : ^- dxdyaz h
x
y
x
+
2
= b 2 ln
2 = 4 ln b x + 2 l
x l^ h
x
x+2
Therefore, the circulation of induced electric field in the loop is

E : dl =- dF =- d ;4 ln b x + 2 lE
x
dt
dt
C
4
d
x
+
2
=x + 2 dt b x l
b x l
dx
b dt = v = 2ax l

As the magnetic flux density for r < 4 is B = 0 so, the total flux passing through
the closed loop defined by r = 4 m is
# B : dS = 0
he
F =
lp.
SOL 6.2.23
co
=- 4x b- 22 dx l
x + 2 x dt
8
8
=
^2 h =
x ^x + 2h
x ^x + 4h
So, the induced electric field circulation for the region r < 4 m is given as
E : dl =- dF = 0
dt
C
or,
for r < 4 m
E =0
As the magnetic field for the region r < 4 m and r > 5 m is zero so we get the
distribution of magnetic flux density as shown in figure below.
ww
w.
g
SOL 6.2.24
at
e
At any distance r from origin in the region 4 < r < 5 m , the circulation of induced
electric field is given as
E : dl =- dF =- d b B : dS l
dt
dt
C
d
=- 82 sin wt ^pr2 - p42hB
dt
Chap 6
For View Only
393

=- 2w cos wt ^pr - 16ph
2
E ^2prh =- 2w cos wt ^pr2 - 16ph

2 ^r2 - 16h w cos wt
E =2r
So, the induced electric field intensity at r = 4.5 m is
E =- 2 (^4.5) 2 - 16h w cos wt
4. 5
=- 17 w cos wt
13
or,

For the region r > 5 m the magnetic flux density is 0 and so the total magnetic flux
passing through the closed loop defined by r = 5 m is
5
co
SOL 6.2.25
# B : dS = # B : dS + # B : dS
= 0 + # ^2 sin wt h a : dS
F =
lp.
= ^2 sin wt h8p ^5 h - p ^4h2B = 18p sin wt

So, the circulation of magnetic flux density for any loop in the region r > 5 m is
dy
E : dl =dt
E (2pr) =- d ^18p sin wt h
dt
=- 18pw cos wt
So, the induced electric field intensity in the region r > 5 m is
E = - 18pw cos wt af
2pr
SOL 6.2.26
SOL 6.2.27
ww
w.
ga
te
he
=- 18 w cos wtaf
r
Let the test charge be q coulomb So the force presence of experienced by the test
charge in the presence of magnetic field is
...(i)
F = q ^v # B h
and the force experienced can be written in terms of the electric field intensity as
F = qE
Where E is field viewed by observer moving with test charge.
Putting it in Eq. (i)
qE = q ^v # B h
E = ^wrafh # ^2az h
where w is angular velocity and r is radius of circular loop.
= ^2 h^2 h^2 h a r = 8a r V/m
Let the point change located at origin be Q and the current I is flowing out of the
394
Chap 6
co
For View Only

page through the closed triangular path as shown in the figure.
lp.
As the current I flows away from the point charge along the wire, the net charge
at origin will change with increasing time and given as
dQ
=- I
dt
So the electric field intensity will also vary through the surface and for the varying
field circulation of magnetic field intensity around the triangular loop is defined as
at
e
he
= 6Id@enc + 6Ic@enc
where 6Ic@enc is the actual flow of charge called enclosed conduction current and
6Id@enc is the current due to the varying field called enclosed displacement current
which is given as
d
d D : dS
(1)
ê0 E h : dS = dt
6Id@enc = dt
S
S
From symmetry the total electric flux passing through the triangular surface is
Q
D : dS =
8
S
d Q = 1 dQ =- I
So,
(from equation (1))
6Id@enc = dt
b 8 l 8 dt
8
Where as
6Ic@enc = I
So, the net circulation of the magnetic field intensity around the closed triangular
loop is
# H : dl
ww
w.
g
# H : dl
C
SOL 6.2.28
= 6Id@enc + 6Ic@enc
=- I + I = 7 ^8 h = 14 A
8
8
(I = 8 A )

The distribution of magnetic flux density and the resistance in the circuit are same
as given in section A (Q. 31) so, as calculated in the question, the two voltage drops
in the loop due to magnetic flux density B = 0.1t az are
V1 = 33.3 mV
and
V2 = 66.67 mV = 66.7 mV
Now V3 (voltmeter) which is directly connected to terminal cd is in parallel to
Chap 6
395
For View Only

both V2 and V1 . It must be kept in mind that the loop formed by voltmeter V3 and
resistance 2 W also carries the magnetic flux density crossing through it. So, in this
loop the induced emf will be produced which will be same as the field produced in
loop abcd at the enclosed fluxes will be same.
Therefore as calculated above induced emf in the loop of V3 is
Vemf = 100 mV
According to lenzs law its polarity will be opposite to V3 and so
- Vemf = V1 + V3
or,
V3 = 100 - 33.3 = 26.7 mV

The induced emf in a closed loop is defined as
Vemf =- dF
dt
where F is the total magnetic flux passing through the square loop
At any time t , angle between B and dS is q since B is in ay direction so the total
magnetic flux passing through the square loop is
F =
# B : dS
lp.
co
SOL 6.2.29
ww
w.
ga
te
he
= ^B h^S h cos q
= ^5 # 10-3h^20 # 10-3 # 20 # 10-3h cos q
= 2 # 10-6 cos q
Therefore the induced emf in the loop is
Vemf =- dF =- 2 # 10-6 d ^cos qh = 2 # 10-6 sin q dq
dt
dt
dt
dq
and as
= angular velocity = 2 rad/ sec
dt
So,
Vemf = ^2 # 10-6h sin q ^2 h = 4 # 10-6 sin q V/m = 24 sin q mV/m
SOL 6.2.30

As calculated in previous question the induced emf in the closed square loop is
Vemf = 4 sin q mV/m
So the induced current in the loop is
where R is the resistance in the loop.
I = Vemf
R
-6
( R = 40 mW )
= 4 sin q # 10
40 # 10-3
= 0.1 sin q mA
SOL 6.2.31

The total magnetic flux through the square loop is given as
F = B : dS = ^B 0 sin wt h^S h cos q
So, the induced emf in the loop is
Vemf =- dF =- d 6(B 0 sin wt) (S) cos q@
dt
dt
396
For View Only
Chap 6
=- B 0 S d 6sin wt cos wt@

dt
=- B 0 S cos 2wt
Thus, the maximum value of induced emf is
Vemf = B 0 Sw
( q = wt )

As calculated in previous question the maximum induced voltage in the rotating
loop is given as
Vemf = B 0 Sw
From the given data, we have
B 0 = 0.25 Wb/m2
S = 64 cm2 = 64 # 10-4 m2
and
w = 60 # 2p = 377 rad/ sec (In one revolution 2p radian is covered)
So, the r.m.s. value of the induced voltage is
1 V
1 B Sw = 1 0.25 64 10-4 377
^
h
# #
#
emf =
0
6Vemf@r.m.s =
2
2
2
= 0.4265
Since the loop has 50 turns so net induced voltage will be 50 times the calculated
value.
i.e.
6Vemf@r.m.s = 50 # ^0.4265h = 21.33 volt
SOL 6.2.33

e.m.f. induced in the loop due to the magnetic flux density is given as
Vemf =-2F =- 2 ^10 cos 120pt h^pr2h
2t
2t
=- p ^10 # 10-2h2 # ^120ph^- 10 sin 120pt h
= 12p2 sin 120pt
As determined by Lenzs law the polarity of induced e.m.f will be such that b is at
positive terminal with respect to a .
i.e.
Vba = Vemf = 12p2 sin 120pt
or
Vab =- 12p2 sin 120pt =- 118.43 sin 120pt Volt
SOL 6.2.34

As calculated in previous question, the voltage induced in the loop is
Vab =- 12p2 sin 120pt
Therefore, the current flowing in the loop is given as
2
I ^ t h =- Vab = 12p sin 120pt
250
250
= 2.47 sin 120pt
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.2.32
***********
Chap 6
For View Only
397
SOLUTIONS 6.3

Given, the magnetic flux density in air as
y
...(1)
B = B0 c 2 x 2 ay - 2
ax m
x +y
x + y2
Now, we transform the expression in cylindrical system, substituting
x = r cos f and y = r sin f
ax = cos far - sin faf
and
ay = sin far + cos faf
So, we get
B = B0 af
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity in air is given as
B a
H = B = 0 f , which is constant
m0
m0
So, the current density of the field is
(since H is constant)
J = d#H = 0
SOL 6.3.2

Maxwell equations for an EM wave is given as
d:B = 0
r
d:E = v
e
d # E =-2B
2t
d # H = 2D + J
2t
So, for static electric magnetic fields
d:B = 0
d : E = rv /e
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.3.1
d#E = 0
d#H = J
SOL 6.3.3

d # H = J + 2D
2t
##S ^d # H h : dS
##S `J + 22Dt j : dS
2B
b 2t = 0 l
2D
b 2t = 0 l
Maxwell Equations
Integral form
398
For View Only
Chap 6
# H : dl
D : dS
##S bJ +2
2t l
Stokes Theorem

From Maxwells equations we have
d # H = 2D + J
2t
Thus, d # H has unit of current density J (i.e., A/m2 )
SOL 6.3.5

This equation is based on Amperes law as from Amperes circuital law we have
# H $ dl = Ienclosed
SOL 6.3.4
#S J : dS
Applying Stokes theorem we get

# ^d # H h $ dS = # J : dS
S
he

From maxwell equation we have
d # H = J + 2D
2t
The term 2D defines displacement current.
2t
Emf induced in a loop carrying a time varying magnetic flux F is defined as
Vemf =- dF
dt
9 =- d b 1 lt3 l
dt 3
9 =- lt2
at time, t = 3 s , we have
9 =- l ^3h2
l =- 2 Wb/s2
ww
SOL 6.3.8
at
e
SOL 6.3.7
d#H = J
Then, it is modified using continuity equation as
d # H = J + 2D
2t
When a moving circuit is put in a time varying magnetic field induced emf have
two components. One due to time variation of magnetic flux density B and other
due to the motion of circuit in the field.
w.
g
SOL 6.3.6
lp.
#l H $ dl
or,
co

According to Lenzs law the induced emf (or induced current) in a loop flows such
as to produce a magnetic field that opposed the change in B . The direction of the
magnetic field produced by the current is determined by right hand rule.
SOL 6.3.9
Chap 6
399
co
For View Only

Now, in figure (1), B directed upwarded increases with time where as the field
produced by current I is downward so, it obeys the Lenzs law.
In figure (2), B directed upward is decreasing with time whereas the field produced
by current I is downwards (i.e. additive to the change in B ) so, it doesnt obey
Lenzs law.
In figure (3), B directed upward is decreasing with time where as current I produces
the field directed upwards (i.e. opposite to the change in B ) So, it also obeys Lenzs
law.
In figure (4), B directed upward is increasing with time whereas current I produces
field directed upward (i.e. additive to the change in B ) So, it doesnt obey Lenzs
law.
Thus, the configuration 1 and 3 are correct.
Faradays law states that for time varying field,
d # E =-2B
2t
Since, the curl of gradient of a scalar function is always zero
i.e.
d # ^dV h = 0
So, the expression for the field, E =- dV must include some other terms is
E =- dV - 2A
2t
i.e. A is true but R is false.
SOL 6.3.11

Faraday develops the concept of time varying electric field producing a magnetic
field. The law he gave related to the theory is known as Faradays law.
SOL 6.3.12

Given, the area of loop
S = 5 m2
Rate of change of flux density,
2B = 2 Wb/m2 /S
2t
So, the emf in the loop is
Vemf =- 2 B : dS = ^5 h^- 2h =- 10 V
2t
The modified Maxwells differential equation.
d # H = J + 2D
2t
This equation is derived from Amperes circuital law which is given as
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 6.3.10
SOL 6.3.13
# H : dl
# ^d # H h : dS
= Ienc
=
# JdS
d#H = J
400
Chap 6
For View Only

SOL 6.3.14
Electric potential of an isolated sphere is defined as
(free space)
C = 4pe0 a
The Maxwells equation in phasor form is written as
d # H = jweE + sE = jweE + J
^J = sE h
So A and R both are true individually but R is not the correct explanation of A.
If a coil is placed in a time varying magnetic field then the e.m.f. will induce in coil.
So here in both the coil e.m.f. will be induced.
SOL 6.3.16

Both the statements are individually correct but R is not explanation of A.
SOL 6.3.17
co
SOL 6.3.15
d # H = J + 2D
â " 3h
2t
Faraday law
d # E = 2B
^b " 4h
2t
Gauss law
d : D = rv
^c " 1h
2r
Current continuity d : J =^d " 2h
2t
Since, the magnetic field perpendicular to the plane of the ring is decreasing with
time so, according to Faradays law emf induced in both the ring is
Vemf =- 2 B : dS
2t
Therefore, emf will be induced in both the rings.
at
e
SOL 6.3.18
he
lp.
Amperes law
SOL 6.3.20
SOL 6.3.21
w.
g

The Basic idea of radiation is given by the two Maxwells equation
d # H = 2D
2t
d # E =-2B
2t
The correct maxwells equation are
d # H = J + 2D
2t
d # E =-2B
2t
In List I
ww
SOL 6.3.19
d:D = r
d:B = 0
a.
B : dS = 0
The surface integral of magnetic flux density over the closed surface is zero or in
other words, net outward magnetic flux through any closed surface is zero. â " 4h
b.
# D : dS
# r dv
v
Chap 6
For View Only
401
Total outward electric flux through any closed surface is equal to the charge enclosed
in the region.
^b " 3h
c.
E : dl =- 2B dS
2t
i.e. The line integral of the electric field intensity around a closed path is equal to
the surface integral of the time derivative of magnetic flux density
^c " 2h
2
D
d.
H : dS = b
+ J l da
2t
i.e. The line integral of magnetic field intensity around a closed path is equal to the
surface integral of sum of the current density and time derivative of electric flux
density.
^d " 1h

The continuity equation is given as
d : J =- rv
i.e. it relates current density ^J h and charge density rv .
SOL 6.3.23

Given Maxwells equation is
d # H = Jc + 2D
2t
For free space, conductivity, s = 0 and so,
Jc = sE = 0
Therefore, we have the generalized equation
d # H = 2D
2t
Given the magnetic field intensity,
H = 3ax + 7yay + 2xaz
J = d#H
a x ay a z
= 22x 22y 22z
3 7y 2x
= ax ^0 h - ay ^2 - 0h + az ^0 h =- 2ay
SOL 6.3.24
SOL 6.3.25
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.3.22

The emf in the loop will be induced due to motion of the loop as well as the
variation in magnetic field given as
Vemf =- 2B dS + ^v # B h dl
2t
So, the frequencies for the induced e.m.f. in the loop is w1 and w2 .
SOL 6.3.26

F = Q Ê + v # B h is Lorentz force equation.
402
Chap 6

The direction of magnetic flux due to the current i in the conductor is determined
by right hand rule. So, we get the flux through A is pointing into the paper while
the flux through B is pointing out of the paper.
According to Lenzs law the induced e.m.f. opposes the flux that causes it. So again
by using right hand rule we get the direction of induced e.m.f. is anticlockwise in
A and clockwise in B .
SOL 6.3.29

d2 A =- m0 J
This is the wave equation for static electromagnetic field.
i.e. It is not Maxwells equation.
SOL 6.3.30

Poissions equation for an electric field is given as
r
d2 V =- v
e
where, V is the electric potential at the point and rv is the volume charge density
in the region. So, for rv = 0 we get,
d2 V = 0
Which is Laplacian equation.
SOL 6.3.31
SOL 6.3.32
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.3.28
ww
For View Only

SOL 6.3.27
All of the given expressions are Maxwells equation.
w.
g
2r
Continuity equation d # J =- v
â " 4h
2t
Amperes law
d # H = J + 2D
^b " 1h
2t
J = 2D
^c " 2h
2t
Faraday law
d # E =-2B
^d " 3h
2t
A static electric field in a charge free region is defined as
d:E = 0
â " 4h
and
d#E = 0
A static electric field in a charged region have
r
d:E = v ! 0
^b " 2h
e
and
d#E = 0
A steady magnetic field in a current carrying conductor have
d:B = 0
^c " 1h
d # B = m0 J ! 0
A time varying electric field in a charged medium with time varying magnetic field
Chap 6
For View Only

have
d # E =-2B ! 0
^d " 3h
2t
r
d:E = v ! 0
e
V =- dFm
dt
It is Faradays law that states that the change in flux through any loop induces
e.m.f. in the loop.
# ^d # E h : dS
# E : dl
(1)
Given, the Maxwells equation

d # E =- (2B/2t)
Putting this expression in equation (1) we get,
E : dl =- 2 B : dS
2t s
Induced emf in a coil of N turns is defined as
Vemf =- N dF
dt
where F is flux linking the coil. So, we get
Vemf =- 100 d ^t3 - 2t h
dt
=- 100 ^3t2 - 2h =- 100 _3 ^2 h2 - 2i =- 1000 mV (at t = 2 s )
=- 2 V
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 6.3.35

From stokes theorem, we have
co
SOL 6.3.34
lp.
SOL 6.3.33
403
SOL 6.3.36

Since, the flux linking through both the coil is varying with time so, emf are
induced in both the coils.
Since, the loop 2 is split so, no current flows in it and so joule heating does not
occur in coil 2 while the joule heating occurs in closed loop 1 as current flows in it.
Therefore, only statement 2 is correct.
SOL 6.3.37

The electric field intensity is
where E 0 is independent of time
E = E 0 e jwt
So, from Maxwells equation we have
d # H = J + e2E
2t
= sE + e ^ jwh E 0 e jwt = sE + jweE

Equation (1) and (3) are not the Maxwells equation.
SOL 6.3.38
404
Chap 6
For View Only

SOL 6.3.39
From the Maxwells equation for a static field (DC) we have
d # B = m0 J
d # ^d # Ah = m0 J
d ^d : Ah - d2A = m0 J
For static field (DC),
d:A = 0
therefore we have,
d2A =- m0 J
So, both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
For a static field, Maxwells equation is defined as
d#H = J
and since divergence of the curl is zero
i.e.
d : ^d # H h = 0
d:J = 0
but in the time varying field, from continuity equation (conservation of charges)
2r
d : J =- v ! 0
2t
So, an additional term is included in the Maxwells equation.
i.e.
d # H = J + 2D
2t
where 2D is displacement current density which is a necessary term.
2t
Therefore A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 6.3.41

For any loop to have an induced e.m.f., magnetic flux lines must link with the coil.
Observing all the given figures we conclude that loop C1 and C2 carries the flux
lines through it and so both the loop will have an induced e.m.f.
SOL 6.3.42

Since, the circular loop is rotating about the y -axis as a diameter and the flux
lines is directed in ax direction. So, due to rotation magnetic flux changes and as
the flux density is function of time so, the magnetic flux also varies w.r.t time and
therefore the induced e.m.f. in the loop is due to a combination of transformer and
motional e.m.f. both.
SOL 6.3.43

Gausss law
d:D = r
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 6.3.40
Amperes law
Faradays law
Poynting vector
d # H = Jc + 2D
2t
d # E =-2B
2t
P = E#H
â " 1h
^b " 5h
^c " 2h
^d " 3h
***********
CHAPTER 7
ELECTRONAGNETICS WAVES
406
Electronagnetics Waves
EXERCISE 7.1
What will be the direction of wave propagation in a non magnetic medium in which
magnetic field intensity at any point is given by
H = 4 cos ^wt - ky h ax A/m
(A) + az direction
(B) - az direction
co
MCQ 7.1.1
For View Only
(D) + ay direction
lp.
(C) + ax direction
In a certain medium electric field intensity of a propagating wave is given by

E ^x, t h = 2E 0 e- ax sin ^wt - bz h ay V/m
The electric field phasor of the wave will be
(A) E 0 e-â + jb hx ay V/m
(B) jE 0 e-â + jb hx ay V/m
(C) - jE 0 e-â + jb hx ay V/m
In air, magnetic field intensity is given by H = 10 cos ^6 # 107 t - ky h az A/m . Wave

number k for the EM wave will be
(A) 1.8 rad/m
(B) 2 rad/m
w.
g
MCQ 7.1.3
at
e
(D) - jE 0 eâ - jbx h ay V/m
(C) 0.2 rad/m
(C) 0.5 # 108 m/s

MCQ 7.1.5
(D) 5 rad/m
An electromagnetic wave is propagating in certain non magnetic material such that

the magnetic field intensity at any point is given by
H = 3 cos ^109 t - 5z h ax A/m
The phase velocity of the wave in the medium will be
(A) 1.5 # 109 m/s
(B) 5 # 10-9 m/s
ww
MCQ 7.1.4
he
MCQ 7.1.2
Chap 7
(D) 2 # 108 m/s
Magnetic field intensity in a certain non-magnetic medium is given by

H = H 0 cos ^wt - by h ax A/m
If the wavelength of the EM wave in the medium be 12.6 m then what will be the
phase constant b in that medium ?
(A) 0.25 rad/m
(B) 0.5 rad/m
(C) 1.12 rad/m
(D) 6.3 rad/m
Chap 7
407
For View Only

MCQ 7.1.6
In a nonmagnetic material electric field intensity is given by
E = 16 cos ^4 # 108 t - 2x h ay V/m
The relative permittivity of the medium will be
(A) 1.5
(B) 2.25
(C) 0.44
Electric field intensity in free space is E = 24 cos ^5 # 108 t - bz h ax V/m . The time
period of the wave will be
(A) 7.96 ns
(B) 1.26 ns
MCQ 7.1.7
(D) 225
(C) 8 # 107 sec
(C) 7.23 ns
MCQ 7.1.9
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 0.13 mm
The skin depth in a poor conductor is independent of

(A) Permittivity
(B) Permeability
(C) Frequency
MCQ 7.1.12
(D) 251.33 W
A radio wave is propagating at a frequency of 0.5 MHz in a medium ( s = 3 # 107 S/m

, mr = er . 1).The wave length of the radio wave in that medium will be
(A) 0.8 mm
(B) 0.26 mm
(C) 0.4 mm
MCQ 7.1.11
(D) 3.93 ns
What will be the intrinsic impedance of a lossless, nonmagnetic dielectric material

having relative permittivity er = 2.25 ?
(A) 235.62 W
(B) 167.56 W
(C) 8.95 mW
MCQ 7.1.10
lp.
co
In air, a propagating wave has electric field intensity given by

E = 9 cos ^4 # 108 t - bx h az V/m
The time taken by the wave to travel one-fourth of its total wave length is
(A) 61.42 ns
(B) 3.05 ns
he
MCQ 7.1.8
(D) 12.57 ns
(D) None of these
Assertion (A) : E = E 0 sin ^z h cos ^ct h ax represents the electric field of a plane wave
in free space.
Reason (R) : A plane wave f propagating with velocity v p in + az direction must
satisfy the equation
2
22 f
22 f
=0
v
p
2t2
2z2
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
408
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.1.13
A propagating wave in free space has magnetic field intensity
H = 0.2 cos ^109 t - by h az A/m
What will be the electric field intensity of the wave at y = 1 cm at time, t = 0.1 ns ?
(B)- 37.6ax V/m
(A) - 37.7ax V/m
(C) - 19.8ax V/m
Phasor form of magnetic field intensity of a uniform plane wave in free space is
given as
Hs = ^2 + j5h^4ay + 2jaz h e-jbx A/m
The maximum electric field of the plane wave equals to
(A) 24.1 V/m
(B) 14.22 kV/m
co
MCQ 7.1.14
(D) 37.6ax V/m
(C) 9.08 kV/m
(A) - h0 ^5ax + 6ay h e-j50z V/m

-j50z
(C) ^5ax - 6ay he

h
-j50z
(B) ^5ax - 6az he

h
V/m
-j50z
(D) -^5ax + 6ay he

V/m
h0
In a perfect conductor ^resistivity, r . 0h magnetic field of any EM wave

(A) lags electric field by 90c
(B) leads electric field by 45c
at
e
MCQ 7.1.16
V/m
lp.
Electric field intensity of linearly polarized plane wave in free space is given by
E = ^6ay - 5ax h cos ^wt - 50z h V/m
The phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the wave will be
he
MCQ 7.1.15
(D) 0
(D) will be in phase with electric field
w.
g
(C) lags electric field by 45c

An electromagnetic wave travels in free space with the electric field component
Es = ^10ax + 5az h e-j^4x - 2z h V/m
What will be the phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the wave ?
(A) - 29.66e-j^4x - 2z h mA/m
ww
MCQ 7.1.17
(B) - 5 5 e-j^4x - 2z h mA/m

(C) 29.66e-j^4x - 2z h mA/m
(D) - 29.66e-j^4x - 2z h A/m
MCQ 7.1.18
What will be the time average power density of the electromagnetic wave ?
(A) ^665.9ax - 331.6az h W/m2
(B) ^148.9ax - 74.15az h W/m2
(C) ^- 331.6ax + 665.9az h W/m2
(D) ^- 74.15ax + 148.9az h W/m2
Chap 7
409
For View Only

MCQ 7.1.19
A propagating wave has the phasor form of its electric field intensity defined as
Es = ^- 2 3 ax + 3 ay - az h e-j0.1p`-3x + 3 y - 2z j V/m
The wave is linearly polarized along the direction of
(A) - 3ax + 3 ay - 2az
(B) - 2 3 ax + 3 ay - az
(C) 3ax -
3 ay + 2az
(D) 2 3 ax -
3 ay + a z
w . what will be the magnetic flux density vector B ?

m0 e0
1
-8
c m e = 3 # 10 m/s m
0 0
(A) 3 # 1010 cos ^wt - bz h ay
co
If b =
(B) 3.33 # 10-7 cos ^wt - bz h ay
The poynting vector of the E -M field will be

(B) 10 4
(A) 10 4 e0 cos2 ^wt - bz h az
m0
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.1.21
he
(C) 3 # 108 cos ^wt - bz h ay

(D) 3.33 # 10-6 cos ^wt - bz h ay
lp.
MCQ 7.1.20
In free space an electric field intensity vector is given by

E = 200 cos ^wt - bz h ax
where w and b are constants.
m0
cos2 ^wt - bz h az
e0
4
(D) 10 cos2 ^wt - bz h az
m0
The electric field associated with a sinusoidally time varying electromagnetic field
is given by
E = 15 sin px sin ^2p # 108 - 3 pz h ay V/m
The time average stored energy density in the electric field is
(A) 4 e0 sin2 px
(B) 25e0 sin2 px
25
4
(C) 10 4 m0 cos2 ^wt - bz h az

MCQ 7.1.22
(C) 5e0 sin 2px

4
MCQ 7.1.23
(D) 25e0 sin 2px

4
Electric field associated with a sinusoidally time varying electromagnetic field is

given by
E = 20 sin (py) sin ^6p # 108 t - 3 px h az V/m
What will be the time average stored energy density in the magnetic field ?
-9
-9
(B) 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h
(A) 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h
p
144p
9
(C) 144 # 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h
p
(D) p ^25 + 50 sin2 px h

144
410
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.1.24
An electromagnetic wave is propagating from free space to a certain medium having
relative permittivity er = 5 . If wavelength of the wave in the medium be 20 cm then
what would be its wavelength in free space ?
(A) 6.67 cm
(B) 60 cm
(C) 180 cm
If some free charge is being imbedded in a piece of glass, then the charge will flow
out to the surface nearly after
(relative permittivity of glass, er = 4.25 conductivity of glass, s = 10-12 S/m )
(A) 2 sec
co
MCQ 7.1.25
(D) 18 cm
(B) 4 sec
lp.
(C) 35 sec
(D) 20 sec
(B) - E 0 /3
(C) E 0 /2
w.
g
(D) - E 0
he
An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident on the surface of a

dielectric medium ( m0 , 4e0 ). If the magnitude of the electric field of incident wave
is E 0 then what will be the magnitude of the electric field of the reflected wave ?
(A) - 2E 0 /3
at
e
MCQ 7.1.26
ww
***********
Chap 7
For View Only
EXERCISE 7.2
Magnetic field intensity of a propagating wave in free space is given by

H = 0.3 cos ^wt - by h ax A/m
MCQ 7.2.1
411
MCQ 7.2.2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
If the total time period of the wave be T then the plot of H versus y at time, t = T
8
will be
A uniform plane wave is propagating with a velocity of 7.5 # 107 m/s in a lossless
medium having relative permeability mr = 2.8 . The electric field phasor of the wave
is given by
Es = 5e j0.3x az V/m
What will be the magnetic field intensity of the wave ?
(A) 11.05 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m
(B) 22.13 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m
(C) 22.13 cos ^9.54 # 106 t + 0.3z h ay mA/m
(D) 11.05 cos ^2.25 # 107 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m

412
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.2.3
In a certain medium ( er = 4 , mr = 4 ). A plane wave is propagating such that the
electric field intensity of the wave is E = E 0 e-x/2 sin ^108 t - bx h ay V/m . The loss
tangent of the medium will be
(A) 1.94
(B) 0.27
(C) 0.35
(D) 0.52
MCQ 7.2.4
co
In a lossy medium ( er = 8 , mr = 0.5 , s = 0.01 S/m a plane wave is travelling in + az

direction that has the electric field intensity E = 0.5 cos ^109 pt + p/3h ax at z = 0 .
What will be the distance travelled by the wave to have a phase shift of 10c ?
(A) 20.95 mm
(B) 477.3 mm
After traveling a distance z , the amplitude of the wave is reduced by 40% . So, the
value of z equals to
(A) 481.5 mm
(B) 542 mm
he
MCQ 7.2.5
(D) 3.65 m
lp.
(C) 8.33 V
(C) 1.06 m
A uniform plane wave is propagating at a velocity of 7 # 107 m/s in a perfect

dielectric such that the electric and magnetic fields of the wave are given by
E ^x, t h = 300 cos ^5 # 106 pt - bx h ay V/m
H ^x, t h = 1.9 cos ^5 # 106 pt - bx h az V/m
The relative permittivity and relative permeability of the medium will be respectively
(A) 1.70, 2.69
(B) 3.4, 5.37
(C) 1.70, 1.58
(D) 2.37, 2.69
An electromagnetic wave is propagating in free space in - ax direction with a

frequency w and phase angle zero. The EM wave is polarized in + az direction. If
the amplitude of electric field of the wave is E 0 then the magnetic field of the wave
will be
(B) h0 E 0 cos ^wt + wcx h ay
(A) E 0 cos a wt + w x k ay
h0
c
ww
MCQ 7.2.7
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 7.2.6
(D) 2.08 m
(C) - E 0 cos a wt + w x k ay
h0
c
(D) E 0 cos a wt - w x k ay
h0
c
What will be the electric field of a plane wave polarized parallel to the x -z plane
and propagating in free space in the direction from origin to the point ^1, 1, 1h, that
has the amplitude E 0 and frequency w with zero phase angle ?
(A) E 0 cos :wt - w ^x + y + z hDb ax - az l
3c
2
a
az
w
(B) E 0 cos :wt +
^x + y + z hDb x
3c
2 l
MCQ 7.2.8
Chap 7
For View Only
413
(C) E 0 cos 9wt - w ^x + y + z hCc ax + az m

c
2
(D) E 0 cos 9wt + w ^x + y + z hCc ax + az m
c
2
MCQ 7.2.9
A plane wave is propagating with frequency f = 50 kHz in a medium ( s = 2 S/m ,

er = 80 , mr = 4 ). What will be the skin depth of the medium ?
(A) 1.7 m
(B) 0.4 m
(C) 0.8 m
With a thickness t , silver coating is done for a microwave experiment to operate at

a frequency of 10 GHz. For the successful experiment t should be
(for silver, mr = er . 1, s = 6.25 # 107 S/m )
(A) greater than 0.64 mm
(B) less than 0.64 mm
co
MCQ 7.2.10
(D) 1.3 m
(C) exactly equal to 0.64 mm
lp.
In a nonmagnetic material of conductivity s = 2 # 107 S/m , electric field of a

propagating plane wave is given by
E = 5 cos ^107 t - 0.2y h ax + 2 sin ^107 t - 0.2y h az V/m
What will be the value of complex permittivity of the medium ?
(B) ^36e0 - j2h F/m
(A) ^2 - j36e0h F/m
(C) ^36 - j2h F/m
(D) ^36e0 + j2h F/m
Assertion (A) : All the metals are opaque.

Reason (R) : Skin depth of metals are in the range of nanometers.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.2.12
he
MCQ 7.2.11
(D) none of these
MCQ 7.2.13
In the plane z = 0 , electric field of a wave propagating in + az direction in free

space is E 0 which is varying with time t as shown in the figure.
414
Chap 7
Three different dielectrics of permittivities 4e0 , 9e0 and 3e0 are defined in the space
as shown in figure. If the leading edge of a uniform plane wave propagating in ax
direction is incident on the plane x =- 3 m then how much time it will take to
strike the interface defined by the dielectric 2 and dielectric 3 ?
ww
w.
g
MCQ 7.2.14
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

If the magnetic field intensity of the wave at t = 1 m sec be H1 then the plot of H1
versus z will be
(A) 6 n sec
(B) 0.02 m sec

(C) 3 n sec
(D) 0.06 m sec

MCQ 7.2.15
An electromagnetic wave propagating in medium 1 ( m0 , e1 ) is incident on medium 2

( m0 , e2 ) as shown in figure such that the electric field of reflected wave is 1/5 times
of the electric field of incident wave. The value of e1 /e2 equals to
Chap 7
For View Only
415
(B) 3/2
(C) 4/9
(D) 9/4
co
(A) 2/3
What will be the conductivity of the dielectric ?

(A) 0.32 # 102 S/m
(C) 320 S/m
If an electromagnetic wave of 8 GHz frequency travels a distance of 0.275 mm in

the dielectric medium then its field intensity will be reduced by
(A) 20 dB
(B) 60 dB
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.2.17
(C) 0 dB
MCQ 7.2.18
(B) 1.01 # 10-5 S/m

(D) 0.99 # 105 S/m
he
MCQ 7.2.16
lp.
An electromagnetic wave of 50 MHz frequency is incident on a dielectric medium

such that its skin depth is 0.32 mm.
(permittivity of dielectric = 6.28 # 10-7 )
(D) 30 dB
Electric field of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a medium in + ax direction

is given by
Es = E 0 ây - jaz h e-jbx
The wave is
(A) left hand circularly polarized
(B) Right hand circularly polarized
(C) elliptically polarized
(D) linearly polarized
MCQ 7.2.19
An electromagnetic wave has the electric field intensity in the phasor form given by
Es = 2 âz - jax h e-jby
The EM wave is incident on a perfect conductor located at y = 0 . What will be the
polarization of the reflected wave ?
(A) left hand circular
(B) Right hand circular
(C) elliptical
(D) linear
416
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.2.20
An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident on a perfectly
conducting slab placed at x $ 0 . The electric field of the incident wave in the
phasor form is given by
Eis = 5az e-j^6y + 8x h V/m
The net electric field of the total wave (incident and reflected both) in free space
after reflection will be
(A) 10az e-j^6y - 8x h V/m
(B) - 10az e-j^6y - 8x h V/m
(D) j20az e-j6y sin 8x V/m
Electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in free space is given by

Eis = 25ax e-j^6z + 8y h V/m
If the wave is incident on a perfectly conducting plane at y = 0 then the magnetic
field intensity of the reflected wave will be
a
a
(A) -a y + az k e-j^6z - 8y h A/m
(B) a y + az k e-j^6z - 8y h A/m
8p 6p
8p 6p
lp.
co
MCQ 7.2.21
(C) - j20az e-j6y sin 8x V/m
a
(C) a y + az k e j^6z - 8y h
8p 6p
he
An electromagnetic wave propagating in free space has magnetic field intensity

What will be the total power passing through a square plate of side 20 cm located
in the plane x + y = 2 ?
(A) 0.53 Watt
(B) 1.88 Watt
(C) 18.8 mW
(D) 53.31 mW
An electromagnetic wave propagating in a lossless medium ( m1 = 4m0 , e1 = e0 ,

s1 = 0 ) defined in the region y > 0 is incident on a lossy medium ( m2 = m0 , e2 = 4e0
, s2 = 0.1 S/m ) defined in the region y # 0 . The electric field intensity of the
incident wave in lossless medium is given by
Eis = 6e-j5y az V/m
What will be the standing wave ratio ?
(A) 1.22
(B) 0.8186
ww
w.
g
MCQ 7.2.23
at
e
MCQ 7.2.22
a
(D) -a y + az k e j^6z - 8y h A/m
8p 6p
(C) 0.0997
MCQ 7.2.24
(D) 10.025
The complex electric field vector of a uniform plane wave propagating in free space
is given by
Es = ^ 3 ax - ay - 2 3 az h e-j0.01p`-3x + 3 y - 2z j V/m
The unit vector in the direction of propagation of the wave will be
- 3ax + 3 ay - 2az
- 3ax + 3 ay - 2az
(A)
(B)
16
4
(C) - 4 ^3ax -
3 ay + 2az h
(D) -
^3ax + 3 ay - 2az h
4
Chap 7
417
For View Only

MCQ 7.2.25
Phasor form of electric field intensity of a uniform plane wave is given by
Es = d 2 ax - 2 ay n e-j0.04p`-2x - 3y + 3 z j V/m
3
The wavelength along the direction of propagation is
(A) 3.16 m
(B) 0.08 m
(C) 12.5 m
In free space the complex magnetic field vector of a uniform plane wave is given by
Hs =-^ 3 ax + az h e-j0.04p` 3 x - 2y - 3z j A/m .
Frequency of the plane wave will be
(A) 3.75 MHz
(B) 2.4 # 106 Hz
MCQ 7.2.26
(D) 15.7 m
(D) 2.4 MHz
co
(C) 24 MHz
lp.
In free space complex electric field vector of a uniform plane wave is given by
Es = ^ 2 ax + az h e-j 25`
p
25 m
16.7 m
28.87 m
25 m
28.87 m
25 m
25 m
16.7 m
The apparent phase velocities along the x , y and z axes are

vPx
vPy
vPz
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
MCQ 7.2.29
16.7 m
28.87 m
16.7 m
28.87 m
he
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
MCQ 7.2.28
V/m
The apparent wavelengths along the x , y and z axes are

lx
ly
lz
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.2.27
2 x - 5y - 3z j
1.73 # 1010 m/s

6.93 # 108 m/s
2.77 # 107 m/s
1.2 # 109 m/s
1.5 # 1010 m/s

6 # 108 m/s
2.4 # 107 m/s
1.2 # 109 m/s
1 # 1010 m/s
4 # 108 m/s
1.6 # 107 m/s
1.2 # 109 m/s
Which of the following complex vector field represents the electric field of a uniform
plane wave ?
(A) _- jax - 2ay - j 3 az i e-j0.6p` 3 y + z j
(B) _ax - j2ay -
3 az i e-j0.05p^x +
3 zh
j 3
(C) =b 3 + j 1 l ax + c1 +
a - j 3 azG e-j0.02p`
2
2 m y
3 x + 3y + 2z j
(D) =b- 3 - j 1 l ax + c1 - j 3 m ay + j 3 azG e-j0.02p`

2
2
3 x + 3y + 2z j
418
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.2.30
Which of the following pairs of vector Es and Hs field represents the complex
electric and magnetic field vectors of a uniform plane wave ?
Es
Hs
(A) _ jax + 2ay + j 3 az i e-jp^ 3 x + z h V/m
(B) _ jax + j 3 az i e-jp^x + 3 z h V/m
(C) _ jax - j 3 az i e
-jp^x + 3 z h
-jp x +
_- jax + j 3 az i e ^
_- 3 jax - jaz i e
V/m
3 x+zh
V/m
3 x+zh
3 zh
-jp^x + 3 z h
-j0.1p^
_ax - j2ay - 3 az i e
A/m
A/m
A/m
3 x+zh
A/m
(D) _- jax - 2ay + j 3 az i e-j0.1p^
The following fields exist in charge free regions

P = 65 sin (wt + 10y) az
Q = 10 cos (wt - 2r) af
r
R = 3r2 cot fa r + 1 cos faf
r
S = 6 sin q sin (wt - 6r) a q
r
The possible electromagnetic fields are
(A) P, Q
(B) R, S
he
lp.
co
MCQ 7.2.31
-jp
_ax - j2ay - 3 az i e ^
(C) P, R
(B) 17.9
(C) 25.6
ww
(D) 58.3
at
e
A uniform plane wave in region 1 is normally incident on the planner boundary

separating regions 1 and 2. Both region are lossless and er1 = mr31 , er2 = mr32 . If the
20% of the energy in the incident wave is reflected at the boundary, the ratio er2 /er1
is
(A) 1.48
w.
g
MCQ 7.2.32
(D) Q, S
***********
Chap 7
For View Only
EXERCISE 7.3
A plane wave propagating in air with E = (4ax + 6ay + 5az ) e j (wt + 3x - 4y) V/m is
incident on a perfectly conducting slab positioned at x # 0 . The E field of the
reflected wave is
(A) (- 8ax - 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt + 3x + 4y) V/m
GATE 2012
(B) (- 8ax + 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt + 3x + 4y) V/m

(C) (- 8ax - 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt - 3x - 4y) V/m
MCQ 7.3.2
The electric field of a uniform plane electromagnetic wave in free space, along
the positive x direction is given by E = 10 (ay + jaz ) e-j 25x . The frequency and
polarization of the wave, respectively, are
(B) 4 Hz and left circular
(A) 1.2 GHz and left circular
he
GATE 2012
lp.
(D) (- 8ax + 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt - 3x - 4y) V/m
co
MCQ 7.3.1
419
MCQ 7.3.3
GATE 2011
(D) 4 Hz and right circular
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) 1.2 GHz and right circular
Consider the following statements regarding the complex Poynting vector P for the
power radiated by a point source in an infinite homogeneous and lossless medium.
Re(P ) denotes the real part of P, S denotes a spherical surface whose centre is
at the point source, and an denotes the unit surface normal on S . Which of the
following statements is TRUE?
(A) Re(P ) remains constant at any radial distance from the source
(B) Re(P ) increases with increasing radial distance from the source
(C)
(D)
MCQ 7.3.4
GATE 2010
##s Re ^P h : (dSan) remains constant at any radial distance from the source
##s Re ^P h : (dSan) decreases with increasing radial distance from the source
The electric field component of a time harmonic plane EM wave traveling in a

nonmagnetic lossless dielectric medium has an amplitude of 1 V/m. If the relative
permittivity of the medium is 4, the magnitude of the time-average power density
vector (in W/m2 ) is
(B) 1
(A) 1
30p
60p
(C)
1
120p
(D)
1
240p
420
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.5
A plane wave having the electric field components Ei = 6 cos ^3 # 108 - by h ax
GATE 2010
V/m and traveling in free space is incident normally on a lossless medium with
m = m0 and e = 9e0 which occupies the region y $ 0 . The reflected magnetic field
component is given by
(A) 1 cos (3 # 108 t + y) ax A/m
(B) 1 cos (3 # 108 t + y) ax A/m
10p
20p
(C) - 1 cos (3 # 108 t + y) ax A/m
20p
A uniform plane wave in the free space is normally incident on an infinitely

thick dielectric slab (dielectric constant er = 9 ). The magnitude of the reflection
coefficient is
(A) 0
(B) 0.3
GATE 2008
co
MCQ 7.3.6
(C) 0.5
GATE 2007
3 p x- p z
l
l m
(C) E = ay E 0 e jc wt +
3 p x+ p z
l
l m
3pz
l m
3pz
l m
(D) E = ay E 0 e jc wt - l x +
(D) 50
h0
A right circularly polarized (RCP) plane wave is incident at an angle 60c to the
normal, on an air-dielectric interface. If the reflected wave is linearly polarized, the
relative dielectric constant er2 is
ww
GATE 2007
(B) E = ay E 0 e jc wt - l x -
The H field (in A/m) of a plane wave propagating in free space is given by
H = ax 5 5 cos (wt - bz) + ay a wt - bz + p k.
h0
2
The time average power flow density in Watts is
h
(B) 100
(A) 0
h0
100
(C) 50h20
MCQ 7.3.9
lp.
(A) E = ay E 0 e j c wt -
he
MCQ 7.3.8
A plane wave of wavelength l is traveling in a direction making an angle 30c with

positive x -axis and 90c with positive y -axis. The E field of the plane wave can be
represented as (E0 is constant)
at
e
GATE 2007
(D) 0.8
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.7
(D) - 1 cos (3 # 108 t + y) ax A/m

10p
(A)
(B)
(C) 2
(D) 3
Chap 7
421
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.10
The electric field of an electromagnetic wave propagation in the positive direction
GATE 2006
is given by E = 2ax sin (wt - bz) + ay sin (wt - bz + p/2). The wave is
(A) Linearly polarized in the z -direction
(B) Elliptically polarized
(C) Left-hand circularly polarized
(D) Right-hand circularly polarized
MCQ 7.3.11
When a plane wave traveling in free-space is incident normally on a medium having

er = 4.0 then the fraction of power transmitted into the medium is given by
(A) 8
(B) 1
9
2
(C) 1
(D) 5
3
6
MCQ 7.3.12
A medium of relative permittivity er 2 = 2 forms an interface with free - space. A

point source of electromagnetic energy is located in the medium at a depth of 1
meter from the interface. Due to the total internal reflection, the transmitted beam
has a circular cross-section over the interface. The area of the beam cross-section
at the interface is given by
(A) 2p m 2
(B) p2 m 2
(C) p m 2
(D) p m 2
2
GATE 2006
A medium is divided into regions I and II about x = 0 plane, as shown in the figure
below.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.3.13
he
lp.
GATE 2006
co
GATE 2006
An electromagnetic wave with electric field E1 = 4ax + 5ay + 5az is incident normally
on the interface from region I . The electric file E2 in region II at the interface is
(A) E2 = E1
(B) 4ax + 0.75ay - 1.25az
(C) 3ax + 3ay + 5az
MCQ 7.3.14
GATE 2005
(D) - 3ax + 3ay + 5az
The magnetic field intensity vector of a plane wave is given by

H (x, y, z, t) = 10 sin (50000t + 0.004x + 30) ay
where ay , denotes the unit vector in y direction. The wave is propagating with a
phase velocity.
(A) 5 # 10 4 m/s
(B) - 3 # 108 m/s
(D) 3 # 108 m/s

(C) - 1.25 # 107 m/s
422
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.15
Refractive index of glass is 1.5. Find the wavelength of a beam of light with frequency
GATE 2005
of 1014 Hz in glass. Assume velocity of light is 3 # 108 m/s in vacuum
(A) 3 mm
(B) 3 mm
(C) 2 mm
MCQ 7.3.16
GATE 2004
(D) 1 mm
If E = (ax + jay) e jkz - kwt

Poynting vector is
(A) null vector
and H = (k/wm) (ay + jax ) e jkz - jwt , the time-averaged

(B) (k/wm) az
A plane electromagnetic wave propagating in free space is incident normally on a

large slab of loss-less, non-magnetic, dielectric material with e > e0 . Maxima and
minima are observed when the electric field is measured in front of the slab. The
maximum electric field is found to be 5 times the minimum field. The intrinsic
impedance of the medium should be
(A) 120p W
(B) 60p W
co
GATE 2004
lp.
MCQ 7.3.17
(D) (k/2wm) az
(C) (2k/wm) az
GATE 2003
The depth of penetration of electromagnetic wave in a medium having conductivity

s at a frequency of 1 MHz is 25 cm. The depth of penetration at a frequency of 4
MHz will be
(A) 6.25 dm
(B) 12.50 cm
at
e
MCQ 7.3.18
(D) 24p W
he
(C) 600p W
(C) 50.00 cm
GATE 2003
A uniform plane wave traveling in air is incident on the plane boundary between
air and another dielectric medium with er = 5 . The reflection coefficient for the
normal incidence, is
(A) zero
(B) 0.5 180c
(B) 0.333 0c
GATE 2003
(C) 6.28 # 107 m/sec

MCQ 7.3.21
GATE 2002
GATE 2002
(D) 2.00 # 107 m/sec
A plane wave is characterized by E = (0.5ax + ay e jp/2) e jwt - jkz . This wave is

(A) linearly polarized
(B) circularly polarized
(C) elliptically polarized
MCQ 7.3.22
(D) 0.333 180c
If the electric field intensity associated with a uniform plane electromagnetic wave
traveling in a perfect dielectric medium is given by E (z, t) = 10 cos (2p107 t - 0.1pz)
V/m, then the velocity of the traveling wave is
(A) 3.00 # 108 m/sec
(B) 2.00 # 108 m/sec
ww
MCQ 7.3.20
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.19
(D) 100.00 cm
(D) unpolarized
Distilled water at 25cC is characterized by s = 1.7 # 10-4 mho/m and e = 78eo at

a frequency of 3 GHz. Its loss tangent tan d is
( e = 10
36p F/m)
-9
Chap 7
For View Only

(A) 1.3 # 10-5

(B) 1.3 # 10-3
(C) 1.3 # 10-4 /78

MCQ 7.3.23
GATE 2001
423
(D) 1.3 # 10-5 /78e0
2
2
If a plane electromagnetic wave satisfies the equation 2E2x = c22E2x , the wave
2z
2t
propagates in the
(A) x -direction
(B) z -direction
(C) y -direction
MCQ 7.3.25
GATE 2001
GATE 2000
GATE 1999
GATE 1999
(D) er2 /er1
Identify which one of the following will NOT satisfy the wave equation.
(A) 50e j (wt - 3z)
(B) sin [w (10z + 5t)]
(C) cos (y2 + 5t)
MCQ 7.3.29
(D)
Two coaxial cable 1 and 2 are filled with different dielectric constants er1 and er2
respectively. The ratio of the wavelength in the cables (l1 /l2) is
(B) er2 /er1
(A) er1 /er2
(C) er1 /er2
MCQ 7.3.28
(D) 75%
A uniform plane wave in air impinges at 45c angle on a lossless dielectric material
with dielectric constant er . The transmitted wave propagates is a 30c direction
with respect to the normal. The value of er is
(A) 1.5
(B) 1.5
(C) 2
MCQ 7.3.27
ww
w.
ga
te
GATE 2000
(D) 900 MHz
A uniform plane electromagnetic wave incident on a plane surface of a dielectric

material is reflected with a VSWR of 3. What is the percentage of incident power
that is reflected ?
(A) 10%
(B) 25%
(C) 50%
MCQ 7.3.26
co
(C) 450 MHz
lp.
GATE 2001
A material has conductivity of 10-2 mho/m and a relative permittivity of 4.

The frequency at which the conduction current in the medium is equal to the
displacement current is
(A) 45 MHz
(B) 90 MHz
he
MCQ 7.3.24
(D) x -y plane at an angle of 45c between the x and z direction
(D) sin (x) cos (t)
A plane wave propagating through a medium [er = 8, vr = 2, and s = 0] has its

electric field given by E = 0.5Xe- (z/3) sin (108 t - bz) V/m . The wave impedance, in
ohms is
(A) 377
(B) 198.5 180c
(C) 182.9 14c

(D) 133.3
424
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.30
The intrinsic impedance of copper at high frequencies is
GATE 1998
(A) purely resistive
(B) purely inductive
(C) complex with a capacitive component
(D) complex with an inductive component
GATE 1998
The time average poynting vector, in W/m2 , for a wave with E = 12e j (wt + bz) ay V/m
in free space is
(B) 2.4 az
(A) - 2.4 az
p
p
MCQ 7.3.31
MCQ 7.3.33
GATE 1998
lp.
GATE 1998
The wavelength of a wave with propagation constant (0.1p + j0.2p) m-1 is

2 m
(B) 10 m
(A)
0.05
(C) 20 m
(D) 30 m
The depth of penetration of wave in a lossy dielectric increases with increasing
(A) conductivity
(B) permeability
he
MCQ 7.3.32
(D) - 4.8 az
p
co
(C) 4.8 az
p
(C) wavelength
GATE 1998
The polarization of wave with electric field vector E = E 0 e j^wt + bz h âx + ay h is

(A) linear
(B) elliptical
(C) left hand circular
GATE 1997
(C) 3 # 108 m/ sec

GATE 1996
(C) 20%
MCQ 7.3.37
GATE 1996
(D) 6 # 108 m/ sec
A uniform plane wave in air is normally incident on infinitely thick slab. If the
refractive index of the glass slab is 1.5, then the percentage of incident power that
is reflected from the air-glass interface is
(A) 0%
(B) 4%
ww
MCQ 7.3.36
(D) right hand circular
The skin depth at 10 MHz for a conductor is 1 cm. The phase velocity of an
electromagnetic wave in the conductor at 1, 000 MHz is about
(B) 6 # 107 m/ sec
(A) 6 # 106 m/ sec
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.35
at
e
MCQ 7.3.34
(D) permittivity
(D) 100%
Some unknown material has a conductivity of 106 mho/m and a permeability of

4p # 10-7 H/m . The skin depth for the material at 1 GHz is
(A) 15.9 mm
(B) 20.9 mm
(C) 25.9 mm
(D) 30.9 mm
The plane wave travelling in a medium of er = 1, mr = 1 (free space) has an electric

field intensity of 100 p V/m . Determine the total energy density of this field.
MCQ 7.3.38
IES EC 2012
Chap 7
For View Only

(A) 13.9 nJ/m3

(B) 27.8 nJ/m3
(C) 139 nJ/m3

MCQ 7.3.39
IES EC 2012
(D) 278 nJ/m3
For a plane wave propagating in an unbounded medium (say, free space), the
minimum angle between electric field and magnetic field vectors is
(A) 0c
(B) 60c
(C) 90c
IES EC 2011
(D) 180c
For no reflection condition, a vertically polarized wave should be incident at the

interface between two dielectrics having e1 = 4 and e2 = 7 , with an incident angle of
(A) tan-1 b 9 l
(B) tan-1 b 3 l
2
4
MCQ 7.3.40
lp.
The electric field component of a wave in free space is given by

E = 10 cos (107 t + kZ) ay V/m
Following is a list of possible inferences :
1. Wave propagates along ay
Wavelength l = 188.5 m
3.
Wave amplitude is 10 V/m
4.
Wave number = 0.33 rad/m
5.
Wave attenuates as it travels
he
2.
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EC 2011
(D) tan-1 b 4 l
9
co
(C) tan-1 b 2 l
3
MCQ 7.3.41
425
Which of these inferences can be drawn from E ?

(A) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5
(B) 2 and 3 only
(C) 3 and 4 only
MCQ 7.3.42
IES EC 2011
(D) 4 and 5 only
A plane wave is generated under water (e = 81e0 and m = m0). The wave is parallel
polarized. At the interface between water and air, the angle a for which there is
no reflection is
(A) 83.88c
(B) 83.66c
(C) 84.86c
(D) 84.08c
426
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.43
An elliptically polarized wave travelling in the positive z -direction in air has x and y
IES EC 2010
components
Ex = 3 sin (wt - bz) V/m
Ey = 3 sin (wt - bz + 75c) V/m
If the characteristic impedance of air is 360 W, the average power per unit area
conveyed by the wave is
(A) 8 W/m2
(B) 4 W/m2
IES EC 2010
The intrinsic impedance of copper at 3 GHz (with parameters : m = 4p # 10-7 H/m ;

e = 10-79 /36p ; and s = 5.8 # 107 mho/m ) will be
(A) 0.02e jp/4 ohm
(B) 0.02e jp/2 ohm
co
MCQ 7.3.44
(D) 125 mW/m2
(C) 62.5 mW/m2
he
IES EC 2010
Consider the following statements regarding depth of penetration or skin depth in

a conductor :
1. It increases as frequency increases.
2.
It is inversely proportional to square root of m and s.
3.
It is inversely proportional to square root of f
4.
It is directly proportional to square root of m and s.
at
e
MCQ 7.3.45
(D) 0.2e jp/4 ohm
lp.
(C) 0.2e jp/2 ohm
Which of the above statements are correct ?

(A) 1 and 2 only
(B) 3 and 4 only
MCQ 7.3.46

1. (Electric or magnetic) field must have two orthogonal linear components.
2.
The two components must have the same magnitude.
3.
The two components must have a time-phase difference of odd multiple of 90c
.
ww
IES EC 2010
(D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
w.
g
(C) 2 and 3 only
Which of these are the necessary and sufficient conditions for a time-harmonic
wave to be circularly polarized at a given point in space ?
(A) 1 and 2 only
(B) 2 and 3 only
(C) 1, 2 and 3
MCQ 7.3.47
IES EC 2010
(D) 1 and 3 only
Assertion (A) :The velocity of light in any medium is slower than that of vacuum.
Reason (R) : The dielectric constant of the vacuum is unity and is lesser than that
of any other medium.
Chap 7
For View Only

427

IES EC 2009
In which direction is the plane wave E = 35 sin ^108 t + 2z h ay V/m , (where ay is the
unit vector in y -direction), travelling ?
(A) along y direction
(B) along y direction
(C) along z direction
MCQ 7.3.49
IES EC 2008
(D) along z direction
According to Poynting theorem, the vector product E # H is a measure of which

one of the following?
(A) Stored energy density of the electric field
(D) Power dissipated per unit volume
(E) Rate of energy flow per unit area
IES EC 2007
If E = (ax + jay) e-jbz , then the wave is said to be which one of the following ?
(A) Right circularly polarized
(B) Right elliptically polarized
(D) Left elliptically polarized
he
(C) Left circularly polarized
lp.
MCQ 7.3.50
co
(B) Stored energy density of the magnetic
MCQ 7.3.48
MCQ 7.3.51
ww
w.
ga
te
IES EC 2007
What must be angle q of a corner reflector, such that an incident wave is reflected
in the same direction ?
(A) 30c
(B) 45c
(C) 60c
MCQ 7.3.52
IES EC 2007
(D) 90c
Poynting vector is a measure of which one of the following ?

(A) Maximum power flow through a surface surrounding the source
(B) Average power flow through the surface
(C) Instantaneous power flow through the surface
(D) Power dissipated by the surface
The electric field component of a wave in free space is given by

IES EC 2006
E = 25 sin (107 t + kz) ay V/m
Which one of the following is the correct inference that can be drawn from this
expression ?
MCQ 7.3.53
428
Chap 7
For View Only

(A) The wave propagates along y -axis
(B) The wavelength is 188.5 m
(C) The wave number k = 0.33 rad/m
(D) The wave attenuates as it travels
MCQ 7.3.54
IES EC 2005
For an electromagnetic wave incident on a conducting medium, the depth of

penetration
(A) is directly proportional to the attenuation constant
(B) is inversely proportional to the attenuation constant
co
(C) has a logarithmic relationship with the attenuation constant

(D) is independent of the attenuation constant
IES EC 2004
Which one of the following statements is correct ?

A right circularly polarised wave is incident from air onto a polystyrene êr = 2.7h
. The reflected wave is
(A) right circularly polarised
(B) left circularly polarised
IES EC 2004
The electric field of a wave propagating through a lossless medium (m0, 81e0) is
E = 50 cos (6p # 108 t - bx) a y
What is the phase constant b of the wave ?
(A) 2p rad/m
(B) 9p rad/m
(C) 18p rad/m
IES EC 2004
(C) 2.5
IES EC 2004
(C) 120 W
MCQ 7.3.59
IES EC 2004
(D) 1.25
In free space E (x, t) = 60 (wt - 2x) ay V/m . What is the average power crossing a
circular area of radius 4 m in the plane x = constan t ?
(A) 480 W
(B) 340 W
ww
MCQ 7.3.58
(D) 81 rad/m
If the phase velocity of a plane wave in a perfect dielectric is 0.4 times its value in
free space, then what is the relative permittivity of the dielectric ?
(A) 6.25
(B) 4.25
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.57
at
e
MCQ 7.3.56
(D) left elliptically polarised
he
(C) right elliptically polarised
lp.
MCQ 7.3.55
(D) 60 W
What is the effect of the earths magnetic field in the reflected wave at frequencies
in the vicinity of gyro-frequency ?
(A) No attenuation in the reflected wave
(B) Decreased attenuation in the reflected wave
(C) Increased attenuation in the reflected wave
(D) Nominal attenuation in the reflected wave
Chap 7
429
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.60
A plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of intrinsic
IES EC 2003
impedance h1 is incident normally on its boundary with another perfect dielectric
medium of characteristic impedance h 2 . The electric and magnetic field strengths of
the incident wave are denoted by E1 and H1 respectively whereas Er and Hr denote
these quantities for the reflected wave, and Et and Ht for the transmitted wave.
Which of the following relations are correct ?
1. Ei = h1 Hi
2.
Er = h1 Hr
3.
Et = h 2 Ht
Select the correct answer using the codes given below

(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 1 and 2
MCQ 7.3.61
A plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of dielectric

constant e1 is incident on its boundary with another perfect dielectric medium of
dielectric constant e2 . The incident ray makes an angle of q1 with the normal to the
boundary surface. The ray transmitted into the other medium makes an angle of
q2 with the normal.
If e1 = 2e2 and q1 = 60c, which one of the following is correct ?
(A) q2 = 45c
he
lp.
IES EC 2003
(D) 2 and 3
co
(C) 1 and 3
(B) q2 = sin-1 0.433
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) q2 = sin-1 0.612
(D) There will be no transmitted wave

MCQ 7.3.62
IES EC 2003
Match List I (Nature of Polarization) with List II (Relationship Between X and

Y Components) for a propagating wave having cross-section in the XY plane and
propagating along z -direction and select the correct answer :
List-I
List-II
a. Linear
1. X and Y components are in same phase
b. Left circular
2. X and Y components have arbitrary phase

difference
c.
3. X component leads Y by 90c
Right circular
d. Elliptical
Codes :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
a
1
4
1
4
b
4
1
4
1
4. X component lags behind Y by 90c
c
2
2
3
3
d
3
3
2
2
430
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.63
Assertion (A) : For an EM wave normally incident on a conductor surface the
IES EC 2002
magnetic field H undergoes a 180c phase reversal and the phase of electric field E
remains same.
Reason (R) : The direction of propagation of incident wave will reverse after striking
a conductor surface.

List-I
List-II
Propagation constant
b.
Radiation intensity
c.
Wave impedance
Ey
- ay E x
Z0
Z0
ww
IES EC 2002
2.
r
2h
3.
Et /Ht
4.
E#H
(E 2)
If the E field of a plane polarized EM wave travelling in the z -direction is :

E = ax Ex + ay Ey then its H field is :
E
E
(A) ay Ex - ax y
(B) ay Ex + ax y
Z0
Z0
Z0
Z0
(C) ax
MCQ 7.3.66
c
3
2
2
3
w.
g
IES EC 2002
b
2
3
3
2
wms/2
at
e
a
1
4
1
4
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
1.
lp.
a.
Codes :
MCQ 7.3.65
co
Match List I with List II and select the correct answer :
IES EC 2002
he
MCQ 7.3.64
(D) - ax
Ey
- ay E x
Z0
Z0

For electromagnetic waves propagating in free space :
1. electrical field is perpendicular to direction of propagation
2.
electrical field is along the direction of propagation
3.
magnetic field is perpendicular to direction of propagation
4.
magnetic field is along the direction of propagation
Which of these statements are correct ?

(A) 1 and 3
(B) 1 and 4
(C) 2 and 3
(D) 2 and 4
Chap 7
431
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.67
In a uniform plane wave, the value of E/H is
IES EC 2001
(A) m/e
(B) e/m
(C) 1
MCQ 7.3.68
IES EC 2001
(D)
The phenomenon of microwave signals following the curvature of earth is known as

(A) Faraday effect
(B) ducting
(C) wave tilt
IES EC 2001
(D) troposcatter
Which one of the following statements is NOT correct for a plane wave with
H = 0.5e-0.1x cos (106 t - 2x) az A/m
(A) The wave frequency is 106 r.p.s
MCQ 7.3.69
me
co
(B) The wavelength is 3.14 m

(C) The wave travels along + x -direction
(D) The wave is polarized in the z -direction

IES EE 2012
Skin depth is the distance from the conductor surface where the field strength has
fallen to
(A) p of its strength at the surface
(B) e of its strength at the surface
lp.
MCQ 7.3.70
IES EE 2012
The vector magnetic potential of a particular wave traveling in free space is given
by A = ax Ax sin ^wt - bz h where Ax is a constant. The expression for the electric
field will be
(A) - ax bAx sin ^wt - bz h
(B) - ay bAx sin ^wt - bz h
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.3.71
(C) - ay wAx cos ^wt - bz h

MCQ 7.3.72
IES EE 2012
IES EE 2011
(D) - ax wAx cos ^wt - bz h
The depth of penetration of a wave in a lossy dielectric increases with increasing

(A) conductivity
(B) permeability
(C) wavelength
MCQ 7.3.73
(D) ^1/pe h of its strength at the surface
he
(C) ^1/e h of its strength at the surface
(D) permittivity
When a plane wave propagates in a dielectric medium

(A) the average electric energy and the average magnetic energy densities are not
equal.
(B) the average electric energy and the average magnetic energy densities are equal
(C) the net average energy density is finite
(D) the average electric energy density is not dependent on the average magnetic
energy density
MCQ 7.3.74
IES EE 2011
In free space H field is given as H ^z, t h =- 1 cos ^wt + bz h ay E ^z, t h is

6p
(A) 20 cos ^wt + bz h ax
(B) 20 cos ^wt + bz h az
(C) 20 sin ^wt + bz h ay

(D) 20 sin ^wt + bz h ax
432
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.75
If electric field intensity phasor of an EM wave in free space is E = 6e-j4y ax V/m
IES EE 2011
.The angular frequency w, in rad/s, is
(B) 4y # 3 # 108
(A) 4 # 3 # 108
(C) t # 3 # 108
MCQ 7.3.76
Assertion (A) : Electromagnetic waves propagate being guided by parallel plate

perfect conductor surface.
Reason (R) : Tangential component of electric field intensity and normal component
of magnetic field intensity are zero on a perfect conductor surface.
co
IES EE 2011
(D) 10 # 3 # 108
lp.

IES EE 2010
A uniform plane wave is propagating in a material for which e = 4e0 , m = 7m0 and
s = 0 . The skin depth for the material is
(A) zero
(B) infinity
he
MCQ 7.3.77
MCQ 7.3.79
IES EE 2010
MCQ 7.3.80
IES EE 2009
2.
Conducting medium behaves like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
3.
In lossless dielectric relaxation time is infinite.
4.
In charge-free region, the Poissons equation becomes Laplaces equation.
w.
g
IES EE 2010

1. In conducting medium the field attenuates exponentially with increasing depth.
(A) 1, 2 and 3 only
(B) 1, 3 and 4 only
(C) 2, 3 and 4 only
(D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
In free space
E (Z, t) = 60p cos ^wt - bz h ax V/m .
The average power crossing a circular area of p square metres in the plane z =
constant is
(B) 15p watt/m2
(A) 16p watt/m2
ww
MCQ 7.3.78
(D) 14 m
at
e
(C) 28 m
(C) 14p watt/m2
(D) 13p watt/m2
In free space
E (Z, t) = 120p cos ^wt - bZ h ax Vm-1
What is the average power in Wm-2 ?
(A) 30paz
(B) 60paz
(D) 120paz
(C) 90paz
Chap 7
433
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.81
The electric field of a uniform plane wave is given by :
IES EE 2009
E = 35 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h ax + 45 cos ^3p # 108 t - pZ h ay Vm-1
What is the corresponding magnetic field H
(A) 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h ay + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (- ax ) Am-1
377
377
(B) 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (- ay) + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pZ h - (ax ) Am-1
377
377
(C) 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h ay + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (ax ) Am-1
377
377
co
IES EE 2009
Consider the following statements in connection with electromagnetic waves :

1. Conducting medium behaves like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
2.
At radio and microwave frequencies the relaxation time is much less than the
period
3.
In loss-less dielectric the relaxation time is finite.
4.
Intrinsic impedance of a perfect dielectric medium is a pure resistance.
lp.
MCQ 7.3.82
(D) 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (- ay) + 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pZ h (- ax ) Am-1

377
377
(C) 2 and 3 only

IES EE 2008
(D) 2, 3 and 4
What causes electromagnetic wave polarization ?

(A) Refraction
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.3.83
he
Which is these statements is/are correct ?

(A) 1 only
(B) 1 and 2 only
(B) Reflection
(C) Longitudinal nature of electromagnetic wave

(D) Transverse nature of electromagnetic wave
MCQ 7.3.84
IES EE 2007
Assertion (A) : The velocity of electromagnetic waves is same is same as velocity

of light.
Reason (R) : Electrons also travel with the same velocity as photons.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A
MCQ 7.3.85
IES EE 2007
Fields are said to be circularly polarized if their magnitudes are

(A) Equal and they are in phase
(B) Equal and they differ in phase by ! 90c
(C) Unequal and they differ in phase by ! 90c
(D) Unequal and they are in phase
434
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.86
Which of the following is zero as applied to electromagnetic field ?
IES EE 2006
(A) grad div A
(B) div grad V
(C) div curl A
IES EE 2006
co
MCQ 7.3.88
2.
An EM wave incident on a perfect conductor is fully reflected
3.
When an EM wave is incident from a more dense medium to less dense medium
at an angle equal to or exceeding the critical angle, the wave suffers total
internal reflection
lp.
IES EE 2006
What is the Poyntings vector on the surface of a long straight conductor of radius
b and conductivity s which carries current I in the z -direction ?
2
2
(B) I 2 2 ir
(A) - I 2 3 ir
2sp b
2sp b
2
(C) I 2 iz
(D) I if
2pb
spb
Consider the following statements regarding EM wave
1. An EM wave incident on a perfect dielectric is partially transmitted and
partially reflected
he
MCQ 7.3.87
(D) curl curl A

(A) Only 1 and 2
(B) Only 2 and 3
IES EE 2005
A uniform plane wave has a wavelength of 2 cm in free space and 1 cm in a perfect

dielectric. What is the relative permittivity of the dielectric ?
(A) 2.0
(B) 0.5
(C) 4.0
MCQ 7.3.90
IES EE 2005
w.
g
MCQ 7.3.89
(D) 1, 2 and 3
at
e
(C) Only 1 and 3
(D) 0.25
With the increase in frequency of an electromagnetic wave in free space, how do the
velocity vc and characteristic impedance Zc change ?
(A) vc increase and Zc decreases
ww
(B) vc decreases and Zc increases

(C) Both vc and Zc increase
(D) Both vc and Zc remain unchanged
MCQ 7.3.91
IES EE 2005
The E field of a plane electromagnetic wave travelling in a non-magnetic nonconducting medium is given by E = ax 5 cos ^109 t + 30Z h. What is the dielectric
constant of the medium ?
(A) 30
(B) 10
(C) 9
MCQ 7.3.92
IES EE 2005
(D) 81
2
In the wave equation d2E = me2 E2 + ms2E which term is responsible for
2t
2t
attenuation of the wave ?
Chap 7
For View Only

2
(B) me2 E2
2t
(D) All of the above three
(A) d2E
(C) ms2E
2t

1. Poissons equation finds application in vaccum tube and gaseous discharge
problems
2.
Gausss law is useful for determining field and potential distribution about
bodies having unsymmetrical geometry.
3.
For the propagation of electro-magnetic waves, the time varying electric fields
must support time varying magnetic fields.
4.
The unit of Poyntings vector is W/m2
IES EE 2005
co
MCQ 7.3.93
435

(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 1, 3 and 4
What is the phase velocity of plane wave in a good conductor ?

p fs
(A) pfms
(B)
(ms)
(C)
MCQ 7.3.95
IES EE 2005
pf
(ms)
he
IES EE 2005
(C) Right hand circularly polarised

MCQ 7.3.96
IES EE 2005
(D) 2
pf
(ms)
The instantaneous electric field of a plane wave propagating in z -direction is

E (t) = 6ax E1 cos wt - ay E2 sin wt@e-jkz
This wave is
(A) Linearly polarised
(B) Elliptically polarised
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 7.3.94
(D) 1, 2 and 4
lp.
(C) 2, 3 and 4
(D) Left hand circularly polarised
Assertion (A) : Skin depth is the depth by which electromagnetic wave has been
increased to 37% of its original value.
Reason (R) : The depth of penetration of wave in a lossy dielectric increases with
increasing wavelength.
Which one of the following is the correct electromagnetic wave equation in terms
of vector potential A ?
2
m 2
(B) d2A - 2A
(A) d2A - 2A
=- mJ
2 =- J
e 2t2
2t
2
2
(C) d2A - 2A
(D) d2A - me2A
=- mJ
2 =- mJ
2t
2t2
MCQ 7.3.97
IES EE 2004
436
Chap 7
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.98
Which one of the following statements is correct ? The wavelength of a wave
IES EE 2004
propagating in a wave guide is
(A) smaller than the free space wavelength
(B) greater than the free space wavelength
(C) directly proportional to the group velocity
(D) inversely proportional to the phase velocity
IES EE 2004
Which one of the following statements is correct ? For a lossless dielectric medium,
the phase constant for a travelling wave, b is proportional to
(A) er
(B) er
MCQ 7.3.99
(D) 1/ er
IES EE 2004
In a lossless medium the intrinsic impedance h = 60p and mr = 1. What is the value
of the dielectric constant er ?
(A) 2
(B) 1
lp.
MCQ 7.3.100
co
(C) 1/er
(C) 4
IES EE 2003
An electromagnetic field is said to be conservative when

(A) d2E = me (22E/2t2)
(B) d2H = me (22H/2t2)
at
e
(C) Curl on the field is zero
he
MCQ 7.3.101
(D) 8
(D) Divergence of the field is zero

MCQ 7.3.102
w.
g
IES EE 2003
Given that H = 0.5 exp 6- 0.1x @ sin (106 t - 2x) az (A/m), which one of the following
statements is not correct ?
(A) Wave is linearly polarized along az
(B) The velocity of the wave is 5 # 105 m/s
(C) The complex propagation constant is (0.1 + j2)
MCQ 7.3.103
IES EE 2003
ww
(D) The wave is travelling along ax

For a conducting medium with conductivity s, permeability m, and permittivity
e, the skin depth for an electromagnetic signal at an angular frequency w is
proportional to
(A) s
(B) 1/w
(C) 1/ s
MCQ 7.3.104
IES EE 2003
(D) 1/m
The electric field of a uniform plane wave is given by E = 10 sin (10wt - pz)
ax + 10 cos (wt - pz) ay (V/m)
The polarization of the wave is
(A) Circular
(B) Elliptical
(C) Linear
(D) Undefined
Chap 7
437
For View Only

7
MCQ 7.3.105 In free space H (z, t) = 0.20 cos (4 # 10 t - bz) a x A/m . The expression for E (z, t) is
IES EE 2002
(A) E (z, t) = 37.7 cos (4 # 107 t - bz) ay

(B) E (z, t) = 2.65 # 10 cos (4 # 107 t - bz) az
(C) E (z, t) = 37.7 cos (4 # 107 t - bz) ax
(D) E (z, t) =- 37.7 cos (4 # 107 t - bz) ay
IES EE 2002
A plane wave whose electric field is given by E = 100 cos (wt - 6px) az passes
normally from a material A having er = 4, mr = 1 and s = 0 to a material B
having er = 9, mr = 4 and s = 0 . Match items in List I with List II and select the
correct answer :
MCQ 7.3.106
List II
Intrinsic impedance of medium B
Reflection coefficient
Transmission coefficient
1.
6p
2.
80p
3.
1/7
4.
8/7
lp.
co
List I
MCQ 7.3.107
IES EE 2002
MCQ 7.3.108
IES EE 2002
ww
w.
ga
te
he
d Phase shift constant of medium A

Codes :
a
b
c
d
(A) 4
1
2
3
(B)
2
3
4
1
(C) 4
3
2
1
(D) 2
1
4
3
In free space E (z, t) = 50 cos (wt - bz) ax V/m and

H (z, t) = 5/12p cos (wt - bz) ay A/m . The average power crossing a circular area of
radius 24 m in plane z = constant is
(A) 200 W
(B) 250 W
(C) 300 W
(D) 350 W
Consider a plane electromagnetic wave incident normally on the surface of a good

conductor. The wave has an electric field of amplitude 1 V/m and the skin depth
for the conductor is 10 cm.
Assertion (A) : The amplitude of electric field is (1/e2) (V/m) after the wave has
travelled a distance of 20 cm in the conductor.
Reason (R) : Skin depth is the distance in which the wave amplitude decays to
(1/e) of its value at the surface.
438
For View Only

MCQ 7.3.109 Three media are characterised by
IES EE 2001
1. er = 8, mr = 2, s = 0
2.
er = 1, mr = 9, s = 0
3.
er = 4, mr = 4, s = 0
Chap 7
er is relative permittivity, mr is relative permeability and s is conductivity.

The value of the intrinsic impedances of the media 1, 2 and 3 respectively are
(A) 188 W, 377 W and 1131 W
(B) 377 W, 1131 W and 188 W

(C) 188 W, 1131 W, and 377 W
IES EE 2001
A plane EM wave (Ei, Hi) travelling in a perfect dielectric medium of surge

impedance Z strikes normally on an infinite perfect dielectric medium of surge
impedance 2Z . If the refracted EM wave is (Er , Hr ), the ratios of Ei /Er and Hi /Hr
are respectively
(A) 3 and - 3
(B) 3/2 and 1/3
lp.
MCQ 7.3.110
For a perfect conductor, the field strength at a distance equal to the skin depth is
X% of the field strength at its surface. The value X% is
(A) Zero
(B) 50%
(C) 36%
at
e
IES EE 2001
(D) 3/4 and 2/3
he
(C) 3/4 and 3/2

MCQ 7.3.111
co
(D) 1131 W, 188 W, and 377 W
(D) 26%
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 7
For View Only
439
SOLUTIONS 7.1

Given magnetic field intensity in the non magnetic medium is
H = 3 cos ^wt - kz h ax A/m
The negative coefficient of z in ^wt - kz h shows that the wave is propagating in
+ az direction.
SOL 7.1.2

From the property of phasor, we know that the instantaneous electric field is the
real part of "Es e jwt , .
i.e.
(1)
E ^x, t h = Re "Es e jwt ,
where Es is the phasor form of electric field.
Given the electric field intensity in time domain,
E ^x, t h = E 0 e- ax sin ^wt - bx h ay
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.1
SOL 7.1.3
ww
w.
ga
te
j^wt - bx h
- e-j^wt - bx h a
= E 0 e- ax ;e
E y
2j
jE
=- 0 e- ax e j^wt - bx h ay + C.C .
2
where C.C. is complex conjugate of the 1st part.
So, using the property of complex conjugates we get
jE
E ^x, t h = 2 Re &- 0 e- ax e j (wt - bx) ay 0
2
= Re "- jE 0 e- ax e-jbx e jwt ay ,
Comparing it with equation (1), we get
Es =- 2jE 0 e-â + jb hx ay V/m

Given the magnetic field intensity,
H = 10 cos ^6 # 107 t - ky h az A/m
Comparing it with the general equation of magnetic field.
H = H 0 cos ^wt - ky h az A/m
We get,
w = 6 # 107
So, the wave no is,
7
k = w = 6 # 108 = 0.2 (c is the velocity of wave in free space)
c
3 # 10
440
Chap 7
For View Only

SOL 7.1.4
Given magnetic field intensity in the non magnetic medium is
H = 1.5 cos ^109 t - 5z h ax A/m
Comparing it with the general equation of magnetic field intensity
H = H 0 cos ^wt - bz h ax A/m
co

Given the electric field intensity in the nonmagnetic material as
E = 8 cos ^4 # 108 t - 2x h ay V/m
Comparing it with the general equation of electric field
E = E 0 cos ^wt - bx h ay A/m
at
e
SOL 7.1.6
he
lp.
SOL 7.1.5
We get,
w = 109 rad/ sec
and
b = 5.
So, the phase velocity of the wave in the medium is given as
9
vP = w = 10 = 4 # 108 m/s
5
b
Wavelength of an electromagnetic wave with phase constant b in a medium is
defined as
l = 2p
b
So, the phase constant of the wave in terms of wavelength can be given as
(l = 12.6 m )
b = 2p = 2p = 0.5 rad/m
12.6
l
SOL 7.1.7
ww
w.
g
We get,
w = 4 # 108 rad/s
and
b = 2 rad/m
So, the phase velocity of the wave in the medium is given by
v p = w = 3 # 108 m/s
b
Since the medium is non magnetic so, m = m0 and the relative permittivity of the
medium is given as
8 2
2
er = b c l = c 3 # 108 m = 2.25
vp
2 # 10
The general equation of electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in az
direction in a medium is given as
Comparing it with the given expression of electric field intensity, we get
w = 5 # 108 rad/s
So, the time period of the EM wave is
,
T = 2p = 2p 8 = 12.57 ns
w
5 # 10
Chap 7
441
SOL 7.1.10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 7.1.8
The general equation of electric field intensity of an EM wave propagating in ax
direction in a medium is given as
Comparing it with the given expression of electric field intensity, we get
w = 4 # 108 rad/s
So, the time period of the wave in air is given as
T = 2p = 2p 8
w
4 # 10
= 15.71 ns
Since in one time period the wave travels its one wavelength (l) so, time taken by
the wave to travel l/4 distance is
t = T = 4.93 ns
4
SOL 7.1.9
Intrinsic impedance of any material is given as
jwm
h =
s + jwe
where m is permeability, s is conductivity and e is permittivity of the medium.
Since the given material is lossless, nonmagnetic and dielectric so, we have
(lossless)
s =0
(non magnetic)
m = m0
and
( er = 2.25 )
e = er e0 = ^2.25h e0
Therefore the intrinsic impedance of the material is
jwm0
h =
0 + jw ^2.25h e0
h
m0
= 0 = 377 = 323.3 W
= 377 W l
b h0 =
e0
1.5
1. 5
Given,
Frequency of the wave propagation,
f = 0.5 MHz = 0.5 # 106 Hz
Conductivity of medium,
s = 3 # 107 S/m
Relative permeability of medium,
mr = er . 1
So, the angular frequency of the wave propagation is
w = 2pf = 2p # 0.5 # 106 = p # 106
and we get
s =
3 # 107
= 0.1 # 1013 >> 1
6
we
p # 10 # 8.85 # 10-12
Therefore, the phase constant of the propagating wave is given as
wms
( s/we >> 1)
b =
2
6
-7
7
= p # 10 # 4p # 10 # 3 # 10
2
442
For View Only
= 7695.29 rad/m
So, the wavelength of the radio wave in the medium is
l = 2p = 2.8 mm
b
Attenuation constant for a plane wave with angular frequency w in a certain
medium is given as
me
2
(1)
a =w
1 + a s k - 1D
we
2:
Since for a poor conductor, conductivity is very low
i.e.
s << we
s
or,
<< 1
we
So, in equation (1) using binomial expansion we get,
me
2
( s/we << 1)
a =w
1 + 1 a s k - 1D
2:
2 we
m
me 1 s
=s
=w
2 e
2 2 we
Therefore, the skin depth of the poor conductor is
d = 1 =2 e
a s m
which is independent of frequency (w).
Wave equation for a plane wave propagating in + az direction is given as
2
22 f
22 f
where v p is the velocity of wave propagation
=0
v
p
2t2
2z2
Now from Assertion (A) the electric field is
E = E 0 sin ^z h cos ^ct h ax
It represents the electric field of a plane wave if it satisfies the wave equation
22E - c222E = 0
where c is velocity of wave in free space
i.e.
2t2
2z2
From the given expression of field intensity we have
2E =- cE sin z sin ct
^ h ^ h
0
2t
22E =- c2 E sin z cos ct
or,
^ h ^ h
0
2t2
2E = E cos z cos ct
and
^ h ^ h
0
2z
22E =- E sin z cos ct
or,
^ h ^ h
0
2z2
Thus, we get
22E - c222E = 0
,
2t2
2z2
Since, the electric field E satisfies the wave equation so it represents the field of a
ww
w.
g
SOL 7.1.12
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.11
Chap 7
Chap 7
443
For View Only

plane wave.
Therefore, A and R both are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
SOL 7.1.13

Given the magnetic field intensity in free space is
(1)
H = 0.1 cos ^109 t - by h az A/m
The general equation of magnetic field intensity of the EM wave propagating in ay
direction is given as
(2)
H = H 0 cos ^wt - by h az A/m
SOL 7.1.14
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
Comparing equations (1) and (2) we get,

direction of wave propagation, ak = ay
and angular frequency,
w = 109 rad/ sec
So, the phase constant of the wave is
9
(c is velocity of wave in free space)
b = w = 10 8
c
3 # 10
= 3.33 rad/m
Now, electric field intensity in free space is defined as
E =- h0 ak # H
where h0 is intrinsic impedance in free space and ak is direction of wave propagation.
( h0 = 377 W )
So,
E =- 377 ây h # 0.1 cos ^109 t - by h az
=- 37.7 cos ^109 t - 3.33y h ax
Therefore, electric field intensity of the wave at y = 1 cm at t = 0.1 ns is
E =- 37.7 cos 6^109h^10-10h - ^3.33h^10-2h@ax
=- 46.6ax V/m
Given the magnetic field intensity of the plane wave in free space is
Hs = ^2 + j5h^4ay + 2jaz h e-jbx A/m
From the Maxwells equation, the maximum electric field intensity of the plane
wave is given as
= h0 H
E
max
max
where h0 is intrinsic impedance in air and H

is the maximum magnetic field
max
intensity of the plane wave.
Now, the maximum magnetic field intensity of the plane wave is given as
H
= Hs : H )
s
max
where H is the complex conjugate of the magnetic field phasor.

So,
= 6^2 + j5h^4ay + 2jaz h@ : 6^2 - j5h^4ay - 2jaz h@
H
)
s
max
= ^2 + j5h^2 - j5h6^4h^4h - ^2j h^2j h@

= 29 # 20 = 24.1 A/m
Therefore, the maximum electric field intensity of the plane wave is
= h0 H
E
= 377 # 24.1 = 9.08 kV/m
max
max
444
Chap 7
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 7.1.15
Given the instantaneous electric field in the free space is
E = ^5ay - 6ax h cos ^wt - 50z h V/m
So, the phasor form of electric field intensity is
Es = ^5ay - 6ax h e-j50z V/m
The phasor form of magnetic field is given in the terms of electric field intensity as
Hs = 1 âk h # Ê h
h0
where ak is the unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and h0 is the
intrinsic impedance in free space.
So,
(ak = az )
Hs = 1 âz h # ^5ay - 6ax h e-j50z V/m
h0
= 1 ^- 5ax - 6ay h e-j50z V/m
h0
=- 1 ^15ax + 36ay h e-j50z V/m
h0
SOL 7.1.16
For any electromagnetic wave propagating in a medium electric field leads magnetic
field by an angle qn , where qn is the phase angle of intrinsic impedance given as
tan 2qn = s
we
Now, for a perfect conductor
s =1 .3
r
i.e.
tan 2qn . 3
2qn = 90c
qn = 45c
So, electric field leads magnetic field by 45c
or in other words magnetic field lags electric field by 45c.
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave in phasor form
Es = ^5ax + 10az h e-j^4x - 2z h V/m
So we get the direction of wave propagation as
ak = 4ax - 2az = 4ax - 2az = 2ax - az
4a x - 2a z
5
20
Therefore, the phasor form of magnetic field intensity of the plane wave is given as
where h0 is intrinsic impedance in free space
Hs = 1 a k # Es
h0
= 1 c 2ax - az m # ^5ax + 10az h e-j^4x - 2z h V/m
120p
5
=- 29.66e-j^4x - 2z h mA/m
SOL 7.1.18

The time average power density of the EM wave is given as
ww
SOL 7.1.17
Chap 7
For View Only
445

2
Pave = E ak
2h0
where E is the magnitude of the electric field intensity of the wave, ak is the unit
vector in the direction of wave propagation and h0 is the intrinsic impedance in the
free space. So, we get
Pave =
52 + 102 4ax - 2az

2 ^120ph c
20 m
= 18.9ax - 34.15az Watt/m2

As the given electric field vector has the amplitude
E 0 = _- 2 3 ax + 3 ay - az i
So in the same direction the wave will be polarized.
SOL 7.1.20

From Maxwells equation we have
d # E =-2B
2t
Given
or,
d # E = 100b sin ^wt - bz h ay
So,
=-2B = d # E = 100b sin ^wt - bz h ay
2t
Therefore the magnetic flux density vector is
# 100b sin ^wt - bz ha dt
ww
w.
ga
te
B =
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.19
100b
cos ^wt - bz h ay
w
= 100 cos ^wt - bz h ay

m0 e0
= 3 # 1010 cos ^wt - bz h ay
SOL 7.1.21
db =
w
m0 e0 n

Poynting vector in an EM field is defined as
P = E#H
where E is electric field intensity and H is the magnetic field intensity in the
region.
Now, the electric field intensity in the region is given as
and as calculated in previous question the magnetic field intensity in the region is
B = 3 # 1010 cos ^wt - bz h ay
So, the poynting vector in the field is
(H = B )
P = E#B
m0
m0
446
For View Only

10
83 # 10 cos ^wt - bz h ayB
= 6100 cos ^wt - bz h ax@ #
m0
12
= 3 # 10 cos2 ^wt - bz h az = 10 4 e0 cos2 ^wt - bz h az
m0
m0

Time average stored energy density in electric field is defined as
we = 1 e0 Es : E s*
4
where Es is the electric field intensity in phasor form and E s* is its conjugate.
Therefore, the average stored energy density in the region is
we = e0 _5 sin pxe-jp/2 e-j 3 pz ay i : _5 sin pxe+jp/2 e j 3 pz ay i
4
25
= e0 sin2 px
4
Given the electric field
E = 10 sin py sin ^6p # 108 t - 3 px h az V/m
In phasor form, Es = 10 sin pye-jp/2 e-j b px az
So, from Maxwells equation, the magnetic flux density in the phasor form is given
as
Bs = 1 ^d # Es h
jw
where w = 6p # 108 as determined from the given expression of E .
lp.
at
e
he
SOL 7.1.23
co
SOL 7.1.22
Chap 7
p
p
Bs =- 10 3 p 8 ^sin py h e-j 2 e-j 3 px ay + j 10p 8 ^cos py h e-j 2 e-j 3 px ay
6p # 10
6p # 10
Therefore, the time average energy density stored in the magnetic field will be
where B s* is the conjugate of Bs
wm = 1 ^Bs : B s*h
4m0
-9
or,
wm = 10 ^25 + 50 sin2 px h
144p
SOL 7.1.24
ww
w.
g
So,

For an EM wave propagating in two mediums, the wavelengths of the wave in two
mediums are related as
l1 = e2
e1
l2
where l1 and l2 are the wavelengths of EM wave in two mediums with permittivity
e1 and e2 respectively. So, the wavelength of plane wave in free space is given as
l0 =
1
er
l
l0 = l er
where l is the wavelength of the wave in the medium with relative permittivity er .
So,
(l = 20 cm , er = 9 )
l0 = 20 9 = 60 cm
Chap 7
447

The reflection coefficient of the wave propagating from medium 1 to medium 2 is
defined as
h - h1
G = 2
h 2 + h1
where h1 and h2 are the intrinsic impedance of the two mediums respectively. So,
the reflection coefficient for the wave propagating from free space to a dielectric
medium is given as
h - h0
G =
h + h0
where h is intrinsic impedance of the dielectric medium and h0 is intrinsic impedance
in free space. Since the intrinsic impedance of the dielectric medium is given as
m
m0
h
=
= 0
h =
e
2
4e0
h /2 - h0
So, we have
G = 0
h0 /2 + h0
1/2 - 1
=
=- 1
3
1/2 + 1
Therefore, the magnitude of electric field of reflected wave is
(E 0 is the magnitude of incident field)
Er = GE 0 =- E 0
3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.1.26
For View Only

SOL 7.1.25
Given,
Conductivity of the glass,
s = 10-12 S/m
and relative permittivity of the glass, er = 2.25
So, the permittivity of glass is
e = e0 er = 2.25e0
Therefore, the time taken by the charge to flow out to the surface is
^2.25h # ^8.85 # 10-12h
t. e =
s
10-12
= 19.9 . 20 sec
***********
448
For View Only
Chap 7
SOLUTIONS 7.2

Time period of wave propagating in a medium is given as :
where w is the angular frequency of the wave.
T = 2p
w
Given the magnetic field intensity in the free space is
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.1
(T = 2p/w )

Phase velocity of the medium, v p = 7.5 # 107 m/s
Relative permeability,
mr = 4.8
Conductivity
(lossless medium)
s =0
Since phase velocity of an EM wave in a medium is defined as
vp = c
mr er
where c is the velocity of wave in air, mr is the relative permeability of the medium
and er is the relative permittivity of the medium. So, we have
8
(c = 3 # 108 m/s )
7.5 # 107 = 3 # 10
^4.8h er
or,
er = 3.33
Now the intrinsic impedance of the medium is given as
ww
SOL 7.2.2
w.
g
at
e
he
So, at t = T/8 the magnetic field intensity is

H = 0.3 cos b wT - by l ax = 0.3 cos a p - by k ax
8
4
or,
H = 0.5 cos ^by - p/4h
Therefore we get the plot of H versus y as shown below
Chap 7
449

jwm
m0 mr
(s = 0)
h =
=
s + jwe
e0 er
m0
4.8 = 452.4 W
= 377 W l
= 377
b h0 =
e0
3.33
Given the electric field intensity in the phasor form is
(1)
Es = 5e j0.3x az V/m
and the general equation of electric field phasor of an EM wave propagating in ax
direction is
(2)
Es = E 0 e-jbx az V/m
So, comparing the equations (1) and (2) we get
direction of wave propagation, ak =- ax
and phase constant,
b = 0.3 rad/m
and from the Maxwells equation, the magnetic field phasor of the wave is given as
Hs = 1 âk h # Es
h
where h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium and ak is the unit vector in the
direction of wave propagation.
(ak =- ax )
So,
Hs = 1 ^- ax h # ^5e j0.3x az h
45.24
= 5 e j0.3x ay = 11.05e j0.3x ay mA/m
452.4
and the angular frequency of the wave is given as
w = bv p = ^0.3h^7.5 # 107h = 2.25 # 107
So, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave in time domain is
H ^x, t h = Re "Hs e jwt , = 11.05 cos ^wt + 0.3x h ay
= 11.05 cos ^2.25 # 107 t + 0.3x h ay mA/m
SOL 7.2.3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

Given the electric field intensity of the propagating wave,
(1)
E = E 0 e-x/3 sin ^108 t - bx h ay V/m
The general equation of electric field intensity of plane wave propagating in ax
direction is given by
(2)
E = E 0 e- ax sin ^wt - bx h ay V/m
Comparing equation (1) and (2) we get,
a = 1 NP/m and w = 108 rad/ sec
3
So, the attenuation constant of a propagating wave is given as
me
2
a =w
1 + a s k + 1D
2:
we
2
1 +a s k
we
m0 e0
Therefore,
m e x - 1h
a =w
2 r r^ 0
2
or,
^x 0 - 1h = 2 2a
w m0 e0 mr er
Let
x0 =
450
For View Only
Chap 7
Now, we put a = 1/3 , mr = er = 4 , w = 108 so, we get

2 # ^1/3h2 c 02
1
8
2
cc 0 = m e = 3 # 10 m/s m
^108h # ^4h2
0 0
1/3 # 3 # 108 2
x0 - 1 = 2e
o
108 # 4
x0 = 1 + 1
8
x0 = 9
8
2
1 +a s k = 9
we
8
s = 81 - 1
we
64
Thus, loss tangent = s = 0.52
we
From the field intensity we get,
w = 109 p
and it is given that, mr = 0.5 , s = 0.01 S/m , er = 8 .
So, the phase constant,
me
2
b =w
1 + a s k + 1D
wt
2:
2
m0 e0 ^8 h^0.5h
= 109 p
1 + c 09.01 m + 1G
=
2
10 p8e0
= 20.95
Let the distance travelled by the wave be z to have a phase shift of 10c.
So,
bz = 10c = 10p rad
180
p
z =
= 16.66 mm
9 # ^20.95h
The attenuation constant of a propagating wave in a medium is defined as
me
2
a =w
1 + a s k - 1D
we
2:
ww
SOL 7.2.5
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 7.2.4
lp.
co
x0 - 1 =
Now, from the given data we have

mr = 0.5 , s = 0.01 S/m , er = 8 .
So,
a = 109 p
m0 e0 ^8 h^0.5h
=
2
2
1 + c 0.01
- 1G
9
m
10 p8e0
= 0.9425
Initially the amplitude of the electric field = 0.5
So, after travelling distance z amplitude of wave = 0.5e- az .
Therefore, the distance travelled by the wave for which the amplitude of the wave
Chap 7
451
For View Only

reduced by 40% is evaluated as
(amplitude reduces to 60% )
0.5e- az = 0.5 # 60
100
e-^0.9425hz = 0.6
or,
z = 1 ln b 1 l = 542 mm
0.6
0.9425
Given the field intensities of the plane wave as
E ^x, t h = 900 cos ^5 # 106 pt - bx h ay V/m
H ^x, t h = 1.9 cos ^5 # 106 pt - bx h az V/m
So, we get
E = 900 , H = 1.9 , w = 5 # 106 p
Now, the intrinsic impedance in the medium is
E
h =
= 900 = 473.7
1.9
H
and phase constant of the wave in the medium is
6
b = w = 5 # 10 7p = 0.224 m-1
vp
7 # 10
Since, for a perfect dielectric s = 0
m
mr
Therefore,
= h0
h =
e
er
w
w
and
b = =
mr er
vp
c
Comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get,
^0.224h^473.7h^3 # 108h
bhc
mr = c
=
H
wh0 m >
^5 # 106 ph^377h
= 5.37
Again from equation (1)
2
h 2
er = b 0 l mr = b 377 l # 8.37 = 4.4
h
473.7
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.6
(1)
(2)

General equation of electric field intensity of a plane wave propagating in free space
in - ax direction having amplitude E 0 and frequency w is given as :
E = E 0 cos ^wt + bx h an
where b is phase constant of the wave and an is the unit vector in the direction of
polarization of wave and since the EM wave is polarized in + az direction. So,
an = a z
(in free space b = w )
and we get,
E = E 0 cos a wt + w x k az
c
c
Therefore, the magnetic field intensity of the wave is given as
H = 1 âk h # Ê h
h0
where ak is the unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and h0 is the
intrinsic impedance of the wave in the medium.
SOL 7.2.7
452
Chap 7
For View Only
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.8

So,
(ak =- ax )
H = 1 ^- ax h # 9E 0 cos a wt + w x k azC
h0
c
= E 0 cos a wt + w x k ay
h0
c
General equation of electric field intensity of a plane wave propagating in free space
is given as :
(1)
E = E 0 cos ^wt - k : r h an
where an is unit vector in direction of polarization, k is the wave number in the
direction of wave propagation with amplitude k = b = w , and r = xax + yay + zaz
c
is the position vector.
Since, the wave is propagating in the direction from origin to point ^1, 1, 1h.
âx + ay + az h - 0
a + ay + a z
So,
k = awk
= wc x
m
2
2
2
c
c
3
1 +1 +1
he
and since the field is polarized parallel to x -z plane

So,
where m and n are constants.
an = max 2+ na2z
m +n
Now, the electric field of wave is always perpendicular to the direction of propagation
of EM wave. So, we have
k : an = 0
SOL 7.2.9
ww
w.
g
at
e
w ax + ay + az : max + naz = 0
=c c
mG ;
3
m2 + n2 E
m+n = 0
m =- n
Therefore, the unit vector in the direction of polarization of the wave is
max + ^- m h az
(m =- n )
= ax - az
an =
2
2
2
m + ^- m h
Putting all the values in equation (1), we get the electric field of the wave as
a + ay + a z
ax - az
E = E 0 cos =wt - w c x
m : ^xax + yay + zaz hGb
c
3
2 l
= E 0 cos :wt - w ^x + y + z hDb ax - az l
3c
3
Skin depth (d) of any medium is defined as the reciprocal of attenuation constant
(a) of a plane wave in the medium
i.e.
d = 1
a
The attenuation constant of the plane wave in the medium is given as
me
2
a =w
1 + a s k - 1D
we
2:
Now,
s =
2
2
=
we
2pfer e0 2p # 50 # 103 # 80 # 8.85 # 10-12
Chap 7
For View Only
= 8991.8 >> 1
s
i.e.
>> 1
we
wms
( s/we >> 1)
So,
a =
2
3
-7
= 2p # 50 # 10 # 4 # 4p # 10 # 2 = 0.4p
2
1
1
Therefore,
d = =
= 0.796 m
a 0.4p
For the microwave experiment the angular frequency is
( f = 10 GHz )
w = 2pf = 2p # 10 # 109
10
= 2p # 10
s
6.25 # 107
So,
=
10
we
2p # 10 # 1 # 8.85 # 10-12
= 1.12 # 108 >> 1
Therefore, the skin depth of the material is
2
( s/we >> 1)
d = 1=
wms
a
2
=
10
2p # 10 # 1 # 4p # 10-7 # 6.25 # 107
= 6.36 # 10-7 m = 0.636 mm
Thus, for the successful experiment, width of coating must be greater than skin
depth
i.e.
t > 0.636
t > 0.64 mm
SOL 7.2.11
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.10
453

Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave
E = 3 cos ^107 t - 0.2y h ax + 2 sin ^107 t - 0.2y h az V/m
Comparing it with the general equation of electric field of a plane wave, we get
Angular frequency,
w = 107
Phase constant,
b = 0.2
So, the phase velocity of the propagating wave is
7
v p = w = 10 = 5 # 107 m/s
0.2
b
c = 5 107
or,
#
er
where c is velocity of wave in air and er is the relative permittivity of the medium.
8 2
So,
er = c 3 # 107 m = 36
5 # 10
Therefore, permittivity of the medium is
e = er e0 = 36e0
Now, the complex permittivity of the medium is given as
454
For View Only
Chap 7

ec = el - jem
el = e = 36e0
7
em = s = 2 # 10
=2
7
w
10
ec = ^24e0 - j5h F/m
where
and
Thus,

Conductivity of all the metals are in the range of mega siemens per meter and
frequency of the visible waves are in the range of 1015 Hz . So, we can assume
Conductivity of a metal . 106 S/m
Frequency of a visible wave . 1015 Hz
Now, the attenuation constant of a wave in a certain medium is given as :
me
2
a =w
1 + a s k - 1D
2:
we
Since for a metal, s >> we
me
s = wms
So,
a =w
2
2
we
Therefore, the skin depth of a metal is
2 =
2
d = 1 =
15
a
wms
10 # 4p # 10-7 # 106
1
2
=
10-7 . 1 nm
=
2p #
4p # 1014
Thus, the skin depth is in the range of nanometers for a metal and thats why the
wave (visible wave) cant penetrate inside the metal and the metals are opaque.
i.e. (A) and (R) both are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
SOL 7.2.13

Since, the wave is propagating in free space so, the velocity of the wave is 3 # 108 m/s
and the amplitude of magnetic field intensity in z = 0 plane is given as
H0 = E0
h0
Therefore, the plot of magnetic field intensity H 0 versus time t in z = 0 plane is as
shown in the figure below :
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.12
Chap 7
455

Velocity of the wave in free space is
m0
= 3 # 108 m/s
c =
e0
So, the velocity of the wave in dielectric 1 is
m0
vP1 =
=c
2
4e0
The velocity of wave in dielectric 2 is
m0
vP2 =
=c
9e0
3
The velocity of wave in dielectric 3 is
m0
vP3 =
= c
3e0
3
Therefore, the time t taken by the wave to strike the interface at x = 5 m is
t = t1 + t 2 + t 3
6
=
+ 3 + 2
3 # 108 c/2 c/3
= ^0.04 + 0.06 + 0.08h # 10-6 = 0.06 m sec
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 7.2.14
lp.
co
For View Only

Since, the wave is propagating in + az direction so, an amplitude which exists in
the plane z = 0 at any time t must exist in the plane
z = ^1 # 10-6 - t h # 3 # 108 m at t = 1 m sec .
So, the amplitude of H 0 will be equal to the H1 at t = 1 m sec for the plane
z = ^106 - t h # 3 # 108 m
Thus, the plot of H1 versus z will be as shown in figure below

Intrinsic impedance of 1st medium is
m0
h1 =
e1
and the intrinsic impedance of 2 nd medium is
m0
h2 =
e2
So, the reflection coefficient at the interface of the two medium is given as
h - h1
G = 2
h 2 + h1
SOL 7.2.15
456
For View Only
Chap 7

Frequency of the wave,
f = 8 GHz = 8 # 109 Hz
Distance travelled by the wave,
z = 0.175 mm = 0.175 # 10-3 m
Permittivity of dielectric,
m = 6.28 # 10-7
and as calculated in previous question the conductivity of the dielectric medium is
s = 0.99 # 105 S/m
So, the attenuation constant of the wave in the dielectric medium is
a = pfms = ^3.14h # (8 # 109) # (6.28 # 10-7) # (0.99 # 105)
= 3.95 # 10 4 NP/m
Therefore, the reducing factor of the field intensity in dB after travelling distance
z is
20 log 10 e- az = 20 log 10 e-^3.95 # 10 h # ^0.175 # 10 h =- 40 dB
ww
SOL 7.2.17
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 7.2.16
lp.
co
m0
m0
e
e1
2
G =
m0
m0
+
e2
e1
1 - 1
e
e1
1
2
or,
(given G = 1 )
=
5
5
1 + 1
e2
e1
1 - e2
e1
1 =
e
5
2
1+
e1
5+1 = 2
(by rationalisation)
5-1
2 e2
e1
6 = e1
e2
4
e1 = 9
e2
4
Given
Frequency of the propagating wave, , f = 50 MHz = 50 # 106 Hz
Skin depth of the dielectric medium, d = 0.32 mm = 0.32 # 10-3 m
m = 6.28 # 10-7
So, the conductivity of the dielectric medium is given as
1
s = 1 2 =
6
-7
-3 2
pfmd
3
.
14
(
50
10
)
(
6
.
28
^
h#
#
#
# 10 ) # ^0.32 # 10 h
= 0.99 # 105 S/m
SOL 7.2.18
-3

Given the electric field intensity in phasor form
Es = E 0 ây - jaz h e-jbx
So, the instantaneous expression of electric field intensity will be,
Chap 7
For View Only
457

E = Re $E 0 ây - jaz h e j^wt - bx h.
= Re "E 0 ây - jaz h6cos ^wt h + j sin ^wt h@, e-jbx
he
lp.
co
= E 0 ây cos ^wt h + az sin ^wt hh e-jbx

Therefore, the magnitude of the field is
E = Ê 0 cos wt h2 + Ê 0 sin wt h2
or,
E1 2 + E 2 2 = E 0
which is a circular equation i.e. the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the instantaneous angle q that the field E makes with y -axis is given as
tan q = E 0 sin wt
E 0 cos wt
or,
q = wt
Therefore as the time increases, E rotates from y to z as shown in figure below :
SOL 7.2.19
ww
w.
ga
te
and since the direction of wave propagation is in + ax direction so, the rotation
from y to z obeys the right hand rule. Thus, we conclude that the field is Right
hand circularly polarized.
Given the phasor form of electric field intensity,
Es = 4 âz - jax h e-jby
So, the electric field intensity of the reflected wave will be
Ers = G 64 (az - jax )@ e jby
where G is the reflection coefficient at the interface. Therefore,
(for perfect conductor G =- 1)
Ers = 4 ^- az + jax h e jby
and the instantaneous expression of the electric field of reflected wave will be
E = Re "4 ^- az + jax h^cos wt + j sin wt h, e jby
= 4 ^- cos ^wt h az - sin ^wt h ax h e jby
Therefore, the magnitude of the reflected field is
E = ^4 cos wt h2 + ^4 sin wt h2
or,
E1 2 + E 2 2 = 4
which is a circular equation i.e. the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the instantaneous angle q that E makes with z -axis is given as
tan q = - 4 sin wt
- 4 cos wt
458
For View Only
Chap 7
co
q = wt
So, as time increases, electric field E rotates from z to x as shown in the figure
below :

Given the electric field intensity of incident wave,
Eis = 10az e-j^6y + 8x h
So, the direction of wave propagation is
K = 6ay + 8ax
Since the wave is incident on the perfect conductor so, the magnitude of the reflected
wave is given as,
( G =- 1 for perfect conductor)
Er 0 =- Ei0 =- 10az
The direction of wave propagation of reflected wave will be along ^6ay - 8ax h as
shown in figure below :
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 7.2.20
lp.
Since the direction of wave propagation is along - ay , so, the rotation from z to
x follows left hand rule. Thus, we conclude that the EM wave is LHC (left hand
circularly) polarized.
Therefore, the field intensity of the reflected wave is

Ers =- 10az e-j^6y - 8x h
Thus, the net electric field intensity of the total wave in free space after reflection
will be
Es = Eis + Ers = 10az e-j^6y + 8x h + 6- 10az e-j^6y - 8x h@
= 10az e-j6y ê-j8x - e-8x h =- j10az e-j4y sin 4x V/m
Chap 7
459
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 7.2.21
Given, the electric field intensity of the incident wave,
Eis = 25ax e-j^6z + 8y h V/m
So, the direction of the wave propagation is
k = 6a z + 8 a y
Since the wave is incident on a perfect conductor so, the magnitude of the electric
field of the reflected wave is
(reflection coefficient, G =- 1)
Er 0 =- Ei0
=- 25ax
The reflected wave will propagate in 6az - 8ay direction as shown in figure below:
ww
w.
ga
te
So, we get the electric field intensity of reflected wave as

Ers =- 25ax e-j^6z - 8y h V/m
Since, the magnetic field intensity of a plane wave in terms of electric field intensity
is defined as
H = 1 âk # E h
h0
where ak is unit vector in the direction of wave propagation and h 0 is the intrinsic
impedance of free space. So, the magnetic field intensity of the reflected wave is
given as
Hrs = 1 âk # Ers h
h0
6az - 8ay
where,
ak = k =
= ^0.6az - 0.8ay h
k
6az - 8ay
So, we get
Hrs = 1 6^0.6az - 0.8ay h # ^- 25ax e-j^6z - 8y hh@
120p
= 1 6^- 15ay - 20az h e-j^6z - 8y h@
120p
a
=-a y + az k e-j^2z - 3y h A/m
4p 3p
Given, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave propagating in free space,
So, the time average power density of the EM wave is given as
SOL 7.2.22
460
For View Only
Chap 7
Pave = 1 h 0 H2 ax
2
where h0 is the intrinsic impedance in free space and H is the magnitude of magnetic
field intensity in free space.
So,
( h0 = 120p, H = 0.1)
Pave = 1 ^120ph^0.1h2 ax
2
= 0.6pax
Therefore, the total power passing through the square plate of side 20 cm is given
as
(Side of square = 0.2 m )

Given, the electric field intensity of the incident wave,
Eis = 5e-j5y az V/m
So, we get the phase constant of the wave as
b1 = 5
at
e
SOL 7.2.23
he
lp.
co
Ptotal = Pave : dS
= Pave : San
where S is the area of the square plate given as
S = ^0.2h2 = 0.04 m2
and an is the unit vector normal to the plate given as
a + ay
i.e.
an = x
2
a + ay
So,
Ptotal = ^0.6pax h : =0.04 c x
mG
2
= 0.09331 Watt = 53.31 mW
(b = w )
vp
ww
w.
g
w m e =5
r1 r1
c
w 4 1 =5
c ^ h^ h
w = 5c
2
Now, the intrinsic impedance of the lossless medium is given as
m1
m0
h1 =
=2
= 2h0 = 754
e1
e0
and the intrinsic impedance of lossy medium is
h2 = h2 qh2
or,
where, the magnitude of the intrinsic impedance is given as

m2 /e2
m0 /4e0
h2 =
=
1/4
1/4
s
2 2
0.1
1+
:1 + a we2 k D
> f b 5c l^4e0h pH
2
p
60
=
^15.18h1/4
Chap 7
For View Only
461
SOL 7.2.24
co
= 95.48
and the phase angle of the intrinsic impedance is
tan 2qh2 = s2 = 3.77
we2
or
qh2 = 37.57c
So, the reflection coefficient of the wave is given as
h - h1 95.48 37.57c - 754
G = 2
=
h2 + h1 95.48 37.57c + 754
= 0.1886 171.08c
Therefore, the standing wave ratio is
1+ G
S =
= 1 + 0.8186
1 - 0.8186
1- G
= 12.025

The general expression for phasor form of electric field vector is
Es = E 0 e-j^b x + b y + b z h
Comparing the given field with this expression we get,
bx x + by y + bz z = 0.01p ^- 3x + 3 y - 2z h
So, the propagation vector is
k = d ^bx x + by y + bz z h = 0.01p ^- 3ax + 3 ay - 3az h
Therefore, the direction of the propagation of the wave is
- 3ax + 3 ay - 2az
ak = k =
k
9+3+4
1
= ^- 5ax + 2 ay - 2az h
4
As calculated in previous question we have the propagation vector from the given
data as
k = 0.04p ^- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az h
and the direction of wave propagation is
0.04p ^- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az h
ak = k =
k
0.04p ^- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az h
^- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az h
=
(- 2) 2 + (- 3) 2 + ( 3 ) 2
y
SOL 7.2.25
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az
4
Therefore, the phase constant along the direction of propagation is
b = k : ak
- 2ax - 3ay +
= 90.04p _- 2ax - 3ay + 3 az iC : c
4
= 0.16p
=
3 az
462
Chap 7

From the given expression of the field vector, we have the propagation vector,
k = p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
25
So the phase constants along x , y and z -axes are
bx = 3 p ; by =- 2p ; bz =- 3p
25
25
25
Therefore, the apparent wave lengths along the three axes are
lx = 2p = 2p = 50 = 28.87 m
bx
3p
3
c 25 m
2p
ly = 2p =
=+ 25 m
- 2p
by
b 25 l
2p
lz = 2p =
=+ 50 = 26.7 m
- 3p
3
bz
b 25 l
As determined in previous question, the propagation vector of the plane wave is
ww
w.
g
SOL 7.2.27
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

So, the wavelength along the direction of wave propagation is
l = 2p = 25.5 m
b
SOL 7.2.26
Option (C) is correct
From the given expression of magnetic field vector we get,
bx x + by y + bz z = 0.04p ^ 3 x - 2y - 3z h
So, the propagation vector of the plane wave is
k = d ^bx x + by y + bz z h
= 0.04p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
and the direction of wave propagation is
0.04p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
ak = k =
k
0.04p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
=
4
Therefore, the phase constant along the direction of wave propagation is
b = k : ak = 0.16p
Since the wave is propagating in free space so its phase velocity will be
v p = 3 # 108 m/s
w = 3 108
or,
#
b
So, the frequency of the plane wave is
^3 # 108h^0.16ph
( w = 2pf )
= 2.4 # 107 Hz
f =
2p
= 12 MHz
SOL 7.2.28
Chap 7
For View Only
463
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 7.2.29
he
lp.
co
k = p ^ 3 ax - 2ay - 3az h
25
Therefore, the direction of wave propagation is
3 ax - 2ay - 3az
ak = k =
4
k
So the phase constant along the direction of wave propagation is
b = k : ak = 0.16p
Therefore, the angular frequency of the propagating wave is
w = v p b = ^3 # 108h # ^0.16ph (In free space v p = 3 # 108 m/s )
= 1.51 # 108 rad/ sec
So, for the determined values of apparent phase constants in previous question, the
apparent phase velocities are given as
8
v px = w = 1.51 # 10 = 6.93 # 108 m/s
bx
3p
c 25 m
8
v py = w = 1.51 # 10 = 6 # 108 m/s
by
- 2p
25
8
w
1
.
51
# 10 = 4 # 108 m/s
and
=
v pz =
bz
- 3p
25
The necessary condition for the vector field E = E 0 e-jb to represent the electric
field intensity of a uniform plane wave is
k : E0 = 0
where k is the propagation vector of the wave and E 0 is the amplitude of the
electric field intensity of the plane wave. Now, we check all the given options for
this condition.
(A) From given data we have
k = 3 ay + a z
E 0 =- jax - 2ay + j 3 az
So,
k : E 0 =- 2 3 + j 3 ! 0
(B) From given data we have
E 0 = a x - j 2a y - 3 a z
k = ax + 3 az
So,
k : E0 = 1 - 3 ! 0
(C) From given data we have
j 3
E 0 = b 3 + j 1 l a x + c1 +
a - j 3 az
2
2 m y
k = 3 ax + 3ay + 2az
j 3
j3 3
So,
+3+
- j2 3 ! 0
k : E0 = 3 +
2
2
(D) From given data we have
464
Chap 7
For View Only

E 0 = b- 3 - j 1 l a x + c 1 - j 3 m a y + j 3 a z
2
2
k = 3 ax + 3ay + 2az
So,
k : E 0 =- 3 - j 3 + 3 - j 3 3 + j2 3 = 0
2
2
So the vector represents electric field vector of a uniform plane wave.
For the field vectors Es and Hs defined as
Es = E 0 e-jb
and
Hs = H 0 e-jb
The condition that it represents the field vectors of a uniform plane wave is
E 0 : H 0 = 0 , E 0 : k = 0 and H 0 : k = 0
where k is the propagation vector of the plane wave.
Now, we check the all given pairs for this condition
In Option (D)
E 0 =- jax - 2ay + j 3 az
H 0 = ax - j2ay - 3 az
and
k = 3 ax + az
So
E 0 : H 0 =- j + j4 - j3 = 0
E 0 : k =- j 3 + j 3 = 0
H0 : k = 3 - 3 = 0
Therefore, it represents the field vectors of a uniform plane wave.
SOL 7.2.31

For a propagating electromagnetic wave, the field satisfies the following Maxweells
equation.
d:E = 0
d # E =-2B ! 0
2t
Now, we check the condition for the given fields as below.
P = 60 sin ^wt + 10x h az
So,
d:P = 0
and
d # P =- 600 cos ^wt + 10x h ay ! 0
i.e. P is a possible EM field.
again,
Q = 10 cos ^wt - 2rh af
r
So,
d:Q = 0
and
d # Q = 1 2 610 cos ^wt - 2rh@ az ! 0
r 2r
i.e. Q is a possible EM field
R = 3r2 cot fa r + 1 cos faf
r
sin f
So,
!0
d : R = 1 2 ^3r2 cot fh
r 2r
r
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.30
Chap 7
465
For View Only

i.e. R is not a possible EM field.
S = 1 sin q sin ^wt - 6r h af
r
2 ^sin2 fh
So,
!0
d : S = 2 1 sin ^wt - 6r h
2r
r sin q
i.e. S is not an EM field.
Thus, the possible EM fields are P and Q .
Since, 20% of the energy in the incident wave is reflected at the boundary. So, we
have,
G 2 = 20
100
or,
G = 0.2 = ! 0.447
Where G is the reflection coefficient at the medium interface. Therefore, we have
h2 - h1
= ! 0.447
h2 + h1
mr2
mr1
h0
- h0
er2
er1 = ! 0.447
mr2
mr1
h0
+ h0
er2
er1
mr2
mr1
mr32
mr31
3
3
= ! 0.447
êr1 = mr1, er2 = mr2h
mr2
mr1
+
mr32
mr31
mr1 - mr2
= ! 0.447
mr1 + mr2
mr1
= 1 ! 0.447
mr2
1 " 0.447
mr1
= 2.62 or 0.38
mr2
er2 = mr2 3 = 0.056 or 17.9
So,
er1 b mr1 l
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.2.32
***********
466
For View Only
Chap 7
SOLUTIONS 7.3

Electric field of the propagating wave in free space is given as
Ei = (8ax + 6ay + 5az ) e j (wt + 3x - 4y) V/m
So, it is clear that wave is propagating in the direction (- 3ax + 4ay).
Since, the wave is incident on a perfectly conducting slab at x = 0 . So, the reflection
coefficient will be equal to - 1.
i.e.
Er = (- 1) Ei =- 8ax - 6ay - 5az
Again, the reflected wave will be as shown in figure below :
0
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.1
w.
g
i.e. the reflected wave will be along the direction 3ax + 4ay . Thus, the electric field
of the reflected wave will be
Er = (- 8ax - 6ay - 5az ) e j (wt - 3x - 4y) V/m
ww

Given, the electric field intensity of the EM wave as
E = 10 (ay + jaz ) e-j 25x
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating in ax direction and the y and z
-components of the field are same. Therefore, the wave is circularly polarized.
Now, the angle formed by the electric field with the z -axis is given as
q = wt
So, with increase in time the tip of the field magnitude rotates from z to y -axis
and as the wave is propagating in ax direction so, we conclude that the wave is left
circular (i.e., left circular polarization).
The phase constant of the field is given as
b =w
c
2pf
( b = 25 )
25 =
c
SOL 7.3.2
Chap 7
For View Only
467

8
f = 25 # c = 25 # 3 # 10 = 1.2 GHz
2p
2 # 3.14

Power radiated from any source is constant.
SOL 7.3.4

Intrinsic impedance of EM wave
m
m0
=
h =
= 120p = 30p
e
2
4e0
Time average power density of the EM wave is given as
2
1
= 1
Pave = 1 EH = 1 E =
2 # 60p 120p
2
2 h
In the given problem
( E = 1 V/m )
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.5
SOL 7.3.3
Reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as

h - h1
G = 2
= 400p - 120p =- 1
h2 + h 1
2
40p + 120p
As, given the electric field component of the incident wave is
Ei = 24 cos ^3 # 108 - by h ax
So, we conclude that the incident wave is propagating along ay direction and the
angular frequency of the wave is
w = 3 # 108 rad/s
So, the phase constant of the wave is given as
8
b = w = 3 # 108 = 1
c
3 # 10
Therefore, the reflected wave will be propagating in - ay direction and its electric
field component is given as
( b = 1 rad/m )
Er = GEi0 cos (3 # 108 + y)
where Ei0 is the maximum value of the field component of incident wave.
i.e.
Ei0 = 24ax
So, we have
Ei0 =- 1 824 cos ^3 # 108 + y h axB
2
=- 12 cos ^3 # 108 + y h ax
468
Chap 7

Since, the wave is propagating in a direction making an angle 90c with positive y
-axis. So, the y -component of propagation constant will be zero. As the direction of
propagation makes an angle 30c with positive x -axis so, we have the propagation
constant of the wave as
g = b cos 30cx ! b sin 30cy
where b is the phase constant of the wave. So, we get
g = 2p 3 x ! 2p 1 y = p 3 x ! p y
l 2
l 2
l
l
Now, in all the given options the direction of electric field of the wave is given along
ay . So, considering that direction we get the field intensity of the wave as
ww
w.
g
SOL 7.3.7
at
e
o r
he
o r
lp.
co
For View Only

Therefore, the magnetic field component of the reflected wave is given as
Hr = 1 (ak # Er )
h
where h1 is the intrinsic impedance of medium 1, and ak is the unit vector in the
direction of wave propagation. So, we get
Hr = 1 8ay # _- 12 cos ^3 # 108 + y h ax iB
120p
= 1 cos ^3 # 108 + y h az
5p
SOL 7.3.6
The intrinsic impedance of the wave is defined as
m
h =
e
where m is permeability and e is permittivity of the medium.
Now, the reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as
h - h1
G = 2
h2 + h1
Substituting values for h1 and h2 we have
m
- me
( er = 9 )
t = eme
= 1 - er = 1 - 9
m
1 + er
1+ 9
ee +
e
=- 0.5
or,
G = 0.5
E = ay E 0 e j (wt - g) = ax E 0 e j=wt - c
SOL 7.3.8
p 2 x! p y
l
l mG

Since, the given field intensity have components in ax and ay direction so, the
magnitude of the field intensity of the plane wave is
2
2
2
H 2 = H x2 + H y2 = c 5 3 m + b 5 l = b 10 l
h0
h0
h0
So, the time average power density of the EM wave is given as
h H 2 h0 10 2 50
watts
= b l =
Pave = 0
h0
2 h0
2
Chap 7
For View Only

SOL 7.3.9
The Brewster angle is given as
tan qn = er 2
er1
tan 60c = er2
1
or
er2 = 3
469

Given, the electric field intensity of the propagating wave
E = ax sin (wt - bz) + ay sin (wt - bz + p/2)
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating along az direction and the field
components along ax and ay are equal.
i.e.
E x = Ey
Therefore, the wave is circularly polarized. Now we will determine the field is either
right circular or left circular. The angle between the electric field E and x -axis is
given as
q = tan-1 a cos wt k = p - wt
2
sin wt
So, with increase in time the tip of the field intensity moves from y to x -axis and
as the wave is propagating in az direction therefore, the wave is left hand circularly
polarized.
SOL 7.3.11

The reflection coefficient at the medium interface is given as
m
h - h1
- me
= 1 + er = 1 - 4 =- 1
G = 2
= eme
m
h2 + h1
3
1 + er
1+ 4
ee +
e
So, the transmitted power is
Pt = (1 - G 2) Pi
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 7.3.12
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.10
o r
o r
Pt = `1 - 1 j Pi = 8 Pi
9
9
P
8
t
or,
=
Pi
9
sin q = 1 = 1
er
2
p
or
q = 45c =
4
The configuration is shown below. Here A is point source.
470
Chap 7
For View Only

Now
AO = 1 m
From geometry BO = 1 m
Thus,
area = pr2 = p # OB = p m 2
Given, the electric field of the EM wave in medium 1 as
E1 = 4ax + 3ay + 5az
As the medium interface lies in the plane x = 0 so, the tangential and normal
components of the electric field are
E1t = 3ay + 5az
and
E1n = 4ax
Now, from the boundary condition we know that the tangential component of
electric field is uniform. So, we get
E2t = E1t = 3ay + 5az
Again from the boundary condition the normal component of displacement vector
are equal.
i.e.
D2n = D1n
or
e2 E2n = e1 E1n
or
4eo E2n = 3eo 4az
or
E2n = 3ax
Thus, the net electric field intensity in medium 2 is
E2 = E2t + E2n = 3ax + 3ay + 5az
SOL 7.3.14

From the expression of the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave, we have
Angular frequency, w = 50, 000
Phase constant, b = 0.004
So, the phase constant of the wave is given as
4
vp = w = 5 # 10-3 = 1.25 # 107 m/s
b
4 # 10
Refractive index of glass ng = mr er = 1.5
Frequency
f = 1014 Hz
c = 3 # 108 m/sec
The wavelength of the 1014 Hz beam of light is
8
l = c = 3 # 1410 = 3 # 10-6
f
10
So, wavelength of the light beam in glass is given as
-6
lg = l = 3 # 10 = 2 # 10-6 m
ng
1.5
The time average poynting vector of the EM wave is defined as
Pave = 1 Re 6Es # Hs*@
2
w.
g
ww
SOL 7.3.15
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.13
SOL 7.3.16
Chap 7
471
For View Only

where, Es is the phasor form of the electric field intensity and Hs) is the complex
conjugate of the phsor form of magnetic field intensity. So, we have
Es # Hs* = (ax + jay) e jkz - jwt # k (- jax + ay) e-jkz + jwt
wm
= az ; k - (- j) (j) k E = 0
wm
wm
Pave = 1 Re 6Es # Hs*@ = 0
2
1- G
We have
VSWR = E max = 5 =
E min
1+ G
2
or
G =
3
As the wave is normally incident on the interface so, the reflection coefficient will
be real (either positive or negative). Now, for a wave propagating from medium 1
to medium 2 having permittivities e1 and e2 respectively.
(i) If e2 > e1 , the reflection coefficient is negative
Thus,
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.17
(ii) If e2 < e1 then, the reflection coefficient is positive.
SOL 7.3.18
SOL 7.3.19
ww
w.
ga
te
he
Since, the given EM wave is propagating from free space to the dielectric material
with e > e0 , therefore
G =- 2
3
h2 - h1
or,
=- 2
h2 + h1
3
h2 - 120p
or,
=- 2
h2 + 120p
3
So,
h2 = 24p
The skin depth (d) of a material is related to the operating frequency (f) as
d\ 1
f
f1
d
2
Therefore,
=
f2
d1
d2 = 1
25
4
or
d2 = 1 # 25 = 25 cm
4
The intrinsic impedance of a medium with permittivity e and permeability m is
defined as
m
h =
e
So, the reflection coefficient at the boundary interface of the two mediums is given
as
472
Chap 7
For View Only

h - h1
- me
G = 2
=
h2 + h1
+ me
since er = 4
= 1 - er = 1 - 4
1 + er
1+ 4
= - 1 = 2.333 180c
3
We have
E (z, t) = 10 cos (2p # 107 t - 0.1pz)
So, we get
w = 2p # 107 t
b = 0.1p
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave is given as
7
v p = w = 2p # 10 = 2 # 108 m/s
0.1p
b
We have
E = (0.5ax + ay e j ) e j (wt - kz)
So, its components along x and y -axis are
Ex = 0.5e j (wt - kz)
mo
eo er
mo
eo er
SOL 7.3.21
lp.
p
2
co
SOL 7.3.20
he
and
Ey = e j 2 e j (wt - kz)
i.e.
E x ! Ey
Since, the components are not equal and have the phase difference of p/2 so, we
conclude that the EM wave is elliptically polarized.
Loss tangent of a medium is defined as
tan d = s
we
where s is the conductivity e is permittivity of the medium and w is operating
angular frequency. So, we get
1.7 # 10-4
( w = 2pf )
tan d =
2p # 3 # 109 # 78eo
-4
9 # 109
= 1.7 # 10 #
9
3 # 10 # 39
= 2.3 # 10-5
SOL 7.3.23

22Ex = c222Ex
We have
2Z 2
2t2
As the field component Ex changes with z so, we conclude that the EM wave is
propagating in z - direction.
SOL 7.3.24

The required condition is
Ic = Id
i.e. the conduction current equals to the displacement current. So, we get
Jc = Jd
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 7.3.22
Chap 7
For View Only

or,
or,
473

sE = jweE
s = 2pfeo er
s
f =
= 2s
2p # eo er
4peo er
9
-2
= 9 # 10 # 2 # 10
4
6
= 45 # 10 = 90 MHz
( w = 2pf , e = er e0 )

VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) of the transmission line is defined as
1+ G
S =
1- G
where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line. So, we get
1+ G
(VSWR = 3 )
3=
1- G
or
G = 0.5
Therefore, the ratio of the reflected power strength to the incident power is given as
Pr = G 2 = 0.25
Pi
Thus, 25% of incident power is reflected.
SOL 7.3.26

The fig is as shown below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.25
As per snell law

sin qt =
1
er
sin qi
sin 30c = 1
or
sin 45c
er
1
1
2
=
1
er
2
or
er = 2

Since, the phase constant is defined as
b = 2p = w me
l
So, the wavelength in terms of permittivity of the medium can be given as
l = 2p
w me
SOL 7.3.27
474
For View Only
Chap 7
or,
So, we get
l\ 1
e
l1 = e1
e2
l2

A scalar wave equation must satisfy following relation
22E - v 222E = 0
...(1)
p
2t2
2z2
(Phase velocity of the wave)
where
vp = w
b
Basically w is the multiply factor of frequency, f and b is multiply factor of
z or x or y .
So, we can conclude that expression given in option (C) does not satisfy equation
(1) (i.e. the wave equation).
SOL 7.3.29

In a lossless dielectric (s = 0) medium, impedance is given by
m
h =
e
where m is permeability and e is permittivity of the medium. So, we get
m0 mr
mr
= 120p #
h =
e0 er
er
= 120p # 2 = 288.4 W
8
SOL 7.3.30

Intrinsic impedance of a medium is given as
jwm
h =
s + jwe
Since, copper is good conductor i.e. s >> we so, we get
jwm
wm
h =
=
45c
s
s
Thus, the impedance will be complex with an inductive component.
SOL 7.3.31

Given, the electric field intensity of the EM wave as
E = 24e j (wt + bz) ay V/m
Now, the time average poynting vector for the EM wave is defined as
Es 2
Es
1
)
P = Ês # Hs h =
a
c Hs = h m
2h k
2
where h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium and ak is the direction of wave
propagation. Since, from the given expression of the field intensity we conclude that
the wave is propagating along - az So, we have
(24) 2
(ak =- az , E = 24 V/m )
P =
(- az ) =- 2.4 az
2 # 120p
p
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.28
Chap 7
475
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 7.3.32
Given the propagation constant of the wave
g = a + jb = 0.1p + j0.2p
So, we get
b = 0.2p
2p = 0.2p
or,
l
Therefore, wavelength of the propagating wave is
l = 2 = 5m
0. 2
SOL 7.3.33
The depth of penetration or skin depth is defined as
1
d =
pfms
1
i.e.
d\
f
or,
(l = c/f )
d\ l
So, the depth of penetration (skin depth) increases with increase in wavelength.
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave
...(1)
E (z, t) = Eo e j (wt + bz) ax + e0 e j (wt + bz) ay
Generalizing
...(2)
E (z) = ax E1 (z) + ay E2 (z)
Comparing (1) and (2) we can see that E1 (z) and E2 (z) are in space quadrature but
in time phase so, their sum E will be linearly polarized along a line that makes an
angle f with x -axis as shown below.
SOL 7.3.35

Skin depth of the conducting medium at frequency, f 1 = 10 MHz is given as
1
d =
pf1 ms
1
or
( f 1 = 10 MHz )
10-2
p # 10 # 106 # ms
-3
or,
ms = 10
p
Now, phase velocity at another frequency ( f 2 = 1000 MHz ) is
4p f 2
vp =
ms
-3
Putting ms = 10 /p in the above expression, we get
4 # p # 1000 # 106 # p - 3 106 m/ sec
vp =
#
10-3
Reflected power Pr of a plane wave in terms of incident power Pi is defined as
(1)
Pr = G 2 Pi
where, G is the reflection coefficient at the medium interface given as
SOL 7.3.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 7.3.34
476
For View Only
Chap 7
h2 - h1
(2)
h 2 + h1
where h1 and h2 are the intrinsic impedance of the two mediums (air and glass)
respectively. Since, the refractive index of the glass is 1.5
(3)
i.e.
n2 = c m2 e2 = 1.5
(Permeability of glass)
where
m2 = m0
(Permittivity of glass)
e2 = er e0
So, putting these values in equation (3) we get
er = 1.5
m2
h
h
and
= 0 = 0
h2 =
e2
1.5
er
co
G =
Therefore, from equation (2) we have

h
- h0
(for free space h1 = h0 )
G = 1h.5
= 1 - 1.5 =- 1
1 + 1.5
5
h
+
0
1.5
Thus, from equation (1) the reflected power is given as
2
Pr = b 1 l # Pi
5
P
r
or,
= 4%
Pi
Skin depth of a material is defined as
1
d =
pfms
Putting the given values in the expression, we get
1
= 15.9 mm
d =
9
3.14 # 1 # 10 # 4p # 10-7 # 106
The energy density in a medium having electric field intensity E is defined as
where e is permittivity of the medium.
wE = 1 e E 2
2
So, due to the field E = 100 p V/m in free space, the energy density is
2
wE = 1 ^8.85 # 10-12h^100 p h
2
= 1.39 # 10-7 J/m3 = 189 nJ/m3
0
SOL 7.3.39
at
e
w.
g
SOL 7.3.38
ww
SOL 7.3.37
he
lp.

For a uniform plane wave propagating in free space, the fields E and H are every
where normal to the direction of wave propagation ak and their direction are
related as
ak # a E = a H
i.e. the angel between electric field âE h and magnetic field vector âH h is always
90c.

The incidence angle of an EM wave for which there is no reflection is called
SOL 7.3.40
Chap 7
477
For View Only

Brewsters angle. For the vertically polarized wave (parallel polarized wave) the
Brewster angle is defined as
tan qB || = e2
e1
So, for the given dielectric medium we get
tan qB || = 9
4
or,
qB || = tan-1 b 3 l
2
Given, the electric field component of the EM wave propagating in free space,
E = 10 cos ^107 t + kz h ay V/m
The general equation of electric field component of an EM wave propagating in az
direction is given as
E = E 0 cos ^wt + kz h ay V/m
So, we conclude that the EM wave is propagating in az direction.
w = 107 rad/s
or
2pf = 107
7
f = 10
2p
8
So,
l = c = 3 # 10
# 2p = 188.5 m
7
f
10
i.e. wavelength of the wave is
wave amplitude, E 0 = 10 V/m
wave number,
k = 2p = 2p = 1
60p 30
l
= 0.233 rad/m
The wave doesnt attenuate as it travels. So, statement (2) and (3) are correct.
SOL 7.3.42

The incidence angle of a plane wave for which there is no reflection is called
Brewsters angle. For the parallel polarized wave, Brewsters angle is given as
tan qB || = e2
e1
where e1 and e2 are the permittivity of two mediums respectively.
So, for the given parallel polarized plane wave the incidence angle ^qi h for no
reflection is given as
e0
tan qi =
81e0
or,
qi = tan-1 b 1 l
9
Therefore, the angle a for no reflection is
a = 90c - qi = 83.66c
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.41
478
Chap 7
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 7.3.43
Given, the characteristic impedance of air,
h = 360 W
Ex = 3 sin ^wt - bz h V/m
Ey = 6 sin ^wt - bz + 75ch V/m
So, the time average power per unit area is
2
2
_ E x + Ey i
E 2
1
1
= #
Pave =
2
360
2 h
2
2
^3 + 6 h
=1#
= 6.25 # 10-2 W/m2 = 82.5 mW/m2
2
360
SOL 7.3.44
Operating frequency
f = 3 GHz = 3 # 109 Hz
Medium parameters,
m = 4p # 10-7 H/m
e = 10-9 /36p
s = 5.8 # 107 S/m
So, we have intrinsic impedance defined as
4p # 10-7
^10-9 /36ph
m/e
h =
=
2 1/4
s 2 1/4
5.8 # 107
:1 + a we k D
1+
-9
> f 2p # 3 # 109 # 10 p H
36p
= 2.02 # 10-2 W
The phase angle of intrinsic impedance is given as
qh = 1 tan-1 a s k = 1 # tan-1
we
2
2
f
w.
g
So,
=1#p = p
2
2
4
jq
h = h e = 0.22e jp/4 W
5.8 # 107
2p # 3 # 109 # 10 p
36p
-9

The Skin depth of a conductor is defined as
1
d =
pfms
So, statement 2 and 3 are correct while are incorrect.
SOL 7.3.46

For circular polarization the two orthogonal field components must have the same
magnitude and has a phase difference of 90c.
So, all the three statements are necessary conditions.
SOL 7.3.47

Velocity of light in any dielectric medium is defined as
1
= c
v = 1 =
m0 e0 er
er
me
ww
SOL 7.3.45
Chap 7
479
For View Only

where c is velocity of light in vacuum and er is dielectric constant of the medium.
Since
er > 1
So,
v <c
Therefore, both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
Given, the electric field of a plane wave,
E = 50 sin ^108 t + 2z h ay V/m
Comparing it with the general expression electric field of a plane wave travelling in
az direction givenas
E = E 0 sin ^wt - bz h ay
We get the direction of propagation of the given plane wave is - az .
SOL 7.3.49

The poynting vector is the instantaneous power flow per unit area in an EM wave
and defined as
P = E#H
So, E # H is rate of energy flow (power flow) per unit area.
SOL 7.3.50

Given the electric field,
E = âx + jay h e-jbz
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.48
ww
w.
ga
te
So, it is clear that y -component of field leads the x -component by 90c and the
wave propagates in z -direction. The components are same. So, the tip of electric
field traverse in circular path in the clockwise direction and wave propagates in z
-direction as shown in figure.
Therefore, it is negative circularly polarized wave or (left hand polarized wave).

SOL 7.3.51

Consider the reflector is of angle q = 90c for which the incident and reflected wave
is shown in figure.
480
For View Only
Chap 7
co
So, it is clear that the incident and reflected wave both makes same angle a with
the x -axis i.e. reflected wave in same direction.
Poynting vector represents the instantaneous power density vector associated with
the EM field at a given point.
i.e.
P = E#H
SOL 7.3.53

Given, the electric field intensity of the wave in free space,
E = 50 sin ^107 t + kz h ay V/m
Comparing it with the general expression of electric field defined as
E = E 0 sin ^wt - bz h ay V/m
We get,
(1) The wave propagates in - az direction along z -axis.
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.52
(2) The wavelength is given as
w.
g
8
l = c = 3 # 10 7# 2p = 188.5 m
f
^10 h
2
p
2
p
(3) Wave number, k =
=
= 0.233
188.5
l
(4) The wave doesnt attenuate as it travels.

An electromagnetic wave incident on a conducting medium has the depth of
penetration (skin depth) defined as
d = 1
a
i.e. inversely proportion to attenuation constant.
SOL 7.3.55

Since, after reflection the phase of both x and y components will be reversed so the
reflected wave will be also right circularly polarised.
ww
SOL 7.3.54

Given,
Electric field intensity of the wave
E = 10 cos ^6p # 108 t - bx h ay
SOL 7.3.56
Chap 7
481

Given, the phase velocity of the plane wave in dielectric is 0.4 times its value in
free space
i.e.
(1)
v p = 0.4c
Since, the phase velocity of a medium having permittivity e and permeability m is
defined as
vp = 1
me
So, putting it in equation (1) we get
1
( m = m0 mr , e = e0 )
= 0.4c
m0 er e0
2
(c = 1 )
er = b 1 l = 6.25
0.4
m0 e0
Given, the electric field in free space,
E ^x, t h = 60 cos ^wt - 2x h ay V/m
So, we get the magnitude of the electric field as
E 0 = 60
The time average power density in the electric field is given as
2
^60h2
Pave = 1 E0 = 1 #
2 h0
2 120p
Therefore, the average power through the circular area of radius 4 m is
Pave = ^Pave h # ^pr2h
^60h2
=1#
p 4 2 = 120 W
2 120p # ^ h
The gyro frequency is the frequency whose period is equal to the period of revolution
of an electron in its circular orbit under the influence of earths magnetic field. So,
the radio wave at frequency near fg is attenuated by the earths magnetic field.
(Since, there is a resonance phenomena and oscillating electron receive more and
more energy from incident wave.)
SOL 7.3.58
SOL 7.3.59
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.57
For View Only

Permeability of medium,
m = m0
Permittivity of medium,
e = 81e0
From the expression of the electric field, we get the angular frequency as
w = 6p # 108
The phase velocity of the wave is given as
8
8
1
(c = 1 = 3 # 108 m/s )
= 3 # 10 = 10
vp = 1 =
9
3
me
m0 e0
m0 # 81e0
So, the phase constant of the EM wave is
108
b = w = 6p #
8
vp
10 /3
= 18p rad/m
482
Chap 7
For View Only

SOL 7.3.60
The relation between electric and magnetic field of the reflected, transmitted and
incident wave is given below.
Ei = h1 Hi
Er =- h1 Hr
Et = h 2 Ht
So, (1) and (3) are correct while (2) is incorrect.
From snells law,
n1 sin q1 = n2 sin q2
m0 e1 sin q1 = m0 e0 sin q2
m0 ^2e2h sin 60c = m0 e2 sin q2
sin q2 = c 4 # 3 m = 2.5 > 1
2
which is not possible so there will be no transmitted wave.
SOL 7.3.62

(1) Consider E1 is x -component and E2 is y -component so, when E1 and E2 will
be in same phase. The wave will be linearly polarized.
â " 1h
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.61
at
e
(2) When E1 and E2 will have any arbitrary phase difference then it will be
elliptically polarized.
^d " 2h
(3) When E1 leads E2 by 90c then wt increases counter clockwise and so the wave
is right circularly polarized.
^c " 3h
w.
g
(4) When E1 lags E2 by 90c then the tip of field vector E will traverse circularly
in clockwise direction and left circularly polarized.
^b " 4h
An incident wave normal to a perfect conductor is completely reflected in the reverse
direction. The magnetic field intensity of reflected wave is same as the incident wave
whereas the electric field intensity of reflected wave has the 180c phase difference in
comparison to the incident field. ( G =- 1 for conducting surface).
SOL 7.3.64

(a) Propagation constant for a perfect conductor is
ww
SOL 7.3.63
g = a + jb
wms
where a = b =
2
(b) Radiation intensity of an antenna is defined as
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave
2
E 2
= r2
=cr m E 2
2h
2h
(c) Wave impedance of an EM wave is defined as
a"1
b"2
Chap 7
For View Only
E q = hH f
h = Eq
c"3
Hf
Given,
Electric field intensity,
E = E x a x + Ey ay
The direction of wave propagation,
ak = a z
So, the magnetic field intensity of the EM wave is given as
H = ak # E
h
where, h is the intrinsic impedance of the medium. Putting the expression for
electric field in equation, we get
H = az # Êx ax + Ey ay h = 1 Êx ay - Ey ax h
h
h
co
SOL 7.3.65
483

An EM wave propagating in free space consists of electric and magnetic field
intensity both perpendicular to direction of propagation.
SOL 7.3.67

In a uniform plane wave the field intensities are related as
E = hH
where h is intrinsic impedance given as
jwm
h =
s + jwe
Assume the medium is perfectly dielectric ^s = 0h. So, we get
m
h =
e
E = m
or,
e
H
The higher frequency (microwave) signal is continuously refracted on the ground
as shown in figure.
SOL 7.3.68
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.66
This phenomenon is called ducting.

SOL 7.3.69

Given, the magnetic field intensity of a plane wave,
H = 0.5e-0.1x cos ^106 t - 2x h az
(1)
484
Chap 7
co
For View Only

The general expression for magnetic field intensity of a plane wave travelling in
positive x -direction is
(2)
H = H 0 e- ax cos ^wt - bx h az
Comparing the equation (1) and (2) we get,
Wave frequency, w = 106 rad/ sec
Wavelength,
l = 2p = 2p = 3.14 m
2
b
and the wave travels in + x -direction.
Since, the magnetic field intensity points toward az direction and the wave
propagates in + ax direction. So, direction of electric field intensity will be
aE =- ak # aH =-âx # az h = ay
Therefore, the wave is polarized in ay direction (direction of electric field intensity).
Skin depth ^d h is the distance through which the wave amplitude decreases to a
factor e-1 or 1/e .
SOL 7.3.71

From Maxwells equation, For a varying magnetic field B , the electric field intensity
E is defined as
d # E =-2B
2t
Since, the magnetic flux density B in terms of magnetic vector potential is given as
B = d#A
So, from the two equations we have
(For dV = 0 )
E =-2A
2t
Given,
A = ax Ax sin ^wt - bz h
So,
E =- 2 6ax Ax sin ^wt - bz h@ =- ax wAx cos ^wt - bz h
2t
SOL 7.3.72

The depth of penetration of wave (skin depth) in a lossy dielectric (conductor) is
given as
1
d = 1 =
a
pfms
So, the skin depth increases when
(1) permeability decreases
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.70
(2) conductivity decreases

(3) frequency decreases
Since, the wavelength of the wave is given as
v
i.e. l \ 1
l = p
f
f
So, as l increases, f decreases and therefore, skin depth increases.
Chap 7
485
co
For View Only

SOL 7.3.73
For a good conductor,
a = b = pfms
Since, the skin depth is defined as
d = 1
a
or,
d =1
â = b h
b
Now, the phase constant of the wave is given as
b = 2p
l
1
So, we have
It is defined for a good conductor.
d = = l
2p
b
Given, the magnetic field intensity of the wave propagating in free space,
H ^z, t h =- 1 cos ^wt + bz h ay
6p
So, we conclude.
direction of propagation,
ak =- az
direction of magnetic field,
a H = ay
So, the direction of electric field intensity is given as
aE = aH # ak = ay # ^- az h =- ax
and the electric field amplitude is given as,
E = h0 H
= ^120phb- 1 cos ^wt + bz hl
6p
=- 20 cos ^wt + bz h
So, the electric field vector of EM wave is
E ^z, t h = 10 cos ^wt + bz h ax
SOL 7.3.75

Given, the electric field intensity of EM wave in phase form as
Es = 10e-j4y ax
So, we get
the phase constant,
b = 4 rad/m
Since, the wave is propagating in free space, therefore, the angular frequency w of
the wave is given as
w = cb = ^3 # 108h^4h = 4 # 3 # 108 rad/s
SOL 7.3.76

A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 7.3.74

Skin depth of a material is defined as
1
d =
pfms
SOL 7.3.77
486
Chap 7
For View Only

Since, conductivity of the material is s = 0 .
So, we get
d " infinity
SOL 7.3.78

(1) In a conducting medium as the wave travels its amplitude is attenuated by the
factor e- az (i.e. attenuated exponentially).
(2) Conducting medium doesnt behave as on open circuit to the EM field.
lp.
co
(3) In lossless dielectric ^s = 0h relaxation time is defined as

Tr = e " 3
s
(4) In charge free region ^rv = 0h. Poissions equation is generalised as
r
d2 V =- v
e
2
dV = 0
which is Laplace equation. Therefore only statement 2 is incorrect.

For a given electric field in free space the average power density is defined as
E 2
^60ph2
Pave = 1
=1
= 15p Watt/m2
2 h0
2 120p
SOL 7.3.80

Given,
E = 120p cos ^wt - bz h ax
Since, the wave is propagating in az directions so, the magnetic flux density of the
propagating wave is
az # 6120p cos ^wt - bz h ax@
= cos ^wt - bz h ay (ak = az )
H = ak # E =
h0
h0
Therefore, the average power density of an EM wave is defined as
Pave = 1 Re "E # H *, = 1 8^120p cos ^wt - bz h ax h # ^cos ^wt - bz h ay hB
2
2
= 60paz
SOL 7.3.81

Given, the electric field intensity is
E = 10 sin ^3p # 108 t - pz h ax + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pz h ay
So, the magnetic field intensity is given as
(Direction of propagation is ak = az )
H = ak # E
h0
= 5 sin ^3p # 108 t - pz h ay + 10 cos ^3p # 108 t - pz h^- ax h
377
(1) For a perfect conducting medium the transmission coefficient is zero but a
medium having finite conductivity transmission coefficient has some finite
value. So it doesnt behave like an open circuit to the electromagnetic field.
SOL 7.3.82
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 7.3.79
(2) Relaxation time in a medium is defined as

Chap 7
For View Only
487
Tr = e
s
Which in turn given the values in the range of 10-20 sec . While the radio frequency
wave has the time period T in the range of nsec to psec. (10-9 to 10-12 ) So the
relation time at radio frequency/microwave frequency is much less than the period.
(3) For a lossless dielectric ^s = 0h and so,
Tr = e " 3
s
(4) Intrinsic impedance of a perfect dielectric ^s = 0h is
m
which is a pure resistance.
h =
e
So, the statement (2), (3) and (4) are correct.
The polarization of a uniform plane wave described the time varying behaviour
of the electric field intensity vector so for polarization the field vector must be
transverse to the propagation of wave.
i.e. Transverse nature of electromagnetic wave causes polarization.
SOL 7.3.84

In free space electrons and photon both have the same velocity 3 # 108 m/s . So,
the velocity of electromagnetic waves is same as velocity of light.
So A and R both are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
SOL 7.3.85

Fields are said to be circularly polarized if their components have same magnitudes
but they differ in phase by ! 90c.
SOL 7.3.86

From Maxwells equation for an EM field, the divergence of the magnetic flux
density is zero.
i.e.
d:B = 0
d : ^d # Ah = 0
div curl A = 0
SOL 7.3.87

Electric field intensity due to the current element is defined as
E = J = I2 az
s pb s
The magnetic flux density due to the current element is given as
H = I af
2pb
So, the poynting vector of the field is
P = E#H
2
2
=- 2I 3 a r =- I 2 3 ir
2sp b
2p b s
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.83
488
For View Only

SOL 7.3.88
All the three statements are correct.
Chap 7

Wavelength of a plane wave in any medium is defined as
v
l = p
f
where
v p = phase velocity
f = frequency of the wave
Since,
vp = c
er
1
So,
l\
er
lair = er, dielectric
er, air
ldielectric
2 = er
1
1
er = 4
SOL 7.3.90

The velocity of an EM wave in free space is given as
vc = C = 3 # 108 m/s
and the characteristic impedance (intrinsic impedance) is given as
m0
= 120p
Zc =
e0
So both the terms are independent of frequency of the wave i.e. remain unchanged.
SOL 7.3.91

Given, electric field intensity
E = 5 cos ^109 t + 30z h ax
So, we conclude that,
w = 109 , and b = 30
and since
b = w
vp
w
(For non magnetic medium v p = c )
b =
er
_c/ er i
8 2
bc 2
30
3
10
#
#
er = b l = c
m = 81
w
109
SOL 7.3.92

For attenuation of the wave the medium must have some finite conductivity s. In
the given wave equation the term ms2E involves s so this term is responsible for
2t
the attenuation of the wave.
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.89

The statement 1, 3 and 4 are correct while statement 2 is incorrect as Gausss law
is applicable only for symmetrical geometry.
SOL 7.3.93
Chap 7
For View Only

SOL 7.3.94
In a Good conductor
So,
489

b =
pfms
phase velocity v p = w = 2
b
pf
ms

Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave is
E ^ t h = 6E1 cos wtax - E2 sin wtay@ e-jkz
Since the components of the field are
E x = E1
and
Ey = E 2
i.e.
So, the wave is elliptically polarized.
E x ! Ey
SOL 7.3.96

For a lossy dielectric, skin depth is defined as
d = l
2p
So, as the wavelength increases the depth of penetration of wave also increases.
i.e. Reason (R) is correct.
The Skin depth is the depth by which electric field strength reduces to 1 = 37% of
e
its original value.
i.e. Assertion (A) is false.
SOL 7.3.97

The electromagnetic equation in terms of vector potential A is given as
2
=- mJ
d2 A - me2A
2t2
The wavelength of an EM wave propagating in a waveguide is defined as
ll
l =
f 2
1 -c c m
f
where ll is the wavelength of the wave in unbounded medium(free space), fc is the
cutoff frequency of the waveguide and f is the operating frequency.
Now, for a propagating wave in the waveguide, the operating frequency is higher
than the cutoff frequency.
i.e.
f fc & fc /f < 1
Putting it in equation (1) we get
l < ll
i.e. Wavelength of a propagating wave in a wave guide is smaller than the free space
wavelength.
SOL 7.3.99
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 7.3.98
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.95

For a lossless dielectric medium
s =0
490
Chap 7
For View Only

and propagation constant,
g = a + jb = jwm ^s + jweh
a + jb = jw me
b = w me i.e. b \ er
For a lossless medium ^s = 0h intrinsic impedance is defined as
m
m0 mr
=
h =
e
e0
er
60p = 120p 1
er
er = 4
SOL 7.3.101

A field is said to be conservative if the curl of the field is zero.
SOL 7.3.102

Given, the magnetic field intensity,
H = 0.5e-0.1x sin ^106 t - 2x h az A/m
Comparing it with general expression of magnetic field intensity of wave propagating
in ax direction given as
H = H 0 e- ax sin ^wt - bx h az
We get
(i) the direction of wave propagation is ax
(ii) a = 0.1, b = 2
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.100
So, propagation constant g = a + jb = 0.1 + j 2
w.
g
6
(iii)phase velocity, v p = w = 10 = 5 # 105 m/s
2
b
(iv) aH = az ,
ak = a x
So, direction of polarization,
aE =-âk # aH h =-âx # az h ay i.e. wave is polarized along ay .

Skin depth of any conducting medium is defined as
1
d =
pfms
So, at a given frequency w = 2pf
d \ 1 and d \ 1
s
m
SOL 7.3.104

Given, the electric field intensity of the plane wave,
E = 10 sin ^10wt - pz h ax + 10 cos ^wt - pz h ay
So, the field components are
Ex = 10 sin ^10wt - pz h
ww
SOL 7.3.103
Chap 7
For View Only

and since,
So the polarization is circular.

In free space electric field intensity is defined as
E =- h 0 âk # H h
where ak is unit vector in the direction of propagation.
Given,
H = 0.10 cos ^4 # 107 t - bz h ax A/m
So, the direction of propagation, ak = az
and we have,
E =- 377 6az # ^0.10 cos ^4 # 107 t - bz h ax h@
=- 37.7 cos ^4 # 107 t - bz h ay
( h0 = 377 W )

Given the electric field in medium A is
E = 100 cos ^wt - 6px h z
In medium A,
er = 4 ,
mr = 1,
s=0
In medium B ,
er = 9 ,
mr = 4 ,
s=0
So,
(a) intrinsic impedance of medium B is
m
4m0
=
= 2 # 120p = 80p
hB =
â " 2h
e
9e0
3
(b) Intrinsic impedance of medium A is
m
m0
=
= 1 # 120p = 60p
hA =
e
2
4e0
So, reflection coefficient,
h - hA
= 80p - 60p = 1
G = B
^b " 3h
hB + hA
80p + 60p 5
(c) Transmission coefficient,
2hB
= 2 # 80p = 8
t =
^c " 4h
hB + hA
80p + 60p 7
(d) Phase shift constant of medium A is given from the field equation as
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 7.3.106
SOL 7.3.105
Ey = 10 cos ^wt - pz h
E x = Ey
491
b = 12p
SOL 7.3.107

Average power density in an EM wave is defined as
Pave = 1 Re Ês # H s*h = 1 # 50 # 5 = 3.316
2
12p
2
So, the average power crossing a circular area of radius 24 m is
2
Pave = Pave ^pr2h = ^3.316h_p ^ 24 h i = 250 Watt
SOL 7.3.108

Electric field amplitude,
E 0 = 1 V/m
Skin depth,
d = 10 cm = 0.1 m
So, the attenuation constant of the wave in the conductor is
^d " 1h
492
For View Only
Chap 7
he

For any media having conductivity, s = 0 . the intrinsic impedance is given as
m
mr
=
h
h =
e
er 0
For media 1,
h1 = 2 ^377h = 188 W
8
For media 2,
h 2 = 9 ^377h = 1131 W
1
for media 3,
h 3 = 4 ^377h = 377 W
4
For an EM wave a medium incident on another medium, reflection coefficient is
defined as
G = Er =- Hr
Ei
Hi
h 2 - h 1 2Z - Z
and
=
=1
G =
3
h 2 + h 1 2Z + Z
Er =- Hr = 1
So,
3
Ei
Hi
Ei = 3 and Hi =- 3
Er
Hr
For a perfect conductor conductivity , s = 3
So, the skin depth of the perfect conductor is
1
d =
=0
pfms
ww
SOL 7.3.110
w.
g
at
e
SOL 7.3.109
lp.
co
a = 1 = 10
d
Now, the electric field intensity after travelling a distance z inside a conductor is
E = E 0 e- az
where, E 0 is the field intensity at the surface of the conductor. So, the distance
travelled by the wave for which amplitude of electric field changes to (1/e2) (V/m)
is given as
E = E20
e
E
-10z
= 20
E0 e
e
10z = 2
z = 20 cm
Alternatively, since the skin depth is the distance in which the wave amplitude
decays to ^1/e h of its value at surface. So, for the amplitude to be 1/e2 of the field
at its surface the wave penetrates a length of 2d = 20 cm .
So A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 7.3.111
***********
CHAPTER 8
TRANSMISSION LINES
494
Transmission Lines
For View Only
EXERCISE 8.1
Assertion (A) : A sinusoidal voltage vi = V0 cos ^2 # 10 4 pt h is applied to the input

terminal of a transmission line of length 20 cm such that the wave propagates with
the velocity c = 3 # 108 m/s on the line. Its output voltage will be in the same
phase to the input voltage.
Reason (R) : Transmission line effects can be ignored if l # 0.01.
l
where l is the length of transmission line and l is the wavelength of the wave.
lp.
co
MCQ 8.1.1
Chap 8

at
e
A transmission line is formed of coaxial line with an inner conductor diameter of

1 cm and an outer conductor diameter of 4 cm. If the conductor has permeability
mc = 2ma and conductivity sc = 11.6 # 107 S/m then its resistance per unit length
for the operating frequency of 4 GHz will be
(A) 4.95 W/m
(B) 78.8 W/m
w.
g
MCQ 8.1.2
(C) 0.788 W/m
(C) 872 nH/m

MCQ 8.1.4
(D) 0.495 W/m
A transmission line formed of co-axial line with inner and outer diameters 1.5 cm
and 3 cm respectively is filled with a dielectric of permeability m = 2m0 . Its line
parameter Ll will be equal to
(A) 277 nH/m
(B) 2.77 nH/m
ww
MCQ 8.1.3
he
(B) A and R both are true but R is not correct explanation of A.
(D) 8.7 nH/m
A co-axial transmission line is filled with a dielectric having conductivity,

s = 2 # 10-3 S/m . If the inner and outer radius of the co-axial line are 1/4 cm and
1/2 cm respectively then the conductance per unit length of the transmission line
will be
(A) 9.1 mS/m
(B) 1.45 mS/m
(C) 911 S/m
(D) 145 S/m
If Permittivity of the dielectric filled inside the coaxial transmission line having
inner and outer diameter 2 cm and 5 cm respectively is e = 9e0 then the capacitance
MCQ 8.1.5
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only

per unit length of the line will be
(A) 361 pF/m

(B) 3.61 nF/m
(C) 5.74 nF/m

MCQ 8.1.6
(D) 57.4 pF/m
A parallel plate transmission line consists of 1.2 cm wide conducting strips having
conductivity, s = 1.16 # 108 S/m and permeability m = m0 is operating at 4 GHz
frequency. What will be the line parameter Rl ?
(A) 1.38 W/m
(B) 0.69 W/m
lp.
(D) 78.1 mH/m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
The space between the strips of a parallel plate transmission line is filled of a
dielectric of permittivity, er = 1.3 and conductivity, s . 0 . If the width of the
strips is 9.6 cm and the separation between them is 0.6 cm then the line parameters
Gl and Cl will be respectively
(A) 0, 0.02 nF/m
(B) 0.02 mS/m, 0.14 nF/m
(C) 0, 0.18 nF/m
MCQ 8.1.9
co
A parallel plate transmission line is formed by copper strips of width w = 1.2 cm

separated by a distance d = 0.3 cm . If the dielectric filled between the plates has
permeability, m = 2m0 then what will be the inductance per unit length of the
transmission line ?
(A) 157 nH/m
(B) 1.57 mH/m
(C) 0.78 nH/m
MCQ 8.1.8
(D) 1.97 W/m
(C) 0.97 W/m

MCQ 8.1.7
495
(D) 1.8 mS/m, 0
Which one of the following statement is not correct for a transmission line ?
(A) Attenuation constant of a lossless line is always zero.
(B) Characteristic impedance of both lossless and distortionless line is real
(C) Attenuation constant of a distortionless line is always zero.
(D) Both (A) and (C).
MCQ 8.1.10
Inductance and capacitance per unit length of a lossless transmission line are
250 nH/m and 0.2 nF/m respectively. The velocity of the wave propagation and
characteristic impedance of the transmission line are respectively.
(B) 3 # 108 m/s , 50 W
(A) 2 # 108 m/s , 100 W
(C) 2 # 108 m/s , 50 W
(D) 3 # 108 m/s , 100 W
MCQ 8.1.11
A 1 GHz parallel plate transmission line consists of brass strips of conductivity

s = 6.4 # 107 S/m separated by a dielectric of permittivity e = 6e0 . If the axial
component and transverse component of the electric field in the transmission line
is Ez and Ey respectively then Ez /Ey equals to
(B) 4.167 # 10-5
(A) 2.16 # 10-4
(C) 1.25 # 10-4

(D) 7.22 # 10-5
496
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.1.12
A transmission line operating at a frequency 6 # 108 rad/s has the parameters
Rl = 0.2 kW/m , Ll = 4 mH/m , Gl = 8 mS/m , C l = 6 pF/m . The propagation
constant, g will be
(A) ^0.5 + j1.2h m-1
(B) ^0.10 + j2.4h m-1
(C) ^1.2 + j0.5h m-1
The parameters of a transmission line are given as Rl = 10 W/m , Ll = 0.1 mH/m ,

C l = 10 pF/m , Gl = 40 mS/m . If the transmission line is operating at a frequency,
w = 1.2 # 109 rad/s then the characteristic impedance of the line will be
(A) 50 - j2 W
(B) 4 - j100 W
MCQ 8.1.13
(D) ^2.4 + j0.10h m-1
After travelling a distance of 20 m along a transmission line, the voltage wave

remains 13% of its source amplitude. What is the attenuation constant of the
transmission line ?
(A) 0.13 NP/m
(B) 0.10 NP/m
lp.
MCQ 8.1.14
(D) 100 + j4 W
co
(C) 100 - j4 W
Amplitude of a voltage wave after travelling a certain distance down a transmission

line is reduced by 87% . If the propagation constant of the transmission line is
^0.3 + j2.9h then the phase shift in the voltage wave is
(A) 61c
(B) 561c
at
e
MCQ 8.1.15
(C) 73c
(C) not change
(C) 2 W/m , 1 mH/m

MCQ 8.1.18
(D) none of these
Phase velocity of voltage wave in a distortion less line having characteristic impedance,
Z 0 = 0.2 kW and attenuation constant, a = 10 mNP/m is v p = 0.5 # 108 m/s . The
line parameters Rl and Ll will be respectively
(A) 1 W/m , 0.5 nH/m
(B) 10 kW/m , 2 mH/m
ww
MCQ 8.1.17
(D) 273c
A parallel plate lossless transmission line consists of brass strips of width w and
separated by a distance d . If both w and d are doubled then its characteristic
impedance will
(A) halved
(B) doubled
w.
g
MCQ 8.1.16
(D) 0.06 NP/m
he
(C) 0.20 NP/m
(D) 1 W/m , 2 mH/m
A distortionless line has parameters Rl = 4 W/m and Gl = 4 # 10-4 S/m . The

attenuation constant and characteristic impedance of the transmission line will be
respectively
(A) 25 NP/m, 0.01 W
(B) 100 NP/m, 4 # 10-2 W
(C) 4 # 10-2 NP/m , 100 W
(D) 0.01 NP/m, 25 W
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
497
For View Only

MCQ 8.1.19
A transmission line operating at 5 GHz frequency has characteristic impedance
Z 0 = 80 W and the phase constant b = 1.5 rad/m . The inductance per unit length
of the transmission line will be
(A) 3.81 nH/m
(B) 38.1 nH/m
(C) 2.61 nH/m
A 150 W transmission line is connected to a 330 W resistance and to a 50 V DC

source with zero internal resistance. The voltage reflection coefficients at the load
end and at the source and of the transmission line are respectively
(A) - 1, 1/3
(B) - 1, - 1
MCQ 8.1.20
(D) 26.1 nH/m
(D) 1/3, - 1
(C) 1/3, 1/3
(C) 1.40
MCQ 8.1.22
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 1.22
A purely resistance load ZL is connected to a 150 W lossless transmission line. Such

that it has a voltage standing wave ratio of 3. The possible value of ZL will be
(A) 50 W
(B) 450 W
(C) (A) and (B) both
MCQ 8.1.25
(D) 4.2 mm
A lossless transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 = 35 W is connected to

a load impedance ZL = ^15 - j25h W . What will be the standing wave ratio an the
line ?
(A) 0.57
(B) 3.65
(C) 0.27
MCQ 8.1.24
(D) 0.71
An insulating material of permittivity e = 9e0 is used in a 25 W lossless co-axial

line . If the inner radius of the coaxial line is 0.6 mm then what will be its outer
radius ?
(A) 6.004 mm
(B) 2.1 mm
(C) 3.002 mm
MCQ 8.1.23
lp.
co
The voltage wave in a lossless transmission line has the maximum magnitude
of 6 volt and minimum magnitude of 2.4 volt. The reflection coefficient of the
transmission line is
(A) 0.43
(B) 2.33
he
MCQ 8.1.21
(D) none of these
A voltage generator with vg ^ t h = 3 cos ^p # 109 t h volt is applied to a 50 W lossless

air spaced transmission line. If the line length is 10 cm and it is terminated in a
load impedance ZL = ^200 - j200h W then the input impedance of the transmission
line will be
(A) ^50 - j50.8h W
(B) ^12.5 - j12.7h W
(C) ^25.4 - j25h W
(D) ^25 - j25.4h W
498
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.1.26
The wavelength on a lossless transmission line terminated in a short circuit is l.
What is the minimum possible length of the transmission line for which it appears
as an open circuit at its input terminals ?
(A) l
(B) l/2
(C) 4l
A lossless transmission line is operating at a frequency of 4 MHz. When the line

is short circuited at its output end, the input impedance appears to be equivalent
to an inductor with inductance of 32 nH but when the line is open circuited at
its output end, the input impedance appears to be equivalent to a capacitor with
capacitance of 20 pF. What is the characteristic impedance of the transmission line
?
(A) 10 W
lp.
co
MCQ 8.1.27
(D) l/4
(B) 1.6 kW
he
(C) - 40 W
(D) 40 W
A l/4 section of a 50 W lossless transmission line terminated in a 150 W resistive

load is preceded by another l/4 section of a 200 W lossless line as shown in figure.
What is the input impedance, Zin ?
MCQ 8.1.29
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 8.1.28
(A) 600 W
(B) 400 W
(C) 267 W
(D) 300 W
A transmission line of length l is short circuited at one end and open circuited at
the other end. The voltage standing wave pattern in the transmission line will be
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
co
^2n + 1h v p
; n = 1, 2, 3, ....3
4l
(D)
nv p
; n = 1, 2, 3.....3
2l
lp.
At an operating frequency of 500 Hz, length of a transmission line is given by

l = l/4 . For the same transmission line the length at 1 kHz will be given by
(B) l = l
(A) l = l
8
4
(C) l = l
2
(D) none of these
A lossless transmission line is terminated in a short circuit. The minimum possible

length of the line for which it appears as a short circuit at its input terminals is
(A) l/2
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.1.32
Phase velocity of a voltage wave in a transmission line of length l is v p . If the

transmission line is open circuited at one end and short circuited at the other end
then the natural frequency of the oscillation of the wave will be
^2n + 1h v p
nv p
(A)
; n = 0, 1.......3
(B)
; n = 0, 1, .......3
2l
4l
(C)
MCQ 8.1.31
he
MCQ 8.1.30
499
(B) l/4
(C) l
(D) 0
MCQ 8.1.33
A transmission line is operating at wavelength l. If the distance between successive

voltage minima is 10 cm and distance between load and first voltage minimum is
7.5 cm then the distance between load and first voltage maxima is
(A) l/8
(B) 3l/8
(C) 5l/8
(D) l/4
***********
500
Transmission Lines
EXERCISE 8.2
A z -polarized transverse electromagnetic wave (TEM) propagating along a parallel

plate transmission line filled of perfect dielectric in + ax direction. Let the electric
and magnetic field of the wave be E and H respectively. Which of the following is
correct relation for the fields.
2Hy
(A) 2Ez = 0
(B)
=0
2y
2z
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.1
For View Only
Chap 8
(C) Both (A) and (B)
(D) none of these
he
MCQ 8.2.2
at
e
A load impedance ZL = ^0.3 - j0.5h kW is being connected to a lossless transmission

line of characteristic impedance Z 0 = 0.5 kW operating at wavelength l = 2 cm .
The distance of the first voltage maximum from the load will be
(A) 0.44 cm
(B) 2.44 cm
(D) - 0.44 cm
MCQ 8.2.3
The distance of the first current maximum from the load will be
(A) 3.56 cm
(B) 0.56 cm
ww
(C) 1.44 cm
MCQ 8.2.4
w.
g
(C) 1.56 cm
Distance of the first voltage maximum and first current maximum from the load on
a 50 W lossless transmission line are respectively 4.5 cm and 1.5 cm. If the standing
wave ratio on the transmission line is S = 3 then the load impedance connected to
the transmission line will be
(A) ^90 - j120h W
(B) 10 W
(C) ^30 - j40h W
MCQ 8.2.5
(D) 2.56 cm
(D) ^40 - j30h W
Total length of 50 W lossless transmission line terminated in a load impedance

ZL = ^30 + j15h W is l = 7l/20 as shown in figure. The total input impedance across
the terminal AB will be
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
(A) ^38.3 - j64.8h W
(B) ^19.2 - j32.4h W
(C) ^64.8 - j38.3h W
(D) ^32.4 - j19.2h W
Assertion (A) : The input impedance of a quarter wavelength long lossless line
terminated in a short-circuit is infinity.
Reason (R) : The input impedance at the position where the magnitude of the
voltage on a distortionless line is maximum is purely real.
co
MCQ 8.2.6
501
lp.
he
MCQ 8.2.7
ww
w.
ga
te
A voltage generator with vg ^ t h = 25 cos ^4p # 107 t - 30h and an internal impedance
Zg = 30 W is applied to a 30 W lossless transmission line that has a relative
permittivity er = 2.25 and length, l = 6 m .
If the line is terminated in a load impedance, ZL = ^30 - j10h W , then what will be
the input impedance of the transmission line ?
(B) ^50.62 + j23.48h W
(A) ^0.05 - j0.01h W
(C) ^92.06 - j21.80h W
MCQ 8.2.8
(D) ^23.14 + j5.48h W
The input voltage of the transmission line will be

(A) 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t + 22.56ch
(B) 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 37.44ch V
(C) 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 22.56ch V

(D) 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 30ch V
Statements for Linked Question 9 - 10 :

Two equal load impedances of 150 W are connected in parallel through a pair of
transmission line, and the combination is connected to a feed transmission lien
as shown in figure. All the lines are lossless and have characteristic impedance
Z 0 = 100 W .
502
Transmission Lines
MCQ 8.2.9
co
For View Only
Chap 8
The effective load impedance of feedline (ZLl) equals to

(A) ^7.04 - j17.24h W
(B) ^35.20 + j8.62h W
lp.
(C) ^35.20 - j8.62h W
(D) ^8.62 + j35.20h W
The total input impedance of the feedline (line 3) will be

(A) ^2.15 - j1.13h W
(B) ^215.14 - j113.4h W
A 0.3 GHz voltage generator with Vsg = 150 volt and an internal resistance
Zg = 100 W is connected to a 100 W lossless transmission line of length l = 0.375 l .
If the line is terminated in a load impedance ZL = ^100 - j100h W then what will be
the current flowing in the load ?
(A) 0.67 cos ^3 # 108 t - 108.4ch
w.
g
MCQ 8.2.11
(D) ^107.57 - j56.7h W
at
e
(C) ^215.14 + j113.4h W
he
MCQ 8.2.10
(B) 0.67 cos ^6p # 108 t - 108.4ch
(C) 75 cos ^3 # 108 t - 108.4ch
MCQ 8.2.12
ww
(D) 0.67 cos ^6p # 108 t - 135ch
A voltage generator Vsg = 150 V with an internal resistance Zg = 100 W is connected

to a load ZL = 150 W through a 0.15l section of a 100 W lossless transmission line.
What is the average power delivered to the transmission line ?
(A) 54 Watt
(B) 30 Watt
(C) 27 Watt
(D) 60 Watt
MCQ 8.2.13
A voltage generator Vsg = 500 volt with an internal resistance Zg = 100 W is applied
to a configuration of lossless transmission lines as shown in figure. The power
delivered to the loads ZL1 and ZL2 will be respectively
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
(B) 105.33 Watt
(C) 153.10 Watt
(D) 306.11 Watt
(C) Distortion less

(D) (B) and (C) both
lp.
The input impedance of an infinitely long transmission line is equal to its

characteristic impedance. The transmission line will be
(A) slightly lossy
(B) lossless
An infinitely long lossy transmission line with characteristic impedance Z 01 = 200 W

is feeded by a l/2 section of 80 W lossless transmission line as shown in figure. If a
voltage generator Vsg = 4 V with an internal resistance Zg = 100 W is applied to the
whole configuration then the average power transmitted to the infinite transmission
line will be
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.2.15
co
(A) 612.23 Watt
he
MCQ 8.2.14
For View Only
503
(A) 2.2 mWatt
(B) 22.2 mWatt
(C) 17.8 mWatt
(D) - 2.2 mWatt

A unit step voltage generator is applied to a 90 W airspaced lossless transmission
line at time, t = 0 . At any time, t $ 0 the voltage waveform at the sending end of
the transmission line is shown in the figure below :
504
Transmission Lines
For View Only
The length of the transmission line will be

(A) 1200 m
(B) 600 m
MCQ 8.2.16
(D) 300 m
co
(C) 150 m
The unit step generator voltage connected to the line has an internal resistance
Rg = 100 W . What will be the load impedance connected to the transmission line ?
(A) 21.43 W
(B) 93.16 W
lp.
MCQ 8.2.17
(C) 42.86 W
(D) 233 W
he
At time t = 0 unit step voltage generator Vg with an internal resistance Rg is

applied to a 100 W shorted transmission line filled with dielectric of permittivity
e = 4e0 as shown in figure
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 8.2.18
Chap 8
ww
The voltage waveform for any time t $ 0 at the sending end is sown in figure below
Vg and Rg will be respectively equal to

(A) 30 volt, 19.2 W
(B) 38.4 volt, 60 W
(C) 60 volt, 38.4 W
(D) 19.2 volt, 30 W
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
505

A 2.5 m section o an airspacd lossless transmission line is fed by a unit step voltage
generator Vg = 30 volt with internal resistance Rg = 200 W . The transmission line is
terminated in a resistive load ZL = 50 W and characterized by Z 0 = 100 W .
The bounce diagram of the transmission line will be
MCQ 8.2.20
The instantaneous voltage waveform v ^ t h at the sending end of the transmission

line will be
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.19
506
Transmission Lines
The SWR circle L1 L2 is shown on the smith chart for a lossless transmission line.
If line is terminated in a load ZL = 50 W then the possible value of the characteristic
impedance of the line will be
(A) 125 W
(B) 250 W
lp.
MCQ 8.2.21
co
For View Only
Chap 8
(C) 20 W
he
(D) (A) and (C) Both
MCQ 8.2.22
at
e
A lossless transmission line characterized by Z 0 = 50 W is terminated in a load

ZL = ^50 + j75h W
The reflection coefficient of the line will be
(A) 4.4e-j7.6c
(B) 0.24e j76c
MCQ 8.2.23
w.
g
(C) 4.4e j76c
The input impedance at a distance of 0.35l from the load will be

(A) ^0.61 - j0.22h W
(B) ^61 + j2.2h W
(C) ^61 - j2.2h W
(C) 0.106l
MCQ 8.2.25
(D) 0.544l
The first voltage maximum will occur at a distance of

(A) 0.106l from load
(B) 0.144l from load
(C) 0.106l from Generator
MCQ 8.2.26
(D) ^0.61 + j0.022h W
The shortest length of the transmission line for which the input impedance appears
to be purely resistive will be
(A) 0.25l
(B) 0.456l
ww
MCQ 8.2.24
(D) 0.24e j76c
(D) 0.144l from generator
A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated by an inductor

Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
507
A positive wave with constant voltage V0 = 1 volt is incident on the load terminal
at t = 0 . At any time t the resulting negative wave voltage at the load terminal
will be
(A) ^1 - 2e-25t h Volt
(B) ^2e-25t - 1h Volt
(D) ê-25t - 1h Volt
(C) 2e-25t Volt
A transmission line has the characteristic impedance Z 0 and the voltage standing
wave ratio is S . The line impedance on the transmission line at voltage maximum
and minimum are respectively.
(A) Z 0 S , Z 0
(B) Z 0 , Z 0 S
S
S
(C) Z 0 S , Z 0 S
(D) Z 0 , Z 0
S S
MCQ 8.2.28
Consider the three mediums of intrinsic impedances h1 , h 2 and h 3 respectively as

shown in the figure. What will be the thickness t and intrinsic impedance h 2 of
the medium 2 for which the reflected wave having wavelength l is eliminated in
medium 1 are
thickness t
intrinsic impedance h 2
(A)
h1 h 3
l/4
(B)
h1 /h 3
l/2
(C)
h1 /h 3
l/4
(D)
h1 h3
l/2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.27

A quarter wave dielectric of thickness t and permittivity e eliminates reflections
of uniform plane waves of frequency 2.5 GHz incident normally from free space onto
a dielectric of permittivity 16e0 .
(Assume all media to have m = m0 )
MCQ 8.2.29
The permittivity of the dielectric coating equals to

(A) e0 /2
(B) e0 /4
(C) 4e0
MCQ 8.2.30
(D) 2e0
What is the thickness t of the dielectric coating ?

(A) 25 cm
(B) 2.5 cm
(C) 1 cm
(D) 10 cm
508
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.2.31
A transmission line has characteristics impedance 100 W and standing wave ratio
3. The distance between the first voltage maximum and load is 0.125l. Load
impedance of the transmission line is
(A) ^30 + j40h W
(B) ^60 + j80h W
(C) ^30 - j40h W
(D) ^60 - j80h W
A 100 W lossless transmission line with its parameter Ll = 0.25 mH/m and
C l = 100 PF/m is terminated by its characteristic impedance. A 15 V voltage
source with internal resistance 50 W is connected to the transmission line at t = 0 .
Plot of the voltage on the line at a distance 5 m from the source against time will
be
MCQ 8.2.33
A lossless transmission line terminated by a load impedance ZL ! Z 0 is connected

to a D.C. voltage source. The height of the first forward voltage pulse is V 1+ . If the
voltage reflection coefficients at the load and source are respectively GL and Gg then
the steady state voltage across the load is
1 - Gg GL
(A) V 1+ ;1 + GL E
(B) V 1+ c
1 - GL
1 + GL m
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 8.2.32
(C) V 1+ b 1 - GL l
1 + GL
MCQ 8.2.34
(D) V 1+ c 1 + GL m
1 - Gg GL
A 60 W transmission line, terminated by a load of 180 W is connected to a 100 V

DC source at t = 0 . The internal resistance of the source is 120 W. The steady state
voltage across the load will be
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only

(A) 50 V

(B) 100 V
(C) 120 V
(D) 60 V
At t = 0 a 50 Volt D.C. source with an internal resistance 30 W is connected to

a transmission line of 15 W characteristic impedance having a load of 45 W. The
steady state load current for the transmission line is
(A) 0.67 A
(B) 1.5 A
(C) 0.33 A
(D) 1.3 A
MCQ 8.2.35
509
MCQ 8.2.36
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
A transmission line of an unknown length terminated in a resistance is connected

to a 5 V battery with zero internal resistance. The plot of input current to the line
is shown in the figure below
The characteristic impedance of the transmission line will be

(A) 1.2 kW
(B) 80 W
(C) 8 W
MCQ 8.2.37
(D) 12.5 W
The load resistance terminated to the transmission line will be

(A) 263 W
(B) 80 W
(C) 150 W
(D) 43 W
***********
510
Transmission Lines
GATE 2012
EXERCISE 8.3
A coaxial-cable with an inner diameter of 2 mm and outer diameter of 2.4 mm is

filled with a dielectric of relative permittivity 10.89. Given m0 = 4p # 10-7 H/m,
-9
e0 = 10 F/m , the characteristic impedance of the cable is
36p
(A) 330 W
(B) 100 W
co
MCQ 8.3.1
For View Only
A transmission line with a characteristic impedance of 100 W is used to match a

50 W section to a 200 W section. If the matching is to be done both at 429 MHz and
1 GHz, the length of the transmission line can be approximately
(A) 82.5 cm
(b) 1.05 m
he
GATE 2012
(D) 43.4 W
lp.
(C) 143.3 W
MCQ 8.3.2
A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated by a 50 W

load. When excited by a sinusoidal voltage source at 20 GHz, the phase difference
between two points spaced 2 mm apart on the line is found to be p/4 radians. The
phase velocity of the wave along the line is
(A) 0.8 # 108 m/s
(B) 1.2 # 108 m/s
w.
g
GATE 2011
(D) 1.75 m
at
e
(C) 1.58 cm
MCQ 8.3.3
(C) 1.6 # 108 m/s

MCQ 8.3.4
(C) (19.23 + j 46.15) W

MCQ 8.3.5
GATE 2010
(D) 3 # 108 m/s
A transmission line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated in a load

impedance ZL . The VSWR of the line is measured as 5 and the first of the voltage
maxima in the line is observed at a distance of l/4 from the load. The value of ZL
is
(B) 250 W
(A) 10 W
ww
GATE 2011
Chap 8
(D) (19.23 - j 46.15) W
0.2 0c 0.9 90c

H, then
If the scattering matrix [S ] of a two port network is [S ] = >
0.9 90c 0.1 90c
the network is
(A) lossless and reciprocal
(B) lossless but not reciprocal
(C) not lossless but reciprocal
(D) neither lossless nor reciprocal
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
511
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.6
A transmission line has a characteristic impedance of 50 W and a resistance of
GATE 2010
0.1 W/m . If the line is distortion less, the attenuation constant(in Np/m) is
(A) 500
(B) 5
(C) 0.014
MCQ 8.3.7
In the circuit shown, all the transmission line sections are lossless. The Voltage
Standing Wave Ration(VSWR) on the 60 W line is
(A) 1.00
(C) 2.50
MCQ 8.3.9
GATE 2008
A transmission line terminates in two branches, each of length l/2 , as shown.

The branches are terminated by 50 W loads. The lines are lossless and have the
characteristic impedances shown. Determine the impedance Zi as seen by the source.
(A) 200 W
(B) 100 W
(C) 50 W
(D) 25 W
One end of a loss-less transmission line having the characteristic impedance of 75 W

and length of 2 cm is short-circuited. At 5 GHz, the input impedance at the other
end of transmission line is
(A) 0
(B) Resistive
(C) Capacitive
MCQ 8.3.10
GATE 2007
(D) 3.00
he
GATE 2009
(B) 1.64
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.8
lp.
co
GATE 2010
(D) 0.002
(D) Inductive
A load of 50 W is connected in shunt in a 2-wire transmission line of Z0 = 50W as

shown in the figure. The 2-port scattering parameter matrix (S-matrix) of the
shunt element is
512
Transmission Lines
For View Only
1
- 12
2
(A) > 1
1H
2 -2
(B) =
2
- 13
3
(C) > 2
1H
3
3
(D) > 43
-4
0 1
G
1 0
- 43
1
4
The parallel branches of a 2-wire transmission line are terminated in 50 W and

200 W resistors as shown in the figure. The characteristic impedance of the line is
Z 0 = 50 W and each section has a length of l . The voltage reflection coefficient G
4
at the input is
(A) - j 7
5
MCQ 8.3.12
GATE 2006
ww
(C) j 5
7
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
GATE 2007
co
MCQ 8.3.11
Chap 8
GATE 2005
(D) 5
7
A transmission line is feeding 1 watt of power to a horn antenna having a gain of

10 dB. The antenna is matched to the transmission line. The total power radiated
by the horn antenna into the free space is
(A) 10 Watts
(B) 1 Watts
(C) 0.1 Watts
MCQ 8.3.13
(B) - 5
7
(D) 0.01 Watt
Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is 50 W. Input impedance of the

open circuited line is Zoc = 100 + j150 W . When the transmission line is short
circuited, then value of the input impedance will be
(A) 50 W
(B) 100 + j150 W
(C) 7.69 + j11.54 W
(D) 7.69 - j11.54 W
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
513
Statement of Linked Questions 14 - 15 :
GATE 2005
The value of the load resistance is

(A) 50 W
(B) 200 W
(C) 12.5 W
GATE 2005
(D) 0
The reflection coefficient is given by

(A)- 0.6
(C) 0.6
MCQ 8.3.17
GATE 2004
Many circles are drawn in a Smith Chart used for transmission line calculations.
The circles shown in the figure represent
he
GATE 2005
(D) 0
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.16
(B) - 1
lp.
MCQ 8.3.15
co
MCQ 8.3.14
Voltage standing wave pattern in a lossless transmission line with characteristic

impedance 50 and a resistive load is shown in the figure.
(A) Unit circles
(B) Constant resistance circles
(C) Constant reactance circles
(D) Constant reflection coefficient circles.
Consider a 200 W, quarter - wave long (at 1 GHz) transmission line as shown in
Fig. It is connected to a 20 V, 50 W source at one end and is left open circuited at
the other end. The magnitude of the voltage at the open circuit end of the line is
(A) 10 V
(B) 5 V
(C) 60 V
(D) 60/7 V
514
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
co
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.18
Consider an impedance Z = R + jX marked with point P in an impedance Smith
GATE 2004
chart as shown in Fig. The movement from point P along a constant resistance
circle in the clockwise direction by an angle 45c is equivalent to
(A) adding an inductance in series with Z
lp.
(B) adding a capacitance in series with Z
(C) adding an inductance in shunt across Z
GATE 2004
A lossless transmission line is terminated in a load which reflects a part of the

incident power. The measured VSWR is 2. The percentage of the power that is
reflected back is
(A) 57.73
(B) 33.33
(C) 0.11
A short - circuited stub is shunt connected to a transmission line as shown in fig. If

Z0 = 50 W , the admittance Y seen at the junction of the stub and the transmission
line is
ww
GATE 2003
(D) 11.11
w.
g
MCQ 8.3.20
at
e
MCQ 8.3.19
he
(D) adding a capacitance in shunt across Z
(A) (0.01 - j0.02) mho
(B) (0.02 - j0.01) mho
(D) (0.02 + j0) mho

(C) (0.04 - j0.02) mho
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
515
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.21
The VSWR can have any value between
GATE 2002
(A) 0 and 1
(B) - 1 and + 1
(C) 0 and 3
MCQ 8.3.22
GATE 2002
(D) 1 and 3
In an impedance Smith chart, a clockwise movement along a constant resistance

circle gives rise to
(A) a decrease in the value of reactance
(B) an increase in the value of reactance
(C) no change in the reactance value
GATE 2001
A transmission line is distortionless if

(A) RL = 1
GC
GATE 2000
The magnitudes of the open-circuit and short-circuit input impedances of a

transmission line are 100 W and 25 W respectively. The characteristic impedance of
the line is,
(A) 25 W
(B) 50 W
(C) 75 W
GATE 1999
(C) 2 GHz
MCQ 8.3.26
GATE 1999
GATE 1997
GATE 1997
(D) 180 deg rees
A transmission line of 50 W characteristic impedance is terminated with a 100 W

resistance. The minimum impedance measured on the line is equal to
(A) 0 W
(B) 25 W
(C) 50 W
MCQ 8.3.28
(D) 6.28 GHz
In air, a lossless transmission line of length 50 cm with L = 10 mH/m , C = 40 pF/m

is operated at 25 MHz . Its electrical path length is
(A) 0.5 meters
(B) l meters
(C) p/2 radians
MCQ 8.3.27
(D) 100 W
In a twin-wire transmission line in air, the adjacent voltage maxima are at 25 m

and 12.4 m. The operating frequency is
(A) 300 MHz
(B) 1 GHz
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.25
(D) RG = LC
he
MCQ 8.3.24
(B) RL = GC
lp.
(C) LG = RC
co
MCQ 8.3.23
(D) no change in the impedance
(D) 100 W
A very lossy, l/4 long, 50 W transmission line is open circuited at the load end. The
input impedance measured at the other end of the line is approximately
(A) 0
(B) 50 W
(C) 3
516
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.29
A lossless transmission line having 50 W characteristic impedance and length l/4
GATE 1996
is short circuited at one end and connected to an ideal voltage source of 1 V at the
other end. The current drawn from the voltage source is
(A) 0
(B) 0.02 A
(C) 3
MCQ 8.3.30
The capacitance per unit length and the characteristic impedance of a lossless
transmission line are C and Z 0 respectively. The velocity of a travelling wave on
the transmission line is
(B) 1
(A) Z 0 C
Z0 C
(C) Z 0
(D) C
Z0
C
IES EC 2012
A l/4 line, shorted at one end, presents impedance at the other end equal to
(B) 2 Z 0
(A) Z 0
lp.
MCQ 8.3.31
co
GATE 1996
(D) none of these
(C) 3
(D) 0
IES EC & EE
2012
A 100 W transmission line is first short-terminated and the minima locations are
noted. When the short is replaced by a resistive load RL , the minima locations are
not altered and the VSWR is measured to be 3. The value of RL is
(A) 25 W
(B) 50 W
at
e
MCQ 8.3.32
he
where Z 0 is characteristic impedance of the line.
(C) 225 W
IES EC 2011
If maximum and minimum voltage on a transmission line are 2 V and 5 Vrespectively,

VSWR is
(A) 0.5
(B) 2
w.
g
MCQ 8.3.33
(C) 1
IES EC 2011
(C) 120 W
MCQ 8.3.35
IES EC 2011
(D) 8
An ideal lossless transmission line of Z 0 = 60 W is connected to unknown ZL . If

SWR = 4 , find ZL .
(A) 240 W
(B) 480 W
ww
MCQ 8.3.34
(D) 250 W
(D) 100 W
Loading of a cable is done to

1. Increase its inductance
2.
Increase its leakage resistance
3.
Decrease its leakage resistance
4.
Achieve distortionless condition
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 4
(B) 1 and 3 only
(C) 2 and 3 only
(D) 1 and 4 only
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
517
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.36
Given a range of frequencies, which of the following systems is best for transmission
IES EC 2010
line load matching ?
(A) Single stub
(B) Double stub
(C) Single stub with adjustable position (D) Quarter wave transformer
MCQ 8.3.37
IES EC 2010
A line of characteristic impedance 50 W is terminated at one end by + j 50 W . The

VSWR on the line is
(A) 1
(B) 3
(C) 0
List I
List II
a.
l < l/4
1.
Capacitive
b.
l/4 < l < l/2
2.
Inductive
c.
l = l/4
3.
d.
l = l/2
4.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
IES EC 2010
b
1
1
4
4
c
4
4
1
1
d
3
2
3
2
ww
w.
ga
te
a
2
3
2
3
he
Codes :
MCQ 8.3.39
co
IES EC 2010
At UHF short-circuited lossless transmission lines can be used to provide appropriate

values of impedance. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer using
the code given below the lists :
lp.
MCQ 8.3.38
(D) j
Consider the following statements regarding a transmission line :

1. Its attenuation is constant and is independent of frequency
2.
Its attenuation varies linearly with frequency
3.
Its phase shift varies linearly with frequency
4.
Its phase shift is constant and is independent of frequency
Which of the above statements are correct for distortion less line ?
(A) 1, 2, 3, and 4
(B) 2 and 3 only
(C) 1 and 3 only
MCQ 8.3.40
IES EC 2009
(D) 3 and 4 only
The reflection coefficient on a 200 m long transmission line has a phase angle of
- 150c. If the operating wavelength is 250 m, what will be the number of voltage
maxima on the line ?
(A) 0
(B) 3
(C) 6
(D) 7
518
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.41
With regard to a transmission line, which of the following statements is correct ?
IES EC 2009
(A) Any impedance repeats itself every l/4 on the Smith chart.
(B) The SWR = 2 circle and the magnitude of reflection coefficient = 0.5 circle
coincide on the Smith chart.
(C) At any point on a transmission line, the current reflection coefficient is the
reciprocal of the voltage reflection coefficient.
MCQ 8.3.43
IES EC 2009
co
It is required to match a 200 W load to a 450 W transmission line. To reduce the

SWR along the line to 1, what must be the characteristic impedance of the quarterwave transformer used for this purpose, if it is connected directly to the load ?
(A) 90 kW
(B) 300 W
(D) 3 W
(C) 9 W
2
4
lp.
IES EC 2009
The load end of a quarter wave transformer gets disconnected thereby causing an
open-circuited load. What will be the input impedance of the transformer ?
(A) Zero
(B) Infinite
(C) Finite and positive
IES EC 2008
(C) Zin =- jZ 0 tan bl

IES EC 2007
(D) Zin =- jZ 0 tan bl
Which one of the following statements for a short circuited loss free line is not
correct ?
(A) The line appears as a pure reactance when viewed from the sending end
w.
g
MCQ 8.3.45
(D) Finite and negative
A lossless transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 and length l < l/4 is

terminated at the load end by an open circuit. What is its input impedance Zin ?
(B) Zin = jZ 0 cot bl
(A) Zin = jZ 0 tan bl
at
e
MCQ 8.3.44
he
MCQ 8.3.42
(D) Matching eliminates the reflected wave between the source and the matching
device location.
(B) It can be either inductive or capacitive
ww
(C) There are no reflections in the line

(D) Standing waves of voltage and current are set up along length of the lines
MCQ 8.3.46
IES EC 2007
Match List I (Load impedance) with List II (Value of Reflection Coefficient) and
select the correct answer using the code given below the lists :
List-I
List-II
a.
Short Circuit
1.
b.
Open Circuit
2.
-1
c.
Line characteristics impedance
3.
+1
d.
2 # line characteristic impedance
4.
+1/3
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only

Codes :
a
2
4
2
4
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
MCQ 8.3.47
IES EC 2007

b
1
3
3
1
c
3
1
1
3
d
4
2
4
2
When the reflection coefficient equals 1 0c what is the VSWR?

(A) Zero
(B) 1
If the reflection coefficient is 1/5, what is the corresponding VSWR ?

(A) 3/2
(B) 2/3
co
IES EC 2007
(D) Infinite
(C) 3
MCQ 8.3.48
(C) 5/2
Which one of the following is the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission

line ?
(A) R/G
(B) L/G
(C)
MCQ 8.3.50
IES EC 2006
lp.
IES EC 2006
(D) 2/5
(D)
L /C
Match List I (Quantity) with List II (Range of Values) and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists :
a.
Input Impedance
1.
- 1 to + 1
Reflection coefficient
2.
1 to 3
c.
VSWR
3.
0 to 3
Codes :
a
(A) 2
(B)
3
(C) 3
(D) 2
IES EC 2006
List-II
ww
w.
ga
te
List-I
MCQ 8.3.51
R/C
he
MCQ 8.3.49
519
b
3
2
1
1
c
1
1
2
3
A quarter wave impedance transformer is terminated by a short circuit. What

would its input impedance be equal to ?
(A) The line characteristic impedance
(B) Zero
(C) Infinity
(D) Square root of the line characteristic impedance
520
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.52
Scattering parameters are more suited than impedance parameters to describe a
IES EC 2006
waveguide junction because
(A) the scattering parameters are frequency invariant whereas the impedance
parameters are not so
(B) scattering matrix is always unitary
(C) impedance parameters vary over unacceptably wide ranges
IES EC 2005
In a transmission line the reflection coefficient at the load end is given by 0.3e-j30c.
What is the reflection coefficient at a distance of 0.1 wavelength towards source ?
(A) 0.3e+j30c
(B) 0.3e+j102c
co
MCQ 8.3.53
(D) scattering parameters are directly measurable but impedance parameters are
not so
MCQ 8.3.54
IES EC 2005
(D) 0.3e+66c
lp.
(C) 0.3e+j258c
To couple a coaxial line to a parallel wire, it is best to use a :

(A) Balun
(C) Directional coupler
he
(B) Slotted line

(D) Quarter wave transformer
IES EC 2005
A plane wave having x -directed electric field propagating in free space along the z
-direction is incident on an infinite electrically conducting (perfect conductor) sheet
at z = 0 plane. Which one of the following is correct ?
(A) The sheet will absorb the wave
at
e
MCQ 8.3.55
w.
g
(B) There will be x -directed surface electric current on the sheet

(C) There will be y -directed surface electric current on the sheet
(D) There will be magnetic current in the sheet.
IES EC 2004
For sea water with s = 5 mho/m and er = 80 , what is the distance for which radio
signal can be transmitted with 90% attenuation at 25 kHz ?
(A) 0.322 m
(B) 3.22 m
ww
MCQ 8.3.56
(C) 32.2 m
MCQ 8.3.57
IES EC 2004
(D) 322 m
Consider the following statements regarding Smith charts :

1. A normalized Smith chart applies to a line of any characteristic resistance and
serves as well for normalized admittance
2.
A polar coordinate Smith chart contains circles of constant z and circles of

constant z
3.
In Smith chart, the distance towards the load is always measured in clockwise
direction.
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
521
For View Only

(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3
MCQ 8.3.58
IES EC 2004
(D) 1 and 2
A ^100 - j75h W load is connected to a co-axial cable of characteristic impedance 75

ohms at 12 GHz. In order to obtain the best matching, which one of the following
will have to be connected ?
(A) A short-circuited sub at load
(B) Inductance at load
(C) A capacitance at a specific distance at load
(D) A short-circuited stub at some specific distance from load

IES EC 2003
In a line VSWR of a load is 6 dB. The reflection coefficient will be

(A) 0.033
(B) 0.33
co
MCQ 8.3.59
IES EC 2003
ZL = 200 W and it is desired that Zin = 50 W . The quarter wave transformer should
have a characteristic impedance of
(A) 100 W
(B) 40 W
(C) 10,000 W
IES EC 2002
(D) 4 W

For a lossless transmission line we can write :
1. Zin =- jZ 0 for a shorted line with l = l/8
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.61
he
MCQ 8.3.60
(D) 3.3
lp.
(C) 0.66
2.
Zin = ! ja for a shorted line with l = l/4
3.
Zin = Z 0 for a matched line of any length

(A) 1 and 2
(B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3
MCQ 8.3.62
IES EC 2002
(D) 2 and 4
The input impedance of a short circuited quarter wave long transmission line is
(A) purely reactive
(B) purely resistive
(C) dependent on the characteristic impedance of the line

(D) none of the above
MCQ 8.3.63
IES EC 2002
A transmission line of output impedance 400 W is to be matched to a load of 25 W

through a quarter wavelength line. The quarter wave line characteristic impedance
must be
(A) 40 W
(B) 100 W
(C) 400 W
(D) 425 W
522
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.64
The input impedance of l/8 long short-circuited section of a lossless transmission
IES EC 2001
line is
(A) zero
(B) inductive
(C) capacitive
MCQ 8.3.65
IES EC 2001
(D) infinite
Match List I (Parameters) with List II (Values) for a transmission line with a series
impedance Z = Rl + jwLl W/m and a shunt admittance Y = Gl + jwC l mho/m ,
and select the correct answer :
1.
b.
Propagation constant g
2.
c.
The
sending-end
input 3.
impedance Zin when the line is
terminated in its characteristic
impedance Z 0
Z/Y
Y/Z
he
c
1
3
2
2
at
e
b
1
3
1
2
Which of the following conditions will not guarantee a distortionless transmission

line ?
(A) R = G = 0
(B) RC = GL
w.
g
IES EC 2001
ZY
co
Characteristic impedance Z 0
lp.
a.
Codes :
a
(A) 3
(B)
2
(C) 2
(D) 1
MCQ 8.3.66
List-II
List-I
(C) Very low frequency range (R >> wL, G >> wC )
MCQ 8.3.67
IES EC 2001
ww
(D) Very high frequency range (R << wL, G << wC )

In an air line, adjacent maxima are found at 12.5 cm and 37.5 cm. The operating
frequency is
(A) 1.5 GHz
(B) 600 MHz
(C) 300 MHz

(D) 1.2 GHz
MCQ 8.3.68
IES EC 2001
Fig. I shows an open circuited transmission line. The switch is closed at time t = 0
and after a time t the voltage distribution on the line reaches that shown in Fig.
II. If c is the velocity in the line, then
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
(B) t = l/c
(C) 1l/c > l/c
(D) t < 2l/c
co
A 75 W transmission line is first short-terminated and the minima locations are

noted. When the short is replaced by a resistive load RL , the minima locations are
not altered and the VSWR is measured to be 3. The value of RL is
(A) 25 W
(B) 50 W
(C) 225 W
MCQ 8.3.70
IES EE 2011
(A) t < l/c
lp.
IES EE 2012
(D) 250 W
For a lossy transmission line, the characteristic impedance does not depend on
(A) the operating frequency of the line
he
MCQ 8.3.69
523
(B) theconductivity of the conductors
(C) conductivity of the dielectric separating the conductors
MCQ 8.3.71
IES EE 2011
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) length of the line
If the maximum and minimum voltages on a transmission line are 4 V and 2 V,

respectively for a typical load, VSWR is
(A) 1.0
(B) 0.5
(C) 2.0
MCQ 8.3.72
IES EE 2011
MCQ 8.3.73
IES EE 2010
A transmission line is distortionless if

(A) RG = LC
(C) R = G
L
C
IES EE 2010
(B) RC = GL
(D) R = G
If reflection coefficient for voltage be 0.6, the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR)
is
(A) 0.66
(B) 4
(C) 1.5
MCQ 8.3.74
(D) 8.0
(D) 2
A signal of 10 V is applied to a 80 ohm coaxial transmission line, terminated in a

100 ohm load. The voltage reflected coefficient is
(A) 1/4
(B) 1/3
(C) 1/2
(D) 1
524
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.75
A transmission line of characteristic impedance of 50 ohm is terminated by a load
IES EE 2009
impedance of (15 - j 20) ohm. What is the normalized load impedance ?
(A) 0.6 - j 0.8
(B) 0.3 - j 0.6
(C) 0.3 - j 0.4
MCQ 8.3.76
Two lossless resistive transmission lines each of characteristic impedance Z are

connected as shown in the circuit below. If the maximum voltage on the two lines
is the same and the power transmitted by line A is W1 , then what is the power
transmitted by the line B ?
lp.
co
IES EE 2009
(D) 0.3 + j 0.4
(A) 4 W1
(B) 3W1
IES EE 2009
A transmission line section shows an input impedance of 36 W and 64 W respectively,

when short circuited and open circuited. What is the characteristic impedance of
the transmission line ?
(A) 100 W
(B) 50 W
(C) 45 W
(D) 48 W
Consider the following statements for transmission lines :

1. When a transmission line is terminated by its characteristic impedance the line
will not have any reflected wave.
w.
g
IES EE 2008
2.
For a finite line terminated by its characteristic impedance the velocity and
current at all points on the line are exactly same.
3.
For a lossless half wave transmission line the input impedance is not equal to
load impedance.
ww
MCQ 8.3.78
at
e
MCQ 8.3.77
(D) 1W1
he
(C) 2W1

(A) 1 and 2
(B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 3
MCQ 8.3.79
IES EE 2007
(D) 1, 2 and 3
What does the standing wave ratio (SWR) of unity imply ?

(A) Transmission line is open circuited
(B) Transmission line is short circuited
(C) Transmission lines characteristic impedance is equal to load impedance
(D) Transmission lines characteristic impedance is not equal to load impedance
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
525
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.80
h = half centre to centre spacing, r = conductor radius and e = permittivity of the
IES EE 2007
medium. Which one of the following is equal to the capacitance per unit length of
a two-wire transmission line ?
pe
2pe
(A)
(B)
2
2
h
h
h
- 1 m3
loge )b l + c
loge )b l + c h2 - 1 m3
2
r
r
r
r
3pe
4pe
(C)
(D)
2
2
h
h
h
- 1 m3
loge )b l + c
loge )b l + c h2 - 1 m3
2
r
r
r
r
IES EE 2006
For a line of characteristic impedance Z 0 terminated in a load of ZR such that

ZR = Z 0 /3 , what is the reflection coefficient GL ?
(A) 1/3
(B) 2/3
co
MCQ 8.3.81
(C) - 1/3
A transmission line has R, L, G, C distributed parameters per unit length of line.

If g is the propagation constant of the line, which one of the following expressions
represents the characteristics impedance of the line ?
g
R + j wL
(B)
(A)
g
R + j wL
lp.
IES EE 2006
(C)
IES EE 2005
G + j wC
g
(D)
(C) 4.0
MCQ 8.3.84
IES EE 2005
IES EE 2005
L
C
IES EE 2005
(D) a =
RL
C
A 75 W distortionless transmission line has a capacitance of 10- 10 f/m. What is the

inductance per meter ?
(A) 0.25 mH
(B) 500 mH
(C) 5000 mH
MCQ 8.3.86
(D) 2.0
What is the attenuation constant a for distortionless transmission line ?

(A) a = 0
(B) a = R C
L
(C) a = R
MCQ 8.3.85
G + jw C
R + jw L
What is the value of standing wave ratio (SWR) in free space for reflection for
reflection coefficient G =- 1/3
(A) 2/3
(B) 0.5
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 8.3.83
he
MCQ 8.3.82
(D) - 1/2
(D) 50 mH
The open circuit and short circuit impedances of a line are 50 W each. What is the
characteristic impedance of the line ?
(B) 100W
(A) 100 2 W
(C) 100/ 2 W
(D) 50 W
526
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.87
A load impedance of (75 - j50) is connected to a transmission line of characteristic
IES EE 2005
impedance Z 0 = 75 W . The best method of matching comprises
(A) A short circuit stub at load
(B) A short circuit stub at some specific distance from load
(C) An open stub at load
(D) Two short circuited stubs at specific distances from load
IES EE 2005
When a lossless transmission line is terminated by a resistance equal to surge

impedance, then what is value of the reflection coefficient ?
(A) 1
(B) - 1
MCQ 8.3.88
IES EE 2004
A lossless transmission line of length 50 cm with L = 10 mH/m , C = 40 pF/m is

operated at 30 MHz. What is its electric length (bl) ?
(A) 20l
(B) 0.2l
lp.
MCQ 8.3.89
(D) 0.5
co
(C) 0
(C) 108c
IES EE 2004
Which one of the following is the correct expression for the propagation constant
in a transmission line ?
^R + jwL h
^R - jwL h
(A)
(B)
^G + jwC h
^G - jwC h
MCQ 8.3.91
(D)
^R + jwL h^G + jwC h
Assertion (A) : In a lossless transmission line the voltage and current distributions
along the line are always constant.
Reason (R) : The voltage and current distributions in an open line are such that
at a distance l/4 from the load end, the line looks like a series resonant circuit.
w.
g
IES EE 2004
at
e
(C) ^R - jwL h^G - jwC h
he
MCQ 8.3.90
(D) 40p
MCQ 8.3.92
IES EE 2003
ww

Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is given by
R + jw L
1.
, (R, L, G and C are line constants)
G + jwC
2.
Zoc Zsc , (Zoc and Zsc are the open and short circuit impedances of the line)
3. V l/I l, ( V l and I l are the voltage and current of the wave travelling in the
positive y direction)
Which of these are correct ?
(A) 1,2 and 3
(B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3
(D) 1 and 3
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
527
For View Only

MCQ 8.3.93
A loss-less transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 and l < l/4 is terminated
IES EE 2003
at the load end by a short circuit. Its input impedance Zs is
(B) Zs = jZ 0 cot bl
(A) Zs =- jZ 0 tan bl
(C) Zs = jZ 0 tan bl
MCQ 8.3.94
IES EE 2003
(D) Zs =- jZ 0 cot bl
A loss-less transmission line with characteristic impedance of 600 ohms is terminated

in a purely resistive load of 900 ohms. The reflection coefficient is
(A) 0.2
(B) 0.5
(C)
MCQ 8.3.96
IES EE 2001
co
A transmission line has R, L, G and C distributed parameters per unit length of

the line, g is the propagation constant of the lines. Which expression gives the
characteristic impedance of the line ?
g
R + j wL
(B)
(A)
g
R + j wL
G + j wC
g
(D)
The open circuit impedance of a certain length of a loss-less line is 100 W. The short
circuit impedance of the same line is also 100 W. The characteristic impedance of
the line is
(B) 50 W
(A) 100 2 W
(D) 100 W
IES EE 2001
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) 100/ 2 W
MCQ 8.3.97
1+ G
In the relations S = 1 - G ; the values of S and G (where S stands for wave ratio
and G is reflection coefficient), respectively, vary as
(A) 0 to 1 and - 1 to 0
(B) 1 to 3 and - 1 to + 1
(C) - 1 to + 1 and 1 to 3
MCQ 8.3.98
IES EE 2001
G + jw C
R + jw L
lp.
IES EE 2002
he
MCQ 8.3.95
(D) 1.5
(C) 0.667
(D) - 1 to 0 and 0 to 1

The characteristic impedance of a transmission line can increase with the increase
in
1. resistance per unit length
2.
conductance per unit length
3.
capacitance per unit length
4.
inductance per unit length
Which of these statements are correct ?

(A) 1 and 2
(B) 2 and 3
(C) 1 and 4
(D) 3 and 4
***********
528
Transmission Lines
For View Only
Chap 8
SOLUTIONS 8.1

Given
the input voltage,
vi = V0 cos ^4 # 10 4 pt h
and length of transmission line, l = 20 cm = 20 # 10-2 m
So, the angular frequency of the applied voltage is
w = 4 # 10 4 p
and the wavelength of the voltage wave is
v
2pv p
w
l = p=
a f = 2p k
w
f
-2
l = w ^20 # 10 h
Therefore,
2pv p
l
(4 10 4 p) # (20 # 10-2)
(in free space v p = 3 # 108 m/s )
= #
2p # (3 # 108)
= 1.33 # 10-5
l # 0.01
Since,
l
So the effect of transmission line on the voltage wave is negligible i.e. the output
voltage will be in the same phase to the input voltage.
Thus, A and R both are true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 8.1.2

Given,
Inner diameter of coaxial line,
2a = 1 cm & a = 0.5 # 10-2 m
and outer diameter of coaxial line,
2b = 2 cm & b = 10-2 m
Permeability of conductor,
mc = 2m0
Conductivity of conductor,
sc = 11.6 # 107 S/m
f = 4 GHz = 4 # 109 Hz
So, the resistance per unit length of transmission line is given as :
pfmc 1 1
Rl = 1
+
2p
sc b a b l
p # (4 # 109) # (2 # 4p # 10-7)
1
1
= 1
b 0.5 10-2 + 10-2 l
2p
11.6 # 107
#
= 0.788 W/m
SOL 8.1.3

Inner diameter of coaxial line,
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.1
2a = 1.5 cm &a = 0.75 # 10-2 m
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
529
For View Only

Outer diameter of coaxial line,
2b = 3 cm & b = 1.5 # 10-2 m
Permeability of the filled dielectric,
m = 2m0
So, its inductance per unit length is given as
-2
2 (4p # 10-7)
m
Ll =
ln b b l = #
ln c 1.5 # 10 -2 m
2p
a
2p
0.75 # 10
-7
= 2.77 # 10 H/m = 277 nH/m
Given,
Inner radius of the coaxial line, a = 1/8 cm = 1.25 # 10-3 m
Outer radius of the coaxial line, b = 1/2 cm = 5 # 10-3 m
Conductivity of dielectric,
s = 2 # 10-3 S/m
So, the conductance per unit length of the transmission line is given as
2p # (2 # 10-3)
Gl = 2ps =
-3
ln ^b/a h
ln c 5 # 10 -3 m
1.25 # 10
= 3.1 mS/m
SOL 8.1.5

Given,
Inner diameter of coaxial line, 2a = 1 cm &a = 0.5 # 10-2 m
Outer diameter of coaxial line, 2b = 4 cm &b = 2 # 10-2 m
Permittivity of the dielectric, e = 9e0
So, the capacitance per unit length of the line is given as
10-12
Cl = 2pe = 2p # 9 # 8.85 -#
2
ln ^b/a h
ln c 2 # 10 -2 m
0.5 # 10
-10
= 3.61 # 10 F/m = 323 pF/m
SOL 8.1.6

Given,
Width of strips,
w = 2.4 # 10-2 m
Conductivity of strips, s = 1.16 # 108 S/m
Permeability of strips,
m = m0
f = 4 GHz = 4 # 109 Hz
So, the parameter Rl is given as
pfm
p # 4 # 109 # 4p # 10-7
2
Rl = 2
=
2
w
s
2.4 # 10
1.16 # 108
= 0.9722 W/m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.4

Strips width,
w = 4.8 cm = 4.8 # 10-2 m
Separation between the plates, d = 0.3 cm = 0.3 # 10-2 m
m = 2m0
So, the inductance per unit length is given as
SOL 8.1.7
530
Transmission Lines
For View Only

-7
-2
md
Ll =
= 2 # 4p # 10 # -02.3 # 10
w
4.8 # 10
= 2.57 # 105 H/m

The width of strips,
w = 9.6 cm = 9.6 # 10-2 m
Separation between the strips,
d = 0.6 cm = 0.6 # 10-2 m
Relative permittivity of dielectric,
er = 1.3
Conductivity of dielectric,
s.0
So, the conductance per unit length of line is given as
Gl = sw = 0
d
and the capacitance per unit length of the line is given as
-2
Cl = ew = e0 er w = ^8.85 # 10-12h # 1.3 # 9.6 # 10-2
d
d
0.6 # 10
-10
= 1.84 # 10 F/m = 0.28 nF/m
Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Rl + jwLl
Z0 =
Gl + jwC l
and the propagation constant of the transmission line is defined as
g = a + jb = ^Rl + jwC lh^Gl + jwC lh
where,
a is attenuation constant
b is phase constant
Rl is resistance per unit length of the line
Gl is conductance per unit length of the line
Ll is inductance per unit length of the line
Cl is capacitance per unit length of the line
Now, for lossless line,
Rl = Gl = 0
So, the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission line is
Z 0 = Ll
Cl
and the propagation constant of lossless transmission line is
g = a + jb = jw LlC l
or
a =0
Therefore, the attenuation constant of lossless line is always zero (real).
i.e. statement (A) is correct.
Again for distortionless line,
Rl = Gl
Ll C l
So, the characteristic impedance of distortionless line is
Z 0 = Ll = Rl
Cl
Gl
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 8.1.9
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.8
Chap 8
s.0
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
531
For View Only

and the propagation constant of the distortionless line is
g = a + jb = RlGl + jw LlC l
or,
a = RlGl! 0
Therefore, the attenuation constant of distortion less line is not zero but it is real.
Thus, (A) and (B) is correct statement while (C) is not a correct statement.
Inductance per unit length,
Ll = 250 nH/m = 250 # 10-9 H/m
Capacitance per unit length
Cl = 0.1 nF/m = 0.1 # 10-9 F/m
So, the velocity of wave propagation along the lossless transmission line is given as
1
1
vp =
=
-9
l
l
LC
^250 # 10 h^0.1 # 10-9h
= 4 # 108 m/s
The characteristic impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
250 # 10-9
(for lossless line, Rl = Gl = 0 )
Z 0 = Ll =
Cl
0.1 # 10-9
= 50 W
SOL 8.1.11

Operating frequency, f = 1 GHz = 109 Hz
Conductivity,s = 6.4 # 107 S/m
Permittivity,e = 6e0
Axial component of electric field = Ez
Transverse component of electric field = Ey
So, the ratio of the two components for the transmission line is
2p # 109 # 6e0
Ez = we =
s
Ey
6.4 # 107
= 9.23 # 10-4
SOL 8.1.12
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.10
( w = 2p f )

Given the operating angular frequency of the transmission line is
w = 6 # 108 rad/s
and the parameters of transmission line are
Rl = 0.2 kW/m = 200 W/m
Ll = 4 mH/m = 4 # 10-6 H/m
Gl = 8 mS/m = 8 # 10-6 S/m
Cl = 4 pF/m = 4 # 10-12 F/m
So, the propagation constant of the transmission line is given as
g = ^Rl + jwLlh^Gl + jwC lh
= 6200 + j ^6 # 108h^4 # 10-6h@6^8 # 10-6h + j ^6 # 108h^4 # 10-12h@
= 6200 + j ^24 # 102h@6^8 # 10-6h + j ^24 # 10-4h@
= ^2.10 + j1.7h per meter

Given the Operating angular frequency of the transmission line,
SOL 8.1.13
532
Transmission Lines
For View Only
Chap 8

9
w = 1.2 # 10 rad/s
and the parameters of transmission line are
Rl = 10 W/m
Ll = 0.4 mH/m = 0.1 # 10-6 H/m
Cl = 10 pF/m = 10 # 10-12 F/m
Gl = 40 mS/m = 40 # 10-6 S/m
So, the characteristic impedance of the line is given as
10 + j ^1.2 # 109h^0.1 # 10-6h
Rl + jwLl
=
Z0 =
Gl + jwC l
40 # 10-6 + j ^1.2 # 109h^10 # 10-12h
= 75 - j5 W
The amplitude of voltage wave after travelling a distance l along a transmission
line is given as
V1 = V0 e- al
where V0 is the amplitude of the source voltage wave
Now, in the given problem, after travelling 20 m distance along the transmission
line the voltage wave remains 13% of its source amplitude. So, we get
V1 = V0 e- al = 13% of V0
(l = 20 m )
e- a^20h = 0.13
a = 0.10 NP/m
SOL 8.1.15

Given the propagation constant of the voltage wave
g = a + jb = 0.5 + j2.4
So, we get the attenuation constant of the wave
a = 0.5
and phase constant of the wave along the transmission line is
b = 2.4
Since, the amplitude of voltage wave after travelling a distance l along a transmission
line is given as
V1 = V0 e- al
where V0 is the amplitude of the source voltage wave. Since the amplitude of a
voltage wave after travelling a certain distance down a transmission line is reduced
by 87% so, for the given transmission line we have
V1 = V0 e- al = b1 - 87 l V0
100
- al
= 0.13
e
l = 1 ln b 1 l = 4.08 m
a
0.13
Therefore, the shift in phase angle for the travelled distance is given as
f = bl b 360c l = ^2.4h^4.08hb 360c l = 561c
2p
2p
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.14
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
533
For View Only

SOL 8.1.16
The width of strips = w
Separation between strips = d
So, the characteristic impedance of lossless transmission line is given as
m
Z0 = d
w
e
When d and W is doubled, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line
will be given as
m
= Z0
Z 0l = 2d
e
2W
Therefore, the characteristic impedance will remain same.
Attenuation constant,
a = 10 mNP/m = 10-2 NP/m
Characteristic impedance,
Z 0 = 0.1 kW = 100 W
Phase velocity,
v p = 0.5 # 108 m/s
Since the transmission line is distortion less so, the resistance per unit length of the
transmission line is given as
Rl = aZ 0 = ^10-2h^100h = 1 W/m
and the inductance per unit length of the lossless transmission line is given as
100
Ll = Z 0 =
= 4 mH/m
vp
0.25 # 108
SOL 8.1.18

Given the parameters of distortionless transmission line are
Rl = 4 W/m
and
Gl = 4 # 10-4 S/m
So, the attenuation constant of the distortion less transmission line is given as
a = RlGl = 4 # 4 # 10-4 = 4 # 10-2 NP/m
and the characteristic impedance of the distortionless transmission line is given as
4
distortionless line
= 50 W
Z 0 = Rl =
Gl
16 # 10-4
SOL 8.1.19

f = 5 GHz = 5 # 109 Hz
Z 0 = 80 W
Phase constant,
b = 1.5 rad/m
So, the inductance per unit length of the transmission line is given as
bZ 0
Ll =
= 1.5 # 80 9
w
2p # 5 # 10
= 4.88 nH/m
SOL 8.1.20
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.17

Load impedance,
( w = 2pf )
ZL = 300 W
Z 0 = 150 W
534
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
or,
b = ^0.6 # 10-3h e25
9 /60
= 0.0021 m = 3.1 mm

Load impedance,
ZL = ^15 - j25h W
Characteristic impedance
Z 0 = 25 W
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
^15 - j25h - 25
G = ZL - Z 0 =
ZL + Z 0
^15 - j25h + 25
-j79.8c
= 0.57e
Therefore, the standing wave ratio of the transmission line is determined as
1+ G
S =
= 1 + 0.57 = 3.65
1 - 0.57
1- G
Z 0 = 50 W
Voltage standing wave ratio,
S =3
ww
SOL 8.1.23
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 300 - 150 = 1
300 + 150 3
ZL + Z 0
and the reflection coefficient at generator end is given as
Z - Z0
Gg = g
Zg + Z 0
where Zg is internal impedance of the generator. Since, it is given that the internal
resistance of the generator is zero (i.e., Zg = 0 ) so, we get
Gg = 0 - 150 =- 1
0 + 150
SOL 8.1.21
The maximum magnitude of voltage wave,
Vmax = 6 volt
The minimum magnitude of voltage wave,
Vmin = 2.4 volt
So, the standing wave ratio on the transmission line is given as
S = Vmax = 6 = 2.5
2.4
Vmin
Therefore, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is evaluated as
G = S - 1 = 2.5 - 1 = 0.43
S + 1 2.5 + 1
SOL 8.1.22
Z 0 = 25 W
Inner radius of the coaxial line,
a = 0.6 mm = 0.6 # 10-3
Permittivity of insulated material,
e = 9e0 & er = 9
Now, the characteristic impedance of a lossless coaxial line is given as
Z 0 = 60 ln b b l
a
er
where b is the outer radius of the coaxial line. So, we get
b
25 = 60 ln b
-3 l
0
.
6
9
# 10
SOL 8.1.24
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
535
For View Only

Since, the load connected to the lossless transmission line is purely resistive so,
phase angle of the reflection coefficient of the line will be
qG = 0 or p
Now, the magnitude of the reflection coefficient is given as
G = S - 1 = 3 - 1 = 0.5
S+1 3+1
So, reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
G = G e jq
= 0.5e j0 or 0.5e jp
= 0.5 or - 0.5
For G = 0.5 the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
ZL = Z 0 ;1 + G E = 150 ;1 + 0.5E = 450 W
1 - 0.5
1-G
and for G =- 0.5 the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
ZL = Z 0 ;1 + G E = 150 ;1 - 0.5E = 75 W
1 + 0.5
1-G
Therefore, the possible values of load impedance connected to the transmission line
are
ZL = 50 W or 450 W
lp.
co

Load impedance,
ZL = ^200 - j200h W
Z 0 = 100 W
Length of transmission line,
l = 10 cm = 10 # 10-2 = 0.1 m
Generator voltage,
vg ^ t h = 3 cos ^p # 109 t h volt
So, we get the angular frequency
w = p # 109
and the phase constant of the wave on the transmission line is
9
(in air v p = 3 # 108 m/s )
b = w = p # 108 = 10p
vp
3
3 # 10
or
bl = 10p # 0.1 = p
3
3
Therefore, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
200 - j200 + j100 tan ^p/3h
= 100 f
p
100 + j ^200 - j200h tan ^p/3h
= ^35 - j35.4h W
SOL 8.1.26

(Short circuit)
Load impedance, ZL = 0
Input impedance, Zin = 3
(Open circuit)
and,
wave length = l
Now, the input impedance of lossless transmission line is defined as
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 8.1.25
536
Transmission Lines
Chap 8

Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
where, l is the length of the transmission line and b is the phase constant of the
voltage wave along the transmission line. So, we get
Z 0 ^0 + jZ 0 tan bl h
3=
^Z 0 + j0 tan bl h
or,
3 = jZ 0 tan bl
Since, for a practical transmission line, Z 0 ! 3 so, we have
tan bl = 3
or,
(for minimum length)
bl = p/2
Therefore, the minimum required length of the transmission line is
2p
l =p#1 =p# l
bb = l l
2
2p
2
b
= l/2
co
For View Only

Given,
f = 2 MHz = 2 # 106 Hz
So, the angular frequency of voltage wave is
w = 2pf = 4p # 106 rad/ sec
When the line is short circuited, input impedance is
(equivalent to 32 nH inductance)
Z insc = jwL
6
= j ^4p # 10 h^32 # 10-9h = j0.4 W
When the line is open circuited, input impedance is
(equivalent to 20 pF capacitance)
Z inoc = 1
j wC
1
=- j3979.9 W
=
j ^4p # 106h^20 # 10-12h
Therefore, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z 0 = Z inoc Z insc
= j ^0.4h^- j3978.9h
= 20 W
SOL 8.1.28

Given, the length of the transmission lines 1 and 2
l1 = l2 = l/4
So, the input impedance for line 1 is given as :
2
^100h2
Zin1 = Z 01 =
= 200 W
150
3
ZL
From the shown arrangement of the transmission line it is clear that the effective
load for line 2 will be equal to the input impedance of line 1.
i.e.
ZLl = Zin1 = 200 W
3
Therefore, the input impedance for the whole combination is
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 8.1.27
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
537

2
^200h2
Zin = Z 02 =
= 300 W
ZLl ^200h /3

Since the transmission line has one short circuited and one open circuited end so at
the short circuit end voltage must be zero while at open circuit end voltage must
be maximum. So the voltage standing wave pattern will be half sinusoids with zeros
at short circuited end and maxima at the open circuited end.
SOL 8.1.30

The natural frequency of oscillation of a wave in a transmission line of length l
which is open circuited at one end and short circuited at other end is given as
^2n + 1h v p
, n = 1, 2, 3, ....3
fn =
4l
where v p is phase velocity of the wave.
SOL 8.1.31

The dimension of the transmission line will remain same at all frequencies i.e. l
will be constant but as it is defined in terms of wavelength which changes with the
frequency so , the expression for length will vary in terms of wavelength l. The
wavelength of a wave is defined in terms of frequency f as
l =c
f
where, c is the velocity of wave in free space so, at f = 500 Hz we have
l = c
500
Therefore, the length of transmission line is
(1)
l = l= c
4 2000
Now, the wavelength at frequency, f = 1 kHz = 1000 Hz is given as
(2)
l = c
1000
Since, the length of the transmission line will be same as determined in equation
(1). So, we get
^c/1000h l
(from eq. (2))
l = c =
=
2
2
2000
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.1.29
538
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 8.1.32
Given, the transmission line is terminated in short circuit i.e., ZL = 0
and line should be short circuited at its input terminal i.e. Zin = 0 .
The input impedance of a lossless transmission line is defined as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
0 + jZ 0 tan bl
So,
0 = Z0 c
^ZL = 0, Zin = 0h
m
Z0 + 0
j tan bl = 0
bl = 0 , p, 2p,..........
Since, length of transmission line cant be zero i.e., l ! 0 so, we get
l = p &l= p
&l=l
2
b
^2p/lh
SOL 8.1.33
Given, the distance between successive maxima and minima is 10 cm.
i.e.
l/2 = 10 cm
l = 20 cm
Now, the distance between first minima and load is
l min = 7.5 cm
l min > l
4
So, the distance between first maxima and load will be
l max = l min - l
4
= 7.5 - l = 7.5 # l - l = l
20
2
4
4
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
539
SOLUTIONS 8.2

Since, the TEM wave is z -polarized i.e. the electric field of the wave is directed
along + az .
i.e.
aE = az
and the direction of wave propagation is along ax
i.e.
ak = a x
So, the direction of magnetic field intensity will be
aH = ak # aE = ax # az =- ay
As E is in + az direction and H is in - ay direction so, we can consider the two
vectors as
(1)
E = Ez az
and
(2)
H =- Hy ay
Now, from the maxwells equation in phasor form we have
(for perfect dielectric s = 0 )
d # H = jweE
a x ay a z
2
2
2
using equation (1) and (2)
2x
2y
2z = jweE z a z
0 - Hy 0
2H y
2H y
a a = jweEz az
2z x 2x z
It gives the result as
2H y
=0
2z
Again from Maxwells equation we have
d # E =- jwmH
a x ay a z
2 2 2
using equation (1) and (2)
=+ jwmHy ay
2x 2y 2z
0 0 Ez
2Ez a - 2Ez a = jwmH a
y y
2y x 2x y
So, it gives the result as
2Ez = 0
2y
Thus, Both (A) and (B) are correct.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.1
540
Transmission Lines
Chap 8

In a lossless transmission line, the current maximum lies at the same point where
the voltage minima lies and similarly, the current minima lies at the same point
where the voltage maxima lies as shown in the figure below :
ww
w.
g
SOL 8.2.3
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 8.2.2
The voltage maximum exists at the point where the incident and the reflected
voltage wave both are in same phase and the distance of voltage maximum from
the load is given as
(1)
l max = qG l + nl
2
4p
where qG is phase angle of reflection coefficient, l is the wavelength of the voltage
wave and n = 0, 1, 2, ....
Now, the reflection coefficient of a transmission line is given as
^0.3 - j0.5h - 0.5
G = ZL - Z 0 =
ZL + Z 0
^0.3 - j0.5h + 0.5
- 0. 2 - j 0. 5
=
= 0.57e-79.8c
0. 8 - j 0. 5
i.e.
qG =- 79.8c
So, from equation (1) for n = 0 we have
-2
l max = qG l = - 79.8c # 4 # 10 # p
4p
4p
180c
-2
=- 0.44 # 10 m
which is negative (i.e. the point doesnt exist). Therefore, the 1st maximum voltage
will exist for n = 1 and the distance of the 1st maximum from the load is
i.e.
(n = 1)
l max = qG l + l
2
4p
=- 0.44 # 10-2 + 2 # 10-2 = 1.56 # 10-2 m
= 2.56 cm
Now, it is clear from the figure that the distance between two adjacent maxima
and minima is l/4
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
541
l max - l min = l
4
Since the maximum voltage wave lies at a distance
l max = 1.56 cm
So, the distance of 1st voltage minimum (the distance of 1st current maxima) from
the load will be
l min = l max - l = 1.56 - 4 = 0.24 cm
4
4
st
Thus, the distance of 1 current maximum from the load is 0.56 cm.
i.e.

Given,
The position of first voltage maximum,
l max = 4.5 cm
Position of first current maximum(voltage minima),l min = 1.5 cm
Standing wave ratio,
S =3
Z 0 = 50 W
Since, the distance between a maximum and an adjacent minimum is l/4 as
discussed in previous question.
i.e.
l max - l min = l/4
4.5 - 1.5 = l/4
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.4
SOL 8.2.5
ww
w.
ga
te
So,
l = 12 cm
Again the distance of first voltage maximum from the load is given as
l max = qG l + nl
2
4p
qG ^12h
4.5 =
(For n = 0 )
+0
4p
qG = 3p
2
Now, the magnitude of reflection coefficient is given as
G = S - 1 = 3 - 1 = 2 = 0.5
S+1 3+1 4
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
G = G qG = 0.5 < 3p/2 = 0.5e j3p/2 =- j0.5
Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
1 - j0.5
ZL = Z 0 :1 + G D = 50 ;
1 + j0.5E
1-G
= ^30 - j40h W
Load impedance,
Z 0 = 50 W
ZL = ^30 + j15h W
l = 7l/20
Since, the transmission line is lossless so, the attenuation constant is zero
542
Transmission Lines
Chap 8

In the assertion (A) given,
Length of the transmission line, l = l/4
Load impedance,
ZL = 0
he
lp.
SOL 8.2.6
co
For View Only

i.e.
a =0
or,
g = a + jb = jb
Z + Z 0 tanh gl
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
( g = jb )
= Z0 < L
Zin = Z 0 c L
F
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
Z 0 + jZL tan bl
J
2p 7l N
K(30 + j15) + j50 tan b l 20 l O
2p
O
= 50 K
bb = l l
p
l
2
7
KK 50 + j ^30 + j15h tan b
O
l 20 l O
LJ
N P
7
p
K(30 + j15) + j50 tan b 10 l O
O
= 50 K
KK 50 + j ^30 + j15h tan b 7p l OO
10
L
P
= ^18.4 - j19.2h W
( b = 2p/l )
bl = b 2p lb l l = p
2
l 4
The input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
jZ 0 tan p
2 p = j3
f
= Z0
Z0
Now, we consider the reason part,
Distance of the maxima from load is given as
l max = ^qG + 2nph /2b
where,
qG is the phase angle of reflection coefficient
b is the phase constant of the voltage wave
and
n = 0, 1, 2, ....
Therefore, the input impedance at the point of maxima is given as
-j2bl
1 + G e jq e-j^q + 2nph
+
G
1
e
= Z0 f
Zin = Z 0 c
p (G = G e jq )
1 - G e jq e-j^q + 2nph
1 - Ge-j2bl m
1+ G
= Z0 f
p
1- G
So, Zin is real if Z 0 is real and since, Z 0 is always real for a distortionless line. Thus,
Zin will be purely real at the position of voltage maxima in a distortionless line.
i.e. A and R both are true but R is not the explanation of A.
ww
w.
g
at
e
So, we get
SOL 8.2.7

max
max
l =6m
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
543

Given the generator voltage to the transmission line,
Vg (t) = 10 cos ^8p # 107 t - 30ch
So, in phasor form the generator voltage is
Vsg = 10e-j30c
and as determined in previous question, the input impedance of transmission line is
Zin = ^23.14 + j5.48h W
So, for determining the input voltage, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
transmission line as shown in figure below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 8.2.8
lp.
co
For View Only

Z 0 = 30 W
er = 2.25
Load impedance,
ZL = ^30 - j10h W
So, we get the angular frequency,
w = 8p # 107
and the phase constant of the volatge wave along the transmission line is
7
vp = 1 = c m
b = w = 8p # 10
c
vp
me
er
c/ er
7
7
= 8p # 10 # 8 2.25 = 8p # 10 #8 1.5
3 # 10
3 # 10
= 2p
5
or,
bl = 2p # 6 = 2.4p rad
5
30 - j10 + j30 tan ^2.4ph
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
= 30 f
Zin = Z 0 c L
p
m
Z 0 + jZL tan bl
30 + j ^30 - j10h tan ^2.4ph
= ^12.14 + j5.48h W
Using voltage division, we get the input voltage to the transmission line as
,
Vin = Vg # c Zin m
Zin + Zg
or,
(in phasor form)
Vs, in = Vsg c Zin m
Zin + Zg
23.14 + j5.48
= 10e-j30 c
30 + 23.14 + j5.48 m
= ^15e-j35h^0.44e9.44ch
544
Transmission Lines
For View Only
Chap 8

-j22.56c
= 4.4e
Thus, the instantaneous input voltage of the transmission line is
vin ^ t h = Re 6Vs, in e jwt@
= 4.4 cos ^8p # 107 t - 22.56ch volt
Given,
Load impedances to the line 1 and 2,
ZL1 = ZL2 = 150 W
Length of the transmission lines 1 and 2,
l1 = l2 = l/5
Now, we consider the input impedance of line 1 and line 2 be Zin1 and Zin2
respectively. Since, the transmission line are identical so, the input impedances of
the transmission lines 1 and 2 will be equal and given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl1
(lossless transmission line)
Zin1 = Zin2 = Z 0 c L1
Z 0 + jZL tan bl1 m
J
2p l N
K150 + j100 tan b l 5 l O
O
( b = 2p/l )
= 100 K
KK100 + j150 tan b 2p l l OO
l 5
L
P
N
J
2
p
K150 + j100 tan b 5 l O
= 100 K
2p O
K100 + j150 tan b 5 l O
P
L
= ^70.4 - j17.24h W
Therefore, the effective load impedance of the feedline will be equal to the equivalent
input impedance of the parallel combination of the line 1 and 2.
i.e.
ZLl = Zin1 || Zin2
^70.4 - j17.24h
= Zin1 =
Zin1 = Zin2
2
2
= ^35.20 - j8.62h W
SOL 8.2.10

Given the length of the feed line,
l = 0.3l
and as calculated in above question, the effective load impedance of the feedline is
ZLl = ^35.20 - j8.62h W
So,
bl = b 2p l^0.3lh = 0.6l
l
Therefore, input impedance of the feedline (lossless transmission line) is given as
Z l+ jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZLltan bl m
35.20 - j8.62 + j100 tan ^0.6ph
= 100 f
p
100 + j ^35.20 - j8.62h tan ^0.6ph
= ^215.14 - j113.4h W
SOL 8.2.11
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.9
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
545
he
lp.
co
For View Only

Operating frequency
f = 0.3 GHz = 0.3 # 109 Hz
Load impedance,
ZL = ^100 - j100h W
Z 0 = 100 W
Generator voltage in phasor form,
Vsg = 150 volt
Internal resistance of generator
Zg = 100 W
Length of the transmission line,
l = 0.375l
So, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
J
N
2p
K 100 - j100 + j100 tan b l 0.375l l O
O
= 100 K
KK100 + j ^100 - j100h tan b 2p 0.375l l OO
l
P
= ^200L + j100h W
Now, for determining the load current, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
transmission line as shown in the figure below :
ww
w.
ga
te
Therefore, the voltage across the input terminal of the transmission line is given as
Vs, in = Vsg c Zin m
Zg + Zin
200 + j100
= 150 c
= 106.1e j8.13c
100 + 200 + j100 m
Since, at any point, on the transmission line voltage is given as
Vs ^z h = V 0+ ê-jbz + Ge jbz h
+
where V 0 is the voltage due to incident wave, G is the reflection coefficient of the
transmission line at load terminal and z is the distance of the point from load as
shown in figure. So, for z =- l
(1)
Vs, in = V 0+ ê jbl + Ge-jbl h
Now, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line at load terminal is

546
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

100 - j100 - 100
G = ZL - Z 0 =
= 0.45e-j63.43c
100 - j100 + 100
ZL + Z 0
Putting the value of G and Vs, in in equation (1), we get
106.1e j8.13c = V 0+ _e jb l l^0.375lh + 0.45e-j6343ce-jb l l^0.375lhi
j8.13c
V 0+ = j135c 106.1e-j63.43c -j135c
+ 0.45e
e
e
= 75e-j135c
The current at any point on the transmission line is given as
+
Is ^z h = V 0 ê-jbz - Ge jbz h
Z0
So, the current flowing in the load (at z = 0 ) is
+
-j135c
1 - 0.45e-j63.43ch
IsL = V 0 ^1 - G h = 75e
100 ^
Z0
= 0.67e-j108.4c
Therefore, the instantaneous current at the load terminal will be
iL ^ t h = Re "IsL e jwt , = 0.67 cos ^2p # 0.3 # 109 t - 108.4ch
= 0.75 cos ^3p # 108 t - 108.4ch
2p

Generator voltage in phasor form,
Vsg = 150 V
Internal impedance of generator,
Zg = 100 W
Load impedance
ZL = 150 W
l = 0.15l
Z 0 = 100 W
So, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
N
J
2p
K 150 + j100 tan b l 15l l O
O
= 100 K
KK100 + j150 tan b 2p 0.15l l OO
l
P
L
150 + j100 tan 54c
= ^80.5 - j32.7h W
= 100 c
100 + j50 tan 54c m
Now, for determining the power delivered, we draw the equivalent circuit for the
transmission line as shown in figure below :
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 8.2.12
lp.
co
2p
Using voltage division, we get the input voltage as

Chap 8
Transmission Lines
547
For View Only

82.5 - j32.7
Vs, in = Vg c Zin m = 150 c
= 71.8e-j11.46c
82.5 - j32.7 + 100 m
Zin + Zg
So, the current at the input current is
-j11.46c
V
Is, in = s, in = 71.8e
= 0.81e j10.16c
82.5 - j32.7
Zin
Therefore, the average input power delivered to the transmission line is given as
Pin = 1 Re 6Vs, in I s), in@ = 1 Re 6^71.8e-j11.46ch^0.81e-j10.16ch@
2
2
= 27 Watt

Since, the lengths of line 1 and line 2 are
l1 = l2 = l/2
So, the input impedance of the line 1 is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin1 = Z 0 c L1
Z 0 + jZL1 tan bl m
J
2p l N
KZL1 + jZ 0 tan b l 2 l O
O
( b = 2p/l )
= Z0 K
KKZ 0 + jZL1 tan b 2p l l OO
l 2
L
P
= Z 0 b ZL1 + 0 l = ZL1
Z0 + 0
= 50 W
Similarly, the input impedance of line 2 is given as
Zin2 = ZL2 = 150 W
The effective load for line 3 will be equal to the equivalent impedance of the parallel
combination of input impedances of line 1 and line 2.
i.e.
ZLl = Zin1 || Zin2
= 150 = 75 W
2
So, the input impedance for line 3 is given as
(length of line 3, l = l/2 )
Zin = ZLl = 75 W
Therefore, the input voltage of line 3 is
Vs, in = Vsg c Zin m = 500 b 75 l
75 + 100
Zin + Zg
= 214.28 volt
and so the current at the input terminal of line 3 is
V
Is, in = s, in = 2.86 A
Zin
Thus, the average power delivered to the lossless transmission line 3 is given as
Pin = Re 6Vs, in Is), in @
= 1 # ^214.28h # ^2.86h = 306.11 Watt
2
Since, the transmission line is lossless so, the power delivered to each load will be
same and given as
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.13
548
Transmission Lines
For View Only
P1 = P2 = Pin = 1 # 306.11 = 153.1 Watt

2
2
Given, transmission line is of infinite length i.e. l = 3.
and input impedance of the transmission line is equal to its characteristic impedance
i.e.
Zin = Z 0
Since, the input impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z + Z 0 tanh gl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
Z + Z 0 tanh gl
So,
Z0 = Z0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
Solving the equation, we get
tanh gl = 1
co
SOL 8.2.14
Chap 8

As discussed in previous question the input impedance of infinitely long lossy
transmission line is equal to its characteristic impedance. So, the input impedance
to line 1 will be
Zin1 = Z 01 = 200 W
From the shown arrangement of the transmission line it is clear that the effective
load impedance for line 2 will be equal to the input impedance of line 1.
i.e.
ZL2 = Zin1 = 200 W
Since the length of the line 2 is l/2 so, the input impedance of line 2 will be equal
to its load
i.e.
(l = l/2 )
Zin2 = ZL2 = 200 W
Therefore, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal of line 2 is given as
G = ZL2 - Z 02 = 200 - 100 = 1
3
ZL2 + Z 02 200 + 100
Now, the input voltage of line 2 is determined by using voltage division rule as
Vs, in = Vs, g c Zin2 m
Zin2 + Zg
= 4 b 200 l = 8 volt
200 + 100
3
Again, the voltage at any point on line 2 is given as
ww
w.
g
SOL 8.2.15
at
e
he
lp.
e gl - e- gl = 1
e gl + e- gl
e- gl = 0
Since, l = 3. So for satisfying the above condition propagation constant g must
have a real part.
i.e.
real part of g ! 0
or,
( g = a + jb )
a!0
As the attenuation constant of the voltage wave along the transmission line is not
equal to zero therefore, it is a lossy transmission line.
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
549
For View Only

(lossless line)
Vs ^z h = V ê + Ge h
+
where V 0 is voltage of incident wave b is phase constant of the voltage wave and
z is distance from load. So, for z =- l/2
+
0
jbz
-jbz
Vs ^z h = V 0+ _e j l b- 2 l + Ge-j l b- 2 li
2p
2p

Consider the length of the transmission line is l as shown in figure below
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.2.16
he
lp.
co
8 = V + e-jp + Ge jp
(Vs ^z h = Vs, in at z =- l/2 )
h
0 ^
3
1
1
V 0+ = 8 #
bG = 3 l
3
1
b- 1 - 3 l
=- 2 volt
Therefore, the incident average power to the line 2 is given as
V 0+ 2
4
=
= 20 mWatt
P avi =
2 # 100
2Z 02
So, the reflected average power at the input terminal of line 1 (load terminal of
line 2) is
2
P avr = G 2 P avi = b 1 l # 20 = 2.2 mWatt
3
Thus, we get the transmitted power to the line 1 as
P avt = P avi - P avr = 20 - 2.2 = 17.8 mWatt
The generator voltage is applied to the transmission line at time t = 0 for which
the voltage at the sending end is
(at t = 0 )
v ^0 h = 10 volt
After time Dt = 4 ms the voltage v ^ t h at the sending end changes to 6 V. This
change in the voltage will be caused only if the reflected voltage wave from the
load comes to the sending end. So, the time duration for the change in voltage at
sending end can be given as
Tt =(time taken by incident wave to reach the load)
+ (time taken by reflected wave to reach sending end from the load)
l
(1)
or, Tt = + l = 2l
vp vp vp
where l is the length of the transmission line (distance between load and sending
terminal) and v p is phase velocity of the wave along the transmission line. Since,
550
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

the line is air spaced so,
v p = c = 3 # 108 m/s
Putting it in equation (1) we get
2l
( Dt = 4 ms )
4 ms =
3 # 108
Thus, length of the transmission line is
8
-6
l = 3 # 10 # 4 # 10 = 240 m
2

Let the load impedance connected to the transmission line is ZL so the equivalent
circuit for the transmission line will be as shown in figure below :
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.17
ww
w.
g
at
e
Since, the internal resistance of the generator is equal to the characteristic impedance
of the line
i.e.
Rg = Z 0 = 100 W
So, the reflection coefficient due to source resistance will be zero and therefore, the
change in voltage at sending will be caused only due to the reflection coefficient at
load terminal given as
Dv (t) = GV0+
where, V0+ is amplitude of the incident voltage wave and G is the reflection coefficient
at the load terminal. Since, the change in voltage at t = 4 ms is
Dv (t) = 6 - 10 =- 4
So, we get
(V0+ = 10 V )
- 4 = 10G
G =- 4 =- 0.4
10
ZL - Z 0 =- 0.4
b ZL + Z 0 l
ZL - 100
(Z 0 = 100 W )
b ZL + 100 l =- 0.4
ZL - 100 =- 0.4ZL - 40
ZL = 29.86 W
Observing the waveform we conclude that at the sending end voltage changes at
t = t1 . The changed voltage at the sending is given as
(1)
v ^t1h = V 0+ + GL V 0+ + Gg GL V 0+
SOL 8.2.18
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
551
SOL 8.2.19
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

+
where V 0 is voltage at sending end at t = 0 , GL and Gg are the reflection coefficients
at the load terminal and the source terminal respectively. So, we get
(ZL = 0 )
GL = ZL - Z 0 =- 1
ZL + Z 0
R - Z0
and
(Zg = Rg )
Gg = g
Rg + Z 0
Putting these values in equation (1), we get
v ^t1h = V 1+ - V 1+ - Gg V 1+
(2)
v ^t1h =- Gg V 1+
From the shown wave form of the voltage at sending end, we have
v ^t1h = 6 volt
V 0+ = 24 volt
Putting these values in equation (2), we get
6 =- Gg ^24h
or,
Gg =- 4
Rg - Z 0
=- 4
Rg + Z 0
Rg = 60 W
^Z 0 = 100 Wh
At t = 0 as the voltage just applied to transmission line, the input impedance is
independent of ZL and equals to Z 0 (i.e. Zin = Z 0 at t = 0 ). Therefore, using voltage
division the voltage at the sending end is given as
V 0+ = Vg c Z 0 m
Rg + Z 0
24 = Vg b 100 l
(V 0+ = 24 volt )
60 + 100
Vg = 24 # 160 = 38.4 volt
100
Length of the transmission line,l = 1.5 m
Internal resistance of generator, Rg = 200 W
Z 0 = 100 W
Generator voltage,
Vg = 30 volt
Load impedance,
ZL = 50 W
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 50 - 100 =- 1
3
ZL + Z 0 50 + 100
and the reflection coefficient at the source terminal is
R - Z 0 200 - 100 1
Gg = g
=
=
Rg + Z 0 200 + 100 3
Again as discussed in previous question at time, t = 0 as the voltage is just applied
to the transmission line, the input impedance is independent of ZL and equals to
Z 0 (i.e. Zin = Z 0 at t = 0 ). Therefore, using voltage division the input voltage at the
sending end is given as
552
Transmission Lines
Chap 8

V 0+ = Vg c Z 0 m = 30 # b 100
= 10 volt
200 + 100 l
Rg + Z 0
Now, the time taken by the wave to travel from source terminal to the load terminal
(or load terminal to source terminal) is given as
T =l
c
where, l is length of transmission line and c is the velocity of the voltage wave
along the transmission line. So, we get
T = 1.5 8 = 5 ns
3 # 10
Therefore, for the interval 0 # t < 5 ns , the incident wave will be travelling from
source to load and will have the voltage
V 1+ = 10 volt
For the interval 5 ns # t < 10 ns an additional reflected wave will be travelling
from load to source and will have the voltage
V 1- = GL V 1+ =- 10 =- 3.33 volt
3
For 10 ns # t # 15 ns the wave reflected by source resistance travelling from source
to load will be added to that has the voltage
V 2+ = Gg V 1- =- 3.33 =- 1.11 volt
3
For 15 ns # t # 20 ns again the wave reflected by load travelling from load to
source will be added that has the voltage
V 2- = GL V 2+ = 1.11 = 0.37 volt
3
This will be continuous and the bounce diagram obtained between source ât z = 0h
and load (at z = 1.5 m ) will be as shown in figure below :
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only
SOL 8.2.20

From the bounce diagram that obtained between source terminal ( z = 0 ) and load
terminal ( z = 1.5 m ) in previous question, we can determine the voltage v ^ t h at any
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
553
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.2.21
he
lp.
co
For View Only

instant by just summing all the voltage waves existing at any time t .
Since, for interval 0 # t # 10 ns only a single voltage wave with V 1+ = 10 volt
exists at sending end so, the voltage at the sending end (z = 0 ) for the interval is
for 0 # t < 10 ns
v ^ t h = V 1+ = 10 volt
again for the interval 10 ns # t < 20 ns , three voltage waves with V 1+ = 10 volt ,
V 1- =- 3.33 volt and V 2+ =- 1.11 volt exists at the sending end so, the voltage at
the sending end for the interval is
for 10 ns # t < 20 ns
v ^ t h = V 1+ + V 1- + V 2+ = 10 - 3.33 - 1.11 = 5.6 volt
Thus, the obtained voltage wave form is plotted in the figure below
554
Transmission Lines
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
As shown in the smith chart, SWR circle meets the Gr axis (real part of reflection
coefficient) at L1 and L2 respectively. So, We have the two possible values of
normalised impedance (real values of zL ).
at L1
zL1 = 2.5
at L2
zL2 = 0.4
Since, the normalised impedance is defined as
Load impedance
zL =
So, we have
zL1 = ZL = 2.5
Z 01
or,
Z 01 = ZL = 50 = 20 W
2.5 2.5
Similarly,
zL2 = ZL = 0.4
Z 02
or,
Z 02 = ZL = 50 = 125 W
0.4 0.4
Therefore, the two possible values of the characteristic impedance of the lossless
transmission line are 20 W and 125 W.
SOL 8.2.22

We can determine the reflection coefficient of the transmission line using smith
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
555
For View Only

chart as explained below :
(1) First we determine the normalized load impedance of the transmission line as
100 + j50
= 1 + j0.5
zL = ZL =
100
Z0
(2) Comparing the normalized impedance to its general form
zL = r + jx
where r is the normalized resistance (real component) and x is the normalized
reactance (imaginary component). we get
co
r = 1 and x = 0.5
(3) Now, we determine the intersection point of r = 1 circle and x = 0.5 circle on
the smith charge and denote it by point P as shown in the smith chart. It gives
the position of normalized load impedance.
(4) We join the point P and the centre O to form the line OP
he
lp.
(5) Extend the line OP to meet the r = 0 circle at Q . The magnitude of the
reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
G = OP = 2.1 cm = 0.22
9.4 cm
OQ
(6) Angle of the reflection coefficient in degrees is read out from the scale at point
Q as
qG = 76.0c
(7) Thus, we get the reflection coefficient of the transmission line as
qG = 0.22e j76c
ww
w.
ga
te
G = G
556
Transmission Lines
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only
Chap 8

As shown in the smith chart in previous question normalized load impedance is
located at point P . So, for determining the input impedance at a distance of 0.35l
from the load we follow the steps as explained below :
(1) First we draw a SWR circle (circle centered at origin with radius OP )
ww
SOL 8.2.23
w.
g
Alternate Method :
Reflection coefficient of the transmission line is defined as
100 + j50 - 100
G = ZL - Z 0 =
= 0.24 76c = 0.24e j76c
100 + j50 + 100
ZL + Z 0
which is same as calculated from smith chart.
(2) For finding input impedance at a distance of 0.35l from load we move a
distance of 0.35l on WTG scale (wave length toward generator) along the
SWR circle.
(3) Since, the line OP corresponds to the reading of 0.144l on WTG scale so, after
moving a distance of 0.35l on WTG scale we reach at 0.144l + 0.35l = 0.494l
on WTG scale. The reading corresponds to the point A on the SWR circle.
(4) Taking the values of r and x -circle at point A we find out normalized input
impedance as
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
557
For View Only

zin = r + jx = 0.61 + j ^- 0.022h = 0.61 - j0.022
(5) Therefore, the input impedance at a distance of 0.35l from load is given as

For determining the shortest length of the transmission line for which the input
impedance appears to be purely resistive, we follow the steps as explained below :
(1) First we determine the WTG reading of the point denoting the normalized
load impedance on the smith chart. From the above question, we have the
reading of point P as 0.144l on WTG circle.
lp.
SOL 8.2.24
co
Zin = zin Z 0 = 100 ^0.61 - j0.022h = ^61 - j2.2h W

Alternate Method :
We can conclude the input impedance at l = 0.35l directly by using formula
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
lossless transmission line
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
J
N
2p
K 100 + j50 + j100 tan b l 0.35l l O
O
= 100 K
2p
KK100 + j ^100 + j50h tan b l 0.35l l OO
L j2.2h W
P
= ^87 as calculated above using with chart.
he
(2) Since, the resistive load lies on the real axis of reflection coefficient ( Gr -axis).
So, we move along the SWR circle to reach the Gr -axis and denote the points
as A and B .
ww
w.
ga
te
(4) Since, point B is nearer to the point P so, it will give the shortest length of the
transmission line for which the input impedance appears to be purely resistive.
(5) Now, we have the reading of point B on WTG scale as 0.25l. So, the shortest
length for the input impedance to be purely resistive is given as the difference
between the readings at point B and P . i.e.,
l = 0.25l - 0.144l
= 0.106l
SOL 8.2.25
Option (A) correct.

The voltage maximum occurs at the point where the SWR circle intersects the
positive Gr axis on smith chart. The SWR circle of the load impedance intersects
the positive Gr axis at point B as shown in the Smith chart. So, the point B gives
the position of first voltage maxima.
As calculated in previous question the distance between point B and point A on
the WTG scale is 0.106l. Therefore, the 1st voltage maximum occurs at a distance
of 0.106l from load.

At any time t , the currents of positive and negative waves are respectively I + and
I - and the voltages of positive and negative waves are respectively V + and V - as
shown in the figure.
SOL 8.2.26
558
Transmission Lines
For View Only
Chap 8
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
+
I+ =V = 1
^V + = 1 Volth
Z0
Z0
and
I - =-V
Z0
Now, the voltage and current across an inductor are related as
v = L di
dt
V + + V - = 2 d Î + + I -h
dt
1 + V - = 2 d :1 - V D
^V + = 1, Z 0 = 50h
50
dt
1 + V - =- 1 dV
25 dt
- 25dt = dV 1+V
Taking integration both sides we get
where C1 is a constant
ln ^1 + V -h =- 25t + C1
-25t
(1)
^1 + V h = Ae
+
+
Since, the voltage ^V h wave is incident at t = 0 so, at t = 0 the current through
inductor is zero and therefore, from the property of an inductor at t = 0+ the
current through inductor will be also zero.
i.e.
Î + + I -hat t = 0 = 0
+
V+ V=0
; Z0 - Z0 E
at t = 0
1 V=0
:Z - Z0 D
0
0 at t = 0
So at t = 0+ ,
V 0- = 1 volt
Putting it in equation (1), we get
^1 + 1h = A
A =2
Thus, the voltage of the reflected wave is
V - = ^2e-25t - 1h Volt
ww
^V + = 1 Volth

The voltage of positive wave in transmission line is V 0+ . So, at the voltage maxima,
magnitude of the voltage is given as
Vs max = V 0+ 61 + G @
SOL 8.2.27
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
559
he
lp.
co
For View Only

and at the point of voltage maxima the current will be minimum and given as
V 0+
Is min =
1 - G@
Z0 6
So, the line impedance at the point of voltage maxima will be
Vs max
= Z0 b 1 + G l
Z max =
1-G
Is min
G
= Z0 S
bS = 11 +
-G l
Now, at the voltage minimum the voltage magnitude is
Vs min = V 0+ 61 - G @
and at the point of voltage minimum current will be maximum and given as,
V 0+
1 + G@
Is max =
Z0 6
and the line impedance at the point will be
Vs min
1+G
= Z0 b 1 - G l = Z0
Z min =
bS = 1 - G l
1+G
S
Is max
SOL 8.2.28
Option (A) is correct
To determine the required quantity, we note that for a particular line of characteristic
impedance Z 0 , the product of the line impedances at two positions (two values of
d ) separated by an odd multiple of l/4 is given by
1 + G bd + ^2n - 1h l l
4 4
1 + G ^d h *
l
"Z 6d @,'Z :d + ^2n - 1h 4 D1 = *Z 0 f
p4 Z 0
1 - G ^d h
1 - G ^d + ^2n - 1h l/4h
ww
w.
ga
te
1 + G ^d h 1 + G ^d h e-j2b^2n - 1h 4
>
H
=Z
1 - G ^d h >1 - G ^d h e-j2b^2n - 1hl4 H
l
2
0
1 + G ^d h 1 + G ^d h e-j^2n - 1hp
= Z 02 >
>
H
1 - G ^d hH 1 - G ^d h e-j^2n - 1hp
1 + G ^d h 1 - G ^d h
= Z 02 >
1 - G ^d hH>1 + G ^d hH
= Z 02
As the intrinsic impedance of medium 1 is h1 and that of medium 3 is h 3 so, for
required match, thickness t is l/4 and the intrinsic impedance ( h2 ) of the medium
2 is given as
h 1 h 3 = h 22 or h 2 = h1 h 3
SOL 8.2.29

As determined in previous question, for a wave travelling through the three mediums
of intrinsic impedances h1 , h 2 and h 3 , the condition for matching dielectric (the
intrinsic impedance of medium 2 that eliminates the reflected wave in medium 1) is
h2 = h 1 h3
Since, all the media have m = m0 so, for the dielectrics ^s = 0h the above equation
can be rewritten as
560
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

m0
m0
m0
m
= b
bh =
e2
e0 lb 16e0 l
el
where e2 is the permittivity of the medium 2.
e = 4e0
The thickness t of the dielectric coating for the perfect matching (the condition
for eliminating reflection) is given as
(quarter wave)
t =l
4
where l is the wavelength of plane wave. The wavelength in terms of frequency is
v
l = p
f
where v p is the phase velocity of the wave in the propagation medium which is
given as
8
1
vp = 1 =
= 3 # 10 = 1.5 # 108
2
me
m0 4e0
So, at frequency f = 1.5 GHz the thickness of the dielectric coating is given as
8
v
So,
t = p = 1.5 # 10 9 = 0.25 m = 2.5 cm
4f
4 ^1.5 # 10 h
Distance between load and first voltage maxima, l max = 0.125l
Characteristics impedance,
Z 0 = 100 W
Standing wave ratio,
S =3
Position of voltage maxima (l max ) in terms of reflection coefficient G qG is
where n = 0 , 1, 2,.......
l max = qG l + nl
2
4p
So, for 1st voltage maxima we have n = 0 and so, we get the position of first voltage
maxima as
l max = qG l
4p
q
0.125l = G l & qG = p
2
4p
The magnitude of reflection coefficient is defined in terms of SWR as
G = S-1 = 3-1 = 1
S+1 3+1 2
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is
j
G = G qG = 1 e jp/2 =
2
2
Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line is given as
J
jN
K1 + 2 O
+
G
1
= 60 + j80h W
ZL = Z 0 b
= 100 K
jO ^
1-G l
K1 - O
2P
L
ww
w.
g
at
e
SOL 8.2.31
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.30
SOL 8.2.32
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
561
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

Given, the transmission line is terminated by its characteristic impedance i.e.,
ZL = Z 0
So, there will be no reflected wave and therefore, the height of the voltage pulse
will be given as
Z V
(Zg " internal resistance of generator)
V 1+ = 0 g
Z 0 + Zg
= 100 # 15 = 10 Volt
100 + 50
As the wave travels in the + Z direction along transmission line at velocity
1
1
vp =
=
-6
LlC l
^0.25 # 10 h # ^100 # 10-12h
8
= 2 # 10 m/s
So, the voltage pulse will reach at l = 5 m at time,
5
t0 =
= 25 ns
2 # 108
So, at l = 5 m for 0 < t < 25 ns ,
V =0
and for t $ 25 ns
V = V 1+ = 10 Volt
Therefore the plot of voltage against time at a distance 5 m from the source is as
shown in graph below.

As the first forward voltage pulse is V 1+ so, the first reflected pulse voltage is
V 1- = GL V 1+
nd
The 2 forward pulse voltage is given as
V 2+ = Gg V 1- = Gg GL V 1+
The 2 nd reflected pulse voltage is given as
V 2- = GL V 2+ = Gg GL2 V 1+
So, summing up all the pulses at load end for steady state (t " 3) we get the load
voltage as
VL = V 1+ + V 1- + V 2+ + V 2- + ...
= V 1+ 61 + GL + Gg GL + Gg GL2 + ....@
2 2
= V 1+ 7^1 + Gg GL + Gg GL + ....h + GL ^1 + Gg GL + ....hA
GL
1
= V 1+ <c 1 - Gg GL m + c 1 - Gg GL mF = V 1+ c 1 + GL m
1 - Gg GL
SOL 8.2.33
562
Transmission Lines
For View Only
Chap 8

Z 0 = 60 W
Load impedance,
ZL = 180 W
Voltage generator,
Vg = 100 V
Internal resistance,
Zg = 120 W
So, the first forward voltage pulse will be
V 1+ = c Z 0 m Vg = b 60 l 100 = 100 Volt
60 + 120
3
Z 0 + Zg
The reflection coefficient at load terminal is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 180 - 60 = 1
ZL + Z 0 180 + 60 2
The reflection coefficient at source terminal is given as
Z - Z 0 120 - 60 1
Gg = g
=
=
Zg + Z 0 120 + 60 3
Therefore, the voltage across the load at steady state is given by the expression as
determined in previous question
1 + 1/2
i.e.
VL = V 1+ c 1 + GL m = 100
3 f1 - 1 1 p
1 - Gg GL
b 3 lb 2 l
100
3
6
=
= 75 Volt
3 #2#5
SOL 8.2.35
Voltage generator,
Vg = 50 Volt
Internal impedance,
Zg = 30 W
Z 0 = 15 W
Load impedance,
ZL = 45 W
So, first forward voltage pulse is
V 1+ = c Z 0 m Vg = b 15 l 50 = 50
15 + 30
3
Z 0 + Zg
Now, the reflection coefficient at source terminal is
Z - Z 0 30 - 15 1
Gg = g
=
=
Zg + Z 0 30 + 15 3
and the reflection coefficient at load terminal is
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 45 - 15 = 1
ZL + Z 0 45 + 15 2
So, at steady state ^t = 3h voltage across load is given as
J
1 N
K 1-2 O
+
G
1
50
+
L
= K
VL = V 1 c
3 1- 1 1 O
1 - Gg GL m
K
b 2 lb 3 l O
P
L
= 50 # 6 # 3 = 30 Volt
3
5
2
Therefore, the current through load at steady state is given as
IL = VL = 30 = 2 A
ZL 45 3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.2.34
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
563
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 8.2.36
Since, the internal resistance of the battery is zero so, the 1st forward voltage pulse
is
V 1+ = Vg = 6 Volt
and from the plot we get the first forward pulse current as
I 1+ = 75 mA
Therefore, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
+
6
Z 0 = V 1+ =
= 80 W
I1
75 # 10-3
SOL 8.2.37
Reflection coefficient at source and load end are given as
Z - Z0
=- 1
Gg = g
Zg + Z 0
and
GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
Now, from the plot of input current (current at generator end) we get,
(1)
V 1+ = 75 mA
+
+
(2)
and
V 1 - V 1 + V 2 =- 5 mA
+
where, V1 is the first forward voltage pulse, V1 is the first reflected voltage pulse
and V2+ is the second forward voltage pulse. So, putting the values of these voltages
in terms of reflection coefficients we get
V 1+ - GL V 1+ + GL Gg V 1+ =- 5 mA
V 1+ ^1 - GL - GL h =- 5 mA
^Gg =- 1h
1 - 2GL =- 5
^V 1+ = 75 mAh
75
or,
GL = 8
15
For determining load resistance of the line the reflection coefficient is written in the
terms of impedances as
ZL - Z 0 = 8
15
ZL + Z 0
ZL - 80 = 8
(Z 0 = 80 W as calculated in previous question)
15
ZL + 80
ZL ^15 - 8h = 80 # 8 + 15 # 80
Thus,
ZL = 262.85 W
***********
564
Transmission Lines
For View Only
Chap 8
SOLUTIONS 8.3

Characteristic impedance of a coaxial cable is defined as
m
Z0 =
ln b
e ba l
where,
b " outer cross sectional diameter
a " inner cross sectional diameter
m0
So,
Z0 =
ln b
e0 er b a l
4p # 10-7 # 36p ln 2.4
=
b 1 l
10-9 # 10.89
= 50 W
SOL 8.3.2

Since,
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.1
ww
w.
g
at
e
Z 0 = Z1 Z 2
100 = 50 # 340
As this is quarter wave matching so, the length of the transmission line would be
odd multiple of l/4 .
Now,
l = (2m + 1) l
4
3 # 108
For f1 = 429 MHz,
l1 = c =
= 0.174 m
f1 # 4 429 # 106 # 4
8
For f2 = 1 GHz ,
l2 = c = 3 # 10
= 0.075 m
9
f2 # 4 1 # 10 # 4
Now, only the length of the line given in option (C) is the odd multiple of both
l1 and l2 as :
(2m + 1) = 1.58 = 9
l1
1
.
(2m + 1) = 58 - 34
l2
Therefore, the length of the line can be approximately 1.58 cm.
SOL 8.3.3

Length on the transmission line,
Phase difference,
Since the phase difference between the
d = 2 mm
f = 10 GHz
q = p/4
two points on the line is defined as
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
565
q = 2p d
l
where l is operating wavelength and d is the distance between the two points. So,
we get
p = 2p d
4
l
or
l = 8d = 8 # 2 mm = 16 mm
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave is given as
v p = fl = 10 # 109 # 16 # 10-3 = 2.6 # 108 m/ sec
Since, voltage maxima is observed at a distance of l/4 from the load and we know
that the separation between one maxima and minima equals to l/4 so voltage
minima will be observed at the load.
Now, the input impedance at the point of voltage minima on the line is defined as
Z0
6Zin@min = S
where, Z 0 is characteristic impedance and S is the standing wave ratio on the
line. Therefore, the load impedance of the transmission line (equal to the input
impedance at load) is given as
(Z 0 = 50 W , S = 5 )
ZL = 6Zin@min = Z 0 = 50 = 10 W
5
S
SOL 8.3.5

For a lossless network,
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.4
S11 2 + S21 2 = 1
Since, from the given scattering matrix we have
S11 = 0.2 0c , S12 = 0.9 90c
S21 = 0.9 90c , S22 = 0.1 90c
So, we get
(0.2) 2 + (0.9) 2 ! 1
Therefore, the two port is not lossless.
Now, for a reciprocal network, S12 = S21
As for the given scattering matrix we have
S12 = S21 = 0.9 90c
Therefore , the two port is reciprocal.
SOL 8.3.6

For a distortion less transmission line characteristics impedance
Z0 = R
G
Attenuation constant for distortionless line is
a = RG
So, using equation (1) and (2) we get

a = R = 0.1 = 0.002
50
Z0
(1)
(2)
566
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 8.3.7
For a lossless transmission line, the input impedance is defined as
Z + jZo tan bl
Z in = Zo < L
F
Zo + jZL tan bl
Now, for the quarter wave (l/4 ) line we have
Load impedance,
ZL = 30 W
Zo = 30 W
Length of the line,
l =l
4
2
p
l
2p
So,
tan bl = tan b
=3
bb = l l
l 4l
Therefore, the input impedance of the quarter wave line is
V
R ZL
S tan bl + jZo W
2
W = Z 0 = 60 W
Zin1 = Zo S
S Zo + jZL W ZL
W
S tan bl
Now, for l/8 transmissionTline we haveX
ZL = 0 W
Zo = 30 W
l =l
8
(short circuit)
he
Load impedance,
Length of the line,
So, we get
ww
w.
g
at
e
tan bl = tan b 2p l l = 1
l 8
Therefore, the input impedance of the l/8 transmission line is given as
Zin2 = jZo tan bl = j30
The equivalent circuit is shown below :
The effective load impedance of the 60 W transmission line is

ZL = 60 + j30
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is
60 + j3 - 60
= 1
G = ZL - Zo =
60 + j3 + 60
ZL + Zo
17
Therefore, the voltage standing wave ratio of the line is given as
1+ G
S =
= 1 + 17 = 1.64
1- G
1 - 17
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only

SOL 8.3.8
567
The transmission line are as shown below. Length of all line is l

4
SOL 8.3.9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
The input impedance of a quarter wave (l/4 ) lossless transmission line is defined
as
2
Zin = Z 0
ZL
where, Z 0 is the characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is the load impedance
of the line. So, for line 1 we have the input impedance as
2
2
Zi1 = Z 01 = 100 = 200 W
50
ZL1
Similarly, for line 2, the input impedance is
2
2
Zi2 = Z 02 = 100 = 200 W
50
ZL2
So, the effective load impedance of line 3 is given as
ZL3 = Zi1 || Zi2 = 200 W || 200 W = 100 W
Therefore, the input impedance of line 3 is
2
2
Zi = Z 0 = 60 = 45 W
ZL3 100
The input impedance of the lossless transmission line is defined as
ZL + jZo tan ^bl h
Zin = Zo f
p
Zo + jZL tan ^bl h
Since, the given transmission line of characteristic impedance Z 0 = 75 W is short
circuited (ZL = 0 ) at its one end. Therefore, the input impedance of the line is
Zin = jZo tan ^bl h
Now, the operating wavelength of the line is
8
( f = 3 GHz )
l = c = 3 # 109 = 0.1 m or 10 cm
f
3 # 10
bl = 2p l = 2p # 1 = p
10
5
l
Therefore,
Zin = jZo tan p
5
Since, Zo tan (p/5) is positive so, Zin is inductive.
So,
(l = 1 cm )
568
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 8.3.10
The 2-port scattering parameter matrix is
S11 S12
S =>
S21 S22H
^ZL || Z 0h - Zo
^50 || 50h - 50
=- 1
=
S11 =
3
^ZL || Z 0h + Zo
^50 || 50h + 50
2 ^ZL || Zo h
2 ^50 || 50h
=
=2
S12 = S21 =
3
+
50
||
50
50
+
Z
||
Z
Z
^
h
^ L
oh
o
^ZL || Zo h - Zo
^50 || 50h - 50
=- 2
=
S22 =
3
^ZL || Zo h + Zo
^50 || 50h + 50
SOL 8.3.11
The input impedance of a quarter wave (l = l/4 )lossless transmission line is defined
as
2
Zin = Z o
ZL
where, Z 0 is characteristic impedance and ZL is the load impedance of the line. So,
we have the input impedance of line 1 as
2
2
Zin1 = Z o1 = 50 = 25
ZL1 100
Similarly, the input impedance of line 2 is
2
2
Zin2 = Z o2 = 50 = 12.5
ZL2 200
The effective load impedance of the line 3 is given as
ZL = Zin1 || Zin2
= 25 || 12.5 = 25
3
So, the input impedance of the 50 W transmission line is
(50) 2
ZS =
= 300
25/3
Therefore, the reflection coefficient at the input terminal is given as
G = ZS - Z 0 = 300 - 50 = 2
ZS + Z 0 300 + 50 7
SOL 8.3.12
We have
10 log Gp = 10 dB
or
Gp = 10
The power gain of the antenna is defined as
Gp = Prad
Pin
where Prad is the radiated power of the antenna and Pin is the input power feed to
the antenna. So, putting all the values we get
10 = Prad
1W
or
Prad = 10 Watts
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
569
SOL 8.3.18

The ratio of the load impedance to the input impedance of the transmission line
is given as
VL = Z 0
Vin
Zin
or
VL = Z 0 Vin = 10 # 300 = 60 V
50
Zin
Suppose at point P impedance is
Z = r + j (- 1)
If we move in constant resistance circle from point P in clockwise direction by an
angle 45c, the reactance magnitude increase. Let us consider a point Q at 45c from
point P in clockwise direction. Its impedance is
Z1 = r - 0.5j
or
Z1 = Z + 0.5j
Thus movement on constant r - circle by an 45c in CW direction is the addition
of inductance in series with Z .
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.3.17
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 8.3.13
The characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
Z 02 = Zoc Zsc
where Zoc and Zsc are input impedance of the open circuited and is short circuited
line. So, we get
2
Zsc = Z 0 = 50 # 50 = 50
Zoc 100 + j150 2 + 3j
50 (2 - 3j)
=
= 8.69 - 15.54j
13
SOL 8.3.14
From the diagram, VSWR is given as
S = Vmax = 4 = 4
1
Vmin
Since, voltage minima is located at the load terminal so, the load impedance of the
transmission line is given as
(Z 0 = 50 W, S = 4 )
ZL = 6Zin@min = Zo = 50 = 12.5 W
4
S
SOL 8.3.15
The reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
G = ZL - ZO = 12.5 - 50 =- 0.6
ZL + ZO 125. + 50
SOL 8.3.16
The given circles represent constant reactance circle.

The VSWR of a transmission line is defined as
1- G
S =
1+ G
SOL 8.3.19
570
Transmission Lines
For View Only
Chap 8
where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line. So, we get

1- G
2=
1+ G
or
G =1
3
Thus, the ratio of the reflected and incident wave is given as
Pr = G 2 = 1
9
Pi
or
Pr = Pi
9
i.e. 11.11% of incident power is reflected.
The input impedance of a lossless transmission line is defined as
6ZL + jZo tan bl @
Zin = Zo
6Zo + jZL tan bl @
Now, for l/2 transmission line we have
l = l/2
and
ZL1 = 100 W
So, the input impedance of the l/2 transmission line is
6ZL1 + jZo tan p@
= ZL1 = 100 W
Zin1 = Zo
6Zo + jZL1 tan p@
For l/8 transmission line, we have
l = l/8
and
ZL2 = 0
So, the input impedance of l/8 line is
[0 + jZo tan p4 ]
= jZo = j50 W
Zin2 = Zo
6Zo + 0@
Thus, the net admittance at the junction of the stub is given as
Y = 1 + 1 = 2 + 1 = 0.01 - j0.42
100 j50
Zin1 Zin2
2p
bb = l l
(short circuit)
2p
bb = l l
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 8.3.20
co
(S = 2 )
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
571
For View Only

SOL 8.3.21
VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) of a transmission line is defined as
S = 1+G
1-G
where G is the reflection coefficient of the transmission line that varies from 0 to
1. Therefore, S varies from 1 to 3.
Reactance increases, if we move along clockwise direction in the constant resistance
circle.
SOL 8.3.23

A transmission line is distortion less if LG = RC
SOL 8.3.24

Zo =
co
ZOC ZSC = 100 # 25 = 10 # 5 = 50 W

We know that distance between two adjacent voltage maxima is equal to l/2 ,
where l is wavelength. So, we get
l = 27.5 - 12.5
2
or,
l = 2 # 15 = 30 cm
Therefore, the operating frequency of the transmission line is
10
(c = 3 # 1010 cm/s )
f = c = 3 # 10 = 1 GHz
30
l
Electrical path length = bl
where
b = 2p , l = 50 cm
l
Now, the operating wavelength l of the transmission line is given as
l =u =1# 1
au= 1
f
f
LC
LC
7
1
1
5
10
#
=
=
= 2m
#
25 # 106
25 # 106
10 # 10-6 # 40 # 10-12
So, the electric path length is
bl = 2p # 50 # 10-2 = p radian
2
2
SOL 8.3.26
SOL 8.3.27
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 8.3.25
SOL 8.3.22

The input impedance at the voltage minima on the transmission line is defined as
Z0
6Zin@min = S
where S is standing wave ratio along the transmission line. Since, the reflection
coefficient GL of the transmission line is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 100 - 50 = 50 = 1
ZL + Z 0 100 + 50 150 3
572
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
lp.
co
For View Only

So, the standing wave ratio of the line is
1+1
1 + GL
3 =2
S =
=
1
1 - GL
13
Therefore, the minimum input impedance measured on the line is equal to
Zin min = 50 = 25 W
2
SOL 8.3.28
For a lossy transmission line the input impedance is given as
Z + jZ 0 tanh gl
Zin = Z 0 < L
F
Z 0 + jZL tanh gl
Load impedance,
(open circuited at load end)
ZL = 3
Length of line,
l = l/4
R
V
S1 + jZ 0 tanh lg W
ZL
W
So,
Zin = Z 0 lim S
Z " 3S Z 0
W
S ZL + j tanh lg W
X
gp
Z0 T = 0
=
a tanh 4 " 3k
j tanh lg
SOL 8.3.29
Input impedance of a lossless transmission line is given by
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 < L
F
Z 0 + jZL tan bl
where
Z 0 " Charateristic impedance of line
ZL " Load impedance
l " Length of transmission line
and
b = 2p/l
w.
g
at
e
he
bl = 2p l = p
2
l 4
(Short circuited at load)
ZL = 0
and
Z 0 = 50 W
Therefore, the input impedance of the transmission line is
0 + j50 tan p/2
Zin = 50 = 50 + j0 tan p/2G = 3
i.e. infinite input impedance and thus, the current drawn from the voltage source
will be zero.
ww
So, we have
SOL 8.3.30

For lossless transmission line, the phase velocity is defined as
vp = w = 1
b
LC
Characteristics impedance for a lossless transmission line is given as
Z0 = L
C
...(1)
...(2)
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
573
For View Only

So, from equation (1) and (2) we get
1
vp =
= 1
C (Z 0 C ) Z 0 C
SOL 8.3.31
Input impedance of a ^l/4h transmission line is defined as
2
Zin = Z 0
ZL
where Z 0 is characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is load impedance of the
line. Since, the l/4 line is shorted at one end (i.e. ZL = 0 ) So, we get,
2
Zin = lim Z 0 = 3
Z " 0Z L
L

Voltage minima of a short circuited transmission line is located at its load. As the
location of minima is same for the load RL (i.e. the minima located at RL ) so, the
first voltage maxima will be located at l/4 distance from load.
Now,
...(1)
l max = qG l
4p
where l max is the distance of point of maxima from the load, qT is phase angle of
reflection coefficient and l is operating wavelength of line. So, putting the value of
l max is equation (1), we get
l = qG l
4p
4
qT = p
Now, the standing wave ratio of the line is given as
1+ G
S =
1- G
1 + GL
or,
3=
]S = 3g
1 - GL
GL = 1/2
i.e.
GL = GL qG = 1 p =- 1
2
2
The reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
- 1 = RL - 75
^ZL = RL h, ^Z 0 = 75 Wh
2
RL + 75
- RL - 75 = 2RL - 150
3RL = 75 & RL = 25 W
SOL 8.3.33

The VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) in terms of maxima and minima voltage
is defined as
Vmax
S =
=4=2
2
Vmin
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.32
574
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
co
For View Only

SOL 8.3.34
Z 0 = 60 W
SWR
S =4
+
G
1
L
So, we have
=S=4
1 - GL
GL = 3 = 0.6
5
The reflection coefficient at load is defined as
GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
So,
0.6 = ZL - 60
ZL + 60
ZL = 1.6 # 60 = 120 W
0. 4
Loading of a cable is done to increase the inductance as well as to achieve the
distortionless condition.
i.e. statement (1) and (4) are correct.
SOL 8.3.36

Single stub with adjustable position is the best method for transmission line load
matching for a given frequency range.
SOL 8.3.37

The reflection coefficient at load terminal is defined as
+ j50 - 50
GL = ZL - Z 0 =
j50 + 50
ZL + Z 0
=j
Therefore, the standing wave, ratio is
1 + GL
VSWR =
= 1+1 = 3
1-1
1 - GL
Given, the load impedance is short circuit
i.e.
ZL = 0
So, input impedance for lossless line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
= jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
Now, for
l < l/4 & bl < p
2
So, tan bl is positive and therefore, Zin is inductive
l < l < l & p < bl < p
For
2
2
4
tan bl is - ve and therefore, Zin is capacitive
For
l = l & bl = p
2
4
at
e
w.
g
ww
SOL 8.3.38
he
lp.
SOL 8.3.35
a"2
b"1
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only

tan bl = 3 and therefore Zin = 3
575

c"4
l = l & bl = p
2
tan bl = 0 and therefore, Zin = 0
For
d"3

For distortionless transmission line,
a = RG , b = w LC
and for lossless transmission line,
a = 0,
b = w LC
So, for both the type of transmission line attenuation is constant and is independent
of frequency. Where as the phase shift b varies linearly with frequency w.
i.e. statement 1 and 3 are correct.
SOL 8.3.40

Given,
l = 500 m
Phase angle,
qG =- 150c
Operating wavelength,
l = 150 m
Consider the reflected voltage wave for the lossless transmission line terminated in
resistive load as shown in figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.39
Since, the reflection coefficient has a phase angle - 150c So, the wave lags by 150c
angle.
The voltage wave has the successive maxima at each l/2 distance,
Total length
So, the total no. of maxima =
= 500 = 6 2
3
Distance between two maxima
^150/2h
576
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

i.e. 6 maxima and remaining phase angle = 2 # 360c = 240c
3
From the wave pattern shown above we conclude that the remaining phase ^240ch
will include one more maxima and therefore the total no. of maxima is 7.
Reflection coefficient at load terminal is defined as
GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
For a matched transmission line we have
ZL = Z 0
So,
GL = 0
i.e. matching eliminated the reflected wave between the source and the matching
device location.
SOL 8.3.42
Consider the quarter wave transformer connected to load has the characteristic
impedance Zl0 as shown in the figure.
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.41
ww
w.
g
So, we have the input impedance,

J
2p l N
KZL + jZl0 tan b l lb 4 l O ^Zl0h2
O=
Zin = Zl0 K
ZL
KK Z 0 + jZL tan b 2p lb l l OO
l 4
L
P
this will be the load to 450 W transmission line
^Zl0h2 ^Zl0h2
i.e.
ZlL =
=
200
ZL
and for matching Z 0 = ZlL
^Zl0h2
450 =
200
Zl0 = ^450h^200h = 300 W
SOL 8.3.43

Given
ZL = 3
and
l =l
4
(open circuit)
(quarter wave)
ZL + jZ 0 tan bl
=- jZ 0 cot bl
^ZL " 3h
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
Zin = Z 0 c
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
=- jZ 0 cot b 2p lb l l
l 4

Length of transmission line
l < l/4
Load impedance,
ZL = 3
So, the input impedance of the transmission line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
= Z0 c 1 m
j tan bl
=- jZ 0 cot bl
(open circuit)
(lossless line)
^ZL = 3h

Given,
Load impedance,
(short circuit)
ZL = 0
Line parameters,
(loss free line)
R = G= 0
Attenuation constant,
(loss free line)
a =0
So, the input impedance of the line is given as
Zin = jZ 0 tan bl
i.e. pure reactance
Statement (A) is correct.
Since tan bl can be either positive or negative So Zin can be either capacitive or
inductive.
Statement (B) is correct.
The reflection coefficient at load is
GL = ZL - Z 0 =- 1 ! 0
ZL + Z 0
So, the reflection exists.
Statement (C) is incorrect.
and since the standing waves of voltage and current are set up along length of the
lines so, statement (D) is also correct.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.45
SOL 8.3.44
577

(a) short circuit ^ZL = 0h
So
GL = ZL - Z 0 =- 1
â " 2h
ZL + Z 0
(b) Open circuit ^ZL = 3h
So,
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 1
^b " 3h
ZL + Z 0
(c) Line characteristic impedance ^ZL = Z 0h
GL = Z 0 - Z 0 = 0
^c " 1h
Z0 + Z0
(d) 2 # line characteristic impedance ^ZL = 2Z 0h
^d " 4h
GL = 2Z 0 - Z 0 = 1
2Z 0 + Z 0 3
SOL 8.3.46
578
Transmission Lines
Chap 8

Input impedance of a quarter wave transformer is defined as
2
Zin = Z 0
ZL
at
e
SOL 8.3.51
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 8.3.47
Given, reflection coefficient,
GL = 1 0c
1+ G
So,
VSWR =
= 1+1 = 3
1-1
1- G
SOL 8.3.48
Given, reflection coefficient, G = 1
5
1+ G
So,
VSWR =
=6=3
4 2
1- G
SOL 8.3.49
Characteristic impedance of transmission line is defined as
R + jw L
Z0 =
G + j wC
So, for lossless transmission line (R = G = 0 )
Z0 = L
C
SOL 8.3.50
Input impedance has the range from 0 to 3.
â " 3h
VSWR has the range from 1 to 3
^c " 2h
Reflection coefficient ^G h ranges from - 1 to + 1.
^b " 1h

The scattering parameters linearly relate the reflected wave to incident wave and it
is frequency invariant so the scattering parameters are more suited than impedance
parameters.
ww
SOL 8.3.52
w.
g
where Z 0 is the characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is the load impedance.
Since the quarter wave transformer is terminated by a short circuit (ZL = 0 ) so, we
get the input impedance of the transformer as
Zin = 3

Given, the reflection coefficient as
GL = 0.3e-j30c
At any point on the transmission line the reflection coefficient is defined as
G ^z h = GL e-2gz
where z is the distance of point from load.
(Given)
z = 0.1l
-2g^0.1lh
-j30c
-2jb^0.1lh
So,
(Assume a = 0 )
G ^z h = GL e
= ^0.3e
hê
h
-j30c -j0.4p
= 0.3e
ê
h
SOL 8.3.53
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
579

= 0.6e
-j152c

Balun is used to couple a coaxial line to a parallel wire.
SOL 8.3.55

The reflection coefficient of the conducting sheet is G =- 1 where as the transmission
coefficient is G = 0 . So, there will be x -directed surface current on the sheet.
SOL 8.3.56

Given,
f = 25 kHz
Conductivity,
s = 5 mho/m
er = 80
The attenuation constant for the medium is defined as
wms
a =
^s >> weh
2
^2p # 25 # 103h # ^4p # 10-7h^5 h
=
^m = m0h
2
= 0.7025
The attenuated voltage at any point is given as
(1)
V = V0 e- al
where V0 is source voltage and l is the distance travelled by wave
Since, the radio signal is to be transmitted with 90% attenuation so, the voltage of
the signal after 90% attenuation is
V = V0 - 90% of V0
= 0.1V0
Comparing it with equation (1) we get
^0.1h = e- al
ln ^0.1h
or,
l == 3.27 m
0.7025
In Smith chart, the distance towards the load is always measured in anticlockwise
direction. So, statement 3 is incorrect while statement 1 and 2 are correct.
SOL 8.3.57
SOL 8.3.58
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.54

Given,
Z 0 = 75 W
Load impedance,
ZL = ^100 - j 75h W
The condition for matching is
ZlL = Z 0
where ZlL is the equivalent load impedance of the transmission line after connecting
an additional circuit. So, the best matching will be obtained by a short circuited
stub at some specific distance from load.
580
Transmission Lines
Chap 8

(1) Given,
Length of line,
l = l/8
So,
4
l 8
Therefore the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is
jZ 0 tan p
ZL + jZ 0 tan bl
4p
f
Zin = Z 0 c
= Z0
Z0
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
(i.e., incorrect statement)
= jZ 0
(2) Given,
Length of line,
l = l/4
So,
2
l 4
Therefore the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
jZ 0 tan p
2 p = j3
(i.e., correct statement)
= Z0 f
Z0
(3)Given,
Length of line,
l = l/2
So,
l 2
Therefore, the input impedance of the lossless transmission line is
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 8.3.61
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 8.3.59
Given, the voltage standing wave ratio in decibels is
VSWR indecibels = 6 dB
or,
20 log 10 S = 6
S = ^10h6/20 = 2
So, the reflection coefficient at the load terminal is given as
G = S - 1 = 2 - 1 = 0.33
S+1 2+1
SOL 8.3.60
Input impedance of a quarter wave transformer (lossless transmission line) is
defined as
2
Zin = Z 0
ZL
where Z 0 is the characteristic impedance of the line and ZL is the load impedance
of the line. So, we get
Z 0 = Zin ZL = ^50h^200h = 100 W
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
581
For View Only

Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
(i.e., incorrect statement)
= Z 0 b 1 l =- j3
j tan p
(4) Matched line have the load impedance equal to its characteristic impedance

Since, a transmission line of output impedance 400 W is to be matched to a load
of 25 W through a quarter wavelength line. So, for the quarter wave line we have
Input impedance, Zin = 400 W
(same as the o/p impedance of the matched line)
Load impedance, ZL = 25 W
Length of line,
l = l/4
The characteristic impedance of quarter wave transmission line is Z 0 that connected
between the load and the transmission line of output impedance 400 W as shown
in figure.
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.3.63
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.62
i.e.
ZL = Z 0
So, for the matched line the input impedance is
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
(i.e., correct statement)
= Z0
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
Given,
Length of line,
l = l/8
So,
4
l 8
Therefore, the input impedance of the transmission line is
Z + Z 0 tanh gl
= Z 0 tanh gl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tanh gl m
If the line is distortion less (i.e. a = 0 ) then, the input impedance of the line is
Zin = jZ 0 tan bl = jZ 0
So, it will depend on characteristic impedance as the line is resistive or reactive.
So,, the input impedance at AB is given as

2
ZL + jZ 0 tan p
2 = ^Z 0h
Zin = Z 0 f
p
ZL
Z 0 + jZL tan p
2
582
Transmission Lines
For View Only

Therefore,
Z0 =
Zin ZL =
Chap 8

800 # 50 = 200 W

Given,
l = l/8
Load impedance,
(Short circuited line)
ZL = 0
So, we get
4
l 8
Therefore, the input impedance of lossless transmission line is given as
jZ
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
which is inductive
= Z 0 c 0 m = jZ 0
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z0
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
So, the input impedance of l/8 long short-circuited section of a lossless transmission
line is inductive.
SOL 8.3.65

In list I
(a) Characteristic impedance of a transmission line is defined as
R + jw L
(a" 2 )
= Z
Z0 =
Y
G + jw C
(b) Propagation constant of the line is given as
(b" 1)
g = ^R + jwL h^G + jwC h = ZY
(c) Sending end input impedance is
Z + Z 0 tan gl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + ZL tan gl m
(terminated in characteristic impedance, Z 0 )
Given,
ZL = Z 0
So, we get the input impedance as
(c" 2 )
Zin = Z 0 = Z
Y
For a distortionless transmission line, the attenuation constant (a) must be
independent of frequency (w) and the phase constant (b ) should be linear function
of w.
(a)
R =G=0
For this condition propagation constant is given as
g = a + jb = ^R + jwL h^G + jwC h
i.e.
a = 0 and b = w LC
As the attenuation constant is independent of frequency and the phase constant is
linear function of w so, it is a distortionless transmission line.
(b)
RC = GL
R =G
L
C
This is the general condition for distortionless line for which
a = RG and b = w LC
(c)
R >> wL , G >> wC
ww
SOL 8.3.66
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.64
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
583
g = a + jb = RG
i.e.
a = RG , and b = 0
Since, b is not function of w so, it is not the distortionless line.
(d)
R << wL , G << wC
g = a + jb = ^ jwL h^ jwC h
i.e.
a = 0 and b = w LC
Distance between adjacent maxima of an EM wave propagating along a transmission
line is l/2 . So, we get
l/2 = ^37.5 - 12.5h
l/2 = 25 cm
i.e.
l = 50 cm
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.67
SOL 8.3.68
ww
w.
ga
te
Therefore, the operating frequency of the line is

8
f = c = 3 # 10-2
l 50 # 10
= 300 MHz
Forward voltage wave along the transmission line is given as
V 0+ = Z 0 E = E
2
Z0 + Z0
As the transmission line is open circuited at its load terminal ^ZL = 3h so, the
reflection coefficient at the load terminal is
GL = ZL - Z 0 = 1
ZL + Z 0
Therefore, the voltage travelling in reverse direction is
V 0- = GL V 0+ = E
2
The time taken by the wave to travel the distance between source and load terminal
is given as
t1 = l
c
where l is the length of transmission line and c is velocity of propagating wave.
Now, from the plot we observe that at z = 0 , voltage of the line is E/2 where as
at z = l , voltage is E therefore, it is clear that the voltage wave has been reflected
584
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

from the load but not reached yet to the generator.
l < t < 2l
i.e.
c
c
SOL 8.3.69
The characteristic impedance for a lossy transmission line does not depend on the
length of the line.
SOL 8.3.71
Option (D ) is correct.
SOL 8.3.72

A distortionless transmission line has its parameters related as
R =G
L
C
or
RC = GL
SOL 8.3.73

Given the reflection coefficient of the line is
G = 0.6
So, the voltage standing wave ratio is defined as
1+ G
SWR =
= 1 + 0.6 = 4
1 - 0.6
1- G
SOL 8.3.74

Z 0 = 50 W
Load impedance,
ZL = 100 W
Forward voltage
V + = 10 V
So, the reflection coefficient of the line is given as
G = ZL - Z 0 = 100 - 50 = 1
3
ZL + Z 0 100 + 50
SOL 8.3.75

Z 0 = 50 W
Load impedance,
ZL = 15 - j20 W
So, the normalized load impedance is given as
zL = ZL = 15 - j 20 = 0.4 - j 0.3
50
50
Z0
SOL 8.3.76

Since both the transmission lines are identical except that the loads connected to
them are 2Z and Z/2 respectively. Let the maximum voltage across the loads be
Vm So, the power transmitted to the loads are
2
PA = V m
2Z
2
and
PB = V m
Z/2
Given,
PA = W1
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.70
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only

So,
and
585
V = ^2Z h W1
2
PB = V m = 2ZW1 = 2W1
Z/2
^Z/2h
2
m

Given, the short circuited and open circuited input impedance as
Zs.c. = 36 W , Zo.c. = 64 W
So, the characteristic impedance of the transmission line is defined as
Z 0 = Zo.c. Zs.c. = 36 # 64 = 48 W
SOL 8.3.78

(line terminated by its characteristic impedance)
(1)
ZL = Z 0
So, reflection coefficient
G = ZL - Z 0 = 0
ZL + Z 0
i.e. no any reflected wave.
(2)
ZL = Z 0
G =0
and so, there will be no reflected wave and the wave will have only forward voltage
and current wave which will be equal at all the points on the line.
(3) For a lossless half wave transmission line
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.77
Zin = ZL
So, statement 3 is incorrect while statements 1 and 2 are correct.
Since, the standing wave ratio of the wave is 1.
i.e.
SWR = 1
So, expressing it in terms of reflection coefficient, we get
1+ G
=1
1- G
G =0
ZL - Z 0 = 0
ZL + Z 0
ZL = Z 0
i.e. characteristic impedance is equal to load impedance.
SOL 8.3.80
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 8.3.79
586
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
SOL 8.3.81
co
For View Only

Given, the two wire transmission line has
Half center to center spacing = h = d
2
Conductor radius = r
So, the capacitance per unit length of the line is defined as
pe
C =
2
d
loge =b l + e b d l - 1 oG
2r
2r
pe
=
2
loge =h + b h l - 1G
r
r
G = ZR - Z 0
ZR + Z 0
Z0 - Z
0
= 3
=- 5
Z0 + Z
0
3
SOL 8.3.84
SOL 8.3.85
he
ww
w.
g
SOL 8.3.83

Propagation constant,
g = ^R + jwL h^G + jwC h
The characteristic impedance of the transmission line is given as
R + jw L
Z0 =
G + j wC
R + jw L
Z0 =
g
Given the reflection coefficient,
G =- 1
3
So, the standing wave ratio
1+ G
S =
=4=2
2
1- G
For distortionless transmission line
R =L
C
G
and so, the attenuation constant,
a = RG = R b RC l = R C
L
L
at
e
SOL 8.3.82
lp.
Reflection coefficient,

Capacitance per unit length,
C = 10-10 F/m
Z 0 = 50 W
Now, for distortionless line the characteristic impedance is given as
Chap 8
Transmission Lines
For View Only
587

Z0 =
L
C
L
10-10
So, the inductance per unit length is
L = ^50h2 # ^10-10h = 0.25 mH/m
50 =

The characteristic impedance Z 0 in terms of open circuit impedance Zoc and short
circuit impedance Zsc is defined as
(Given Zoc = Zsc = 100 )
Z 0 = Zoc Zsc = ^100h^100h
= 50 W
SOL 8.3.87

Given,
Load impedance,
ZL = ^75 - j50h W
Z 0 = 75 W
Since, for matching the load impedance is equal to the characteristic impedance
(i.e., ZL = Z 0 ) so, we have to produce an additional impedance of + j50 at load to
match it with transmission line. Therefore, for matching the transmission line a
short circuit stub is connected at some specific distance from load.
SOL 8.3.88

Given,
The load impedance = Surge impedance
i.e.
ZL = Z 0
So, reflection coefficient of the line is given as
G = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
=0
SOL 8.3.89

Given,
l = 50 cm = 0.5 m
f = 30 MHz = 30 # 106 Hz
Line parameters,
L = 10 mH/m = 10 # 10-6 H/m
and
C = 40 pF/m = 40 # 10-12 F/m
So, the phase constant of the wave along the transmission line is
b = w LC
= 2p # 30 # 106 ^10 # 10-6h^40 # 10-12h
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.86
Therefore,
= 6p
5
bl = 6p # 0.5 = 0.6p = 108c
5
588
Transmission Lines
Chap 8
For View Only

SOL 8.3.90
Propagation constant in a transmission line is defined as.
g = ^L + jwRh^R + jwC h
For a series resonant circuit the required conditions are
(1) The angular frequency is
w = 1
LC
(2) The total equivalent impedance is pure resistive
i.e.
Z =R
Now, the input impedance at a distance l/4 from the load is defined as
2
Zin = Z 0
ZL
And since the transmission line is open ^ZL = 3h
So,
Zin = 0 which is purely resistive
i.e. R is correct statement.
In a lossless line voltage or current along the line are not constant.
i.e. A is not a correct statement.
SOL 8.3.92

The characteristic impedance of a transmission line can be defined as below.
R + jw L
Z0 =
G + j wC
Z 0 = Zoc Zsc
+
Z 0 = V+
I
So, all the three statements are correct.
SOL 8.3.93

Given, load impedance of the transmission line is
ZL = 0
So, the input impedance of the lossless line is given as
Z + jZ 0 tan bl
Zin = Z 0 c L
Z 0 + jZL tan bl m
jZ tan bl
= Z0 c 0
m
Z0
= 2jZ 0 tan bl
(Short circuit)
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 8.3.91

Given,
Z 0 = 600 W
Load impedance,
ZL = 900 W
So, the reflection coefficient of the transmission line is given as
GL = ZL - Z 0
ZL + Z 0
SOL 8.3.94
CHAPTER 9
WAVE GUIDES
590
Wave Guides
EXERCISE 9.1
An electromagnetic wave propagating in an airfilled 10 # 8 cm waveguide has its

electric field in phasor form given as
Ezs = 5 sin ^20px h sin ^25py h e-jbz V/m
What is the mode of propagation of the EM wave ?
(A) TM 21
(B) TM 12
co
MCQ 9.1.1
For View Only
(D) TE 12
lp.
(C) TE 21
Assertion (A) : In a waveguide operating below cutoff frequency there is no net

average power flow down the waveguide.
Reason (R) : Propagation of energy requires a propagating mode.
he
MCQ 9.1.2
Chap 9
at
e
An airfilled rectangular waveguide is operating in TM mode at a frequency twice

the cutoff frequency. What will be the intrinsic wave impedance ?
(A) 289 W
(B) 327 W
(C) 211 W
(C) 186.5 rad/m

MCQ 9.1.5
(D) 377 W
An EM wave is propagating in TM 21 mode in an air filled 10 # 4 cm waveguide at

a frequency of 2.5 GHz . What will be the phase constant of the EM wave ?
(A) 1.865 rad/m
(B) 1.207 rad/m
ww
MCQ 9.1.4
w.
g
MCQ 9.1.3
(D) 120.7 rad/m
The electric field component of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a rectangular

waveguide is given in phasor form as
Ezs = E 0 sin ^50px h sin ^40py h e-rz V/m
The ratio of field components Exs /Eys will be equal to
(A) 1.25 cot ^50px h tan ^40py h
(B) 0.8 cot ^50px h tan ^40py h
(C) 1.25 tan ^40px h cot ^50py h

(D) 0.8 tan ^40px h cot ^50py h
Chap 9
Wave Guides
591
For View Only

MCQ 9.1.6
An EM wave is propagating in TEM mode in a parallel plate waveguide filled of a
dielectric ( er = 4.25 , mr = 1). If the waveguide operating at 20 GHz then the phase
constant and the group velocity of the wave will be respectively
(A) 4.5 # 108 rad/s , 139.6 m/s
(B) 139.6 rad/s, 4.5 # 108 m/s
(C) 2 # 108 rad/m , 314.2 m/s
(D) 314.2 rad/m, 2 # 108 m/s
An a # b rectangular waveguide is operating in four different modes as TM 11 ,
TM 12 , TE 10 and TE 20 . If a = 2b then the ascending order of the operating modes
for their cut-off frequencies will be
(A) TE 10 < TE 20 < TM 11 < TM 12
co
MCQ 9.1.7
(B) TE 10 < TM 11 < TE 20 < TM 12

(D) TE 10 < TE 20 < TM 12 < TM 11
An airfilled 4 # 2 cm rectangular waveguide is operating at TE 10 mode at frequency

of 3.75 GHz. What will be the group velocity of the propagating wave in the
waveguide ?
(B) 2.4 # 109 m/s
(A) 1.8 # 109 m/s
MCQ 9.1.9
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) 2.4 # 108 m/s
(D) 470 W
Cutoff wavelength of a parallel plate waveguide for TM 2 mode is 3 mm. If the

guide is operated at a wavelength l = 0.1 cm then the no. of possible modes that
can propagate in the waveguide is
(A) 4
(B) 5
(C) 8
MCQ 9.1.11
(D) 1.8 # 108 m/s
A rectangular waveguide with the dimensions a = 2.5 cm , b = 5 cm is operating

at a frequency f = 15 GHz . If the wave guide is filled with a lossless dielectric
with mr = 1, er = 2 then the wave impedance of propagating TE 20 mode in the
waveguide will be
(A) 377 W
(B) 323 W
(C) 457 W
MCQ 9.1.10
he
MCQ 9.1.8
lp.
(C) TM 12 < TM 11 < TE 20 < TE 10
(D) 9
A lossless parallel plate waveguide is operating in TM 3 mode at frequencies as low

as 15 GHz. What will be the dielectric constant of the medium between plates if
the plate separation is 20 mm ?
(A) 1.73
(B) 3
(C) 6
(D) 9
592
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

MCQ 9.1.12
A parallel plate wave guide has the plate separation b = 20 mm is made with glass
êr = 2.1h between its plates. If the guide is operating at a frequency f = 20 GHz
then which of the following modes will propagate ?
(A) TM 1
(B) TM 3
(C) TE 2
The cutoff frequency of TM 1 mode in an air filled parallel plate wave guide is
2.5 GHz. If the guide is operating at wavelength l = 3 cm then what will be the
group velocity of TE 3 mode ?
(B) 2 # 108 m/s
(A) 9.9 # 107 m/s
MCQ 9.1.13
(D) all the three
A symmetric slab waveguide has a slab thickness d = 15 mm with refractive indices

n1 = 3 , n2 = 2.5 as shown in figure. The phase velocity of the TE 1 mode at cutoff
will be
(A) 2.5 # 108 m/s

(B) 1.2 # 108 m/s
In a symmetrical slab waveguide, the phase velocity of TE 1 mode at cutoff is v p1 .

So, the phase velocity of TM 2 mode at cutoff will be
(A) v p1
(B) 2v p1
v
(C) p1
(D) 2 v p1
2
ww
MCQ 9.1.15
w.
g
(C) 7.5 # 108 m/s

(D) 2.07 # 108 m/s
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 9.1.14
(D) 1.5 # 108 m/s
co
(C) 3.97 # 108 m/s

A strip line transmission line has the ground plane separation, b = 0.632 cm and
filled of a material with er = 4.8 .
MCQ 9.1.16
If characteristic impedance of the transmission line is 55 then what will be the

width of conducting strip ?
(A) 0.47 cm
(B) 0.30 cm
(C) 0.15 cm
(D) 0.62 cm
Chap 9
Wave Guides
593
For View Only

MCQ 9.1.17
If the transmission line is operating at a frequency f = 3 GHz then what will be its
guide wavelength ?
(A) 29.7 cm
(B) 3.37 cm
(C) 33.7 cm
MCQ 9.1.18
(D) 6.74 cm
Consider the following statements

1. TEM mode can not exist within a hollow waveguide.
2.
Any of the TM mode cant be the dominant mode of propagation in rectangular

waveguide.
(B) only 2
(C) 1 and 2 both
(D) None of these
(D) TM 101
If the dimensions of cavity resonator are equal (i.e., a = b ) then the lowest order
TE mode will be
(A) TE 011
(B) TE 100
(C) TE 101
(D) (A) and (C) both
An air filled cavity resonator has the dimensions a > b > c . Which of the following
modes are arranged in ascending order with respect to their resonant frequencies ?
(A) TM 110 , TE 011 , TE 101
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.1.21
lp.
The lowest order TM mode that can exist in a cavity resonator is

(A) TM 111
(B) TM 110
(C) TM 011
MCQ 9.1.20
co
(A) only 1
he
MCQ 9.1.19
The correct statement is
(B) TE 011 , TM 110 , TE 101
(C) TM 100 , TM 101 , TM 111

(D) TM 110 , TE 101 , TE 011
MCQ 9.1.22
An airfilled, lossless cavity resonator has dimensions a = 40 cm , b = 25 cm and

c = 20 cm . What is the resonant frequency of TE 101 mode ?
(A) 781 MHz
(B) 901.4 MHz
(C) 450.7 MHz
MCQ 9.1.23
(D) 960.4 MHz
An airfilled cubic cavity resonator â = b = c h has dominant resonant frequency of

15 GHz . The dimension of the cavity resonator is
(A) 1.41 cm
(B) 70 cm
(C) 2.5 cm
(D) 3.8 cm
***********
594
Wave Guides
EXERCISE 9.2
For View Only
Chap 9
An electromagnetic wave is propagating in a parallel plate waveguide operating at

TM 1 mode. The magnetic field lines in the yz -plane will be (Assume the positive
x -axis directs into the paper)
MCQ 9.2.2
An EM wave is propagating at a frequency f in an air filled rectangular waveguide

having the cutoff frequency fc . Consider the phase velocity of the EM wave in the
waveguide is v p . The plot of (c/v p) versus ^ fc /f h will be.
(c is the velocity of wave in air)
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
MCQ 9.2.1
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
An electromagnetic wave propagating at a frequency f in free space has the

wavelength l. At the same frequency its wavelength in an airfilled waveguide
is lg . If the cutoff frequency of the waveguide is fc then the plot of ^lg /lh versus
^ f/fc h will be
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 9.2.3
595

A parallel plate waveguide is separated by a dielectric medium of thickness b with
the constitutive parameters e and m
MCQ 9.2.4
If the cut-off frequencies of the waveguide for the modes TE 1 , TE 2 and TE 3 are
respectively wc1 , wc2 , wc3 then which of the following represents the correct relation
between the cutoff frequencies ?
(A) wc1 = wc2 = wc3
(B) wc1 < wc2 < wc3
(C) wc1 > wc2 > wc3

(D) wc1 wc3 = wc2
596
Wave Guides
Chap 9
A parallel plate waveguide operating at a frequency of 5 GHz is formed of two

perfectly conducting infinite plates spaced 8 cm apart in air. The maximum time
average power that can be propagated per unit width of the guide for TM 1 mode
without any voltage breakdown will be
(Dielectric strength of air = 3 # 106 V/m )
(B) 414 MW/m
(A) 828 MW/m
w.
g
MCQ 9.2.6
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

MCQ 9.2.5
The f -b curve (graph of frequency f versus phase constant b ) of the waveguide
for the modes TM 2 , TM 3 and TM 4 will be
(C) 104 MW/m
An air filled parallel plate wave guide has the separation of 12 cm between its
plates. The guide is operating at a frequency of 2.5 GHz. What is the maximum
average power per unit width of the guide that can be propagated without a
voltage breakdown for TEM mode ?
(A) 358 MW/m
(B) 143.2 MW/m
ww
MCQ 9.2.7
(C) 716 MW/m

MCQ 9.2.8
(D) 207 MW/m
(D) 1.432 GW/m
A parallel plate waveguide filled of a dielectric êr = 8.4h is constructed for operation
in TEM mode only over the frequency range 0 < f < 1.5 GHz . The maximum
allowable separation between the plates will be
(A) 6.90 cm
(B) 29 cm
(C) 3.45 cm
(D) 1.20 cm
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
597

A parallel plate waveguide having plate separation b = 18.1 mm is partially filled
with two lossless dielectric with permittivity er1 = 2 and er2 = 1.05 .
MCQ 9.2.9
The frequency f0 at which the TM 1 mode propagates through the guide without
suffering any reflective loss is
(A) 12.8 GHz
(B) 16.2 GHz
(C) 9.28 GHz
How many TM modes that can propagate in the guide at the frequency f0 ?
(A) one
(B) two
MCQ 9.2.10
(D) 8.44 GHz
(B) a = 1.1 cm , b = 0.9 cm

(C) a = 0.37 cm , b = 0.3 cm
(D) a = 0.5 cm , b = 0.4 cm
A symmetric dielectric slab waveguide with its permittivities er1 = 2.2 and er2 = 2.1
is operating at wavelength, l = 2.6 mm . If the slab thickness is d = 20 mm then how
many modes can propagate in the slab ?
(A) 8
(B) 25
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.2.12
lp.
An a # b airfilled rectangular waveguide is operating at a frequency, f = 5 GHz .

What will be its dimensions if the design frequency is 10% larger than the cutoff
frequency of dominant mode while being 15 % lower than the cutoff frequency for
the next higher order mode ?
(A) a = 3.3 cm , b = 2.7 cm
he
MCQ 9.2.11
(D) four
co
(C) three
(C) 15
(D) 24
MCQ 9.2.13
A rectangular waveguide operating in TE 10 mode has the phase constant b . If the

average power density of the guide in this mode is Pav then what will be the relation
between Pav and b ?
(B) Pav \ b 2
(A) Pav \ b
(C) Pav \ 1
(D) Pav is independent of b
b
MCQ 9.2.14
A symmetric dielectric slab waveguide

operating at wavelength, l = 3.1 mm . If
then what will be the maximum value of
of TE and TM mode ?
(A) 3.304
with its refractive indices n1 and n2 is

the slab thickness is 10 mm and n2 = 3.3
n1 for which it supports only a single pair
(C) 2.40
(D) 3.42
(B) 3.20
598
Wave Guides
For View Only
Chap 9
If n1 = 2.8 , n2 = 1.7 , n 3 = 2.1, then the minimum possible wave angle for the wave
propagation will be
(A) 48.6c
(B) 37.4c
lp.
MCQ 9.2.15
co
An asymmetric slab waveguide has the different mediums above and below the slab
as shown in figure. The regions above and below the slab have refractive indices n2
and n 3 respectively while the slab has refractive index n1
(C) 41.4c
If the refractive indices of the mediums are related as n1 > n2 > n 3 the maximum
phase velocity of a guided mode will be
(A) n 3 c
(B) c/n1
he
MCQ 9.2.16
(D) 54.1c
(C) 5.3 cm
(D) 1.18 cm
An attenuator is formed by using a section of waveguide of length l operating

below cutoff frequency. The operating frequency is 6 GHz and the dimension of the
guide is a = 4.572 cm as shown in figure. What will be the required length l to
achieve attenuation of 100 dB between I/P and O/P guides ?
ww
MCQ 9.2.18
(c is velocity of wave in free space)
An air filled waveguide is of square cross-section of 4.5 cm on each side. The

waveguide propagates energy in the TE 22 mode at 6 GHz. The wavelength of the
TE 22 mode wave in the guide is
(A) 4.2 cm
(B) 2.72 cm
w.
g
MCQ 9.2.17
(D) c/n2
at
e
(C) c/n 3
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only

(A) 10.3 cm

(B) 20.7 cm
(C) 5.2 cm
MCQ 9.2.19
(D) 12.7 cm
A rectangular waveguide with the dimension, a = 1.07 cm is operating in TE 10

mode at a frequency, f = 10 GHz . If the waveguide is filled with a dielectric material
having er = 8.8 and tan d = 0.002 then the attenuation constant due to dielectric
loss will be
(A) 12.23 dB/m
(B) 0.705 dB/m
(D) 3.03 dB/m
(C) 6.12 dB/m

MCQ 9.2.20
599
The first four propagating modes of a circular waveguide are respectively

(A) TM 01 , TE 21 , TE 01 , TM 11
co
(B) TM 11 , TM 21 , TM 02 , TM 12
(C) TE 11 , TE 21 , TM 11 , TE 01
lp.
(D) TE 11 , TM 01 , TE 21 , TE 01
If the characterisitc impedance of the guide is 100 W then what will be the width
of microstrip.
(A) 2.83 cm
(B) 0.28 cm
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.2.21
he
A microstrip line has the substrate thickness d = 0.616 cm with er = 2.2
(C) 0.36 cm
MCQ 9.2.22
If the transmission
permittivity ee and
ee
(A) 1.76
(B)
2.83
(C) 0.158
(D) 18.87
(D) 0.14 cm
line is operating at a frequency, f = 8 GHz then the effective

guide wavelength lg will be
lg
2.83 cm
1.76 cm
18.87 cm
0.158 cm

A rectangular cavity resonator with dimensions a = 2.5 cm , b = 2 cm and c = 5 cm
is filled with a lossless material ( m = m0 , e = 3e0 ).
MCQ 9.2.23
The resonant frequency of the cavity resonator for TE 101 mode will be
(A) 6.7 GHz
(B) 6.34 GHz
(C) 7.74 GHz
(D) 3.87 GHz
600
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

MCQ 9.2.24
If the resonator is made of copper then the quality factor for TE 101 mode is
(Conductivity of copper r = 5.8 # 107 S/m )
(A) 7733
(B) 14358
(C) 6625
An air filled circular waveguide has its inner radius 1 cm. The cutoff frequency for
TE 11 mode will be
^pl11 = 1.841h
(A) 0.55 GHz
(B) 49.3 GHz
MCQ 9.2.25
(D) 11075
A cylindrical cavity shown in the figure below is operating at a wavelength of 2 cm

in the dominant mode.
at
e
he
lp.
MCQ 9.2.26
(D) 4.71 GHz
co
(C) 8.79 GHz
ww
(C) 1.53 cm
w.
g
The radius a of the cylindrical cavity will be

(A) 0.77 cm
(B) 0.38 cm
^p 01 = 2.405h
(D) 0.19 cm
***********
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
EXERCISE 9.3
The magnetic field among the propagation direction inside a rectangular waveguide
with the cross-section shown in the figure is
Hz = 3 cos (2.094 # 102 x) cos (2.618 # 102 y) cos (6.283 # 1010 t - bz)
he
lp.
co
GATE 2012
MCQ 9.3.1
601
The phase velocity v p of the wave inside the waveguide satisfies

(A) v p > c
(B) v p = c
MCQ 9.3.2
GATE 2011
(D) v p = 0
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) 0 < v p < c
The modes in a rectangular waveguide are denoted by TE mn or TM mn where

m and n are the eigen numbers along the larger and smaller dimensions of the
waveguide respectively. Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
(A) The TM 10 mode of the waveguide does not exist
(B) The TE 10 mode of the waveguide does not exist
(C) The TM 10 and the TE 10 modes both exist and have the same cut-off frequencies
(D) The TM 10 and the TM 01 modes both exist and have the same cut-off frequencies
MCQ 9.3.3
GATE 2011
The electric and magnetic fields for a TEM wave of frequency 14 GHz in a
homogeneous medium of relative permittivity er and relative permeability mr = 1
are given by E = E p e j (wt - 280py) az V/m and H = 3e j (wt - 280py) ax A/m . Assuming the
speed of light in free space to be 3 # 108 m/s , the intrinsic impedance of free
space to be 120p , the relative permittivity er of the medium and the electric field
amplitude E p are
(A) er = 3, E p = 120p
(B) er = 3, E p = 360p
(C) er = 9, E p = 360p
(D) er = 9, E p = 120p
602
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

MCQ 9.3.4
Which of the following statements is true regarding the fundamental mode of the
GATE 2009
metallic waveguides shown ?
(A) Only P has no cutoff-frequency
(B) Only Q has no cutoff-frequency

(D) All three have cutoff-frequencies
GATE 2008
A rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions (a = 4 cm and b = 3 cm) is to be

operated in TE11 mode. The minimum operating frequency is
(A) 6.25 GHz
(B) 6.0 GHz
lp.
MCQ 9.3.5
(C) 5.0 GHz
he
The E field in a rectangular waveguide of inner dimension a # b is given by

wm
E = 2 a p k H 0 sin b 2px l sin (wt - bz) ay
a
h a
Where H0 is a constant, and a and b are the dimensions along the x -axis and the
y -axis respectively. The mode of propagation in the waveguide is
(A) TE 20
(B) TM 11
(C) TM 20
(D) TE 10
GATE 2007
An air-filled rectangular waveguide has inner dimensions of 3 cm # 2 cm. The wave

impedance of the TE 20 mode of propagation in the waveguide at a frequency of 30
GHz is (free space impedance h0 = 377 W )
(A) 308 W
(B) 355 W
ww
MCQ 9.3.7
(C) 400 W
MCQ 9.3.8
GATE 2006
MCQ 9.3.9
GATE 2005
at
e
GATE 2007
(D) 3.75 GHz
w.
g
MCQ 9.3.6
co
(C) Only R has no cutoff-frequency
(D) 461 W
A rectangular wave guide having TE 10 mode as dominant mode is having a cut

off frequency 18 GHz for the mode TE 30 . The inner broad - wall dimension of the
rectangular wave guide is
(A) 5 cm
(B) 5 cm
3
(C) 5 cm
(D) 10 cm
2
Which one of the following does represent the electric field lines for the mode in the
cross-section of a hollow rectangular metallic waveguide ?
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
GATE 2004
The phase velocity of an electromagnetic wave propagating in a hollow metallic

rectangular waveguide in the TE 10 mode is
(A) equal to its group velocity
co
(B) less than the velocity of light in free space
MCQ 9.3.10
603
(C) equal to the velocity of light in free space
MCQ 9.3.11
In a microwave test bench, why is the microwave signal amplitude modulated at 1

kHz
(A) To increase the sensitivity of measurement
he
GATE 2004
lp.
(D) greater than the velocity of light in free space
(B) To transmit the signal to a far-off place

(C) To study amplitude modulations
MCQ 9.3.12
GATE 2003
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) Because crystal detector fails at microwave frequencies

A rectangular metal wave guide filled with a dielectric material of relative permittivity
er = 4 has the inside dimensions 3.0 cm # 1.2 cm. The cut-off frequency for the
dominant mode is
(A) 2.5 GHz
(B) 5.0 GHz
(C) 10.0 GHz
MCQ 9.3.13
GATE 2002
(D) 12.5 GHz
The phase velocity for the TE 10 -mode in an air-filled rectangular waveguide is (c

is the velocity of plane waves in free space)
(A) less than c
(B) equal to c
(C) greater than c

(D) none of these
MCQ 9.3.14
GATE 2001
The phase velocity of wave propagating in a hollow metal waveguide is

(A) grater than the velocity of light in free space
(B) less than the velocity of light in free space
(C) equal to the velocity of light free space
(D) equal to the velocity of light in free

604
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

MCQ 9.3.15
The dominant mode in a rectangular waveguide is TE 10 , because this mode has
GATE 2001
(A) the highest cut-off wavelength
(B) no cut-off
(C) no magnetic field component
(D) no attenuation
GATE 2000
A TEM wave is incident normally upon a perfect conductor. The E and H field at
the boundary will be respectively,
(A) minimum and minimum
MCQ 9.3.16
(B) maximum and maximum
co
(C) minimum and maximum

(D) maximum and minimum
GATE 2000
A rectangular waveguide has dimensions 1 cm # 0.5 cm. Its cut-off frequency is

(A) 5 GHz
(B) 10 GHz
lp.
MCQ 9.3.17
MCQ 9.3.18
GATE 1999
(D) 12 GHz
he
(C) 15 GHz
Assuming perfect conductors of a transmission line, pure TEM propagation is NOT

possible in
(A) coaxial cable
at
e
(B) air-filled cylindrical waveguide

(C) parallel twin-wire line in air
(D) semi-infinite parallel plate wave guide

GATE 1999
Indicate which one of the following will NOT exist in a rectangular resonant cavity.
(A) TE 110
(B) TE 011
(C) TM 110
IES EC 2012
(C) phase velocity

MCQ 9.3.21
IES EC 2012
IES EC 2012
(D) Poynting vector
Consider a rectangular waveguide of internal dimensions 8 cm # 4 cm . Assuming

an H 10 mode of propagation, the critical wavelength would be
(A) 8 cm
(B) 16 cm
(C) 4 cm
MCQ 9.3.22
(D) TM 111
The ratio of the transverse electric field to the transverse magnetic field is called as
(A) wave guide impedance
(B) wave guide wavelength
ww
MCQ 9.3.20
w.
g
MCQ 9.3.19
(D) 32 cm
2
2
g = a mp k + a np k - w2 me represents the propagation constant in a rectangular
a
b
waveguide for
(A) TE waves only
(B) TM waves only
(C) TEM waves
(D) TE and TM waves
Chap 9
Wave Guides
605
For View Only

MCQ 9.3.23
With the symbols having their standard meaning, cut-off frequency (frequency
IES EC 2012
below which wave propagation will not (occur) for a rectangular waveguide is
1
mp 2
np 2
mp
np
(B)
(A) 1
a a k+a b k
a a k +a b k
2p me
me
1
m
p
n
p
mp 2
np 2
(C)
(D) 1
a a k+a b k
a a k +a b k
2p me
me
MCQ 9.3.24
A standard air filled waveguide WR-187 has inside wall dimensions of a = 4.755 cm
IES EC 2010
and b = 2.215 cm . At 12 GHz, it will support
(A) TE 10 mode only
(B) TE 10 and TE 20 modes only
co
IES EC 2010
Consider the following statements relating to the cavity resonator :

1. The cavity resonator does not posses as many modes as the corresponding
waveguides does.
2.
The resonant frequencies of cavities are very closely spaced.
3.
The resonant frequency of a cavity resonator can be changed by altering its

dimensions.
lp.
MCQ 9.3.25
(D) TE 10, TE 20, TE 01 and TE 11 modes
(C) TE 10, TE 20 and TE 01 modes only
he

(A) 2 and 3 only
(B) 2 only
(C) 3 only
IES EC 2010
The correct statement is

(A) Microstrip lines can support pure TEM mode of propagation but shielded
coaxial lines cannot
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.3.26
(D) 1, 2 and 3
(B) Microstrip lines cannot support pure TEM mode of propagation but shielded
coaxial lines can
(C) Both microstrip lines and shielded coaxial lines can support pure TEM mode
of propagation
(D) Neither microstrip lines nor shielded coaxial lines can support pure TEM mode
of propagation.
MCQ 9.3.27
IES EC 2010
An air-filled rectangular waveguide has dimensions of a = 6 cm and b = 4 cm . The

signal frequency is 3 GHz. Match List I with List II and select the correct answer
using the code given below the lists :
List I
List II
TE 10
1.
2.5 GHz
b.
TE 01
2.
3.75 GHz
c.
TE 11
3.
4.506 GHz
d.
TM 11
4.
4.506 GHz
a.
606
Wave Guides
For View Only

Codes :
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
b
2
2
3
3
c
3
3
2
2
d
4
1
4
1
Assertion (A) : TEM (Transverse Electromagnetic) waves cannot propagate within

a hollow waveguide of any shape.
Reason (R) : For a TEM wave to exist within the waveguide, lines of H field must
be closed loops which requires an axial component of E which is not present in a
TEM wave.
co
IES EC 2010
MCQ 9.3.28
a
1
4
1
4
Chap 9
lp.
he
IES EC 2009
For plane wave propagating in free space or two conductor transmission line, what
must be the relationship between the phase velocity v r , the group velocity vg and
speed of light c ?
(A) v p > c > vg
(B) v p < c < vg
(C) v p = c = vg
IES EC 2009

In a microstrip line
1. Wavelength l = l0 , where ee is the effective dielectric constant and l0 is the
ee
free space wavelength.
2.
Electromagnetic fields exist partly in the air above the dielectric substrate and
partly within the substrate itself.
3.
The effective dielectric constant is greater than the dielectric constant of the
air.
4.
Conductor losses increase with decreasing characteristic impedance.
ww
MCQ 9.3.30
w.
g
(D) v p < vg < c
at
e
MCQ 9.3.29

(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 1 and 2
(C) 2, 3 and 4
(D) 4 only
Chap 9
Wave Guides
607
For View Only

MCQ 9.3.31
IES EC 2009
the lists.
List I (Type of transmission structure)
a.
Strip line
1.
Quassi TEM
b.
Hollow rectangular waveguide
2.
Pure TEM
c.
Microguide
3.
TE/TEM
d.
Corrugated waveguide
4.
Hybrid
c
3
3
1
1
A standard waveguide WR90 has inside wall dimensions of a = 2.286 cm and

b = 1.016 cm . What is the cut-off waveguide for TE 01 mode ?
(A) 4.572 cm
(B) 2.286 cm
(C) 2.032 cm
IES EC 2009
(D) 1.857 cm
When a particular mode is exited in a waveguide, there appears an extra electric

component, in the direction of propagation. In what mode is the wave propagating ?
(A) Transverse electric
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.3.33
d
4
2
4
2
co
b
1
1
3
3
he
IES EC 2009
a
2
4
2
4
lp.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Codes
MCQ 9.3.32
List II (Modes of propagation)
(B) Transverse magnetic
(C) Transverse electromagnetic

(D) Longitudinal
MCQ 9.3.34
IES EC 2009

For a square waveguide of cross-section 3 m # 3 m it has been found
1. at 6 GHz dominant mode will propagate.
2.
at 4 GHz all the mode are evanescent.
3.
at 11 GHz only dominant modes and no higher order mode will propagate.
4.
at 7 GHz degenerate modes will propagate.
Which of the above statements are correct ?

(A) 1 and 2
(B) 1, 2 and 4
(C) 2 and 3
(D) 2, 3 and 4
608
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

MCQ 9.3.35
Match List with List II and select the correct answer using the codes given below
IES EC 2009
the lists.
List I (Mode)
List II (Characteristic)
1.
Rectangular waveguide does not

support
b. Dominant mode
2.
No wave propagation
c. TM 10 and TM 01
3.
Lowest cut-off frequency
a. Evanescent mode
Codes
MCQ 9.3.36
co
c
3
2
1
3
Assertion (A) : A z -directed rectangular waveguide with cross-sectional dimensions

3 cm # 1 cm will support propagation at 4 GHz.
2
2
Reason (R) : k z2 + a mp k + a np k = b 2p l, where l is the wavelength.
3
1
l
he
IES EC 2009
b
2
3
3
1
lp.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
a
1
1
2
2
at
e
IES EC 2006
Which one of the following is the correct statement ?

A rectangular coaxial line can support
(A) only TEM mode of propagation
w.
g
MCQ 9.3.37
(B) both TEM and TE modes of propagation
ww
(C) either TE or TM mode of propagation

(D) TEM, TE or TM mode of propagation
MCQ 9.3.38
IES EC 2006
A rectangular waveguide (A) is gradually deformed first into a circular wave guide
(B) and lack again into a rectangular waveguide (C) which is oriented through 90c
Chap 9
Wave Guides
609
For View Only

with respect to (A) If the input mode is TE 10 , which mode is excited in the output
waveguide (C) ?
(A) TE 10
(B) TE 01
(C) TE 11
MCQ 9.3.39
IES EC 2005
(D) TM 11
The dominant mode in a circular waveguide is a :

(A) TEM mode
(B) TM 01 mode
(C) TE 21 mode
IES EC 2005
The cut-off frequency of the dominant mode of a rectangular wave guide having
aspect ratio more than 2 is 10 GHz. The inner broad wall dimension is given by :
(A) 3 cm
(B) 2 cm
MCQ 9.3.40
(D) TE 11 mode
MCQ 9.3.41
In a waveguide, the evanescent modes are said to occur if :

(A) The propagation constant is real
lp.
IES EC 2005
(D) 2.5 cm
co
(C) 1.5 cm
(B) The propagation constant is imaginary

(C) Only the TEM waves propagate
IES EC 2005
Assertion (A) : A microstrip line cannot support pure TEM mode of propagation.
Reason (R) : A microstrip line suffers from various forms of losses.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 9.3.42
he
(D) The signal has a constant frequency
MCQ 9.3.43
IES EC 2004
Consider the following statements relating to the cavity resonators :

1. For over-coupling the cavity terminals are at voltage maximum in the input
line at resonance
2.
For over-coupling the cavity terminals are at the voltage minimum in the input
line at resonance
3.
For under-coupling the normalized impedance at the voltage maximum is the

standing wave ratio
4.
For over-coupling the input terminal impedance is equal to the reciprocal of

the standing wave ratio

(A) 1 and 2
(B) 3 and 4
(C) 1 and 3
(D) 2 and 4
610
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

MCQ 9.3.44
Consider the following statements relating to the microstrip lines :
IES EC 2004
1. Modes on microstrip lines are purely TEM
2.
Microstrip line is also called open strip line
3.
Radiation loss in microstrip line can be reduced by using thin high dielectric
materials
4.
Conformal transformation technique is quite suitable for solving microstrip

problems

(A) 1, 2 and 3
co
(B) 2, 3 and 4
(C) 1, 3 and 4
(D) 1, 2 and 4
IES EC 2003
Match List I (Dominant Mode of Propagation) with List II (Type of transmission

Structure) and select the correct answer :
lp.
MCQ 9.3.45
List-II
Coaxial line
b.
Rectangular waveguide
c.
Microstrip line
2.
Quasi TEM
3.
Hybrid
4.
TEM
d
3
2
2
3
For TE or TM modes of propagation in bounded media, the phase velocity

(A) is independent of frequency
ww
IES EC 2003
TE
w.
g
d. Coplanar waveguide
Codes :
a
b
c
(A) 1
4
2
(B)
4
1
3
(C) 1
4
3
(D) 4
1
2
MCQ 9.3.46
1.
at
e
a.
he
List-I
(B) is a linear function of frequency

(C) is a non-linear function of frequency
(D) can be frequency-dependent or frequency-independent depending on the source
MCQ 9.3.47
IES EC 2003
A waveguide operated below cut-off frequency can be used as

(A) A phase shifter
(B) An attenuator
(C) An isolator
Chap 9
Wave Guides
611
For View Only

MCQ 9.3.48
Assertion (A) : The quality factor Q of a waveguide is closely related to its
IES EC 2003
attenuation factor a.
Reason (R) : Normally attenuation factors obtainable in waveguides are much
higher than those obtainable in transmission lines.
(D) A is false but R is
Assertion (A) : The greater the Q , the smaller the bandwidth of a resonant circuit.
Reason (R) : At high frequencies the Q of a coil falls due to skin effect.
(A) Both A and R are true R is the correct explanation of A
IES EC 2002
co
MCQ 9.3.49
(B) Both A and R are true R is NOT the correct explanation of A

MCQ 9.3.50
IES EC 2002
lp.
For a wave propagation in an air filled rectangular waveguide.

(A) guided wavelength is never less than free space wavelength
he
(B) wave impedance is never less than the free space impedance
(C) TEM mode is possible if the dimensions of the waveguide are properly chosen
MCQ 9.3.51
IES EC 2002
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) Propagation constant is always a real quantity

When a particular mode is excited in a wave-guide, there appears an extra electric
component in the direction of propagation. The resulting mode is
(A) transverse-electric
(B) transverse-magnetic
(C) longitudinal
(D) transverse-electromagnetic
MCQ 9.3.52
IES EC 2001
For a hollow waveguide, the axial current must necessarily be

(A) a combination of conduction and displacement currents
(B) time-varying conduction current and displacement current
(C) time-varying conduction current and displacement current
(D) displacement current only
MCQ 9.3.53
IES EE 2012
As a result of reflections from a plane conducting wall, electromagnetic waves

acquire an apparent velocity greater than the velocity of light in space. This is
called
(A) velocity propagation
(B) normal velocity
(C) group velocity
(D) phase velocity
612
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

MCQ 9.3.54
Assertion (A) : A thin sheet of conducting material can act as a low-pass filter for
IES EE 2011
electromagnetic waves.
Reason (R) : The penetration depth is inversely proportional to the square root of
the frequency.
Consider the following statements in connection with cylindrical waveguides :

1. At low frequency the propagation constant is real and wave does not propagate.
2.
At intermediate frequency the propagation constant is zero and wave cut off.
3.
At high frequency the propagation constant is imaginary and wave propagates.
4.
At transition condition the cut-off frequency is inversely proportional to the

eigen values of the Bessel function for the respective TE nr mode.
lp.
IES EE 2009
he
MCQ 9.3.55
co
(C) 2 and 3 only

MCQ 9.3.56
IES EE 2007
at
e
Which of these statements is/are correct ?

(A) 1, 2 and 3
(B) 2 only
(D) 2, 3 and 4
How is the attenuation factor in parallel plate guides represented ?

(A) a = Power lost/power transmitted
w.
g
(B) a = 2 # Power lost/power transmitted

(C) a = Power lost per unit length/ (2 # power transmitted)
(D) a = Power lost/ (power lost + power transmitted)
IES EE 2004
Which one of the following statements is correct? A wave guide can be considered
to be analogous to a
(A) low pass filter
ww
MCQ 9.3.57
(B) high pass filter
(C) band pass filter
(D) band stop filter
***********
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
613
SOLUTIONS 9.1

Given, electric field intensity of the propagating wave is
(1)
Ezs = 5 sin ^20px h sin ^25py h e-jbz V/m
So, we conclude that the wave is propagating in az direction. Since, the wave has
its component of electric field in the direction of propagation so, the waveguide is
operating in TM mn (Transverse magnetic) mode.
Now for determining the value of m and n , we compare the phasor form of electric
field to its general equation given as.
npy -jbz
(2)
Ezs = Eo sin a mpx k sin a
e
a
n k
where a and b are the dimensions of waveguide and since, the waveguide has the
dimension 10 # 4 cm so, we get
a = 10 cm and b = 4 cm
Now, comparing equation (1) and (2) we get
mpx = 20px & m = 2
a
n py
= 25py & n = 1
b
Thus, the mode of propagation of wave is TM 21 .
SOL 9.1.2

A wave mode propagates in a waveguide only if its frequency is greater than cutoff
frequency. If there is no any propagating mode inside the waveguide then energy in
the propagating mode is zero. So, average power flow down the waveguide below
cutoff frequency is zero.
i.e. Both the statements are correct and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 9.1.3

The intrinsic impedance of an airfilled waveguide for TM mode is defined as
2
f
hTM = h0 1 - c cmn m
f
Since, the operating frequency is twice the cutoff frequency
i.e.
f = 2fc, mn
So, we get the intrinsic wave impedance as
2
hTM = 377 1 - b 1 l = 32.6.49 W . 327 W
2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.1.1
mn
mn
614
Wave Guides
Chap 9

Since, the electric field component exists in the direction of propagation so it will
be operating in TM (Transverse magnetic) mode. So, for the TM mode the electric
field components in phasor form are given as
Exs =- r22Ezs
h 2x
and
Eys =- r22Ezs
h 2y
Since, the given electric field component is
Ezs = E 0 sin ^50px h sin ^40py h e-rz V/m
So,
Exs =- r2 ^50ph E 0 cos ^50px h sin ^40py h e-rz
h
and
Eys =- r2 ^40ph Eo sin ^50px h cos ^40py h e-rz
h
Therefore, the ratio of the components is
Exs = 50p cot 50px tan 40py
^
h
^
h
40p
Eys
= 1.25 cot ^50px h tan ^40py h
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 9.1.5
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 9.1.4
The dimensions of wave guide, a = 10 cm = 0.1 m
and,
b = 4 cm
The mode of propagation,
m = 2, n = 1
f = 7.5 GHz = 7.5 # 109 Hz ,
Unbounded phase velocity,
(air filled)
v p = c = 3 # 108 m/s
So, the cut-off frequency of the waveguide is given as
8
2
2
fc = c a m k + a n k = 3 # 10 ^20h2 + ^25h2
2
2
a
b
9
= 4.8 # 10 Hz
Therefore, the phase constant of the wave inside the waveguide is defined as
f 2
2p f
f 2 - f c2
b = w 1 -c c m =
vp
c
f
f2
= 2p 8 # 109 ^7.5h2 - ^4.8h2
3 # 10
= 220.7 rad/m

Relative permittivity of dielectric
er = 2.25
Relative permeability of the dielectric, mr = 1
f = 10 GHz = 1010 Hz
Since, the waveguide is operating in TEM mode so, the phase constant is given as
10
2p f
b = w me =
mr er = 2p # 108 # ^1.5h = 314.2 rad/m
c
3 # 10
The group velocity of the wave in TEM mode will be equal to its phase velocity in
the unbounded dielectric medium
SOL 9.1.6
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only

vg = v p =
i.e.

1 = c
= 2 # 108 m/s
me
mr er

In an a # b rectangular waveguide, cutoff frequency for ^TEhmn or ^TMhmn mode is
defined as
m 2
n 2
^ fc hmn = 1
a a k +ab k
2 me
Now, for TM 11 mode
1 2
1 2
1
1 2
2 2
a = 2b
fc1 = 1
ba l + bb l =
ba l + ba l
2 me
2 mf
= 5c 1 m
2a me
Similarly, for TM 12 mode
1
1 2
2 2
fc2 = 1
b a l + b b l = 17 c
2a me m
2 me
1
1 2
For TE 10 mode fc3 = 1
ba l + 0 =
2a me
2 me
fc4 =
1
2 me
1
2 2
b a l + 0 = 2c
2a me m
he
For TE 20 mode
lp.
co
SOL 9.1.7
615
ww
w.
ga
te
So comparing cutoff frequencies of all the modes we get the modes in ascending
order of cutoff frequencies as
TE 10 < TE 20 < TM 11 < TM 12
SOL 9.1.8

Dimensions of wave guide a = 5 cm = 5 # 10-2 m
and
b = 3 cm = 3 # 10-2 m
f = 3.75 GHz = 3.75 # 109 Hz
Since operating mode of the waveguide is TE 10 (i.e., m = 1 and n = 0 ) so, the cutoff
frequency of the airfilled waveguide is given as
2
2
fc = c a m k + a n k
2
a
b
8
2
1
= 3 # 10
+ 0 = 3 # 109
2
b
l
2
5 # 10
The group velocity of the EM wave in the waveguide is given as
2
9
f 2
vg = c 1 - c c m = 3 # 108 1 - c 3 # 10 9 m
f
3.75 # 10
8
= 1.8 # 10 m/s
SOL 9.1.9

Dimensions of waveguide, a
and
b
f
Conductivity of medium, s
= 2.5 cm = 2.5 # 10-2 m

= 5 cm = 5 # 10-2 m
= 15 GHz = 15 # 109 Hz
=0
(lossless dielectric)
616
Wave Guides
Chap 9
20

Given, the cutoff frequency for TM 2 mode is
-3
^lc h2 = 2 mm = 2 # 10 m
Since, the cutoff wavelength for TM n or TE n mode for a parallel plate waveguide
is defined as
2b
(1)
^lc hn = n er
where b is the separation between parallel plates of the waveguide and er is relative
permittivity of the medium. So, putting the known values in the expression, we get
(n = 2 )
2 # 10-3 = 2b er
2
-3
b = 2 # 10
er
Now, for any n mode to propagate the operating wavelength must be less than or
equal to the cutoff frequency.
i.e.
l # ^lc hn
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 9.1.10
lp.
co
For View Only

er = 2
Relative permeability, mr = 1
The operating mode of the waveguide is TE 20 mode (i.e., m = 2 and n = 0 )
So, the cutoff frequency of the waveguide in the TE 20 mode is given as
2
m 2
n 2
3 # 108
2
fc = 1
a a k +ab k =
b 2.5 10-2 l
2 me
#
2 mr er
9
= 8.5 # 10
The wave impedance for the TE 20 mode is given as
h
mr
1
hTE =
= h0
er f
fc 2
f 2
1 -c m
1 -c c m p
f
f
1
= 377 1
2
2f
1 - b 8.5 l p
15
= 323 W
So, from equation (1) for the propagation of wavelength l = 0.1 cm we have the
relation as
0.1 # 10-2 # 2b er
b
-3
er
0.1 # 10-2 # 2 # 2 # 10
n
er
-3
n # 4 # 10 -2
0.1 # 10
n#4
Therefore, the possible modes that can propagate in the waveguide are
TEM, TE 1 , TE 2 , TE 3 , TE 4 , TM 1 , TM 2 , TM 3 and TM 4
Thus, there are nine possible modes that can propagate in the waveguide.
Chap 9
Wave Guides
617
For View Only

SOL 9.1.11
Plate separation,
b = 10 mm = 10-2 m
Minimum operating frequency, fmin = fc = 15 GHz = 15 # 109 Hz
Since, for TM n mode of parallel plate waveguide, cutoff frequency is defined as
^ fc hn = n
2b me
So, for ^TMh3 mode ^n = 3h we have the cutoff frequency as
3
^ fc h3 =
2b m0 e0 er
3 # ^3 # 108h
2 # 10-2 er
er = 3
er = 9

Plate separation,
b = 20 mm = 20 # 10-3 m
Relative permittivity of medium,
er = 2.1
f = 16 GHz
For propagation of wave the operating frequency must be greater than the cutoff
frequency of ^TEhn or ^TMhn mode of parallel plate waveguide
i.e.
f > ^ fc hn
n
f >
2b m0 e0 er
n < 2fb m0 e0 er
-3
9
n < 2 # 16 # 10 # 820 # 10 # 2.1
3 # 10
n < 3.09
So, the maximum allowed mode is
n =3
Since, all the modes given in the option are in the range, therefore, all the three
modes will propagate.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 9.1.12
^ fc h3 = fmin
co
or
15 # 109 =

Cutoff frequency of ^TMh1 mode,
^ fc h1 = 2.5 GHz = 2.5 # 109 Hz
Operating wavelength,
l = 3 cm = 3 # 10-2 m
The cutoff frequency of ^TEh3 mode of the parallel plate waveguide is given as
^ fc h3 = 3 ^ fc h1 = 3 # 2.5 # 109 Hz = 7.5 # 109 Hz
Since, the operating frequency of the waveguide is defined as
f =c
l
where l is the operating wavelength. So, the operating frequency of the parallel
plate waveguide is
8
f = 3 # 10-2 = 1010 Hz
3 # 10
SOL 9.1.13
618
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

Therefore, the group velocity of TE 3 mode is given as
^ fc h 2
1
1 -e 3 o
^vg h3 =
f
m0 e0
9 2
= 3 # 108 1 - c 7.5 #1010 m = 2 # 108 m/s
10
At cutoff the mode propagates in the slab at the critical angle which means that
the phase velocity will be equal to that of a plane wave in upper or lower media of
refractive index n2 . So, the phase velocity at cutoff will be
8
v p = c = 3 # 10 = 1.2 # 108 m/s
n2
2.5
The phase velocity at cutoff is independent of the mode and equal to the phase
velocity of a plane wave in unbounded media. Since, in the given problem the
phase velocity of TM 2 mode is to be determined for same waveguide so, the phase
velocity of TM 2 mode will be equal to that of TM 1 mode.
i.e.,
v p2 = v p1
lp.
SOL 9.1.15
co
SOL 9.1.14

Relative permittivity of material,
er = 8.8
Separation between strip line,
b = 0.632 cm
Z 0 = 35
So,
er Z 0 = 8.8 (35) = 103.8
Since,
er Z 0 < 120
Therefore, the width to separation ratio of strip line transmission line is given as
w = 30p - 0.441
b
er Z 0
w =
30p
- 0.441
0.632
^ 8.8 h^35h
w = 0.295
SOL 9.1.17

Guide wavelength of a stripline is defined as,
lg = c
e f
where, c is velocity of waver in free space, f is the operating frequency and er is the
relative permittivity of the medium. So, we get
3 # 108
lg =
= 3.37 cm
^ 8.8 h^3 # 109h
SOL 9.1.18

Statement 1
Suppose on the contrary the TEM mode existed. In this case the magnetic field
must lie solely in the transverse xy -plane. The magnetic field lines must form closed
paths in this transverse plane, since d : H = 0 . From Amperes law, the integral
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 9.1.16
Chap 9
Wave Guides
619
For View Only

of this transverse magnetic field around these closed paths must yield the axial
conduction or displacement current. But Ez = 0 for the TEM mode so, no axial
displacement current can exist. Also, since there is no center conductor so, no axial
conduction current can exist. Therefore statement 1 is correct.
Statement 2
The dominant mode is the mode that has lowest cutoff frequency. Now, fc, mn is
clearly minimized when either m or n is zero. Since, TM 01 or TM 10 mode doesnt
exist so, TM mode cant be the dominant mode of propagation in rectangular
waveguide.
It is also correct statement.
For a TM mnp mode, neither m nor n can be zero otherwise all field components
vanish, however p can be zero. So, the lowest order TM mode is TM 110 .
SOL 9.1.20

Since, TE mnp mode of cavity resonator can have either m = 0 or n = 0 (but not
both at a time) where as p cant be zero for TE mode so, the lowest order of TE
mode is
if
TE 011
a<b
if
TE 101
a>b
As the dimensions of the cavity resonator are equal (a = b ) so, both the TE 101 and
TE 011 are lowest order mode.
SOL 9.1.21

Given, the dimensions of cavity resonator are related as
(1)
a >b>c
The condition for propagating TE and TM modes in a cavity resonator are as
follows :
(1) for TM mnp mode, neither m nor n can be zero however p can be zero.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.1.19
(2) For TE mnp mode p cant be zero but either m or n can be zero (but not both
at a time)
The resonant frequency of TM mnp or TE mnp mode in a cavity resonator is defined as
2
2
p 2 1/2
fmnp = 1 :a m k + a n k + a k D
c
b
2 me a
So, comparing the resonant frequency for the different values of m, n and p using
the relation defined in equation (1), we get the lowest order mode will be TM 110
and the ascending order can be written as below :
TM 110 ; TE 101 ; TE 011 ; TE 111 = TM 111
SOL 9.1.22

In an airfilled cavity resonator, resonant frequency is defined as
p 2 1/2
1
m 2
n 2
fmmp =
:a a k + a b k + a c k D
2 m0 e0
620
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

So, for TE 101 mode (m = p = 1, n = 0 ) the resonant frequency is
8
2
2 1/2
1
1
f101 = 3 # 10 ;b
+b
2
2
l
l
2
30 # 10
20 # 10 E
8
= 9.01388 # 10 Hz = 901.4 MHz
The resonant frequency of a cavity resonator is defined as
p 2 1/2
m 2
n 2
1
fmnp =
2 m0 e0
Since, a = b = c so, the dominant modes are TE 101 or TE 011 or TM 110 . Therefore,
taking any of m, n or p equal to zero, we get the resonant frequency as
p 2 1/2
1
m 2
n 2
fmnp =
2 m0 e0
he
8
15 # 109 = 3 # 10 # 2
2
a
-2
a = 1.41 # 10 m = 1.41 cm
a = b = c = 1.41 cm
at
e
i.e.
â = b = c h
lp.
1/2
8
fmnp = 3 # 10 ; 22 E
2
a
co
SOL 9.1.23
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
621
SOLUTIONS 9.2

Since, the waveguide is operating at TM n mode so, the phasor form of magnetic
field of the EM wave will be given as
jwe
nxy -jbz
Hxs =
H cos a
e
h 0
b k
Since, the waveguide is operating at TM 1 mode (i.e. n = 1)
jwe
py
So,
Hxs =
H cos a k e-jbz
h 0
b
Therefore, the instantaneous magnetic field intensity of the wave is given as
jwe
py
Hx = Re '
H cos a k e-jbz e jwt 1
h 0
b
py
=- we H 0 cos a k sin ^wt - bz h
h
b
py
we
at t = 0
(1)
Hx =
cos a k sin ^bz h
h
b
As the EM wave is propagating in y -z plane so, in TM mode the y and z -components
of the magnetic field intensity will be zero.
i.e.
Hy = H z = 0
Thus, the field will have the component only in z -direction for which we sketch the
field lines in y -z plane. From equation (1), we conclude that the field intensity Hz
depends on the values cosines and sines of the two variables defined as
+ ve 0 < y < 0.5
py
cos a k = )
b
- ve
0.5 < y < 1
+ ve 0 < bz < p
sin bz = *
- ve
p < bz < 2p
Using these values we get the sketch of the field lines in the yz -plane as shown in
the figure below where x -axis directs into the paper.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.1
622
Wave Guides
For View Only
Chap 9

The phase velocity of the EM wave in the guide is defined as
vp = w
b
where w is the operating angular frequency and b is the phase constant inside the
airfilled waveguide given as
waveguide
b = w 1 - ^ fc /f h2
c
So, we get
w
vp =
w 1 - f /f 2
^c h
c
2
fc
c 2
&
b vp l + c f m = 1
The above equation is the equation of a circle. So, the graph between (c/v p) and
^ fc /f h will be as plotted below :
SOL 9.2.3

Wavelength for a propagating wave inside the waveguide is defined as
lg = 2p
b
where b is the phase constant of the wave in the waveguide given as
f 2
b = w me 1 - c c m
f
where fc is the cutoff frequency of the waveguide and f is the operating frequency
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.2
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only

of the waveguide. So, we get
623

2p
lg =
f 2
1 -c c m
f
1
lg = 2p
f 2
w m0 e0
1 -c c m
f
w me
lg = b c l
f f
&
lg = l
1
f 2
1 -c c m
f
1
f 2
1 -c c m
f
&
(for airfilled guide m = m0 , e = e0 )
co
&
^ f/fc h2
lg
=
l
^ f/fc h2 - 1
Thus, the plot between ^ f/fc h and ^lg /lh is as sketched below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
&

The propagation constant ^g h in the parallel plate waveguide is defined as
2
(1)
g2 + w2 me = a np k
b
Since, for lossless medium propagation constant is given as
(attenuation constant, a = 0 )
g = jb
2
- b 2 + w2 me = a np k
b
At the cutoff frequency, w = wc phase constant is zero (i.e., b = 0 ). So, we get
2
wc2 me = a np k
b
wc = np
b me
So, for TE 1 mode
wc1 = p
b me
So TE 2 mode
wc2 = 2p
b me
SOL 9.2.4
624
Wave Guides
For View Only
Chap 9
3p
b me
Comparing the three expressions we get,
wc1 < wc2 < wc3
wc3 =
For TE 3 mode

As calculated in previous question, the expression for the operating frequency of
the wave in the waveguide is given as
2
- b 2 + w2 pe = a np k
b
2
&
w2 me = b 2 + a np k
b
2
&
f 2 ^4p2 meh = b 2 + a np k
b
p 2
2
So, for TM 2 mode (n = 2 )
f 2 = 12 :b + 4 a b k D
4p me
p 2
2
For TM 3 mode (n = 3 )
f 2 = 12 :b + 9 a b k D
4p me
p 2
2
and for TM 4 mode (n = 4 )
f 2 = 12 :b + 16 a b k D
4p me
Thus, for the above obtained expressions for the frequencies at different modes, we
sketch the f -b curve as shown below :
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.5

f = 5 GHz = 5 # 109 Hz
Separation between the plates b = 6 cm = 6 # 10-2 m
So, the cut off frequency for TM 1 mode is given as
1
3 # 108
fc =
=
= 2.5 # 109 Hz
2 # 6 # 10-2
2b m0 e0
For a parallel plate waveguide, phasor form of components of electric field and
magnetic field intensity of a propagation wave are given as
npy - gz
Eys = E 0 cos a
e
b k
npy - gz
E0
and
e
cos a
Hxs =2
b k
f
h0 1 - c c m
f
SOL 9.2.6
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
625
So, the average power is given as

b
1 - E H (w dy)
Pave = 1 Re "Es # Hs), dS =
"^ ys h^ xs h,
2
0 2
b
py
E 02
cos2 a k dy
=w
2 0
b
fc 2
h0 1 - c m
f
2py
1 + cos b
2
b
b l
E
E 02
w
wb
0
=
=
dy
2
2
4
f 2 0
f 2
h0 1 - c c m
h0 1 - c c m
f
f
The maximum power propagation will be due to the maximum electric field in the
medium (the dielectric strength of the medium). So, we have the maximum average
power as
2
^3 # 106h
( Ê 0hmax = 3 # 106 V/m )
^Pave hmax = wb
4
fc 2
h0 1 - c m
f
Putting all the values, we get the average power per unit width as
2
-2
^Pave hmax
^3 # 106h
6
10
#
=
#
w
4
f 2
120p 1 - c c m
f
8
= 4.135 # 10 = 414 MW/m

Separation between waveguide plates, b = 12 cm = 0.12 m
f = 2.5 GHz = 2.5 # 109 Hz
For the TEM mode, phasor form of electric and magnetic field components are
given as
Eys = E 0 e- gz
Hxs =- E 0 e- gz
h0
So, the average power propagated in the waveguide is given as
,
Pave = Re & 1 Es # Hs)0 dS
2
b
= 1 Re "-Êys h^Hxs h, ds =- 1 Ê 0hc- E 0 m wdy
h0
2
0 2
2
= E 0 wb
2h 0
The maximum electric field, without any voltage breakdown is defined as the
dielectric strength of the medium as given and as the dielectric strength of air is
Ê 0hmax = 3 # 106 V/m
So, the maximum average power propagated in the waveguide is
2
^3 # 106h
w ^0.12h
^Pave hmax =
2 # ^120ph
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 9.2.7
he
lp.
co
#
#
626
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

Therefore, the maximum time average power propagated per unit width in the
waveguide is

The Brewsters angle for parallel polarized wave is given as
tan qB || = e2
e1
qB || = tan-1 b 1.05 l = 35.9c
2
The cutoff frequency for TM 1 mode in 1st medium (permittivity = er1 ) is given as
1
3 # 108
=
^ fc h1 =
2b m0 e0 er1
2 # 14.1 # 10-3 2
9
= 7.52 # 10 Hz
So, the frequency for which there is no any reflective loss is given as
^ fc h1
f0 =
cos q
where q is ray angle that has the value, q = 90c - qB ||. So, we get
9
9
= 7.52 # 10 = 12.8 GHz
f0 = 7.52 # 10
sin 35.9c
cos ^90c - qB11h
ww
SOL 9.2.9
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.8
^Pave hmax
= 1.432 # 109 = 1.432 GW/m
w
Maximum operating frequency
fmax = 1.5 # 109 Hz
Relative permittivity of medium,
er = 8.4
The cutoff frequency in TEM mode is fc = 0 and the cutoff frequency in ^TEhn or
^TMhn mode is given as
^ fc hn = n
2b me
So, for TE 1 or TM 1 mode ^n = 1h we get
1
^ fc h1 =
2b m0 e0 er
Since, the guide is to be operated only in TEM mode. So, the operating frequency
must be less than ^ fc h1 while it must be greater than 0 (cutoff frequency in TEM
mode).
i.e.
0 < f < ^ fc h1
1
or,
f <
2b m0 e0 er
1
b <
2f m0 e0 er
As the frequency inside the waveguide ranges in 0 < f < 1.5 GHz , therefore, the
maximum allowable separation between the plates is
c
3 # 108
( fmax = 1.5 GHz )
=
b max =
2fmax er
2 # 1.5 # 109 # 8.4
= 0.345 m = 3.45 cm
Chap 9
Wave Guides
627
For View Only

NOTE :
Brewsters angle is the incident angle of a plane wave at the interface of two
mediums for which there is no any reflection in the medium.
As we have determined in the previous question, the value of f0 is
f0 = 12.8 GHz
and the cutoff frequency for TM 1 mode is
^ fc h1 = 7.52 GHz
So, the cutoff frequency for TM 2 mode will be
^ fc h2 = 2 ^ fc h1 = 15.04 GHz
Since, the operating frequency f0 is below the cutoff frequency for TM 2 mode so,
TM 2 mode or the higher modes cant propagate at the frequency f0 . Therefore,
only one mode ^TM 1h can propagate at the frequency f0 through the waveguide.
co
SOL 9.2.10

Consider the dominant mode of the waveguide is TE 10 . Since, the cut-off frequency
for TE mn mode is defined as
m 2
n 2
fc = 1
a a k +ab k
2 mf
So, the cutoff frequency for the TE 10 mode is
(for airfilled waveguide c = 1/ me )
^ fc h10 = c2 # a1 = 2ca
Now, the next higher order mode of the waveguide will be TE 01 so, its cutoff
frequency is given as
^ fc h01 = 2cb
For the given condition design frequency will be
f = 1.1 ^ fc h10 = 0.9 ^ fc h01
Since, the operating frequency of the waveguide is
f = 5 GHz = 5 # 109 Hz
109
So, we get
^ fc h10 = 5 #
1.1
c = 5 # 109
1.1
2a
^3 # 108h # 1.1
a =
= 3.3 cm
2 # ^5 # 109h
109
and
^ fc h01 = 5 #
0.9
c = 5 # 109
0.9
2b
^3 # 108h # 0.9
b =
= 2.7 cm
2 # ^5 # 109h
SOL 9.2.12
For a propagating mode TM n or TE n the cutoff wavelength of the symmetric
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 9.2.11
628
Wave Guides
Chap 9

For a rectangular waveguide operating in TE 10 mode the phasor form of electric
field is given as
Eys = E 0 sin ^kx h e-jbz
b
Hxs =E sin kx e-jbz
wm 0 ^ h
Hzs = j K E 0 cos ^kx h e-jbz
wm
Since, the wave is propagating in TE mode so, no any other field component exists
in the waveguide.
Now, the average power in an EM wave is defined as
Pav = 1 Re "Es # H)
s ,
2
Since, Hzs has a factor j . So it would lead to an imaginary part of the total power
when cross product with Ey is taken. Therefore, the real power in the case is found
through the cross product with complex conjugate of Hxs as below :
1 b E 2 sin2 kx a
Pav = 1 Re "Eys # H)
^ h z
xs , =
2
2 wm 0
Thus,
Pav \ b
ww
w.
g
SOL 9.2.13
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

dielectric slab is defined as
lc = 2d er1 - er2
n-1
where er1 and er2 are the permittivities of dielectrics and d is the slab thickness.
So, we get
-6
2.2 - 2.1 = 1.26 # 10-5
lc = 2 # 20 # 10
n-1
n-1
Since the operating wave length must be lower than or equal to the cutoff wavelength
i.e.
l # lc
Therefore, for the propagation of wavelength l = 2.6 mm in the dielectric slab
waveguide, we have the condition as
-5
2.6 # 10-6 # 1.26 # 10
n-1
-5
n - 1 # 1.26 # 10-6
2.6 # 10
n - 1 # 4.85
n # 5.85
So, the possible values of n for which the wavelength l = 2.6 mm can propagate in
the waveguide are n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Thus, we get the possible modes as follows :
TE 1 , TE 2 , TE 3 , TE 4 , TE 5
TM 1 , TM 2 , TM 3 , TM 4 , TM 5
and as TEM doesnt exist in the dielectric slab waveguide so, total 10 modes can
propagate for the operating wavelength.
Chap 9
Wave Guides
629
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 9.2.14
Cutoff wavelength for symmetric slab waveguide is defined as,
2d er1 - er2
(1)
^lc hn =
n-1
where d is the thickness of slab n is the propagating mode, er1 and er2 are the
relative permittivites of the mediums.
Now, the refractive indices of the two mediums can be given as
n1 = er1
and
n2 = er2
So, the equation can be rewritten as
2
n 22
^lc hn = 2d nn-1 1
Since, the waveguide supports only a single pair of TE and TM modes. i.e. it
supports n = 1 mode and denies all the higher modes. Therefore, the operating
wavelength l must be with in the range.
i.e.
(2)
^lc h1 $ l $ ^lc h2
where (lc) 1 and (lc) 2 are the wavelengths for mode n = 1 and n = 2 respectively.
Putting n = 1 in equation (1) we get
^lc h1 = 3
Therefore, the condition obtained in equation (2) reduces to
l $ ^lc h2
2 # 10 # 10-6 n 12 - ^3.3h2
2-1
-6
n 12 - ^3.3h2 # 3.1 # 10 -6
2 # 10 # 10
n1 # 3.304
Thus, the maximum value of n1 is 3.304.
ww
w.
ga
te
3.1 # 10-6 =
SOL 9.2.15

The wave angle must be equal to or greater than the critical angle of total reflection
at both interfaces. So, the minimum wave angle in the slab is determined for the
greater of the two critical angles determined at two interfaces.
Since,
n3 > n2
It means the critical angle will be greater for n 3 media and given as
qc3 = sin-1 a n 3 k = 48.6c
n1
Therefore, the minimum possible wave angle will be 48.6c.
SOL 9.2.16

Phase velocity of a guided mode is defined as
vp = w
b
So, maximum phase velocity for the guided mode is
630
Wave Guides
For View Only
Chap 9
he
at
e
SOL 9.2.17
lp.
co
(1)
v p max = w
bmin
where bmin is the minimum phase constant given as
(2)
bmin = n1 k 0 sin qmin
where qmin is the minimum possible wave angle, k 0 is the wave number in free space
and n1 is the refractive index of propagating media (slab).
Now, from the given relation for refractive index, we have
n2 > n3
So, as described in previous question the minimum wave angle will be determined
by larger critical angle (i.e. at the interface of n1 and n2 ) which is given as
sin qmin = sin qc, 12 = n2
n1
bmin = n1 k 0 n2 = n2 k 0
n1
Again putting the value of bmin in equation (1), we get
(velocity of wave in air, c = w )
v p max = w = c
n2
n2 k0
k0
Given, the cross-section dimension of the waveguide is
a = b = 4.5 cm
The cut off frequency of the rectangular waveguide is defined as
1
m 2
n 2 1/2
(fc) mn =
:a a k + a b k D
2 m0 e0
So, the cutoff frequency for TE 22 mode of waveguide of square cross section is
2
1
2 2
2 2 1/2
8
= 2 GHz
fc =
;b a l + b b l E = 3 # 10 #
2 m0 e0
0.045
The phase constant of the wave inside the waveguide is given as
9
2 1/2
f 2 1/2
b = w m0 e0 =1 - c c m G = 2p # 6 #810 ;1 - b 2 l E
6
f
3 # 10
2
-1
= 1.1847 # 10 m
Therefore, the wavelength of the TE 22 mode wave is
l = 2p = 2p = 5.303 # 10-2 = 5.3 cm
118.47
b
Given, the operating frequency of the waveguide is
f = 6 GHz = 6 # 109 Hz
So, the wave number in the waveguide of dimension a is given as
9
2pf
k =
= 2p # 6 #810 = 40p
c
3 # 10
Now, the attenuation constant of section of waveguide (attenuator) with dimension
a/2 is given as
2
2
a = b p l - k2 = b 2p l - ^40ph2
â = 0.04572 mh
0.04575
a/2
SOL 9.2.18
ww
w.
g
22
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
= 55.63 Np/m
Since, the total required attenuation is 100 dB along the attenuator so, we have
- 100 dB = 20 log e- al
where l is length of the attenuator. (length travelled by wave in the small section
of waveguide). Therefore, solving the equation we get,
10-5 = e- al
l = 11.5 = 0.2067 = 20.67 cm
55.63
Dimension of waveguide,
a = 1.07 cm = 0.0107 m
f = 10 GHz = 10 # 109 Hz = 1010 Hz
er = 8.8
and
tan d = 0.002
The phase constant of the EM wave inside the waveguide is defined as
b = k2 - ^p/a h2
where k is the wave number in the unbounded medium given as
(k 0 is wave number in free space)
k = er k 0
2pf
2p f
= ^ 8.8 h
bk 0 = c l
c
10
(c = 3 # 108 m/s )
= ^ 8.8 h 2p # 108
3 # 10
= 621.3 m-1
So, the phase constant of the wave along the waveguide is
2
b = ^621.3h2 - a p k
0.0107
= 547.5 m-1
Therefore, the attenuation constant due to dielectric loss is given as
2
^621.3h2 ^0.002h
d
k
tan
ad =
=
2b
2 ^547.5h
= 0.705 Np/m = 6.12 dB/m
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.19
631

In a circular waveguide, cutoff frequency for TE mn mode is given as
l
f cmn = P mn
2pa pe
and the cutoff frequency for TM mn mode of the waveguide is given as
fcmn = Pmn
2pa me
where a is the cross sectional radius of waveguide, Plmn and Pmn are the roots of
the Bessels equation. Their values are related as listed below in increasing order
Pl11 < P01 < Pl21 < Pl01 = P11 < Pl31 < P21 < Pl41 and so on.
So, for the corresponding values of Plmn and Pmn , we get the increasing order of
the modes with respect to their cutoff frequencies as shown below on the frequency
axis :
SOL 9.2.20
632
Wave Guides
For View Only
Chap 9

Given
Thickness of substrate,
d = 0.316 cm
Relative permittivity of substrate,
er = 2.2
Characteristic impedance of line,
Z 0 = 100 W
The width to thickness ratio (w/d) is defined as
w = 8eA
d
e2A - 2
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.21
Thus, the first four propagating modes are respectively

TE 11 , TM 01 , TE 21 , TE 01 or TM 11
for w < 2
d
he
where A = Z 0 er + 1 + er - 1 c 0.23 + 0.11 m

60
2
er + 1
er
w
Now, we assume d < 2 . So, we get
SOL 9.2.22
ww
w.
g
at
e
A = 100 2.2 + 1 + b 2.2 - 1 lb 0.23 + 0.11 l = 2.21

60
2
2. 2 + 1
2. 2
and therefore, the width to thickness ratio is
w = 8e2.21 = 0.896 < 2
d
e2 # 2.21 - 2
As the obtained value of (w/d) is less than 2 so, our assumption was correct and
we have
w = 0.896
d
or,
w = ^0.896h # d = ^0.896h # ^0.316h = 0.283 cm
As calculated in previous question the width to thickness ratio is
w = 0.896
d
So, the effective value of permittivity is given as
1
ee = er + 1 + er - 1
2
2
1 + 12wd
^2.2 + 1h 2.2 - 1
1
=
+
2
2
1 + 12
0.896
= 1.758
Therefore the guided wavelength of the EM wave is
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
633
c
ee f
where f is operating frequency and c is velocity of wave in free space. So, we get
3 # 108
lg =
f = 8 GHz
^ 1.758 h^8 # 109h
= 2.83 cm
lg =

The resonant frequency for TE mnp mode is defined as
2
2
p 2 1/2
fr = 1 :a m k + a n k + a k D
c
b
2 me a
So for TE 101 mode the resonant frequency of the cavity resonator is
8
2
2 1/2
( m = m0 , e = 3e0 )
fr = 3 # 10 ;b 1 l + b 1 l E
0
.
025
0
.
05
2 3
= 3.87 # 109 Hz
= 3.87 GHz
SOL 9.2.24

The quality factor of TE 101 mode is defined as
2
2
â + c h abc
QTE =
d 62b â3 + c3h + ac â2 + c2h@
where d is skin depth given as
1
d =
pfr m0 sc
where
fr " resonant frequency for the defined mode.
m0 = 4p # 10-7
sc = Conductivity of copper
So, we get the skin depth as
1
d =
9
p ^3.87 # 10 h^4p # 10-7h^5.8 # 107h
= 1.06 # 10-6
Therefore, the quality factor of the resonator is
2
2
-2
8^2.5h + ^5 h B^2.5h^2 h^5 h # 10
QTE =
3
3
2
2
^1.06 # 10-6h82 # 2 "^2.5h + ^5 h , + ^2.5h^5 h"^2.5h + ^5 h ,B
= 7732.7 . 7733
ww
w.
ga
te
he
101
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.23
101
SOL 9.2.25

Given, the inner radius of the guide is
a = 1 cm = 0.01 m
The cutoff frequency for TE mn mode of a circular waveguide is defined as
plmn
fc, mn =
2pa me
where plmn is the m th root of Bessels function ^J ln = 0h.
Now, from the given data we have
634
Wave Guides
For View Only
Chap 9
Pl11 = 1.841
So, the cutoff frequency of TE 11 mode in the circular waveguide is
1.841
3 # 108 # 1.841
fc11 =
=
2p # 10-2
2p ^10-2h m0 e0
= 8.79 # 109 Hz = 8.79 GHz
The resonant frequency of TM mnl mode in cylindrical cavity is defined as
pmn
lp 2
fc, mnl = - 1
a a k+b d l
2p me
where a is radius of cylindrical cavity, d is height of the cylindrical cavity and pmn
is the root of Bessels equation.
Since, the dominant mode in cylindrical cavity is TM 010 so, the cutoff frequency for
dominant mode is
p 01
p c
fc010 =
= 01
2p a
2pa m0 e0
Therefore, the cutoff wavelength for dominant mode is given as
lc, 010 = c
fc010
2 # 10-2 = 2pa
p 01
^2.405h^2 # 10-2h
(lc, 010 = 2 cm )
a =
2p
= 7.65 # 10-3
= 0.765 cm
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.2.26
ww
w.
g
***********
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
635
SOLUTIONS 9.3

Given, the magnetic field component along the z -direction as
Hz = 3 cos (2.094 # 102 x) cos (2.618 # 102 y) cos (6.283 # 1010 t - bz)
So,
bx = 2.094 # 102
by = 2.618 # 102
w = 6.283 # 1010 rad/s
For the wave propagation inside the rectangular waveguide,
w 2 - (b 2 + b 2)
b =
x
y
c2
Substituting the values, we get
10 2
- (2.0942 + 2.6182) # 10 4
b = c 6.283 # 10
m
8
3 # 10
- j261
Since, b is imaginary so, mode of operation is non-propagating
i.e.
vp = 0
SOL 9.3.2

TM 11 is the lowest order mode of all the TM mn modes.
SOL 9.3.3

From the given expressions of E and H , we can write,
b = 280p
2
p
or
= 280p & l = 1
140
l
So, the wave impedance is given as
E
E
h =
= p = 120p
3
H
er
Since, the operating frequency of the wave is
f = 14 GHz
So, the operating wavelength of the wave can also be given as
8
3
l = c = 3 # 10 9 =
er f
er 14 # 10
140 er
3
1 =
or
140
140 er
or,
er = 9
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.1
(1)
636
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

From equation (1) we have
Ep
= 120p & E p = 120p
3
9
SOL 9.3.4
Rectangular and cylindrical waveguide doesnt support TEM modes and have cut
off frequency.
Coaxial cable support TEM wave and doesnt have cut off frequency.
Cut-off Frequency for TE mn mode of a rectangular waveguide is defined as
2
2
2
a
b
So, for TE11 mode (m = 1, n = 1) the cutoff frequency is
10
1 2
1 2
(c = 3 # 108 cm/s )
fc = 3 # 10
b 4 l + b 3 l = 6.25 GHz
2
Given, the electric field intensity of the wave inside rectangular waveguide as
wm
E = 2 a p k H 0 sin b 2px l sin (wt - bz) ay
a
h a
This is TE mode and we know that
mpy
Ey \ sin a mpx k cos a
a
b k
So, comparing it with the given expression we get m = 2 and n = 0 . Therefore, the
propagating mode is TE 20 .
lp.
at
e
he
SOL 9.3.6
co
SOL 9.3.5
ww
w.
g

The cut-off frequency for the TE mn mode of the waveguide is defined as
2
2
2
a
b
So, the cutoff frequency of the TE 20 (m = 2 , n = 0 )mode is
8
(a = 3 cm )
fc = c a m k = 3 # 10 # 2 = 10 GHz
2 a
2
0.03
Therefore, the wave impedance of the TE 20 mode is given as
h0
377
( f = 30 GHz )
=
= 400W
h' =
2
2
10
f
10
1 -c c m
1 -c
f
3 # 1010 m
SOL 9.3.8
The cut-off frequency of TE mn mode is defined as
2
2
fc = c a m k + a m k
2
a
b
So, the cutoff frequency of TE 30 (m = 3 , n = 0 ) mode is
fc = c a m k
2 a
8
or
( fc = 18 GHz )
18 # 109 = 3 # 10 3
2 a
or
a = 1 m = 5 cm
40
2
SOL 9.3.7
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only

SOL 9.3.9
637

For any propagating mode inside a rectangular waveguide the velocities are related
as
v p > c > vg
i.e. the phase velocity of the wave inside the waveguide is greater than the velocity
of light in the free space.
SOL 9.3.11

In a microwave test bench, the microwave signal is modulated at 1 kHz because
crystal detector fails at microwave frequencies.
SOL 9.3.12

The cutoff frequency of TE mn mode in a rectangular waveguide is defined as
m 2
n 2
fc = 1
a a k +ab k
2 me
Since in the given rectangular waveguide a > b so, the dominant mode is TE10 and
the cutoff frequency for the dominant mode is given as
m 2
n 2
1
fc = c
a a k +ab k
c m e = cm
2 er
0 0
8
2
2
3
10
1
0
#
=
b 0.03 l + b b l
4
8
= 3 # 10 = 2.5 GHz
0.12
Phase velocity of an EM wave inside an air-filled rectangular waveguide
c
vp =
f 2
1 -c c m
f
where c is velocity of EM wave in free space fc is the cutoff frequency of the
propagating mode and f is the operating frequency. Since, for a wave propagation
the operating frequency must be greater than the cutoff frequency.
i.e.
f > fc
Therefore, the phase velocity of the wave will be always greater than the velocity
of wave in free space.
i.e.
vp > c
SOL 9.3.14
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 9.3.13
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.10

In a hollow metal wave guide v p > c > vg
where
v p " Phase velocity
c " Velocity of light in free space.
vg " Group velocity
So, the phase velocity of a wave propagating in a hollow metal waveguide is greater
than the velocity of light in free space.
638
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

SOL 9.3.15
In a wave guide dominant gives lowest cut-off frequency and hence the highest cutoff wavelength.
As the impedance of perfect conductor is zero, electric field is minimum and
magnetic field is maximum at the boundary.
SOL 9.3.17

Cutoff frequency for TE mn mode in a rectangular waveguide is defined as
v
fc = p a m k2 + a n k2
2
a
b
Since, for the given rectangular waveguide a > b so, the dominant mode is TE 10
and the cutoff frequency of the dominant mode of rectangular waveguide is
8
v
(For air v p = 3 # 108 )
fc = p = 3 # 10-2 = 15 # 109
2a
2 # 10
= 15 GHz
SOL 9.3.18

In TE mode Ez = 0 , at all points within the wave guide. It implies that electric
field vector is always perpendicular to the waveguide axis. This is not possible in
semi-infine parallel plate wave guide.
SOL 9.3.19

In a rectangular resonant cavity TE mnp mode must have its p = 1. So, the mode
TE 110 doesnt exist in the rectangular resonant cavity.
SOL 9.3.20

The transverse electric field and transverse magnetic field inside a waveguide are
related as
where h is intrinsic impedance
E =h H
E
or
h =
H
i.e. the ratio of transverse electric field to the transverse magnetic field is called
waveguide impedance.
SOL 9.3.21

Cutoff wavelength for H mn mode of a rectangular waveguide is defined as
2
lc =
m 2+ n 2
a a k ab k
where a and b are the dimensions of waveguide.
So, for the H 10 mode (m = 1, n = 0 ), the cutoff wavelength is
2
(a = 8 cm )
lc =
1 2+0
b8l
= 16 cm
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.16
Chap 9
Wave Guides
639
co
For View Only

SOL 9.3.22
A rectangular waveguide supports TE and TM waves where as it doesnt support
TEM waves.
The propagation constant for TE or TM waves inside a rectangular waveguide is
defined as
2
2
g = a mp k + a np k - w2 me
a
b
SOL 9.3.23
Cut-off frequency for TE mn or TM mn mode inside a rectangular waveguide is defined
as
1
mp 2
np 2
fc =
a a k +a b k
2p me
Where a and b are the dimensions of rectangular waveguide.
Cut-off frequency for TE 10 mode is
1
m 2
n 2
fc10 =
a a k +ab k
2 m0 e0
8
1
(m = 1, n = 0 )
= 3 # 10 # b
2
4.755 # 10-2 l
= 3.16 GHz
Cut-off frequency for TE 01 mode is
8
1
fc01 = b 3 # 10 l # b
2
2.215 # 10-2 l
= 6.77 GHz
cut-off frequency for TE 11 mode is
8
2
2
1
1
fc11 = 3 # 10 # b
+b
2
2
l
l
2
4.755 # 10
2.215 # 10
= 7.47 GHz
and the cut-off frequency for TE 20 mode is
8
2
fc20 = 3 # 10 #
= 6.3 GHz
2
^4.755 # 10-2h
Since the operating frequency f = 12 GHz so, we have, fc10 , fc01 , fc11 , fc20 > f .
Therefore, all the modes will propagate.
Note : For avoiding so many calculation we should directly calculate the higher
frequency modes first for higher operating frequency. As in this case if we calculates
fc11 first then by getting f > fc11 it is clear that TE 01 , TE 10 and TE 11 all the three
modes are propagating and by observing option we directly can say option (D) is
correct.
SOL 9.3.25

Consider a rectangular waveguide has dimensions a = b and the corresponding
resonator has the dimensions a = b = d . now take and operating point that has
frequency f just greater than the cut-off frequency for m = n = 1. So we have the
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 9.3.24
640
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

propagating modes in waveguide.
TE 01 , TE 10 , TE 11 and TM 11 .
Where as the propagating modes in resonator are
TE 011 , TE 101 , TM 110
Therefore the cavity resonator does not possess as many modes as corresponding
waveguides.
As the resonating frequency of a TE mnp or TM mnp mode is defined as
pp 2
mp 2
np 2
fr = 1
a a k +a b k +a d k
2 me
So for the different modes (different values of m , n andp) the resonant frequency
are very closely spaced and also the resonant frequencies of cavity can be changed
by altering its dimensions.
co
mnp

Microstrip lines cannot support pure TEM mode but shielded coaxial lines can
support pure TEM mode.
SOL 9.3.27

Given,
f = 3 GHz = 3 # 109 Hz
Dimensions of waveguide
a = 6 cm
and
b = 4 cm
The cut-off frequency for TE mn /TM mn mode is defined as
1
m 2
n 2
fc =
a a k +ab k
2 m0 e0
10
1 2+0
So, for TE10 ,
fc10 = 3 # 10
b
2
6l
= 2.5 GHz
10
2
for TE 01 ,
fc01 = 3 # 10
0 +b1l
2
4
= 3.75 GHz
10
1 2
1 2
For TE11 or TM11 , fc11 = 3 # 10
b6l +b4l
2
ww
w.
g
mn
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 9.3.26
= 4.506 GHz
â " 1h
^b " 2h
^c " 3, d " 4h
SOL 9.3.28

A TEM wave doesnt have an electric component in its direction of propagation
consequently there is no longitudinal displacement current. The total absence of a
longitudinal current inside a waveguide leads to the conclusion that there can be no
closed loops of magnetic field lines in any transverse plane. Therefore, TEM waves
cannot exist in a hollow waveguide of any shape.
i.e. Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 9.3.29

Phase velocity of a wave propagating in a waveguide is defined as
Chap 9
Wave Guides
For View Only
641

vp =
f 2
1 -c c m
f
The group velocity of the wave propagating in waveguide is defined as
f 2
vg = c 1 - c c m
f
where c is the velocity of wave in free space, fc is the cutoff frequency and f is
the operating frequency. As the operating frequency f is always grater than cutoff
frequency fc . So, comparing the above two expressions we get
v p > c > vg
In a microstrip line operating wavelength is defined as
l = l0 ee
where, l0 is free space wave length and ee is the effective dielectric constant. So,
The electromagnetic fields exist partly in air above the dielectric substrate and
partly within the substrate.
The effective dielectric constant of microstrip line is ee and given as
1 < ee < er
i.e. greater than dielectric constant of air (1).
Conductor losses, increase with decreasing characteristic impedance in microstrip
line.
SOL 9.3.31

Stripline carries two conductors and a homogenous dielectric. So, it supports a
TEM mode (Pure TEM).
a"2
Hollow rectangular waveguide can propagate TEM and TE modes but not TEM
mode.
b"3
Microstripline has some of its field lines in the dielectric region and some fraction in
the air region. So it cannot support a pure TEM wave instead the fields are quasiTEM.
c"1
SOL 9.3.32

Given, the dimension of waveguide is a = 2.286 cm , b = 1.016 cm .
The cut off wavelength of the guide, for TE mn mode is defined as
2
lc =
m 2+ n 2
a a k ab k
So, for TE 01 Mode the cut off wavelength of the guide is
2
=
0 2+ 1 2
ba l bb l
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.30
= 2b = 2.032 cm
642
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

SOL 9.3.33
Since, the electric component is existed in the direction of propagation. So the
electric field is not transverse to the propagating wave and therefore the mode is
transverse magnetic (TM mode).
Given, dimension of waveguide a = b = 3 cm and so the dominant mode is either
TE 01 or TE 10 mode.
So, the cutoff frequency for dominant mode is given as
1
m 2
n 2
fc =
a a k +ab k
2 m0 e0
8
1
(for TE 01 or TE 10 mode)
= 3 # 10 #
2
3 # 10-2
= 5 GHz
So, at 6 GHz dominant mode will propagate.
At 4 GHz no modes will propagate so the modes are evanescent at 4 GHz.
At 11GHz along with the dominant mode TE 11 mode ^ fc = 5 2 h will also propagate.
Statement 3 is incorrect.
Degenerate modes are the different modes that have the same cut off frequency and
at 7 GHz frequency TE 01 and TE 10 propagates that has the same cut off frequency
i.e. Degenerate modes propagate at 7 GHz.
SOL 9.3.35

Evanescent mode " No wave propagation dominant mode is the mode that has
lowest cutoff frequency.
Rectangular waveguide does not support TM 01 and TM 10 mode.
A " 2, B " 3, C " 1
SOL 9.3.36

Assertion (A) : Given the dimension of waveguide, a = 3 cm , b = 1 cm
So, the dominant mode ^TE 10h has the cutoff frequency.
8
1
fc = 3 # 10 # b
2
3 # 10-2 l
= 5 GHz
f = 4 GHz < f c
So, at 4 GHz there is no propagating mode. i.e Assertion (A) is false.
Reason (R) : The wave equation for the rectangular waveguide is defined as
2
2
k z2 - a mp k - a np k = b 2p l
a
b
l
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.34
for a = 3 , b = 1 we have
2
2
2
So, Reason (R) is also false.
k z2 - a mp k - a np k = b 2p l
3
1
l
Chap 9
Wave Guides
643
For View Only

SOL 9.3.37
A rectangular coaxial line can support all the three modes (TE, TM or TEM).
Consider the rectangular waveguide (A) has the dimension a # b after deforming
into waveguide (C) the dimension is changed to b # a and so the input mode TE 10
is charged to TE 01 . (Since the frequency of mode must remain same for both the
waveguide dimensions).
SOL 9.3.39

The dominant mode in a circular waveguide is TE 11 .
SOL 9.3.40

Consider the dimension of inner broad wall of waveguide is a (i.e. a > b ). So, the
dominant mode will be TE 10 .
Since, the cutoff frequency of the TE mn mode is defined as
1
m 2
n 2 1/2
fc =
:a a k + a b k D
2 m0 e0
So, for dominant mode ^TE 10h we have
1
1 2
0 2 1/2
( fc = 10 GHz )
10 # 109 =
;b a l + b b l E
2 m0 e0
8
10 # 109 = 3 # 10 # 1
2
a
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.38
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 9.3.41
8
a = 3 # 1010 = 1.5 cm
2 # 10
Propagation constant in a waveguide is defined as
f 2
g = 2pfc me 1 - c m
fc
Since, for the evanescent mode of waveguide the operating frequency is less than
the cutoff frequency.
i.e.
f < fc
f
or
<1
fc
So, for this condition the propagation constant g is purely real.
SOL 9.3.42

Microstrip lines consist no ground plate and so the electric field lines remain
partially in air and partially in the lower dielectric substrate. This makes the mode
of propagation quasi TEM (not pure TEM)
Due to the open structure and presence of discontinuity in microstrip line, it radiates
electromagnetic energy and therefore radiation losses take place.
SOL 9.3.43

Statements 1 and 3 are correct.

SOL 9.3.44
644
Wave Guides
Chap 9
For View Only

Modes on microstrip lines are quasi TEM (not purely TEM). So the 1st statement
is incorrect while rest of the statements are correct.
Coaxial line " The dominant mode of propagation is TEM.
â " 4h
Rectangular waveguide " propagating mode is TE or TM.
^b " 1h
Microstrip line " The mode of propagation is Quasi TEM.
^c " 2h
Coplanar waveguide " The propagation mode is hybrid of propagation
^TE mn + TM mn h
^d " 3h
SOL 9.3.46

The phase velocity of TE or TM mode is defined as
c
vp =
f 2
1 -c c m
f
where
c " Velocity of wave in free space
fc " cutoff frequency
f " operating frequency
So, v p is a nonlinear function of frequency.
SOL 9.3.47

A waveguide operated below cut off frequency can be used as an attenuator.
SOL 9.3.48

Quality factor of a waveguide is defined as
i.e. Q closely related to a.
Q = w
2a v g
Also the attenuation factors obtained in waveguides are much higher than that in
transmission lines.
So, both statements are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
SOL 9.3.49

Quality factor (Q ) of a resonator is defined as
Resonant freqeuncy (fr )
Q =
Bandwidth
fr
or,
Bandwidth = \ 1
Q
Q
Therefore, the greater the Q , the smaller the bandwidth of resonator
Q is also defined for a resonator as
b
Q =
2a
where b is phase constant and a is attenuation constant of a resonator given as
wms
a =
\w
2
So
Q\ 1
w
So, at higher frequency the Q of coil falls due to skin effect.
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 9.3.45
Chap 9
Wave Guides
645
For View Only

SOL 9.3.50
Guided wavelength of a propagating wave in rectangular waveguide is
l
lg =
2
1 -b l l
lc
where l is free space wavelength and lc is cutoff frequency.

Since, for propagation the operating wavelength must be less than cut off frequency
i.e.
l # lc
So, we get
lg $ l
So, for a wave propagation in an air filled rectangular waveguide, guided wavelength
is never less than free space wavelength.
Transverse magnetic mode (TM mode) consists of magnetic field intensity
perpendicular to the direction of propagation where as the electric field intensity
may be in the direction of propagation.
SOL 9.3.52

Since the conduction current requires conductor along the axis and a hollow
waveguide doesnt have a conductor along its axis. So, the axial current is due to
displacement current only.
SOL 9.3.53

Electromagnetic waves propagating in a medium (bounded that has the velocity
greater than the velocity in free space (velocity of light in space) is given as
C
vp =
f 2
1 -c c m
f
or
The velocity v p is called phase velocity of the wave.
vp > C
SOL 9.3.54

A and R both true and R is correct explanation of A.
SOL 9.3.55

Statement 1, 2 and 3 are correct.
SOL 9.3.56

Attenuation factor in a parallel plate waveguide is defined as
^Power lost per unit lengthh
a = Pl =
2P0
2 # ^Power transmittedh
Since the waveguide has a cutoff frequency fc below which no wave propagates
while above fc all the waves propagates so it can be considered as high pass filter.
lp.
he
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 9.3.57
co
SOL 9.3.51
***********
CHAPTER 10
ANTENNA AND RADIATING SYSTEMS
648
Antenna and Radiating Systems
For View Only
Chap 10
EXERCISE 10.1
A Hertzian dipole of length l/25 is located at the origin. If a point P is located at

a distance r from the origin then for what value of r the point will be in radiation
zone.
(B) r = l
(A) r = 2l
5
5
co
MCQ 10.1.1
A quarter wave monopole antenna is operating at a frequency, f = 25 MHz . The

length of antenna will be
(A) 48 m
(B) 3 m
he
MCQ 10.1.2
(C) 6 m
(D) 12 m
A half wave dipole antenna is located at origin as shown in figure below. The
antenna is fed by a current i (t) = 83.3 cos wt mA . What will be the electric field
strength at point P
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 10.1.3
(D) none of these
lp.
(C) Both (A) and (B)
MCQ 10.1.4
(A) 25 mV/m
(B) 50 mV/m
(C) 50 mV/m
(D) 2.5 mV/m
The transmitting antenna of a radio navigation system is a vertical metal mast 25

m in height inducted from the earth. A source current is supplied to its base such
that the current amplitude in antenna decreases linearly toward zero at the top of
the mast. The effective length of antenna will be
(A) 50 m
(B) 20 m
(C) 12.5 m
(D) 25 m
Chap 10
649
For View Only

MCQ 10.1.5
A vertical antenna of length 8.5 m is operating at a frequency, f = 2 MHz . The
radiation resistance of the antenna is
(A) 1.97 W
(B) 0.51 W
(C) 39.4 W
The current in a short circuit element of length l = 0.03l is given by

Z
]] I 0
for 0 < z # l
2
4
I ^z h = [
]I 0
for l < z # l
2
4
\
What will be the radiation resistance of the element ?
(A) 0.71 W
(B) 0.6 W
MCQ 10.1.6
(D) 26.3 W
A dipole antenna radiating at 200 MHz is fed from a 60 W transmission line matched
to the source. What will be the length of the dipole that matches the line impedance
at the signal frequency ?
(A) 0.83 m
(B) 0.41 m
A certain antenna is used to radiate a 0.2 GHz signal to a satellite in space. Given
the radiation resistance of the antenna is 31.6 W. The antenna is
(A) half wave dipole
(B) quarter wave dipole
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 10.1.8
(C) one-fifth wave dipole

MCQ 10.1.9
(D) 0.24 m
he
(C) 0.49 m
lp.
MCQ 10.1.7
(D) 0.4 W
co
(C) 0.05 W
(D) none of these
A time harmonic uniform current I 0 cos ^2p # 107 t h flows in a small circular loop
antenna of radius 30 cm. Radiation resistance of the antenna is
(A) 92.3 mW
(B) 325.05 W
(C) 10.83 W
(D) 3.076 mW

An antenna is a center fed rod having cross sectional radius 4 cm and conductivity
s = 2.9 # 107 S/m . The length of the antenna is 30 m.
MCQ 10.1.10
If a 0.25 MHz current flows in the antenna then the loss resistance of the antenna is
(A) 1.93 W
(B) 1.97 W
(C) 0.022 W
MCQ 10.1.11
(D) 0.031 W
The radiation efficiency of the antenna is

(A) 95.4%
(B) 96.8%
(C) 98.6%
(D) 93.5%
650
Chap 10
For View Only

MCQ 10.1.12 A 200 MHz uniform current flows in a small circular loop of radius 20 cm. If the
loop is made of copper wire of radius 5 mm then its loss resistance will be
(conductivity of copper, s = 5.8 # 107 S/m )
(A) 0.104 W
(B) 6.52 # 10-5 W
(C) 9.57 W
A quarter wave monopole antenna is connected to a transmission line of characteristic

impedance Z 0 = 75 W . The standing wave ratio will be
(Input impedance of quarter wave monopole is Zin = ^36.5 + j21.25h W )
(A) 1.3874
(B) 1.265
MCQ 10.1.13
(D) 1.53 W
Radiated power of a vertical antenna is 0.2 kW. What will be the maximum electric
field intensity at a distance of 10 km from the antenna ?
(A) 3.8 mV/m
(B) 1.9 mV/m
lp.
MCQ 10.1.14
(D) 2.583
co
(C) 2.265
(C) 19 mV/m
MCQ 10.1.16
(D) 31.7 mW
A dipole antenna in free space has a linear current distribution. If the length of
the dipole is 0.01l then the value of current I 0 required to radiate a total power
250 mW is
(A) 5.03 A
(B) 2.53 A
(C) 7.56 A
(D) 50.3 A
A monopole antenna in free space has the length of the antenna 0.02l. The antenna
is extending vertically over a perfectly conducting plane and has a linear current
distribution. What value of I 0 is required to radiate a total power of 2 W ?
(A) 11.4 A
(B) 7.1 A
ww
MCQ 10.1.17
at
e
(C) 63.5 mW
he
A quarter wave monopole antenna is fed by a current i (t) = 41.7 cos wt mA . The
average power radiated by antenna is
(A) 254 mW
(B) 127 mW
w.
g
MCQ 10.1.15
(D) 3.6 mV/m
(C) 14.2 A
(D) 3.6 A

A Hertzian dipole is operating at a frequency, f = 0.2 GHz .
MCQ 10.1.18
What will be the maximum effective area of the dipole ?

(A) 0.54 m2
(B) 1.07 m2
(C) 0.18 m2
(D) 0.27 m2
Chap 10
651
For View Only

MCQ 10.1.19 If the antenna receives 1.5 mW of power then what is the power density of the
incident wave ?
(B) 5.56 mW/m2
(A) 8.33 mW/m2
(C) 1.40 mW/m2
MCQ 10.1.20
(D) 2.793 mW/m2
Directivity of quarter wave monopole is

(A) 1.64
(B) 1.22
(C) 3.28
An antenna has a uniform radiation intensity in all directions. The directivity of

the antenna is
(A) 5
(B) 0.25
MCQ 10.1.21
(D) 0.609
(C) 0.76
MCQ 10.1.23
ww
w.
ga
te
(D) 1.27
An antenna has the uniform field pattern given by

4
0 < q < p/3
U ^q h = *
0
p/3 < q < p
where U ^q h is independent of f. The directivity of the antenna is
(A) 1/4
(B) 4
(C) 16
MCQ 10.1.26
(D) 0.90 W
Normalized radiation intensity of an antenna is given by

sin q
0 # q # p/2, 0 # f # 2p
U ^q, fh = )
0
otherwise
The directivity of antenna will be
(A) 2.55
(B) 8.0
(C) 0.81
MCQ 10.1.25
(D) 9.55
An antenna has maximum radiation intensity of 1.5 W/Sr. If the directivity of the
antenna is D = 20.94 then radiated power of antenna will be
(A) 1.11 W
(B) 0.30 W
(C) 0.26 W
MCQ 10.1.24
lp.
The input power of a certain antenna with an efficiency of 90 % is 0.8 Watt. If the
antenna has maximum radiation intensity of 1 W/Sr then its directivity will be
(A) 5.26
(B) 16.53
he
MCQ 10.1.22
(D) 4
co
(C) 0.2
(D) 1
Three element array that has the current ratios 1 : 2 : 1 as shown in figure
652
Chap 10
For View Only

The resultant group pattern of this array will be same as the two element antenna
array with
(A) a = 0 , d = l/4
(B) a = 180c, d = l/2
(C) a = 0 , d = l/2
MCQ 10.1.27
(D) a = 180c, d = 2l
When the two three-element arrays with current ratio 1 : 2 : 1 are displaced by l/2
then it forms
(A) Four element array with current ratio 1 : 3 : 3 : 1
(B) Three element array with current ratio 2 : 4 : 2
(C) Four element array with current ratio 3 : 1 : 1 : 3
lp.
co
(D) Three element array with current ratio 1 : 3 : 1
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
***********
Chap 10
For View Only
653
EXERCISE 10.2
A Hertzian dipole of length l/100 is located at the origin and fed with a current of
i (t) = 2 sin 108 t A . A point P is located at a distance r from the dipole as shown
in figure. What will be the magnetic field at P ?
(A) 1.15 sin ^108 t + 90ch
MCQ 10.2.2
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) 1.15 sin ^108 t - 90ch
(D) 2.30 sin ^108 t + 90ch
(D) 9
Directive gain of Hertzian dipole antenna is

(A) 1.5 sin2 q
(B) 3 sin2 q
2
(C) sin q
3
MCQ 10.2.4
(B) 1.15 cos ^108 t + 90ch
Directivity of Hertizian monopole antenna is

(A) 5
(B) 3
(C) 1/2
MCQ 10.2.3
he
lp.
co
MCQ 10.2.1
(D) 2 sin2 q
3
Two Hertzian dipole antennas are placed at a separation of d = l/2 on z -axis to

form an antenna array as shown in figure below :
654
Chap 10
An antenna array is formed by two Hertzian dipoles placed at a separation of l/4

as shown in figure. The current fed to the two antennas are I1s and I2s respectively.
ww
w.
g
at
e
MCQ 10.2.5
he
lp.
co
For View Only

st
If the 1 antenna carries a current I1s = I 0 0c and the 2 nd antenna carries a current
I2s = I 0 180c then the resultant field pattern of the antenna array will be
If I2s is lagging I1s by an angle p/2 then the resultant field pattern of antenna array
will be
Chap 10
For View Only
The group pattern function of a linear binomial array of N -elements as shown in

figure is
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
MCQ 10.2.6
655
(A) ;cos b
bd cos q + a N - 1
lE
2
(B) ;cos b
bd cos q + a N
lE
2
(C) ;cos b
bd cos q + a N + 1
lE
2
(D) 7cos ^bd cos q + ahAN - 1

Maximum electric field strength radiated by an antenna is 6 mV/m measured at
40 km from the antenna.
MCQ 10.2.7
If the antenna radiates a total power of 100 kW then the directivity of antenna is
(A) - 2.02 dB
(B) 9.6 dB
(C) 0.0096 dB
(D) - 20.18 dB
MCQ 10.2.8
If the efficiency of the radiation is 95% then its maximum power gain is
(A) 9.12 # 10-3
(B) 9.4 # 10-3
(C) 0.11 # 10-3
(D) 9.6 # 10-3
656
For View Only
Chap 10

A radar with an antenna of 2.8 m in radius transmits 30 kW at a frequency 3 GHz
. The effective area of the antenna is 70% of its actual area.
MCQ 10.2.9
If the minimum detectable power is 0.13 mW for a target of cross section 1.25 m2
then the maximum range of the radar is
(A) 584.3 m
(B) 1270 m
The average signal power density at half of the range of radar will be
(A) 350.25 W/m2
(B) 69.80 W/m2
co
MCQ 10.2.10
(D) 977.8 m
(C) 292.1 m
(C) 80.69 W/m2
(D) 250.35 W/m2
lp.
MCQ 10.2.11
he
A transmitting antenna is being fed by a current source of amplitude I 0 = 50 A and

frequency f = 180 kHz . The effective length of antenna is 20 m.
What will be the maximum field intensity at a distance 80 km from the antenna ?
(A) 3.39 mV/m
(B) 1.41 mV/m
The time average radiated power of the antenna is

(A) 0.43 kW
(B) 0.29 kW
(C) 2.33 kW
MCQ 10.2.13
w.
g
MCQ 10.2.12
(D) 0.71 mV/m
at
e
(C) 2.83 mV/m
(D) 1.14 kW
What will be the radiation resistance of the antenna ?

(A) 0.23 W
(B) 2.91 W
(D) 1.7 W
ww
(C) 0.34 W

A metallic wire of cross sectional radius 6 mm is wound to form a small circular loop
of radius 2 m with 10 turns. Conductivity of metallic wire is s = 2.9 # 107 S/m .
MCQ 10.2.14
If a 0.5 MHz uniform current flows in the loop then its radiation resistance will be
(A) 2.37 # 10-6 W
(B) 1.42 # 10-3 W
(C) 2.37 # 10-4 W
(D) 4.53 # 10-4 W
MCQ 10.2.15
Radiation efficiency of the antenna will be

(A) 18.36%
(B) 0.101%
(C) 10.89%
(D) 0.055%
Chap 10
657
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
For View Only

MCQ 10.2.16 The polar radiation pattern of a l/8 thin dipole antenna is

Two short antennas at the origin in free space carry identical currents 4 cos wt A .
one in the ax direction and other in the az direction.
MCQ 10.2.17
If both the antennas are of length 0.1 m and wavelength is l = 2p m then the
electric field Es at the distant points P ^0, 0, 1000h and Q ^1000, 0, 0h will be
at point P
at point Q
-2 -j1000
(A) - j ^1.2 # 10 h e
az V/m
- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m
(B)
(C)
(D)
MCQ 10.2.18
j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m
j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m
- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
E at point ^0, 1000, 0h at t = 0 will be

(A) 9.92 âx + az h mV/m
(C) 1.2 âx + az h mV/m
(B) - 9.92 âx + az h mV/m

(D) - 12 âx + az h mV/m
658
For View Only
Chap 10
MCQ 10.2.19
In a free space short circuit vertical current element is located at the origin in free
space. The radiation field due to the element at any point is given as
E qs = 10 sin qe-j10pr V/m
p
E qs at point P (r = 100 , q = p/2 , f = p/6 ) is
(A) 0.2e j1000p V/m
(B) 0.2e-j1000p V/m
(C) 0.1e-j1000p V/m
If the vertical element is shifted to a point a0.1, p , p k then, E qs at point P a100, p , p k

2 2
2 6
changes to
co
MCQ 10.2.20
(D) 0.1e j1000p V/m
(A) 0.1e-j1000p V/m
(B) 0.1e-j1000p e j0.5p V/m
A short circuit current element of length l = 0.06l carries the current distributed
as
l-2 z
F
for - l # z # l
I ^z h = I 0 <
2
2
l
The radiation resistance of the antenna will be
(A) 0.71 W
(B) 2.84 W
(C) 2.13 W
(C) 17
(D) 5
A 2 cm long Hertzian dipole antenna radiates 2 W of power at a frequency of

0.6 GHz. The rms current in the antenna is
(A) 1.78 A
(B) 3.56 A
ww
MCQ 10.2.23
(D) 0.18 W
An antenna is made of straight copper wire of length 1 cm carrying current of

frequency 0.3 GHz. If the wire has a cylindrical cross section of radius 1 mm then
the ratio of the radiation resistance to the ohmic resistance of wire will be Rrad .
Rl
(A) 11
(B) 6
w.
g
MCQ 10.2.22
at
e
he
MCQ 10.2.21
(D) 0.1e-j1000p e-j0.5p V/m
lp.
(C) 0.1e-j0.5p V/m
(C) 1.26 A
(D) 0.89 A
***********
Chap 10
For View Only
659
EXERCISE 10.3
GATE 2012
The radiation pattern of an antenna in spherical co-ordinates is given by

U (q) = cos 4 q ;
0 # q # p/2
The directivity of the antenna is
(A) 10 dB
(B) 12.6 dB
co
MCQ 10.3.1
(C) 11.5 dB
For a Hertz dipole antenna, the half power beam width (HPBW) in the E -plane is
(A) 360c
(B) 180c
(C) 90c
MCQ 10.3.3
GATE 2008
MCQ 10.3.5
GATE 2006
(D) 45 dB
A l/2 dipole is kept horizontally at a height of l0 above a perfectly conducting

2
infinite ground plane. The radiation pattern in the lane of the dipole (E plane)
looks approximately as
ww
w.
ga
te
GATE 2007
(D) 45c
At 20 GHz, the gain of a parabolic dish antenna of 1 meter and 70% efficiency is
(A) 15 dB
(B) 25 dB
(C) 35 dB
MCQ 10.3.4
lp.
GATE 2008
he
MCQ 10.3.2
(D) 18 dB
A mast antenna consisting of a 50 meter long vertical conductor operates over a

perfectly conducting ground plane. It is base-fed at a frequency of 600 kHz. The
radiation resistance of the antenna in Ohms is
2
2
(A) 2p
(B) p
5
5
2
(C) 4p
(D) 20p2
5
660
Chap 10
GATE 2004
Consider a lossless antenna with a directive gain of + 6 dB . If 1 mW of power is fed

to it the total power radiated by the antenna will be
(A) 4 mW
(B) 1 mW
lp.
MCQ 10.3.7
co
For View Only

MCQ 10.3.6
Two identical and parallel dipole antennas are kept apart by a distance of l/4 in
GATE 2005
the H - plane. They are fed with equal currents but the right most antenna has a
phase shift of + 90c. The radiation pattern is given as.
MCQ 10.3.8
Two identical antennas are placed in the q = p/2 plane as shown in Fig. The
elements have equal amplitude excitation with 180c polarity difference, operating
at wavelength l. The correct value of the magnitude of the far-zone resultant
electric field strength normalized with that of a single element, both computed for
f = 0 , is
w.
g
at
e
GATE 2003
(D) 1/4 mW
he
(C) 7 mW
MCQ 10.3.9
GATE 2002
ww
(A) 2 cos b 2ps l

l
(C) 2 cos a ps k
l
A person with receiver is 5 km away from the transmitter. What is the distance
that this person must move further to detect a 3-dB decrease in signal strength
(A) 942 m
(B) 2070 m
(C) 4978 m
MCQ 10.3.10
GATE 2001
(B) 2 sin b 2ps l

l
(D) 2 sin a ps k
l
(D) 5320 m
A medium wave radio transmitter operating at a wavelength of 492 m has a tower

antenna of height 124. What is the radiation resistance of the antenna?
(A) 25 W
(B) 36.5 W
(C) 50 W
(D) 73 W
Chap 10
661
For View Only

MCQ 10.3.11 In uniform linear array, four isotropic radiating elements are spaced l/4 apart. The
GATE 2001
progressive phase shift between the elements required for forming the main beam
at 60c off the end - fire is :
(A) - p
(B) - p2 radians
(C) - p4 radians
MCQ 10.3.12
GATE 2000
(D) - p8 radians
If the diameter of a l/2 dipole antenna is increased from l/100 to l/50 , then its
(A) bandwidth increases
(B) bandwidth decrease
GATE 2000
For an 8 feet (2.4m) parabolic dish antenna operating at 4 GHz, the minimum
distance required for far field measurement is closest to
(A) 7.5 cm
(B) 15 cm
co
MCQ 10.3.13
(D) gain decreases
(C) gain increases
(C) 15 m
GATE 1999
An electric field on a place is described by its potential V = 20 (r-1 + r-2) where r

is the distance from the source. The field is due to
(A) a monopole
(B) a dipole
GATE 1999
A transmitting antenna radiates 251 W isotropically. A receiving antenna located

100 m away from the transmitting antenna, has an effective aperture of 500 cm2 .
The total received by the antenna is
(A) 10 mW
(B) 1 mW
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 10.3.15
(C) 20 mW
MCQ 10.3.16
GATE 1998
(D) a quadruple
he
(C) both a monopole and a dipole
lp.
MCQ 10.3.14
(D) 150 m
(D) 100 mW
The vector H in the far field of an antenna satisfies

(A) d $ H = 0 and d # H = 0
(B) d $ H ! 0 and d # H ! 0
(C) d $ H = 0 and d # H ! 0
(D) d $ H ! 0 and d # H = 0
MCQ 10.3.17
GATE 1998
The radiation resistance of a circular loop of one turn is 0.01 W. The radiation
resistance of five turns of such a loop will be
(A) 0.002 W
(B) 0.01 W
(C) 0.05 W
MCQ 10.3.18
GATE 1998
(D) 0.25 W
An antenna in free space receives 2 mW of power when the incident electric field is
20 mV/m rms. The effective aperture of the antenna is
(A) 0.005 m2
(B) 0.05 m2
(C) 1.885 m2
(D) 3.77 m2
662
Chap 10
For View Only

MCQ 10.3.19 The maximum usable frequency of an ionospheric layer at 60c incidence and with
GATE 1998
8 MHz critical frequency is
(A) 16 MHz
(B) 16 MHz
3
(C) 8 MHz
(D) 6.93 MHz
GATE 1996
MCQ 10.3.21
The far field of an antenna varies with distance r as

(B) 12
(A) 1
r
r
(C) 13
(D) 1
r
r
The critical frequency of an ionospheric layer is 10 MHz. What is the maximum
launching angle from the horizon for which 20 MHz wave will be reflected by the
layer ?
(A) 0c
(B) 30c
co
GATE 1998
lp.
MCQ 10.3.20
(C) 45c
IES EC 2012
The directivity of a l/2 long wire antenna is

(A) 1.5
(B) 1.66
he
MCQ 10.3.22
(D) 90c
(C) 2
The characteristic impedance of TV receiving antenna cable is 300 W. If the

conductors are made of copper separated by air and are 1 mm thick, what is the
phase velocity and phase constant when receiving VHF channel 3 (63 MHz) and
VHF 69 (803 MHz) ?
(A) 1.32 rad/m and 17.82 rad/m
at
e
IES EC 2011
w.
g
MCQ 10.3.23
(D)
(B) 1.52 rad/m and 16.82 rad/m

(C) 1.52 rad/m and 17.82 rad/m
(D) 1.32 rad/m and 16.82 rad/m
IES EC 2011
An antenna located on the surface of a flat earth transmits an average power of

200 kW. Assuming that all the power is radiated uniformly over the surface of a
hemisphere with the antenna at the center, the time average poynting vector at 50
km is
(A) Zero
(B) 2 ar W/m2
p
ww
MCQ 10.3.24
(C) 40 m W/m2
p
MCQ 10.3.25
IES EC 2011
(D) 40 ar m W/m2
p
An antenna can be modeled as an electric dipole of length 5 m at 3 MHz. Find the

reduction resistance of the antenna assuming uniform current over the length.
(A) 2 W
(B) 1 W
(C) 4 W
(D) 0.5 W
Chap 10
663
For View Only

MCQ 10.3.26 A dipole with a length of 1.5 m operates at 100 MHz while the other has a length
IES EC 2011
of 15 m and operates at 10 MHz. The dipoles are fed with same current. The power
radiated by the two antennas will be
(A) the longer antenna will radiate 10 times more power than the shorter one.
(B) both antennas radiate same power.
(C) shorter antenna will radiate 10 times more power than the longer antenna
(D) longer antenna will radiate
IES EC 2010
A short current element has length l = 0.03 l , where l is the wavelength. The
radiation resistance for uniform current distribution is
(B) 80p2 W
(A) 0.072p2 W
MCQ 10.3.27
10 times more power than the shorter antenna
MCQ 10.3.28
IES EC 2010
(D) 80 W
co
(C) 72 W
In a three element Yagi antenna

(A) All the three elements are of equal length
lp.
(B) The driven element and the director are of equal length but the reflector is
longer than both of them
he
(C) The reflector is longer than the driven element which in turn is longer than the
director
(D) The reflector is longer than the driven element which in turn is longer than the
reflector
IES EC 2009
Multiple member of antennas are arranged in arrays in order to enhance what

property ?
(A) Both directivity and bandwidth
(B) Only directivity
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 10.3.29
(C) Only bandwidth

MCQ 10.3.30
IES EC 2008
(D) Neither directivity nor bandwidth
If the total input power to an antenna is Wt , the radiated power is Wr , and the
radiation intensity is f, then match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer
using the code given below the lists:
List-I
List-II
a.
Power gain
1.
Wr /Wt
b.
Directive gain
2.
Wr /4p
c.
Average power radiated
3.
4pf/Wt
d. Efficiency of the antenna

4. 4pf/Wr
Codes :
a
b
c
d
(A) 3
4
2
1
(B)
4
3
2
1
(C) 3
4
1
2
(D) 4
3
1
2
664
Chap 10
For View Only

MCQ 10.3.31 Where does the maximum radiation for an end-fire array occur?
IES EC 2008
(A) Perpendicular to the line of the array only
(B) Along the line of the array
(C) AT 45c to the line of the array
(D) Both perpendicular to and along the line of the array
MCQ 10.3.32
IES EC 2008
As the aperture area of an antenna increases, its gain

(A) increases
(B) decreases
(C) remains steady
MCQ 10.3.33
IES EC 2007
co
(D) behaves unpredictably
Which one of the following is correct ? Normal mode helical antenna has
(A) low radiation efficiency and high directive gain
lp.
(B) high radiation efficiency and low directive gain

(C) low radiation efficiency and low directive gain
MCQ 10.3.35
IES EC 2007
For taking antenna far field pattern, what must be the distance R, between
transmitting and receiving antennas ?
2
2 2
(B) R > 4D l
(A) R > 2D
3
l
at
e
IES EC 2007
2
2
(C) R > D 2
(D) R > 2D2
l
2l
A transmitting antenna has a gain of 10. It is fed with a signal power of 1 W.
Assuming free-space propagation, what power would be captured by a receiving
antenna of effective area 1 m2 in the bore sight direction at a distance of 1 m ?
(A) 10 W
(B) 1 W
MCQ 10.3.36
IES EC 2007
(D) 0.8 W
ww
(C) 2 W
w.
g
MCQ 10.3.34
he
(D) high radiation efficiency and high directive gain
The Fraunhofer region where the pattern measurement of transmitting antenna has
2
to be taken from a distance of 2D , where D is the maximum aperture dimension
l
and l is the free-space wavelength. What is the region generally known as ?
(A) The near field
(B) The far field
(C) Quiet zone
(D) Induction field
MCQ 10.3.37
IES EC 2006
Match List I (Type of Antenna) with List II (Example) and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists :
Chap 10
For View Only

List-I
List-II
a.
Aperture antenna
1.
Helical antenna
b.
Circularly polarized
2.
Point source antenna
c.
Frequency independent
3.
Log periodic antenna
4.
Microstrip antenna
d. Isotropic antenna
Codes :
IES EC 2003
c
4
3
4
3
A TEM wave impinges obliquely on a dielectric-dielectric boundary ( er1 = 2,

er2 = 1). The angle of incidence for total reflection is
(A) 30c
(B) 45c
(C) 60c
IES EC 2003
(D) 75c
In a four element Yagi-Uda antenna

(A) There is one driven element, one director and two reflectors
he
MCQ 10.3.39
d
1
2
2
1
b
2
1
1
2
lp.
MCQ 10.3.38
a
3
4
3
4
co
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
665
(A) There is one driven element, two directors and one reflector
ww
w.
ga
te
(C) There are two driven elements, one director and two reflectors
(D) All the four elements are driven elements
MCQ 10.3.40
IES EC 2003
Assertion (A) : For extremely high frequency ranges or above, compared to linear
antennas, aperture antennas are more useful.
Reason (R) : The larger the effective area of an antenna, the sharper is the radiated
beam.
MCQ 10.3.41
IES EC 2002
The current distribution along a travelling wave antenna can be written in the form
(B) ^Z h = 0 sin bz
(A) Z = 0 e-jbz
(C) ^Z h = 0
MCQ 10.3.42
IES EC 2002
(D) ^Z h = 0 cos (wt - bz)
Following antenna is frequently used for local area transmission at UHF/VHF

(A) Ground monopole
(B) Turnstile antenna
(C) Slot antenna
(D) Loop antenna
666
Chap 10
For View Only

MCQ 10.3.43 For frequencies up to 1650 kHz, the transmitting antenna used is a
IES EC 2001
(A) parabolic dish
(B) vertical antenna
(C) Yagi antenna
IES EC 2001
The radiation field of an antenna at a distance r varies as

(A) 1/r
(B) 1/r 2
(C) 1/r 3
MCQ 10.3.45
IES EC 2001
(D) 1/r 4
The wave radiated by a helical antenna is

(A) linearly polarized
co
(B) right circularly polarized

(C) left circularly polarized
(D) elliptically polarized
lp.
IES EC 2001
In a certain microstrip patch antenna, the unexcited patch is of length L, width

W , thickness of the substrate being h and its relative permittivity er . Then, the
capacitance of the unexcited patch is
(B) LW/e0 er h
(A) LW/er h
he
MCQ 10.3.46
(C) er LW/h
A radio communication link is to be established via the ionosphere. The virtual

height at the mid-point of the path is 300 km and the critical frequency is 9 MHz
. The maximum usable frequency for the link between the stations of distance
800 km assuming flat earth is
(A) 11.25 MHz
(B) 12 MHz
(C) 15 MHz
MCQ 10.3.48
(D) 25.5 MHz
Assertion (A) : Programmes broadcast by radio stations operating in the medium

wave band of 550 to 1650 kHz situated at long distance in excess of 500 km cannot
be heard during day-time but may be heard during night time.
Reason (R) : In the night-time, radio waves reflected from the F -layer suffer
negligible attenuation since D -and E -layers are absent during the night-time.
(A) Both A and B are true and R is the correct explanation of A
ww
IES EC 2001
at
e
IES EC 2001
(D) e0 er LW/h
w.
g
MCQ 10.3.47
MCQ 10.3.44
(D) turnstile antenna
(B) Both A and R are true and but R is NOT the correct explanation of A
MCQ 10.3.49
IES EC 2001
Assertion (A) : For an end-fire array, the current in successive antennas must lag
in phase.
Reason (R) : Radiation of successive antennas will cancel along the axis.
Chap 10
667
For View Only

MCQ 10.3.50
IES EC 2001
Assertion (A) : The radio horizon for space wave is more than the optical horizon.
Reason (R) : The atmosphere has varying density.

IES EE 2008
What is the radiation resistance of a dipole antenna l/20 long approximately equal
to ?
(A) 2 W
(B) 40 W
co
MCQ 10.3.51
Consider the following statements about the effective length of a half wave dipole
(Elevation angle q is measured from the dipole axis) :
1. Effective length is a function of q
he
IES EE 2004
2.
Effective length is maximum for q = p/2
3.
Maximum effective length is larger than physical length
4.
Effective length is the same for the antenna in transmitting and receiving
modes.
ww
w.
ga
te
MCQ 10.3.52
(D) 20 W
lp.
(C) 0.6 W

(A) 1, 2 and 4
(B) 2, 3 and 4
(C) 1, 2 and 3
(D) 1, 3 and 4
***********
668
For View Only
Chap 10
SOLUTIONS 10.1

The boundary between near and far zone is defined by r = r0 (distance from the
antenna) as
2
where d is the length of dipole.
r0 = 2d
l
So, the near and far zones of the field are as following :
Near zone for r > r0 and far zone for r > r0
Now, for the Hertzian dipole of length l/50 , we have
2 ^l/50h2
r0 =
= l
1250
l
Since
r = 2l > r0
5
and
r = l > r0
5
So, both the positions are at far zone(radiation zone).
SOL 10.1.2

Given, the operating frequency of the antenna is
f = 25 MHz
Since, the antenna is quarter wave monopole so, the length of the monopole antenna
will be given as
l = l/4
where l is the operating wavelength of the antenna given as
8
l = c = 3 # 10 6 = 12 m
f
25 # 10
Thus, we get the length of antenna as
l = 12 = 3 m
4
Given, the current fed to the antenna is
i (t) = 83.3 cos wt mA
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in the antenna is
I 0 = 83.3 # 10-3 A
and from the figure we get the location of point P as
r = 100 Km = 105 m
SOL 10.1.3
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.1.1
Chap 10
669

Since, the amplitude of current decreases linearly toward zero at the top so, the
current amplitude at a height z above the plane is given as
I ^z h = I 0 a1 - z k
h
where I 0 is amplitude of source current and h is the height of the antenna.
Therefore, the effective length of the antenna is
h
z
le =
a1 - h k dz
0
z2 h
(given h = 50 m )
= :z - 2h D = h - h = h = 25 m
2 2
0
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.1.4
For View Only

and
q = p/2
Therefore, the electric field strength at point P is given as
h0 I 0 cos a p cos q k
2
Efs =
2pr sin q
^120ph^83.3 # 10-3h cos a p2 cos 90ck
=
2p ^105h sin p
2
^120ph^83.3 # 10-3h^1 h
=
= 5 # 10-5 = 50 mV/m
2p ^105h^1 h

Length of antenna,
dl = 7.5 m
f = 2 MHz = 2 # 106 Hz
So, the operating wavelength of the antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 106 = 1.5 # 102
f
2 # 10
Therefore, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
2
2
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l = 80p2 b 7.5 2 l = 1.97 W
l
1.5 # 10
SOL 10.1.6

Since, the current has the step distribution and both the current levels are distributed
for equal intervals so, the average current will be given as
I0 + I
0
Iavg = 2
= 0.75I 0
2
Since, the average current flowing in the antenna is 0.75 times the uniform current
I 0 therefore, the radiated power will be ^0.75h2 times of the value obtained for I 0
and due to the same reason the radiation resistance will down to ^0.75h2 times the
value for a uniform current.
2
i.e.
Rrad = ^0.75h2 ;80p2 b dl l E = 0.5625 880p2 ^0.03h2B = 0.4 W
l
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 10.1.5
670
Chap 10
co
For View Only

SOL 10.1.7
Since, the dipole must match the line impedance.
i.e.
Rrad = Z 0
where Z 0 is characteristic impedance so, we get
Rrad = 60 W
2
2 dl
80p b l = 60
l
2
80p2 c dl m = 60
c /f
2 1/2
8
( f = 100 MHz )
dl = = 60 2 # c 3 # 10 6 m G
80p
100 # 10
= 0.827 m
f = 0.2 GHz = 0.2 # 109 Hz
Radiation resistance, Rrad = 31.6 W
So, the operating wavelength of antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 1.5 m
f
0.2 # 10
Now, the radiation resistance of the antenna is defined as
2
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
l
So, putting all values we get
2
31.6 = 80p2 b dl l
l
dl . 0.2
l
dl . l
5
i.e. Antenna is one fifth wave dipole.
SOL 10.1.9

Current flowing in the antenna,
i (t) = I 0 cos ^2p # 107 t h
Radius of the circular loop,
b = 30 cm = 30 # 10-2 m
So, we get the operating frequency of the antenna as
7
f = 2p # 10 = 107 Hz
2p
The operating wavelength of the antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 10
= 30 m
7
f
10
Since, l >> b so, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
4 2
where S is area of the circular loop.
Rrad = 320p4 S
l
320p4 # ^lb2h2
(S = pb2 )
=
l4
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.1.8
Chap 10
For View Only
671

320 # p # ^30 # 10-2h4
=
^30h4
= 0.003076 W = 3.076 mW
6

Cross sectional radius of antenna,
a = 4 cm = 4 # 10-2 m
Conductivity of the antenna,
s = 2.9 # 107 S/m
Length of antenna,
dl = 30 m
Operating frequency
f = 0.5 MHz = 0.5 # 106 Hz
So, the surface resistance of the antenna is
pfm0
p # 0.5 # 106 # 4p # 10-7
Rs =
=
s
2.9 # 107
-4
= 2.61 # 10 W
Therefore, the loss resistance of the antenna is given as
30
Rl = Rs b dl l = ^2.61 # 10-4hb
2pa
2p # 4 # 10-2 l
= 0.031 W
SOL 10.1.11

The radiation resistance of the antenna is defined as
2
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
l
where dl is the length of the antenna and l is the operating wavelength. So, we get
2
(l = c/f )
Rrad = 80p2 # c 30 m
c/f
6 2
= 80p2 # e 30 # 0.5 #8 10 o = 1.97
^3 # 10 h
Therefore, the radiation efficiency of the antenna is
1.97
h r = Rrad =
= 98.6%
Rrad + Rl 1.97 + 0.031
SOL 10.1.12

Given,
f = 100 MHz = 108 Hz
Radius of circular loop,
b = 20 cm = 20 # 10-2 m
Cross sectional radius of wire, a = 5 mm = 5 # 10-3 m
Conductivity of copper,
s = 5.8 # 107 S/m
The surface resistance of antenna is given as
pfm0
p # 108 # 4p # 10-7
Rs =
=
s
5.8 # 107
= 2.61 # 10-3 W
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.1.10
So, the loss resistance of the antenna is

-2
Rl = b b l Rs = 20 # 10-3 # 2.61 # 10-3 = 0.104 W
a
5 # 10
672
Chap 10

Given, current flowing in the antenna is
i (t) = 41.7 cos wt mA
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in the antenna is
I 0 = 41.7 mA
Now, for a quarter wave monopole antenna, radiation resistance is
Rrad . 73 W
So, the average power radiated by the antenna is given as
Prad = 1 I 02 Rrad = 1 # ^41.7 # 10-3h2 # 73
2
2
= 63.5 mW
ww
SOL 10.1.15
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 10.1.13 Option (D) is correct.
Given that the quarter wave monopole antenna is connected to transmission line.
So, the load impedance of transmission line will be the input impedance of monopole
antenna.
i.e.
ZL = Zin
Since, the input impedance of quarter wave monopole antenna is
Zin = ^36.5 + j21.25h W
So the reflection coefficient of transmission line is given as
^36.5 + j21.25h - 75
G = ZL - Z 0 =
ZL + Z 0
^36.5 + j21.5h + 75
= 0.3874 < 140.3c
Therefore, the standing wave ratio along the transmission line is
1+ G
S =
= 2.265
1- G
SOL 10.1.14 Option (D) is correct.
Radiated power of an antenna is defined as
I 2 ^dl h2
(1)
Prad =
h b2
12p 0
where I is the current in the antenna, dl is the length of the antenna and b is the
phase constant.
Now, the maximum electric field intensity at a distance R from the antenna is
defined as
hb
(2)
E q max = b Idl l 0
4p R
So, comparing equation (1) and (2), we get
E q max = 1 90Prad
R
1
( Prad = 0.4 kW )
=
90 # 0.4 # 103
10 # 103
= 19 mV/m
Chap 10
673

Length of antenna,
dl = 0.02l
Total radiated power, Prad = 4 W
Since, the monopole antenna is extending over the conducting plane so, the power
will be radiated only over the upper half space and therefore, the radiation resistance
of the antenna will reduces to half of its value
2
2
i.e.
Rrad = 1 ;80p2 b dl l E = 40p2 b dl l
2
l
l
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 10.1.17
he
lp.
co
For View Only

SOL 10.1.16 Option (B) is correct.
Total radiated power, Prad = 250 mW = 0.25 W
Length of antenna,
dl = 0.01l
Now, the radiated power of an antenna in terms of current I 0 flowing in the antenna
is defined as
(1)
Prad = 1 Î 0h2 Rrad
2
where Rrad is the radiation resistance of the antenna. Since, the current is linearly
distributed over the antenna So, we get the average current in the antenna as
Iavg = I 0
2
Since, the average current flowing in the antenna is half of the uniform current I 0
therefore, the radiated power will be 14 th of the value obtained for uniform current
in equation (1)
i.e.
Prad = 1 b 1 I 02 Rrad l
4 2
2
0.25 = 1 # I 02 # 80p2 b dl l
8
l
2
2
2
0.25 = I 0 ^10p h^0.01h
I 02 = 25.33
or,
I 0 = 5.03 A
As the current is distributed linearly. So, the average current in the antenna is
Iavg = I 0
2
therefore, the radiated power will be 14 th of the value obtained for I 0 .
2
2
Prad = 1 b I 0 l ;40p2 b dl l E
2 2
l
1/2
2Prad 1/2 =
2#4
or,
I0 =
= 14.2 A
2
2G
2
=
10p ^0.02h
>10p2 b dl l H
l
f = 0.2 GHz
So, the operating wavelength of the Hertzian dipole is
i.e.
SOL 10.1.18
674
Chap 10

8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 1.5 m
f
0.2 # 10
Now, the effective area of the dipole is defied as
2
Ae = l Gd
4p
where Gd is the directive gain and since the directive gain of Hertzian dipole is
1.5 sin2 q so, putting this value, we get
^1.5h2
1.5 sin2 qh = 0.27 sin2 q
Ae =
4p ^
Therefore, the maximum effective area of the dipole is
(maximum value of sin q is 1)
Ae,max = 0.27 m2
co
For View Only

The time average power density of the incident wave is defined in terms of received
power as
Pave = Pr
Ae
where, Pr is the received power and Ae is the effective aperture area and as calculated
in the previous question, the maximum effective area of the Hertzian dipole is
Ae = 0.27 m2
So, we get the average power density of the incident wave as
-6
Pave = 1.5 # 10 = 5.56 mW/m2
0.27
SOL 10.1.20

For a quarter-wave monopole antenna pattern function is
cos 8^p/2h cos qB
f ^q h =
sin q
So, the normalized radiation intensity of the quarter wave monopole antenna is
given as
U ^q, fh = f 2 ^q h
cos2 8^p/2h cos qB
=
sin2 q
Therefore, the maximum radiation intensity is
U max = 1
Now, the power radiated by the quarter wave monopole antenna is evaluated as
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.1.19
Prad =
# #U^q, fh-"sin qdqdf,
cos2 9 p cos qC
2
=
sin qdqdf
sin2 q
0
0
= ^2ph^0.609h
Therefore, the directivity of quarter wave monopole antenna is
D = 4pU max
Prad
p/2
# #
2p
Chap 10
For View Only
675
4p
= 3.28
^2ph^0.609h

As the radiation intensity in all directions are same so,
U ^q, fh = Uave
where, U ^q, fh is radiation intensity in a particular direction and Uav is the average
radiation intensity. So, the directive gain in a particular direction is
U ^q, fh Uave
=
=1
Gd ^q, fh =
Uave
Uave
Therefore the directivity of the antenna is
D = Gd,max = 1
SOL 10.1.22

Maximum radiation intensity,
U max = 1 W/Sr
Efficiency of antenna,
h = 95%
Input power of antenna,
Pin = 0.8 Watt
So, the output radiated power is given as
Prad = hPin = ^0.95h # ^0.8h = 0.76 Watt
Therefore, the directivity of antenna is evaluated as
,
D = 4pU max = 4p # 1
0.76
Prad
= 16.53
SOL 10.1.23

Maximum radiation intensity,
U max = 1.5 W/Sr
Directivity of antenna,
D = 20.94
Since, the directivity of antenna is defined as
D = 4pU max
Prad
So, radiated power of the antenna is given as
4p ^1.5h
Prad =
20.94
= 0.9 Watt
SOL 10.1.24

From the given value of radiation intensity, we get maximum radiation intensity of
the antenna as
U max = 1
So, the radiated power of the antenna is evaluated as
p/2
2
2p
Prad = U ^q, fh sin qdqdf =
^sin qh^sin qdqdfh = p2
q=0 f=0
Therefore, the directivity of antenna is
4p ^ 1 h
= 2.546
D = 4pU max = 2
Prad
p /2
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.1.21
# #
676
Chap 10
For View Only

SOL 10.1.25 Option (C) is correct.
Given, the field pattern of antenna,
4
0 < q < p/3
U ^q h = *
0
p/3 < q < p
So, the total radiated power of the antenna is given as
Prad =
2p
# #
p/3
f=0 q=0
U ^q h sin qdqdf
lp.
SOL 10.1.26
co
= 4 # 2p 6- cos q@0p/3
= 4p
Therefore, the directivity of the antenna is
4p ^ 4 h
=4
D = 4pU max =
4p
Prad
The three element antenna array has the current ratio 1 : 2 : 1
at
e
he
We can split the middle element to two elements each of them carrying current
I 0 0c as shown below.
w.
g
Now all the four elements are carrying current I 0 0c and separation between them
are d = l/2 . So, this array can be replaced by two array antenna with two elements
as shown below :
ww
Since the currents are in same phase, so the phase difference between the currents
will be zero.
i.e.
a =0
and separation between the antennas as obtained from the above shown figure is
d = l/2
SOL 10.1.27

As shown below the three element array displaced by l/2 .
Now we split all the elements with current I 0 as shown below :

Chap 10
For View Only
677
The three current elements I 0 located at the same position can be treated as the
single element carrying current 3I 0 as shown below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
***********
co
Thus, the current ratio will be 1 : 3 : 3 : 1 of the four element array.
678
For View Only
Chap 10
SOLUTIONS 10.2

Current in the dipole,
i (t) = 0.5 sin 108 t A
Length of the dipole,
dl = l/100
So, the magnitude of the current flowing in dipole is
I 0 = 0.5
and from the shown figure, we get
r = 100l and q = 60c
Now, the magnetic field components at any point ^r, q, fh due to hertizian dipole
located at origin are defined as
H qs = Hrs = 0
jI bdl
and
Hfs = 0
sin qe-jbr
4pr
where I 0 is the magnitude of current flowing in Hertzian dipole, dl is the length of
dipole and b is phase constant. So, putting all the given values, we get
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.2.1
ww
w.
g
j ^0.5hb 2p lb l l
2p
l 100
Hfs =
sin 60ce-jb l l^100lh
4p ^100lh
j
3
=
# 2
4
4
10
l
^ # h
108 = 6p
As,
( w = 108 rad/s )
l = 2p c = 2p # 3 #
8
w
10
j
3
Therefore,
Hfs =
# 2
24p # 10 4
= 1.1486 # 10-6 e j90c A/m
Thus, the net magnetic field intensity at point P will be
H = Im ^Hfs e jwt afh = 1.1486 # 10-6 sin ^wt + 90ch
= 1.15 sin ^108 t + 90ch mA/m
SOL 10.2.2

The field intensities of the Hertzian monopole are defined as
jhI 0 bdl
E qs =
sin qe-jbr
4pr
jI bdl
and
Hfs = 0
sin qe-jbr
4pr
So, the time average power of the Hertzian monopole is
Chap 10
679

2 h b2
Pave = 1 Re "Es # Hs*, = 1 b I 0 dl l 0 2 sin2 q
2 4p
2
r
Now, the radiation intensity of the antenna is given as
Î 0 dl h2
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave =
h0 b 2 sin2 q
32p2
So, the maximum radiation intensity is
Î 0 dl h2
(maximum value of sin q = 1)
U max =
h0 b 2
32p2
As the radiated power of an antenna is given as
Prad =
# U^q, fh^sin qdqdfh
For View Only
# #
SOL 10.2.3
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
where, the integral is taken in the range 0 < q < p2 , 0 < f < 2p for Hertzian
monopole. So, we get
p/2
2p Î 0 dl h2
2
2
Prad =
2 h0 b sin q sin qdqdf
p
32
0
0
p/2
2p
Î 0 dl h2
Î 0 dl h2
2
3
=
h
b
q
q
f
=
h0 b 2 b 4p l
sin
d
d
d
n
=
G
0
c
m
3
32p2
32p2
0
0
Since, the directivity of an antenna is defined as
D = 4pU max
Prad
So, putting the values obtained above we get the directivity of Hertzian monopole
antenna as
4p ^ 1 h
D =
=3
^4p/3h
The field intensities of Hertzian dipole antenna are defined as
jI bdl
sin qe-jbr
Hfs = 0
4pr
E qs = hHfs
So, average radiated power of the antenna is given as
2 h b2
Pave = 1 Re Es # Hs* = 1 b I 0 dl l 0 2 sin2 q
2 4p
2
r
The radiation intensity of the antenna is defined as
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave
Î 0 dl h2
=
h0 b 2 sin2 q
32p2
So, the total radiated power of the antenna is
Prad =
# U^q, fh^sin qdqdfh
Î 0 dl h2
Î 0 dl h2
2
3
2 8p
2 h0 b sin qdqdf =
2 h0 b b 3 l
32p
32p
0
0
Since, the directive gain of the antenna is defined as
=
# #
2p
680
For View Only
Chap 10
4pU ^q, fh
Prad
Therefore, we get the directive gain of the Hertzian dipole antenna as
4p ^sin2 qh
Gd =
= 3 sin2 q
2
8p/3
Gd =

Current in 1st antenna,
I1s = I 0 0c
nd
Current in the 2 antenna
I2s = I 0 180c
Separation between two antennas
d = l/2
So, the phase difference between the two currents is
a = 180c= p rad .
The unit pattern function of a Hertzian dipole antenna (i.e., the unit pattern
function of both the antenna) is
where q is angle with z -axis
f1 ^q h = cos q
The field pattern of f1 ^q h has been plotted below :
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.2.4
ww
w.
g
Now, the group pattern function of the two antenna is defined as

f2 ^q h = cos :1 ^bd cos q + ahD
2
where a is the phase difference, b is phase constant and d is the separation
between two antennas. So, we get
f2 ^q h = cos ;1 b 2p l cos q + p lE = cos :1 ^p cos q + phD
2 l 2
2
This field pattern is plotted as below :
Chap 10
681

Separation between the two antennas, d = l/4
Phase difference between the currents, a =- p/2
The unit pattern function of a Hertzian dipole antenna (i.e., the unit pattern
function of both the antenna) is
where q is angle with z -axis
f1 ^q h = cos q
This field pattern has been plotted below :
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 10.2.5
co
For View Only

Therefore, the resultant pattern f ^q h of the antenna array will be drawn by just
multiplying these two patterns
i.e.
f ^q h = 6f1 ^q h@ # 6f2 ^q h@
Thus, the obtained plot for the antenna array has been shown below :
Now, the group pattern function of the two antenna is defined as

f2 ^q h = cos :1 ^bd cos q + ahD
2
where a is the phase difference between the currents in the dipole, b is phase
constant and d is the separation between two antennas. So, we get
f2 ^q h = cos ;1 b 2p l cos q - p lE
2 l 4
2
= cos <1 c p cos q - p mF
2 2
2
Its null (zero) will be at q = p and maxima will be at q = 0c. So, the field pattern
f2 ^q h is as plotted below
682
For View Only
Chap 10
at
e
he
lp.
co
Therefore, the resultant pattern f ^q h of the antenna array will be drawn by just
multiplying these two patterns
i.e.
f ^q h = 6f1 ^q h@ # 6f2 ^q h@
Thus, the obtained pattern for the antenna array has been shown below :
ww
w.
g

The normalized array factor for the antenna is given as
1 1 + Ne jy + N ^N - 1h e j2y + ....e j^N - 1hy
ÂF hn = /
2!
where
y = ^bd cos q + ah
N ^N - 1h N ^N - 1h^N - 2h
and
+
+ ....
/ = 1+N+
2!
3!
= ^1 + 1hN - 1 = 2N - 1
N - 1 -jy/2
N-1
N-1
So,
= N1- 1 e jy/2
e
+ e jy/2
ÂF hn = N1- 1 1 + e jy
2
2
= N1- 1 cos y/2 N - 1
2
Therefore, the group pattern function of the array is
bd cos q + a N - 1
f ^q h = cos b
l
2
SOL 10.2.7
Maximum electric field,
E max = 6 mV/m = 6 # 10-3 V/m
Location of point of field maxima,
r = 40 km = 40 # 103 m
Total radiated power is
Prad = 100 kW = 105 W
The average radiated power of an antenna is defined as
Pave = 1 Re "Es # Hs*,
2
SOL 10.2.6
Chap 10
683
lp.
co
For View Only

So, the radiation intensity of the antenna is given as
U ^q, fh = r2 Pave
2
= r Re "Es # Hs*,
2
Therefore, the maximum radiation intensity of the antenna is
2
2
2
E
U max = r Re "Es # Hs*, = r E
bH = h l
2
2 h
2
2
^40 # 103h
r
2
6 10-3h2
= Ê maxh =
^h0 = 120ph
2 # 120p # ^ #
2h
Since, the directivity of an antenna is defined as
D = 4pU max
Prad
4p # ^40 # 103h2 # ^6 # 10-3h2
So, we get
D =
= 0.0096
2 # 120p # 105
Therefore, in decibel the directivity is given as
10 log 10 D =- 20.18 dB
Consider the maximum power gain is G p and directive gain is Gd so, the radiation
efficiency is defined as
G
hr = p
Gd
or,
( hr = 95% )
G p = hr Gd = ^0.95h Gd
Therefore, the maximum power gain is
G p,max = ^0.95h Gd,max = ^0.95h D
^D = Gd,maxh
-3
= 0.95 # ^0.0096h = 0.00912 = 9.12 # 10
SOL 10.2.9

Minimum detectable power, Pmin = 0.13 mW
Transmitted power,
Prad = 30 kW = 30 # 103 W
f = 3 GHz = 3 # 109 Hz
Target cross section,
s = 1.25 m2
Radius of antenna,
a = 1.8 m
Since, the effective area of the antenna is 70% of its actual area so, the effective
area of the antenna is
Ae = 70 # ^pa2h = ^0.7h # ^p # ^1.8h2h = 7.125 m2
100
As the maximum range is the point where the received power is equal to the
minimum detectable power. So, the received power by the target located at its
maximum range is
Pr = Pmin = 0.13 mW = 0.13 # 10-3 W
Now, the operating wavelength of the antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 109 = 0.1 m
f 3 # 10
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 10.2.8
684
Chap 10
co
For View Only

So, the directive gain of the antenna is given as
4p # ^7.125h
e
=
Gd = 4pA
l2
^0.1h2
= 2850p
Since, the maximum detectable range of the antenna is defined as
1/4
2
2
rmax = =l G d 3s Prad G
^4ph Pr
where Pr is the received power by the target located at its maximum range. So,
putting all the values in the above expression, we get
1/4
^0.1h2 ^2850ph2 ^1.25h 30 # 103
rmax = >
H
0.13 # 10-3
^4ph3
= 584.27 m
As calculated in previous question, the maximum detectable range of radar is
rmax = 584.3 m
So, half of the range will be at the position
r = 1 rmax = 292.2 m
2
Therefore, the time average power density at half of the range of the radar is
^2850ph # 30 # 103
Pave = Gd Prad
=
4pr2
4p ^292.2h2
= 250.35 W/m2
SOL 10.2.11

Current amplitude
I 0 = 50 A
f = 180 kHz = 180 # 103 Hz
Effective length,
l = 20 m
Location of the observation point,
R = 80 km = 8 # 10 4 m
So, the maximum field intensity at the observation point is given as
E q max = I 0 dl h0 b = I 0 h0 b # 2le
4p R
4pR
As, the operating wavelength is
8
4
l = c = 3 # 10 3 = 10
6
f
180 # 10
and so the phase constant is
b = 2p = 2p4 # 6 = 12p # 10-4
l
10
Therefore, the maximum field intensity at the observation point is
50
-4
E q max =
# ^120ph # 12p # 10 # 2 # 20
4p # ^8 # 10 4h
= 0.002827 = 2.83 mV/m
SOL 10.2.12

The time average power density of antenna is defined as
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.2.10
Chap 10
For View Only
685
Pave = 1 Re "Es # Hs*,

2
So, the time average radiated power is given as
p/2
2p
Eq 2
Pave : dS = 1
R2
sin qdqdf
h0
2 0
0
S
p/2
2p
R2 I 0 h b 2l 2 sin qdqdf
=1
h 0 b 4p R 0 # e l
2 0
0
p/2
2p
I b 2l 2
=1
h0 b 0 # e l sin qdqdf
2 0
4p
0
I b 2l 2 p/2
= 1 # 2p # h 0 b 0 # e l sin qdq
2
4p
0
2
-4
= p # 120p # b 50 # 12p # 10 # 2 # 20 l # 1
4p
= 426.37 W = 0.43 kW
Prad =
# #
# #
# #
co

As calculated in previous question the time average radiated power is
Prad = 0.43 kW
Amplitude of the current in the antenna is
I 0 = 50 A
So, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
3
Rrad = 2Prad
= 2 # 0.43 2# 10
2
I0
^50h
= 0.34 W
SOL 10.2.14

Cross sectional radius of wire
a = 6 mm = 6 # 10-3 m
Radius of the circular loop,
b = 1m
f = 0.5 MHz = 0.5 # 106 Hz
No. of turns,
N = 10
So, the operating wavelength of the antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 10 6 = 6 # 102 m
f
0.5 # 10
4
4
1
Rrad = N 2 # 320p6 b b l = 102 # 320 # p6 b
= 2.37 # 10-4 W
2
l
l
6 # 10
SOL 10.2.15

As calculated in the previous question, radiation resistance of the antenna is
Rrad = 2.37 # 10-4 W
So, the surface resistance of the antenna is given as
pfm0
p # 0.5 # 106 # 4p # 10-7
Rs =
=
s
2.9 # 107
-4
= 2.61 # 10 W
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 10.2.13
686
Chap 10

Since, the point P ^0, 0, 1000h lies along the axial direction of antenna carrying
current in az direction, so its contribution to the field will be zero. Now for the
antenna carrying current along ax direction, we have
Amplitude of the current in antenna, I 0 = 4 A
(i (t) = 4 cos wt A )
Length of the antenna,
dl = 0.1 m
The position of point P is r = 1000 and q = 90c as shown in the figure below :
ww
w.
g
SOL 10.2.17
at
e
he
lp.
co
For View Only

Therefore, the loss resistance of the antenna is
1
-4
Rl = N # b b l Rs = 10 # b
-3 l # 2.61 # 10
a
6 # 10
= 0.435 W
Thus, the radiation efficiency of the antenna is
hrad = Rrad = 0.055%
Rrad + Rl
SOL 10.2.16 Option (B) is correct.
Radiation function of the dipole antenna of height h is defined as
cos ^bh cos qh - cos bh
F ^q h =
sin q
Since, the height of dipole antenna is h = l/8 . So, we get
cos ^1.25 cos qh - cos ^1.25ph
F ^q h =
sin q
This function has been drawn as to obtain the pattern shown below :
So, the electric field component in free space is defined as

E qs = h0 Hfs
Chap 10
For View Only
687
jI 0 bdl
sin qe-jbr l
4p r
j ^120ph^4hb 2p l^0.1h
2p
2p
2p
=
sin 90ce-j 2p ^1000h
bb = l l
4p ^1000h
= j1.2 # 10-2 e-j1000 V/m
Since, rest of the components of field will be zero so, we get the net electric field as
Es = E qs a q = j ^1.2 # 10-2 e-j1000h^- ax h
=- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 ax V/m
Similarly, at point Q ^1000, 0, 0h the contribution due to antenna carrying current
along x -axis will be zero while the electric field due to antenna along az will be
Es =- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 az V/m
= h0 b

Since, the antenna are carrying current along ax and az while the point is located
at y -axis so, both the antenna will contribute to the field. Therefore, summing the
fields obtained due to the two antennas in previous question, we get,
Es =- j ^1.2 # 10-2h e-j1000 âx + az h
So, in the time domain
E ^ t h = Re Ês e j coth
= ^1.2 # 10-2h sin ^wt - 1000hâx + az h V/m
Thus, the field at t = 0 at point ^0, 1000, 0h is
E =-^9.92 # 10-3hâx + az h V/m
SOL 10.2.19

The field component due to the current element is given as
E qs = 10 sin qe-j10pr
p
So, at point P (r = 100 , q = p/2 , f = p/6 )
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.2.18
E qs = 10 sin a p k e-j10p^100h
100
2
-j1000p
= 0.1e
V/m
SOL 10.2.20

Since, the vertical element is shifted from origin to a point y = 0.1 on the y -axis
the distance of point P from the two locations of antenna is approximately same
and therefore the magnitude of field component, E qs will be same in both cases
but the phase angle will change due to the change in location of current element.
So, the field intensity at point P due to the new location of vertical element is
given as
(1)
E qs1 = E qs e-j10p^r - l h
where l is the difference between the length of point P from two locations as shown
in figure below :
688
For View Only
Chap 10

Radiation resistance of a short circuit current element is determined as
2
where l is the length of dipole
Rrad = 80p2 b l l
l
2
Rrad = 80p2 b 0.06l l = 2.84 W
l
But, as the current is not uniform so, we determine the average current through the
element. Now, from the given expression of current in the element, we get
for l # z # 0
I1 ^z h = I 0 b l + 2z l
2
l
l
2
z
and
for 0 # z # l
I 2 ^z h = I 0 b
2
l l
Therefore, the average current in the element is given as
I 0 b l + 2z l + I 0 b l - 2z l
l
l
I1 ^ z h + I 2 ^ z h
Iavg =
=
= I0
2
2
2
therefore, the radiated power will be 14 th of the value obtained for I 0 and due to
the same reason the radiation resistance will down to 14 th of its value.
i.e.
6Rrad@net = 14 Rrad = 14 # 2.84 = 0.71 W
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
SOL 10.2.21
lp.
co
Now, using geometry we get the length l as

l = 0.1 cos a p k = 0.05
3
Putting the value in equation (1), we get the field component as
E qs1 = 0.1e-j1000p e j10p^ l h
= 0.1e-j1000p e j0.5p V/m

Length of wire,
dl = 1 cm = 0.01 m
f = 0.3 GHz = 0.3 # 109 Hz
Cross section radius,
r = 1 mm = 10-3 m
So, radiation resistance is given as
2
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
l
SOL 10.2.22
Chap 10

2
c
0.01
= 80p2
= 0.07895 W
bl = f l
8
3
10
fc # 9mp
0.3 # 10
Now, the ohmic resistance of the wire is defined as
Rl = L
s2pad
where
s " Conductivity
a " Radius of the cross section
d " Skin depth
L " Length of the wire
Since, the skin depth of the wire is given as
1
1
d =
=
9
pfms
p ^0.3 # 10 h^4p # 10-7h^5.8 # 107h
-6
= 3.82 # 10
0.01
So, we get
Rl =
7
^5.8 # 10 h^2p # 10-3h^3.82 # 10-6h
= 0.0072 W
Therefore, the ratio of the radiation resistance to the ohmic resistance of wire will
be
Rrad = 10.977 . 11
Rl
Length of antenna,
dl = 2 cm = 0.02 m
Radiated power,
Prad = 2 W
f = 0.6 GHz = 0.6 # 109 Hz
So, operating wavelength of antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 0.5 m
f
0.6 # 10
2
2
2
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l = 80p2 b 0.02 l = 16p
0. 5
125
l
As the radiated power of the antenna is defined as
Prad = 1 Î 0h2 Rrad
2
( Ir.m.s = I 0 / 2 )
= Îr.m.s.h2 Rrad
So, the rms current in the antenna is
2
Ir.m.s. = Prad =
= 1.26 A
Rrad
^16p2 /125h
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 10.2.23
he
lp.
co
For View Only
689
***********
690
For View Only
Chap 10
SOLUTIONS 10.3

The directivity of an antenna is defined as
D = U max
Uave
where U max is the maximum radiation intensity of the antenna and Uave is the
average radiation intensity. Since, the given antenna has the radiation pattern
(0 # q # p/2 )
U (q) = cos 4 q
So, the maximum radiation intensity is
U max = 1
The average radiation intensity is
2p
2p
Uave = 1 F (q, f) dW = 1 ;
F (q, f) sin qdq dfE
4p
4p 0 0
p/2
p/2
5
2p
cos 4 q sin qdqdfE = 1 ;2p b- cos q lE
= 1 ;
5
4p
4p 0 0
0
1
1
1
2
p
1
=
2p - 0 + D =
=
5
10
4p # :
4p # 5
Therefore, the directivity of the antenna is
D = 1 = 10
10
or,
D (in dB) = 10 log 10 = 10 dB
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.1
# #
w.
g
at
e
# #

The beam-width of Hertzian dipole is 180c so, its half power beam-width is 90c.
SOL 10.3.3

The operating wavelength of the antenna is
8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 3
200
f
20 # 10
Therefore, the gain of parabolic antenna is given as
2
Gp = hp2 b D l
l
2
= 0.7 # p2 c 13 m = 30705.4
ww
SOL 10.3.2
( f = 20 GHz )
(efficiency, h = 70% )
100
or,
SOL 10.3.4
10 log 10 G p = 44.87 dB

Using the method of images, the configuration is as shown below
Chap 10
For View Only
691
Here d = l, a = p, thus, bd = 2p
SOL 10.3.7
SOL 10.3.8
co
ww
w.
ga
te
he
SOL 10.3.6
lp.
SOL 10.3.5
So, the array factor of the antenna is given as

bd cos y + a
A.F. = cos :
D
2
2p cos y + p
= cos :
D = sin (p cos y)
2
Since, the antenna is installed at conducting ground. So, the power will be radiated
only on the half side of the antenna and therefore, the radiation resistance of the
antenna will be half of its actual value and given as
2
2
50
2p2 W
Rrad = 1 ;80p2 ` dl j E = 40p2 c
=
m
2
l
5
0.5 # 103
The array factor of the antenna is defined as
bd sin q + a
A.F. = cos b
l
2
Here,
d =l
4
and
a = 90c
2p l
sin q + p2
2p
p
p
Thus,
A.F. = cos c l 4
m = cos a 4 sin q + 2 k
bb = l l
2
The option (A) satisfy this equation.
The directive gain of an antenna at a particular direction ^q, fh is defined as
4pU (q, f)
Gd (q, f) =
Prad
Since, for lossless antenna
Prad = Pin
So, we get
Prad = Pin = 1 mW
Again the directive gain of the antenna is given
10 log Gd (q, f) = 6 dB
So,
Gd (q, f) = 3.98
Putting it in equation (1) we get the total power radiated by antenna as
4pU (q, f) = Prad Gd (q, f) = 1 m # 3.98 = 3.98 mW
Normalized array factor is given as
(1)
692
For View Only
Chap 10
y
2
where,
y = bd sin q cos f + d
q = 90c,
d = 2 s,
f = 45c,
d = 180c
bd sin q cos f + d
y
So,
= 2 cos ;
A.F. = 2 cos
E
2
2
= 2 cos :2p 2 s cos 45c + 180cD
2
l2
= 2 cos 9 ps + 90cC = 2 sin a ps k
l
l
The signal strength (power) at a distance r from an antenna is inversely proportional
to the distance r .
i.e.
P \ 12
r
P1 = r 22
So,
(1)
P2
r 12
Since, 3 dB decrease " Strength is halved
(103/10 = 100.3 = 2 )
P1 = 2
Therefore,
P2
Substituting it in equation (1), we get
2
(r1 = 5 km )
2 = r 22
5
or
r2 = 5 2 km = 7071 m
Thus, the required distance to move is
d = r2 - r1 = 7071 - 5000 = 2071 m
SOL 10.3.10
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.3.9
co
A.F. = 2 cos

We have
l = 492 m
SOL 10.3.11
ww
and height of antenna, dl = 124 m . l

4
So, it is a quarter wave monopole antenna and radiation resistance of a quarter
wave monopole antenna is 36.5 W.
(1)
We have
y = bd cos q + d
l
where
Distance between elements
d =
4
Because of end fire
y =0
q = 60c
Putting all the values in equation (1) we get
0 = 2p # l cos 60c + d = p # 1 + d
2
2
4
l
Chap 10
For View Only
693
d =- p
4
For a dipole antenna we have
1
BW \
(Diameter)
So, as diameter increases Bandwidth decreases.
or
SOL 10.3.12

Far field region for an antenna is defined for the distance r from the antenna as
2
r > 2d
l
where d is the largest dimension of the antenna and l is the operating wavelength.
Now, the operating wavelength of the antenna is given as
8
l = c = 3 # 10 9 = 3 m
40
f
4 # 10
So, for the closest far field we have
2
2 # (2.4) 2
80 # (2.4) 2
=
. 150 m
r = 2d = e
o
3
3
l
40
SOL 10.3.14

We know that for a monopole its electric field varies inversely with r 2 while its
potential varies inversely with r . Similarly, for a dipole its electric field varies
inversely as r 3 and potential varies inversely as r 2 .
In the given expression both the terms _ r1 + r1 i are present, so, this potential is
due to both monopole and dipole.
SOL 10.3.15
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.13
-2

Power received by an antenna is defined as
Pr = Pt 2 # Ae
4p r
where Pt is the power radiated by the transmitting antenna, r is the distance
between transmitter and receiver and Ae is the effective aperture area of the
receiving antenna. So, we get
-4
Pr = 251 # 500 # 102
4 # p # (100)
= 100 mW
SOL 10.3.16
-1
( Ae = 500 cm2, r = 100 m, Pt = 251 W )

Magnetic field intensity in terms of vector potential is defined as
H = 1d#A
m
where A is auxiliary potential function.
So,
d : H = d : (d # A) = 0
and
d # H = d # (d # A) =
Y 0
694
Chap 10
co

Aperture area of a receiving antenna is defined in terms of received power as
Power Re ceived
Aperture Area =
Poynting vector of incident wave
Ae = Pr
Pt
E 2
Since,
( h0 = 120p is intrinsic impedance of space)
Pt =
h0
-6
-6
So,
Ae = 2 #E10 = 2 # 10 -3 2 # 120 # 3.14
(20 # 10 )
_ h i
-6
3.14 = 1.884 m2
= 2 # 10 # 12 -#
6
400 # 10
Maximum usable frequency( fmax ) in terms of incidence angle (i ) is defined as
f
fmax = o
sin i
where f0 is critical frequency. So, we get
fmax = 8MHz = 8
= 16 MHz
sin 60c
3
3
c 2 m
Far field \ 1
r
The maximum usable frequency is given as
f
fm = 0
sin i
where i is launching angle and f0 is critical frequency so, we get
6
20 # 106 = 10 # 10
sin i
or,
sin i = 1
2
or,
i = 30c
2
SOL 10.3.21
w.
g
SOL 10.3.20
ww
SOL 10.3.19
at
e
he
lp.
SOL 10.3.18
For View Only

SOL 10.3.17 Option (A) is correct.
Radiation resistance of a circular loop is given as
S
Rrad = 8 hp3 ;NT
E
3
l2
Rrad \ N 2
where N is number of turns. Since, the radiation resistance of a circular loop is
0.01 W.
i.e.
Rr1 = 0.01 W
So, we get the net radiation resistance of the five turns of such loop as
(N = 5 )
Rr 2 = N 2 # Rr1 = (5) 2 # 0.01 = 0.25 W

SOL 10.3.22
Chap 10
695
For View Only

The directive gain of half wave ^l/2h dipole antenna is given as
cos2 a p cos q k
2
Gd = 1.66
sin2 q
So, the directivity of the antenna is
D = Gd,max
cos2 ^ p2 cos qh
Since, the maximum value of the function
is 1. So, the directivity of
sin2 q
l/2 long wire antenna is
D = 1.66 ^1 h = 1.66

Since, the EM waves are travelling in free space, So the phase velocity of the wave
will be equal to the velocity of light in free space.
i.e.
vp = c
So, at frequency, f = 63 MHz (Channel 3)
8
wavelength,
l = c = 3 # 10 6 = 4.76 m
f
63 # 10
2
p
So, phase constant, b =
= 1.32 rad/m
l
and at frequency, f = 803 MHz (channel 69)
8
wavelength,
l = c = 3 # 10 6 = 0.374 m
f
803 # 10
2
p
So, phase constant, b =
= 16.82 rad/m
l
Since, the antenna is located at earth so, power radiated to the hemisphere will be
half of the transmitted value.
i.e.
Pr = Pt = 200 kW = 100 kW
2
2
Now, the average poynting vector (power radiated per unit area) at a distance r
from the antenna is given as
Pave = Pr2 ar
pr
where ar denotes the direction of Poynting vector. So, for r = 50 km , we have
3
Pave = 100 # 103 2 ar = 40 ar mW/m2
p
p ^50 # 10 h
SOL 10.3.24
SOL 10.3.25
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.23

Radiation resistance of a dipole antenna is defined as
2
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
l
Given,
The length of dipole,
dl = 5 m
operating frequency,
f = 3 MHz = 3 # 106 Hz
So, the operating wave length of the antenna is given as
...(1)
696
Chap 10
For View Only

8
l = c = 3 # 106 = 100 m
f
3 # 10
Putting these values in equation (1) we get
2
2
Rrad = 80p2 b 5 l = 80p = 1.97 . 2 W
100
400

The radiated power of an antenna is defined as
Prad = 1 I 02 Rrad
2
...(i)
i.e.
Prad \ Rrad
Now, the radiation resistance of the antenna is given as
2
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
l
2
^dl h
i.e.
Rrad \ 2
l
c
Since
l =
f
So, we get
...(ii)
Rrad \ f 2 ^dl h2
Combining eq(1) and (2) we conclude that
Prad \ ^dl h2 ^ f h2
Now, for the 1st antenna we have
^dl h^ f h = ^1.5h^100 # 106h = 1.5 # 108
nd
for 2 antenna
^dl h^ f h = ^15h^10 # 106h = 1.5 # 106
Since, the product of length and frequency are same for both the antenna So, the
power radiated by both the antennas will be same.
SOL 10.3.27

Given the length of current element, l = 0.03l .
So, the radiation resistance of the system is given as
2
2
Rrad = 80p2 b l l = 80p2 b 0.03l l = 0.072l2 W
l
l
SOL 10.3.28

In a three element Yagi antenna there are one reflector, one folded dipole (driven
element) and one director. The length of reflector is greater than driven element
which in turn is longer than the director.
SOL 10.3.29

Antenna arrays are formed to produce a greater directivity i.e. more energy radiated
in some particular direction and less in other directions.
SOL 10.3.30

Input power
Radiated power
ww
w.
g
at
e
he
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.26
= Wt
= Wr
Chap 10
697
co
For View Only

Radiation intensity
=f
So,the power gain of the antenna is
4pf
â " 3h
Gp =
Wt
Directive gain of antenna is
4pf
Gd =
^b " 4h
Wr
Average radiated power of the antenna is
Pr = Wr
^c " 2h
4p
The efficiency of antenna is
h = Wr
^d " 1h
Wt
Maximum radiation for an end fire array occurs along the line of the array.
The gain of antenna is directly proportional to the aperture area. So, with increase
of aperture area, received power increases and therefore the gain increases.
SOL 10.3.33

In the helical antenna, normal mode of operation is very narrow in bandwidth and
therefore the directivity is high. While the radiation efficiency is low.
SOL 10.3.34

For an antenna near and far zone are specified by a boundary defined as
2
R = 2d
l
where, R is the distance from antenna, d is the largest dimension of antenna and l
is the operating wavelength of antenna. So, any target located at a distance R > 2Dl
from antenna is in the far zone for the antenna and any target located at a distance
R < 2Dl is in the near zone.
ww
w.
ga
te
he
lp.
SOL 10.3.32
SOL 10.3.35

Gain of transmitting antenna,
Gdt = 10
Transmitted power,
Pt = 1W
Effective area of receiving antenna,
Aer = 1 m2
Distance between transmitter and receiver,
r = 1m
So, total received power by the receiving antenna is
Pr = Pt 2 Gdt Aer = 1 2 # ^10h # ^1 h = 0.79 W
4p r
4p ^ 1 h
SOL 10.3.36

2
Since, the region r > 2D is called far zone for the antenna and as it is given that
l
2
in the Fraunhofer region measurement to be taken from a distance of 2D from
l
antenna so, the defined region is far zone or far field.
698
Chap 10
For View Only

Helical antenna is used to provide circularly polarized wave and the log periodic
antenna is frequency independent.
For a wave travelling from medium 1 to medium 2, the incidence angle qc of the
wave for which it is totally reflected by medium 2 is given as
(1)
n1 sin qc = n2 sin 90c
where n1 and n2 are the refractive index of medium 1 and medium 2 respectively.
Since, refracting index of a medium having permittivity e and permeability m is
defined as
n = me
So, putting it in equation (1), we get
m0 e1 sin qc = m0 e2
sin qc = e2 = 1
2
e1
1
-1
qc = sin c
= 45c
2m
he
w.
g
at
e
SOL 10.3.39
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.38
ww
Yagi-Uda antenna must have one reflector and one driven element while it can
have any number of directors. So, the four element Yagi-Uda antenna will have 2
directors, one reflector, and one driven element.
SOL 10.3.40

Directivity of an antenna is directly proportional to the effective area and therefore
larger the effective area, sharper the radiated beam.
This is the reason for using an aperture antenna instead a linear antenna for
extremely high frequency ranges.
SOL 10.3.41

Current distortion along a travelling wave antenna in general is defined as
I ^z, t h = I 0 cos ^cot - bz h
but when we eliminate t by taking its phasor form, the current can be written as
I ^z h = I 0 e-jbz
Chap 10
699
For View Only

Turnstile antenna is generally used at UHF/VHF for local area transmission.
The frequencies upto 1650 kHz is in the range of medium frequency. Vertical
radiators ranging from l/6 to l/5 used for broadcasting the medium frequencies
as the operating conditions and economic consideration.
SOL 10.3.44

The radiation field intensity of an antenna at a distance r is defined as
jhI 0 bdl
sin qe-jbr
E qs =
4pr
hI bdl sin q
or
\1
E qs = 0
r
4p r
The resultant field in a helical antenna is either circularly polarized or elliptically
polarized depending on the pitch angle a.
The radiated wave by a helical antenna is circularly polarized only when,
a = tan-1 a c k
2l
else it is elliptically polarized. In conclusion for a general term we can say the wave
radiated by a helical antenna is elliptically polarized.
co

The unexcited patch is shown below
ww
w.
ga
te
SOL 10.3.46
he
lp.
SOL 10.3.45
SOL 10.3.43
The capacitance between the plates is given as

e Ârea of platesh
C =
= e0 er LW
h
^separatoin between platesh
SOL 10.3.47

Maximum usable frequency between two stations of distance D is defined as
2
fMUF = fc 1 + b D l
2h
where h vertical height at the mid point of path and fc is critical frequency we put
all the values to get,
700
For View Only
Chap 10

fMUF = 9 # 106
1 +b
800 2 = 1.5 107 Hz = 15 MHz

#
2 # 300 l

D -layer is the lower most region of ionosphere which is present only during the
day light hours and disappears at night because recombination rate is highest and
also E -region is weekly lonised during night hour hence radiowave suffer negligible
attenuation in night hour. This is the reason that the wave band which cant be
heard during day time but may be heard during night time.
SOL 10.3.49
SOL 10.3.50

The atmosphere has varying density (refractive index) with the height from earth
dm
. Radius of curvature of the wave path is
given as
dh
R =- dh
dm
Solving it, we get the effective earth radius (Radio horizon)
= 4 actual earth radius (optical horizon)
3
The radiation resistance of a dipole antenna is defined as
2
Rrad = 80p2 b dl l
l
Since,
dl = l
20
l/20 2
So,
Rrad = 80p2 c
= 2W
l m
he
at
e

Effective length of a half wave dipole antenna is
cos a p cos q k
2
2
H
le ^q h = >
b
sin q
i.e. le is function of q.
The maximum value of le is at q = p/2 .
le a p k = 2 = l < l
p
2
2
b
ww
SOL 10.3.52
w.
g
SOL 10.3.51
lp.
co
SOL 10.3.48
i.e. maximum value of le is less than its actual value l .

2
The effective length is the same for the antenna in transmitting and receiving
modes.
So, statements, 1, 2 and 4 and correct while statement 3 is incorrect.
***********

Emtl

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Emtl

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

GATE CLOUD

Exclusive Sales Counter & BO:

GATE CLOUD ELECTROMAGNETICS, 1e

Printed By: Nodia and Company, Jaipur

GATE ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

IES ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

IES ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

For View Only

Shop Online at www.nodia.co.in

The field lines of vector B = ra q is

(C) 0.92ax + 0.36ay + 0.14az

A vector field is specified as G = 4xyax + 2 ^2 + x2h ay + 3z2 az . The unit vector in

(D) - 0.92ax - 0.36ay - 0.14az

(D) 0.88ax - 0.29ay + 0.36az

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

For View Only

Shop Online at www.nodia.co.in

(D) cant be determined as A, B and C are not given

Common Data for Question 9 - 10 :

The vector field component Ex will be zero in the plane

In the plane y - 4z = 0 , the vector field components Ey and Ez are related as

(D) All of the above

The plane surface on which the vector field E will be zero is

For View Only

The uniform vector field A = ay can also be expressed as

(C) sin q cos far + cos q cos fa q + sin faf

The angle formed between A =- 5a r + 10af + 3az and surface z = 5 is

The component of vector A =- 4a r - 20af + 4az parallel to the line x = 6 , z =- 2

In the cartesian co-ordinate system the co-ordinates of a point P is (a, b, c).Now

(D) 8ar + 2.2a q + 5.5af

(C) - 8ar + 2.2a q + 5.5af

Consider R be the position vector of a point P (x, y, z) in cartesian co-ordinate

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

For View Only

(D) D = yzax + xzay + xyaz

(B) d # ^ fAh = f ^d # Ah - A # ^df h

A conservative field M is given by M = (z cos (xz) + y) ax + 5kxay + x cos (xz) az .

(D) cant be determined

Curl of the gradient of any scalar field is

(D) it does not exist

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

For View Only

For a vector function A = (4x + k1 z) ax + (k2 x - 5z) ay + (4x - k 3 y + 2z) az to be

The unit vector normal to the plane 2x + 3y + 6z = 7 is

path then the contour integral

(D) cant be determined as C is not defined.

(D) Cant be determined as C and U is not given

(D) cant be determined as surface S is not given

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

For View Only

Shop Online at www.nodia.co.in

Common Data for Question 2 - 4 :

(C) - 0.54ax + 0.11ay - 0.19az

The unit vector in the plane of the triangle which is perpendicular to AC is

(C) - 0.51ax + 0.41ay + 0.76az

(C) 0.23az + 0.12ax + 0.11ay

GATE CLOUD Electromagnetics By RK Kanodia & Ashish Murolia

For View Only

(C) 4.3a q + 100af

(D) - 0.043a q - 10af

Common Data for Question 7 - 8 :

(D) - 12ar + 9af

Consider R is a separation vector from a fixed point (a , b, c ) to a varying point